THE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
LINNEAN SOCIETY
OF
NEW SOUTH WALES,
VOL. IV.,
[With Twenty-seven Plates.]
SYDNEY :
PRINTED AND PUB LI SEED FOR THE SOCIETY BY
F. VI. WHITE, 59 MARKET STREET,
AND SOLD BY THE SOCIETY,
1880.
es>yd
{,)
£
N
CONTENTS OF VOL. IV.
PAET I.
Page
On some Tertiary Fossils. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G-.S. 1
On some New Marine Shells. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods,
F.L.S., &c. ... ... ... ... ... ... 21
On some Freshwater Shells from New G-uinea. By the Rev. J. E.
Tenison-Woods, F.L.S., &c. ... ... ... ... 24
On some of the Introduced Plants of Queensland. By F. M. Bailey,
F.L.S., &c. ... ... ... ... ... ... 26
On a New Species of Fern, Asplenium Prenticei. By F. M. Ballet,
F.L.S., &c. ... ... ... ... ... ... 36
On the Australian species of Penaus. By William A. Haswell,
M.A., B.Sc. ... ... ... ... ... ... 38
Contributions towards a Monagraph of the Australian Leucosiida. By
W. A. Haswell, M.A., Be. ... ... ... ... 44
Notes on some Fishes from the Solomon Islands- By William
Macleay, F.L.S., &c. ... ... ... ... ... 60
Notes on the Zoology cf the Solomon Islands, Part I. Aves. By E.
P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. ... ... ... ... 65
Contributions to the Zoology of New Gruinea, Part IV. and V. By
E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. ... ... ... ... 85
The proposed Zoological Station at Sydney. By N. de Miklouho-
Maclay ... ... ... ... ... ... 103
On some New Marine Shells from Moreton Bay. By the Rev. J. E.
Tenison-Woods, F.G-.S., FL.S., &c. ... ... ... 108
On Arauja albans, Don. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G-.S.,
F.L.S., &c. ... Ill
On a Micro-Lepidopterous Insect, destructive to the Potato. By E.
Meyeick, B.A. ... ... ... ... ... ... 112
On two New Species of Selix, from the Louisade Archipelago. By
J. C. Cox, M.D., F.L.S., &c... ... 114
27766
IV CONTENTS.
PAET II.
Page.
On the Kelations of the Brisbane Flora. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison-
Woods, F.G-.S., F.L.S., &c. ... ... ... ... 117
A Census of the Flora of Brisbane. By F. M. Bailey, F.L.S , &c.,
and the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.L.S. , F.G.S., &c. 137
Descriptions of Australian Micro-Lepidoptera, Part II., (Crambites).
By E. Meyrick, B.A. ... ... ... ... ... 205
Notes on Cyprma Guttuta. By James Hobson ... ... 243
Exhibits ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 244
PAET III.
Page.
On the Australian Amphipoda. By William A. Haswell, M.A.,
B.Sc. Plates 7—12 245
Notes on the Phyllosoma Stage of Ibacus Peronii. By William A.
Haswell, M.A., B.Sc 280
On some new Australian Echini. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods,
F.L.S., F.G-.S. &c. Plates 13 and 14 282
On Doris arbutus, Angas. By Reginald Bligh Read, M.R.C.S. Eng.
Plate 17 291
On Heterosammia Michelinii, Edw. and Haime. By the Rev. J. E.
Tenison- Woods, F.L.S., F.G S. &c. Plate 15 293
On a new species of Disticophora. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods,
F.L.S., F.G.S., &o 301
Notes on the Anatomy of Birds. By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc. 303
Notes on Birds from the Solomon Islands, &c. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S. 313
On the Australian Amphipoda, 2nd Paper. By William A. Haswell,
M.A., B.Sc. Plates 18— 24 319
On the Gyclostomatous Polyzoa of Port Jackson and Neighbourhood. By
William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc 350
On the species of Phalacrocorax. By Professor F. W. Hutton, Otago,
New Zealand 356
On some Fossils from Fiji. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S.
F.L.S., &c 358
On some Post Tertiary Fossils from New Caledonia. By the Rev. J.
E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S., &c 360
On the Clupeidce of Australia. By William Macleay, F.L.S. &c 363
On the genus Cyprata. By James C. Cox, M.D., F.L.S. &c 385
Notes and Exhibits Pages 292, 210, 356, and 387
CONTENTS. V.
PAET rv.
Synonymy of, and remarks upon Port Jackson, New Caledonian and
other Shells, with their distribution. By John Brazier, C.M.S.,
Oorr- Mem. Koy. Soc. Tas., &c. ... ... ... ... 388
List of Land Shells found on Thursday Island, with descriptions of
the new species. By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c., &c. ... 392
Note on an undetermined species oiLalage. By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S.,
Corr, Mem. Royal Society, Tasmania, &c. ... ... ... 396
List of Brachiopoda or Lamp Shells, found in Port Jackson, and on
the coast of New South Wales. By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c. 399
Note supplementary to a paper on the Australian Leucosiidce. By
William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc. ... ... ... 403
On the Geology of Yass Plains, 3rd paper. By C. Jenkins, L.S. 404
On the Mugilidce of Australia. By William Macleay, F.L.S., &c... 410
On Tropical Mollusca recently dredged at Port Jackson Heads. By
J. Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c.,&c... ... ... ... 428
Note on Oniscia ponderosa, with its locality. By John Brazier,
C.M.Z.S., &c. ... ... ... ... ... ... 431
On the Australian Brachyura Oxyrhyncha. By William A. Haswell,
M.A., B.Sc, Plates 25 to 27 ... ... ... ... 431
Notes on the Abercrombie Caves. By C. S. Wilkinson, L.S., F.G.S., 469
Contributions to the Zoology of New Guinea, Part VI. By E. P.
Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. ... ... ... ... ... 464
Notes and Exhibits, ... ...Pages 387, 397, 408, 458, 463, and 471
Annual Address by the President ... ... ... ... 471
List of Office-bearers ... ... ... ... ... 492
Title Page, Contents, Index, &c, to Vol. IV.
xmm ^otitty rt ftofo jS«ti| Males,
OFFICERS.
♦
President :
Eev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S., Etc.
Vice-President :
W. J. Stephens, Esq., M.A.
Hon. Secretary:
The Hon. William Macleat, F.L.S.. Etc.
Hon. Treasurer:
H. H. Bueton Beadley, Esq.
Council :
H. G-. Alleyne. Esq., M.D.
J. Beaziee, Esq., C.M.Z.S., M.C.S. Gt. B. and I.
P. Mackay, Esq.,
E. Meyeick, Esq., B.A.
E. P. Ramsay, Esq., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.
C. S. Wilkinson, Esq., F.G-.S.
ORDINARY MEMBERS.
Alleyne, H. GJ-., Esq., M.D., 8 Upper Fort-street.
Alkin, Eev. J. V., M.A., Parsonage, Campbelltown.
Aechee, W. H., Esq., Melbourne.
Badham, Rev. Professor Chaeles, D.D., Sydney University.
Beadley, H. H. Bueton, Esq., 64 Margaret-street.
Beown, Thomas, Esq., M.L.A., Esk, Hartley.
Belisaeio, J., Esq., Lyons' Terrace, 191 Liverpool- street.
Belisaeio, Dr, Clive, Lyons' Terrace, Sydney.
Busby, Hon. Wm., Esq., M.L.C., Australian Club.
Beaziee, John, Esq., C.M.Z.S., etc., 11 Windmill-street-
ORDINARY MEMBERS.
Vll.
Bedford, W. J. G., Esq., Victoria Barracks, Paddington.
Brown, A., Esq., Rockharupton.
Campbell, W. R., Esq., Treganon Station, Warialda.
Cox, James C, Esq., M.D., F.L.S., Hunter-street.
Cox, Hon. Ed. King, Esq., M.L.C., Mulgoa, Penrith.
Clark, John K., Esq., Melville, Liverpool Plains.
Chisholm, E., Esq., M.D., Camden.
Dalley, Hon. Wm. B., Esq., M.L.C., Double Bay.
Davis, G-. C, Esq., 97 Elizabeth-street.
Dixon, Douglass, Esq., Australian Club.
Dumaresq, Wm. A., Esq., St. Alban's, Scone.
De Lauret, A. G-., Esq., Wynella, G-oulburn.
Docker, Hon. Jos., Esq., M.L.C., 132 Rosyln Terrace, Darlinghurst Road.
Duncan, W. A., Esq., Colebrooke, Double Bay.
De Salis, Hon. L. E., M.L.C., Australian Club.
Dodds, A., Esq.. North Shore.
Drake, W. H., Esq., Bank of New South Wales, Inverell.
Eldred, Capt. W. H., Margaret- street.
Eorster, William, Esq.. M.L.A., Union Club.
Forrest, Rev. Dr., Balmain.
Galloway, J. J., Esq., Australian Club.
GtIbson, J. J. R., Esq., Reedy Creek. Inverell.
Gordon, Hon. S. D., Esq., M.L.C., 64 Pitt-st. ; Glen Yarra, South Head Road.
Garland, J. R., Esq., Wagga Wagga.
Habgraves, W. H., Esq., Napoleon Cottage, Waverley Road.
Hay, Hon. Sir John, Esq., M.L.C., Rose Bay Lodge, Rose Bay, Woollahra.
Holt, Hon. Thos., M.L.C., The Warren, Cook's River.
Helsham, Douglas, Esq,, Glebe.
Hector, Dr. Jas., F.R.S., etc., Wellington, New Zealand.
Hobson, Jas., Esq., 20 Lower Fort-street.
Haswell, W. A., M.A., B.Sc, Brisbane Museum.
Hirst, G. D., Esq., 379 George-street.
Icely, T. R., Esq., Coombing Park, Carcoar.
Jenkins, R. L,, Esq., Nepean Towers, Douglass Park.
Jennings, P. A., Esq., Warbeccan, Deniliquin.
Joseph, Thos. M., Esq., Gladesville.
Viii. ORDINARY MEMBERS.
Jenkins, C, Esq , C.E., Yass.
Kennedy, Hugh, Esq., University, Sydney.
Laure, Louis T., Esq., M.D., 131 Castlereagli-sfcreet.
Liversidge, Professor Arch., University.
Lloyd, Chas. W., Tarriaro, Gulligal, Nanioi River.
Lark, F., Esq., Sydney.
Living, J., Esq., Australian Club.
Lord, Hon. F., Esq., M.L.C., North Shore.
Macarthur, Hon. Sir Wat., M.L.C., Camden Park.
MacLaurin, H. N., Esq., M.D., Macquarie-street.
Macleay, Hon. Wm., Esq., F.L.S., Elizabeth Bay.
Masters, George, Esq., Elizabeth Bay.
Mitchell, Dav. S., Esq., Darlinghurst Road.
Milford, F., Esq., M.D., Elizabeth-street.
Mort, Henry, Esq., Mount Adelaide, Darling Point.
MacKay, Patrick, Esq., Eudrim, Parramatta.
Markey, James, Esq., No. 1 Regent-street.
Merewether, E. C, Esq., Newcastle.
Maclean, Harold, Esq., Calingra, Woollahra.
Makinson, H., Esq., Gladesville.
McDonnell, W., Esq., G-eorge-street.
Morehead, R. A. A., Esq., 1 O'Connell-street.
Miskin, W. H., Esq., Museum, Brisbane.
Meyrick, E., Esq., B.A., 243 Macquarie-street.
Norton, James, Esq., Ecclesbourne, Double Bay ; 59 Elizabeth-street.
Onslow, Captain Arthur A. W., Esq., R.N., Camden Park.
Ogilvie, Hon. Ed. D., Esq., M.L.C., Yulgilbar, Grafton.
Osborne, George, Esq., Foxlow, via Bungandore.
O'Connor, M., Esq., M.D., Wagga Wagga.
Palmer, William Hall, Esq., M.D„ Cheverils, Elizabeth Bay.
Pedley, P., Esq., Wynyard Square.
Ramsay, E. P., Esq., C.M.Z.S., F.L.S., Museum.
Robertson, Hon. Sir John, K.C.M.G., M.L.A., Clovolly, Watson Bay;
Reform Club.
Read, R. B., Esq., The Hermitage, Paddington.
Raynor, G. H., Esq., King's College, Parramatta.
ORDINARY MEMBERS. IX.
Stephens, W. J,, Esq., M.A., New School, Darlinghurst.
Stackhouse, Com. T., R.N., Mole Run, Tenterfield.
Sandeman, Albed, Esq., Seven Oaks, Upper William-st. North, Darlinghurst;
132 Pitt-street.
Scoetichini, Rev. Benedict, Logan R., Queensland.
Tooth, Robert, Esq., Yengarie, Maryborough, Queensland.
Tuckeb, G-. A., Esq., M.D., Bayview House, Cook's River.
Taebant, Dr., Kiania.
Voss, Houlton Haeeis, Esq., Union Club.
Vaughan, Rodgee Bede, His Grace, the Archbishop of Sydney.
Waed, R. D., Esq., M.A., St. Leonard's.
Wilkinson, C. S., Esq., F.G.S., Department of Mines.
Walkee, R. C, Esq., Public Library.
Wilson, Wm., Esq., Monaltrie, Richmond River.
Wolfen, William, Esq., 23 Bridge -street.
Woods, H., Esq., Department of Mines.
Wateehouse, F. G-., Esq., Museum, Adelaide.
Woods, Rev. J E. Tenison, F.G-.S., Union Club, Sydney
Woods, T. A. St. E. Tenison, Esq., Fitzroy: street, Moore Park.
White, Jas., Esq., Reed Beds, Adelaide.
Wileins, W., Esq., Council of Education.
Young, W. J., Esq., Australian Club.
Young, Lamont, Esq., F.G-.S. , Department of Mines.
CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.
— ♦ —
Tate, Professor R., Adelaide.
Bayley, R. M., Esq., Brisbane.
HONORARY MEMBERS.
— ♦ —
Muellee, Baron F. von., K.C.M.G-., Botanic G-ardens, Melbourne.
Hutton, Professor F. W., Canterbury Cottage, Christchurch, New Zealand.
Maclay, Baron N. de Miklouho.
Bentham, G-., Esq., F.R.S., P.L.S., Etc., London.
Owen, Professor, C.B., Etc., London.
— ♦ —
I. The Linnean Society of New South. Wales, is instituted
for the cultivation and study of the Science of Natural
History, in all its branches.
II. The Society shall consist of Ordinary, Corresponding, and
Honorary Members. Gentlemen not resident in New
South Wales, who shall have contributed valuable
information or specimens to the Society, shall be eligible
for appointment as Corresponding Members, at the
discretion of the Council. Honorary Membership shall be
conferred only on distinguished Naturalists not resident
in New South Wales.
III. The Officers of the Society shall consist of a President,
Vice-President, Secretary, and Treasurer.
IV. The affairs of the Society shall be conducted by a Council
consisting of six Members (in addition to the office-bearers),
to be elected each year, at the Annual General Meeting.
V, The President, Vice-President, Secretary, and Treasurer,
shall be elected in like manner, at the Annual General
Meeting.
VI. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to keep a list of all
Members, and a record of all correspondence, transactions,
and proceedings of the Society.
VII. The Treasurer's duty shall be to receive all payments
made to the Society, and disburse all sums payable by the
Society out of the funds in his hands. He shall furnish
the Society annually, with an account of all such receipts
and disbursements. He shall demand all arrears of annual
subscription, after such shall have been due three months.
RULES. XI.
No payments shall be made by the Treasurer, except for
rents and taxes, without the sanction of the Council.
"VTH. Candidates for admission to this Society shall be proposed
and seconded at an Ordinary Meeting, and shall be balloted
for at the next Ordinary Meeting: Two-thirds of the
Members balloting shall elect.
IX. The Annual Subscription shall be £1 Is., payable on the
1st January of each year. And all joining after the close
of the present year, (1874), shall pay an entrance fee of
£1 Is. in addition to their annual subscription.
X. No Member whose subscription shall be three months in
arrear shall participate in the advantages offered by the
Society.
XI. At Ordinary Meetings of the Society any Member present
shall have the privilege of introducing one visitor, who,
with the permission of the Chairman, shall be allowed to
take j>art in the discussion.
XII. The Ordinary Meetings shall be held each month, at such
time and place as the Council shall appoint.
The order of business shall be as follows : —
1 Names of Visitors present shall be read aloud by the
Chairman.
2 The minutes of the last meeting shall be read, proposed
for confirmation to the Meeting, and signed by the
Chairman.
3 Candidates for admission shall be proposed, and those
proposed at the preceding Meeting shall be balloted
for.
4 Papers and written communications shall be read and
discussion thereon invited, which may be limited by
the Chairman.
xii. RULES.
5 The Meoting shall conclude with the examination of
such specimens, drawings, &c, as may then be
exhibited. And no business connected with the
management or finance of the Society shall be intro-
duced at any such Meeting.
XIII. Authors of papers must notify their intention of reading
such, together with the subject thereof, to the Secretary,
seven days before the next Ordinary Meeting ; and the
Secretary shall issue notice of the papers to be read at
each Meeting, in the order in which he shall have received
notice of the same.
XIV. Upon the requisition of any six Members presented to the
President and Council, through the Secretary, a Special
General Meeting shall be convened, — and any proposition
to be submitted to such Meeting shall be stated at length
in the notice to Members, and of any such Meeting, not
less than seven days' notice shall be given.
XV. The Annual General Meeting shall be held in January,
the place and time of meeting to be fixed by the Council.
The objects of the Meeting shall be to choose the Council
and Officers for the ensuing year, and to hear the Annual
Report on the general concerns of the Society.
X
PROCEEDINGS
OF TUE
LINNEAN SOCIETY
OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
WEDNESDAY, JANUAEY 29th, 1879.
The President, Eev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S., etc.,
in tlie Chair.
The President introduced to the Meeting the following gentle-
men as Yisifcors : — The Hon. Louis Hope, W. H. Archer Esq.,
W. A. Haswell, Esq., M.A., B.Sc, and Dr. O'Connor, of H.M.S.
" Sapphire."
DONATION.
Conipte Eendu de la Societe Entoniologique de Belgique,
Serie II., No. 56.
PAPERS READ.
Ox some Tertiary Fossils.
Lytiie Eev. J. E. Texisox-Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S., President:
Lixxeax Society, N.S.W., &c, &c.
At a recent meeting of this Society I described some fossils
from 'the tertiary (probably Miocene) beds of Muddy Creek,
Western Yictoria. I now complete the list of all those at present
in my hands. They came from the same locality, and were
obtained for me by the late Mr. Samuel Pratt Winter, who I
regret to add died at the close of last year. I take this opportunity
2 ON SOME TERTIARY FOSSILS,
of expressing what a loss science has sustained in the death of so
estimable a man. Not only was his house hospitably open to all
who desired to advance the knowledge of the geology of the
district, but during the last 20 years he constantly gave me the
most untiring and valuable assistance in all my studies. It is an
additional source of regret to me that he was not able to receive
from me the feeble, but sincere acknowledgment of his assistance
which I have given in the preceding paper.
The fossils here described have no special character which calls
for notice. The resemblances to Miocene forms of Europe are
fewer. A Leiostraca and a Crossed connect them with our existing
fauna, but the general character differs much from anything we
have with us now. It has been thought that our fossil fauna is
somewhat like the facies of that living in Philippine Seas ; but
this is not the case. The fauna of North Eastern Australia has a
large number of species identical with those now living in the
Philippine seas, but the relations between the Queensland marine
fauna and that of our Miocene seas is very remote. The relations
are not evident so far, except with the Miocene of Europe, but
this will more clearly be seen when the whole of the paleontology
of the beds has been dealt with.
Eulima Dante. PI. 1, fig. 1.
Testa, late pyramidata, polita, solida, apice acuto; anfr. 12, planatis
Icevibus, lineis incrementi tantum insignitis, sutura hand imptrcssa,
peripheric/, obtuse angulata, apertura late ovata, labro tenui, acuto,
antiee producto ; labio ant ice tantum reflexo. Alt. 13^, lat. 4£.
Shell broadly pyramidal, polished, solid, apex acute, whorls 12
quite flat, smooth, only marked and generally very faintly with
the lines of growth, suture only marked by a fine line, periphery
obtusely angular, aperture widely ovate, labrum thin, acute,
produced anteriorly, lip reflected anteriorly.
This fossil is not uncommon in the beds, but the specimens
usually met with are not quite so stout as represented in the
figure.
BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 3
■
Leiostraca acutispira. PI. 1, fig. 2.
Testa parva, subulata, medio pa/rum ventricosa, polita, tenui ; anfr.
11, hand lat is, omminolcevilus, sutura vix visibili ; apertura pyriformi ',
hibro antiee producto ; labio parvo, angusto, rotundato. Long. 8^-,
lat. 2.
Shell small, subulate, slightly ventricose in the middle, polished,
thin ; whorls 1 1 , not wide, altogether smooth, suture scarcely
visible, aperture pyrif orm, labrum produced anteriorly, lip small,
narrow, rounded.
The differences between this shell and L australis, our only
Australian species, are, first that the fossil is smaller, opaque,
much more acute in the spire, with many more whorls in propor-
tion ; there is a peculiarity in L. australis from which this fossil
completely differs, the top of the spire is obtusely rounded and
on the summit the nucleus is placed like a little granule.
CONUS PULLULASCENS. Pl.l, fig. 3-4.
The two cones figured on this plate I only name provisionally.
They are the same species, but fig 4 is very much worn. The
specimens seen by me are all extremely small with a very large
conspicuous pullus, the upper angle of the whorls is distinctly
and elegantly ribbed, and the whole shell is deeply and distantly
spirally grooved. Larger and more numerous specimens may
enable me to give better details, and more information as to the
relations of the species.
Leda lucida. PI. 1, fig. 5 and 5 a.
Testa parva, tumida, solida, polita, cequilaterali quasi, ovata, con-
eentriee regular iter costata, cost is rotundatis, cequalibus; latere post ico
vix producto, subacute angulato, area postangulari vix sulcata ; latere
antico brevi, obtuse rotundato, umbonibus subacutis. Long. 3^-, lat.
*)o", arc. — .
Shell small, tumid, solid, polished, equilateral, almost ovate,
regularly concentrically ribbed, ribs rounded equal, posterior side
scarcely produced subacutely angular, posterior angle scarcely
sulcate, anterior side short, obtusely rounded, umbone subacute.
4 ON SOME TERTIARY FOSSILS,
This fossil differs from those previously described, in its short
posterior side and the absence of any groove within the angle.
It is also of tumid shape and the ribs are regular.
Crossea parvula. PL 1, tig. 7,
Testa minuta, oblique discoidea, late profundeque umbilicata, solida,
nitente; anfr. 3}j, rotundatis, regular iter, concinne, spiraliter striatis,
apice prominulo ; apertura exacte orbiculata, labro erassa, postice
producto, cum margins umbilici ' conjunct o, labio immerso, antice incrassato,
producto, angulato, umbilico, concur o.
A minute NaticaASk.e shell, with a wide umbilicus and the
columella produced into a thickened anterior angle, the labrum
is also produced very much posteriorly, so as to be continuous
with a solid margin, which surrounds the umbilicus ; the aperture
is perfectly round and solid, which is the character of the whole
shell. There are also signs of fine punctate dots in the grooves,
which neatly ornament the lower whorls, like C. concinna Angas
of Port Jackson. Crossea may be said to be a characteristic
Australian genus. The peculiar angular extension of the
columella easily serves to distinguish it. This is the first instance
of its being found fossil. It comes very close to the existing
species, but is very much smaller.
Trivia minima. PI. 1, fig. 8, 8a.
Testa pan a, late ovata, globosa, nitente, spiraomninoocclusa; costis
distantibus, medio sulco conspicuo separatis, aliquando bifurcatis,
aliqnando costis brevioribus inter calantibus ; apertura angusta, utrimque
curvata, labio angulato ; labro incrassato, lato, sabvaricoso. Long. 6,
lat. 51 alt., 3£.
Shell small, broadly ovate globose or ventricose, spire quite
concealed ; ribs distant, well raised and conspicuous, separated
on the back by a conspicuous groove, some bifurcating and some
shorter ribs sometimes intercalated in the interstices ; aperture
narrow, curved at each end ; lip angular, the ends of the ribs
forming the teeth, which are somewhat close ; the labrum is
BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 5
broad, thickened, and almost varicose, the teeth being rather
distant.
This fossil is in its general form extremely like T. avellanoides,
McCoy, bnt it is so very small and stouter in proportion to its
size. It not a 3roimg shell, for not only is it always found of the
same size, but the young of this genus present an entirely
different aspect, The costa are much stronger in proportion to
the size, they are fewer, the vacant dorsal space is not nearly so
clearly defined, the labrum is thick, with fewer teeth, and it does
not overlap as in T. avellanoides.
CEmTHiror eusmilia. PI. 1, fig. 9.
Testa pwrva, anguste pyramidata, turrita, nitente ; anfr. 8, ?
fdecoll.J infra carinatis, 11-14 costis condnnis, infra sulcatis,
insignitis; costis angustis, rotundatis, exacte clef nit is ; interstitiis
striatis, peripheria angulata, sutura funiculo insignita ; apertwa
rotundata, lahro tenui, canali brevissinw, hasi planata, radiatim crebre,
conspicae, striata.
This small Cerithium was never found in a perfect state. It is a
Turbonilla, but for the mouth. The distant raised ribs render it
easy of recognition, for they are not divided into granules, and
at the lower part of each one there is a distinct angular notch,
which extends into the interstices. The periphery is angular,
base flat and radiately striate, the suture with a narrow spiral
thread, and the canal very short and recurved.
Cerithium salteriana. PI. 1, fig. 11.
Testa mimita, tumide turrita, a/pice iirdato ; anfr. 11, planatis,
oblique crebre costatis, costis regulariter granosis ; granis superne
major ibus; apertura qtcadrata, canali spiral iter curvato, columella
unipUcata, lahro tenui, nucleo trochiformi, 2h anfr. tumido, costato.
Alt. 4£, lat. vix 1, mill.
This peculiar fossil is mainly distinguished from the very
numerous members of this genus, (containing many hundred
species, recent and fossil), by its small size, tumid apex and
6 ON SOME TERTIARY FOSSILS,
spiral canal. The ornamentation of the flat whorl, is confined to
numerous small close sloping ribs, which are divided into many
granules. The divisions between which correspond so as to give
rise to spiral grooves. The upper granules on each rib are
rather larger than the rest, giving the suture a somewhat coronate
appearance.
Trlforis wilkinsoxi. var. psila. PI. 1, fig. 10.
Testa fere minuta, turritissima, solidiuscula nitente, apice acuto ;
anfr. 17, eonvexis, conspicue 4 carinatis, crebre eostatis, earinis supra
cost, transeimtibus et ibi nodosis, costis in 3 ultimis anfr. antice evanidis
ita ut 3 earinis sint Icevihus, sutura late canieulata et funiculo minuto
insignito, basi lirata, canali brevi, obliquo, apertura ovata. Long. 8£,
lat. 2.
This small fossil, which is almost minute in size, is very-
similar to T. Wilkinsoni, nobis, except that the longitudinal costfe
disappear in the three last whirls towards the base, and the base
is Urate not radiately costate. Still I do not think it more than
a variety.
Triforis planata. PI. 1, fig. 12.
Testa parva, elongata, turrita, pyramidata, nitente; anfr. 13,
planatis, oblique eostatis, basim versus duobus lir is spiralibus insignit is,
superiori granulosa, granulis cum costis concurrentibus, inferiori supra
suturam Icevi, rotundata, basi, concava, unicarinata, radiatim. corrugata ;
apertura quadrata, labro tenui, cum canali continuo ; labio reflexo,
canali angusto, brevi, recurvo, pene clauso, apice obtuso, nucleo reverso,
costis crebris, fult. anf 24 J rotundatis, parum elevatis. Alt. 9, lat. 2.
This fossil is mainly distinguished by its acicular form, and its
numerous close oblique ribs which are divided at the base by a
groove. The suture is covered by a smooth rounded raised line.
The aperture is quadrate and the outer lip thin , continuous with
the short curved canal, which is almost closed. The base is
concave, unicarinate and radiately rugose. It differs from the
described fossils of the genus in Australia in the lower groove.
BY THE REV. J. B. TEXISOX-WOODS. 7
Triton's sulcata is a very much, larger shell and with two grooves
only in the middle of the whorls.
TrOPHOX rOLYrilYLLIA. PL 2, fig. 1.
Testa parva, fere minuta. ovata ; anfr. 6, converts, medio angulatis,
undique (nucleo 2 A- anf. excluso) lameUose costal is; lamellis, valde
u?idulo8isf superne spiniferis, spin is curvatis, concavis, peripheria
angidata ; apertura orbiculata, polita, labro incrassato. intus tuber cu-
lato, canal i prcehngo, conspicue recurvo; nv.cleo polito, hevi, fere
vertical iter sito. Lone:. 5A lat. 2£.
This is a very interesting little fossil, very distinct in every
way from any now existing on the Australian coast. It is very
small, and the whorls which are angular in the middle are closely
covered with delicate undulating frills. Some of the undulations
are prolonged into concave spines on the lower whorls and the
upper part of the penultimate one. The aperture is orbicular,
enamelled and the inner lip is tubercular-; the canal is long, not
quite open and much curved ; the nucleus is almost unrolled,
erect and highly polished.
Plate 2. fig. 2, represents a common form of the young of
Ni ■>'( Tatei, nobis.
aTiTRA DAPHXELLOLDES. PL 2. nST. 3.
Testa parva, ovata. utrimque attenuate', solida, nitente, apertura
8pira evquanti ; anfr, &%, parum convex is, crebre cost at is, et continue
erebre, regulariter liratis, superne late sulcatis ; costis august is, porum
'tis, ultimo anfr. evanidis; liris supra costas transeuntibus; nucleo
1£ anf. polito; apertura angustaffauee lirata, ovata; sutura margin I .
labro acuta, columella duobus plicis subobsoletis. Long. 6±, lat. 3.
A rather ovate, solid, shining little shell, with the aperture and
>pire about equal ; closely, finely ribbed on the spire and cov<
with small, neat, very distinct line, which pass over the ribs.
The ribs become obsolete on the last whorl, and on the upper
parr of every whorl there is abroad, Avide groove-like space below
the suture which is margined. The columella has unly two very
8 ON SOME TERTIARY FOSSILS,
indistinct tooth-like plaits. The labrum is thin, and the throat
lirate. There is a constriction of the labrum at the suture which
with the flat sulcus at the upper part of the whorl gives this shell
the aspect of a Baphnella. The obsolete plaits on the columella
bear out this resemblance.
MlTRA OTHONE. PL 2, fig. 4.
Testa parva, ovata, utrimque attenuata, solidiuscula ; anfr. 6,
aqualiter, crebre cancellata, liris longitudinalibus ct spiralibus ita ut
textilosa apparent, sutura haud impressa, spira eonica, ultim. anfr. haud
cequanti ; apice acuto, apertura anguste ovata, labro solido, simplici;
columella definita, 4 plicata, 2 mediis majoribus. Long. 10, lat. 4£.
Nomen specificum a Gr. oOov-q flinteumj derivatur ab aspectu texturato
totius testce.
This is a small Mitra, the whole surface of which is closely
cancellated so as to resemble linen. The suture is not impressed,
the spire conical ; the whorls very slightly convex ; the columella
has four plaits, two central being larger and more oblique.
Mitra dictua. PL 3, fig. 7.
Testa elongato-fiisiformi, spira quam apertura longiori, opaca; anfr.
6^parum convexis, declivibas, undique sabtillissime clathratis, ultimo
anfr. eostis longitud. evanidis, lineis spiralibus validis alternant ibus ;
apice Jrevi, apertura late ovata ; canali haudbrevi, labro tenui, columella
biplicata, plica antiea absoleta. Long. 12, lat. 5^, long spir. 7.
This shell is very closely allied to 31. alokiza but the differences
are, that it is broader in proportion to the length and finely
laticed, while M. a. is simply grooved, and the grooves are
regularly and finely punctate, with three distinct plaits on the
columella, while this species has only two and the lower one
almost obsolete. The canal is also longer and more acute while
the anterior end of 21. a. is obtuse, and the suture is marginate.
Mitra coarctata. PL 2, fig. 10,
Testa parva, anguste ovata, polita, spira brevi ; anfr. 3, Icevibus,
striis incrcmeuli taittuin insignitis ; apice obtiao, sutura inconspicuo,
BY TILE REV. J. E. TEXISOX-WOODS. 9
marginata; apertura elongata, lalro simplici, columella contorta, encausta,
marginata, 4plicis elevatis, valde obliquiis insignita. Long. 7, lat. 2
Tliis shell is easily distinguished by its narrow elongate form
devoid of ornament, polished, but with rather conspicuous lines
of growth. The columella is twisted, highly enamelled, margined
with a distinct rounded raised line, and with four raised, very
oblique plaits. The spire is very short, conspicuous, with a fine
margined suture and obtuse apex.
MlTEA ALOKIZA. PL 2, fig. 12.
Testa parva, angusta, fusiformi, ticrrita, s})ira quam apert. longiori,
solida, nitente ; anfr. 6, parum convexis, regulariter concinne spiraliter
striatis; sir i is crebre, eleganter punctatis ; Uneis incrementi conspicuis,
sutura bene impressd, conspicue marginata; apertura angusie ovata,
lalro simplici, columella exacte definita, tr/plieata. Long. 11, lat. 3$-.
This small Mitra is in shape a miniature of our common M. badia
but probably more slender in proportion to its length. Its
peculiar distinction lies in the whorls being regularly and
distantly striate and the stria) being very elegantly and closely
dotted. It is probable that in less worn shells these dots would
seem to be caused by very small riblets. The suture is well
impressed and very distinctly margined. The aperture is short
and the columella has three plaits, the posterior the largest.
Pleurotoma coxsutilis. PI. 2, fig. 5.
Testa parva, fasiformi, utrimque acuta, spira quam apertura paulo
longiori, tenui; anfr. 7, medio angulatis, sul-elongatis, undique oblique
salt ill issime, concinne, cancellatis, supra carinam late, haud profande
sulcatis, saleo medio funiculato, transversim Jineis parvis, curvatis,
crelre sculp)to ; sutura sulco angusto marginata ; apertura lata ; lalro
medio valde producto, sinu lato, profundo, columella exacte definita,
polita ; canal i contorto. Long. 11, lat. 4, long spira) 6\.
Though this shell is destitute of any striking ornamentation, it
is easily distinguished from the species already described. It is
very neatly, obliquely cancellate, the transverse and longitudinal
10 ON SOME TERTIARY FOSSILS,
lines being very neat, distinct, equal, and sufficiently distant to
leave very definite rhomboidal spaces. The whorls are keeled
in the middle, about which there is a rather broad, fiat, shallow,
groove which corresponds to the sinus. It has a fine' line in the
centre, and is closely transversely marked with elegant curved
ribs. The aperture is wide, the labruin much produced in the
middle, and the sinus is very conspicuous, wide and deep. The
canal is twisted. The neat distant cancellation, and the
fine lines on the groove give the surface an appearance of open
thread work, hence the name.
Pleurotoma rhomboidalis. PL 2, fig. 9.
Testa ' parva, rlwmboidea, tenui, nitente, a/pice obtuso ; anfr. 4£,
ultimo longe majori, superne obtuse angulato et oblique, undulose, crebre
eleganterque costato, spiraliter tenue lirato ; infra spiral iter, distanter
carinato ; supra angnlum late sulcato; sutura anguste canaliculata et
eleganter coronata ; nucleo conspicuo, tumido, Icevi ; spira cancellata ;
apertura anguste ovata, postice acuta, labro tenui, acuto, labio definito,
canali lato, aperto,parum elongato ; sinu lato, prof undo, supra unguium
sito. Long. 5, lat. 2^.
This small shell of which I have only seen one specimen, is
described from what is evidently a young individual, but
sufficiently developed to determine its character. Shape rhom-
boidal and almost like a Conns. The lower part of the last whorl
is spirally distantly keeled with small rounded inconpicuous keels,
and crossed lengthwise with conspicuous irregular undulating
lines of growth. Last whorl obtusely angled above, at the line of
sinus, where it is ornamented with crescentic, small, close, neat
ribs, making a very handsome coronate ornamentation. Above
this there is a groove, and then a beautifidly coronate margin to
the suture, which is channelled. The whole of this part of the
shell is cancellated by close round liroe ; the nucleus is pullus-
like and smooth. Aperture acutely angular posteriorly. Canal
not very long and rather broad.
BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 11
Pleurotoma clar^:. PI. 3, fig. 11.
Testa elongato-fwiftirpii, torn/', opaca; anfr. GA, convexis, declivilus,
iindique tenue, spiraliter liratis, spira nodoso-costatis, penult, anfr.
aholetis, ult. evanidzs, apertura late ovata, lahro tenui, sinu lato,
postico, profundo ; ultimo anfr. ad per ipheriam obtuse angulato. Alt.
11, lat. 4.
This fossil must be mainly distinguished by the absence of
any ornament. The upper part of the spire is ribbed and in the
lower whorls, these ribs become obsolete. The periphery of the
last whorl is obtusely angular and the whole shell is covered
spirally with close fine thread-like lirce. The aperture is broad
and the sinus wide, deep, and conspicuous. A peculiarity in
this shell is that the lines of growth scarcely show at all.
Fig. 12 on the same plate appears to be a variety of the same
shell in which the ribs are closer and more crescentic on the spire
and the lines of growth are more distinct.
DRILLIA INTEGRA. PL 3, fig. 4.
Testa elongato-fusi for mi , spira quam apertura longiori, tenui, polita;
anfr. 6^- parum convexis, conspicue eostatis, sup erne late sulcatis ;
regulariter, spiraliter, concinne, liratis ; costis latis, rotundatis,
obliquiis ; striis incrementi conspicuis, apertura rhomboidea, quasi
Integra; labro incrassato, sinu postico lato, profundo, cum sulco
anfractuum concurrente ; labio crasso, reflexo, postice elevato, canali
brevi; nucleo (2% anf.J Icevi; sutura marginal a. Alt. 9^, lat. 4, long
spiree 6.
Shell elongately fusiform, spire longer than the aperture, thin,
polished; whorls 6^- slightly convex, conspicuously ribbed, broadly
sulcate above, regularly, spirally, neatly, lirate ; ribs wide,
rounded, oblique, lines of growth conspicuous. Aperture
rhomboid, almost entire. Labrum thickened, sinus deep, broad,
corresponding with the groove in the whorls ; lip thick, reflexed
raised posteriorly ; canal short, nucleus of 2£ whorls, smooth,
suture marginate. .
12 ON SOME TERTIAltY FOSSILS,
This fossil is a good deal like some existing forms, but differs
in the peculiarly thickened almost entire aperture and the broad
oroove on the upper part of the whorls. The spiral lirse are also
very neat and characteristic.
Drillia stiza. PL 2, fig. 11.
Testa parva, elongato-Jusiformi. turrit a, spira quamapert. lonqiori,
nitente; anfr. 7^-, planatis, supra suturam late sulcatis, et 2 lirulis
cinctis, deinde carinatis, postea uni liratis, una serie granulorum, 2
lirulis et una carina zonatis ; undique crebre, longitud. unduloee,
striatis; sutura late sulcata ; apice obtuso ; nucleoli- anf. 1^ Icevib.
uni-costato ; apertura lata, labro simplici, labio refle.ro, crasso, canali
brcvi, acuto, sinu inconspicuo serie granulorum concurrents. Long.
9£, lat. 3£, long spirse b\.
A small, elongately fusiform shell, with the following orna-
mentation on the whorls. Immediately above the suture there is
a wide, deep groove, then a sharp keel, then a thin thread, then
a series of small rounded granules, then two lirfe and another
keel. The suture is broadly grooved, and the apex has 1^ whorls
smooth and closely ornamented with crescentic rih$. The
aperture is broad, the lip thickened, the canal short _and
stout, and the sinus inconspicuous, apparently corresponding
with the series of granules.
FUSTJS STYLIFOEMIS. PL 3, fig. 6.
Testa parva, gracili, elonqato-Jusiformi, tenui, turita ; anfr. 7,
longis, prismaticis, convexis, parum declivibus, distanter conspicue
costatis et crebre spiraliter liraiis ; costis paucis (alt. anfr. 7),
concinnis, angustis ,rotundatis, parum elevaiis ; liris planatis, inter-
#
stitiis aquantibus, supra costcls transeuntibus, sutura impressa ;
apertura ovata, labro tenui, simplici ; columella planata, canali recto,
angusto, prcelongo, gracili. Long. 11, lat. 3.
A small graceful elongately fusiform, thin, shell of 7 whorls,
which are rendered almost prismatic by the few projecting neatly
rounded ribs. These are closely crossed by close flat liree, which
BY THE REV. J. E. TENISOX-WOODS. 13
equal the interstices in width. The canal is very long, straight
and slender.
Fusus mo. PL 3, fig. 10.
Testa parva, fusiform?, opaca ; anfr. 5£, rotundatis, crebre
spiraliter liratis, liris magnis et parvis alter nantibus ; sutura bene
imvressa, apertura ovata, canali prcelongo, contorto, labro simplici,
columella eccacte defnita, polifa, basi unicarinata nucleo tumido (2A-
anf) Icevi. Alt. 16, lat G.
A small fusiform, opaque shell of 5^- whorls, which are rounded
and finely, spirally lirate, the liree alternating, large and small.
The canal is long and twisted. The main distinguishing feature
is a peculiar keel, which runs round the basal whorl and terminates
in the outer lip at the origin of- the canal. The apex is obtuse,
the nucleus of 2^- smooth tumid whorls.
Fasctolabja texisoxi. PI. 3, fig. 3.
Testa ovato-fusiformi, parva, solidiuscula. apice obtuso ; anfr. 5-r
late costatis et tenuiter crebre carinatis, stop erne angulatis ; cosiis
distantibus, elevatis, rotundatis, ad angulum desinentibus ; carinis
angustis, parvis, supra costas transeuntib. ; inter siitiis creberrione,
subtillissime, longitud. striatis, et aliquando funiculo insignitis, sutura
anguste canaliculato ; nucleo depresso, poliio ;* apertura late ovata,
labro solido, simplici; columella definita, polita, plica postica incon-
spicua, canali elongato, recto. Long. 20, lat. 8^,c anal 5,
Shell ovately fusiform, small, rather solid, apex obtuse, whorls
5^, broadly ribbed, keeled with close fine keels, angular above :
ribs distant, raised, rounded, ceasing at the angle ; keels narrow
small, round ; interstices closely and very finely, but neatly and
distinctly striate, sometimes with a fine spiral thread, Suture
narrowly canaliculate ; nucleus depressed, polished ; aperture
broadly ovate, labrum solid, simple ; columella defined, polished,
plait posterior, inconspicuous, canal long, straight.
I have named this shell after Col. King Tenison.
14 ON SOME TERTIARY FOSSILS,
OOLUMBELLA HEMIOTHONE. PL 3, fig. 8.
Testa fusiforme-ovata, parva, solidiuscula, nitente, opaca ; anfr
7, convexis 3 ult. crebre, quasi textilose cancellatis, 2 spirce distanter
regulaviter costatis, 2 anfr. nucl. Icevibus ) apertura ovata, labro
tenui, simplici ; columella definita, p)olita, parumplanata, canali vix
recur vo. Long 9£, lat. 3^. Lirce longitud. anfract. ult. paulo
majori. Basi 3 lineis gr anulosis, spiralit^r cinctis.
Shell fusiformly ovate, small, rather solid, shining opaque.
Whorls seven, convex. The three last are very closely and finely
cancellate, but the longitudinal lines are rather more conspicuous
and rib-like, and the base of the last whorl has three spiral lines
of granules rather distant from each other. Two of the whorls
of the spire are conspicuously ribbed with rather convex ribs, and
the two whorls of the nucleus are smooth. The aperture is ovate
the outer lip simple, columella well defined, flattened and polished
and the canal short and not recurved.
It is evident that this fossil departs very widely from typical
species of Columbella, yet I cannot see anywhere else to place it.
2Esopus semicostatus. PL 3, fig. 9.
Testa elongato-fusiformi, turrita, parva, tenui, opaca ; anfr. 8,
rotundatis, declivibus, regulariter 5 — 8 carinatis, 4, anfr. opicalibus
spirce distanter costatis, nucleo, 2% anfr. elongato, declivi, polito ;
costis angustis, elevatis, concinnis ; carinis acutis, parum elevatis ;
interstitiis tenuiter crebre costatis ; apertura ovata, polita, sulcata;
labro varice insignito, co ncavo, columella occulto, canali brevi recurvo.
Alt. 71 lat. 2i, spir. 5.
Shell small, elongately fusiform, turretted, spire much longer
than the aperture, thin, opaque ; whorls 8, rounded, sloping
regularly, 5 to 8 keeled ; 4 apical whorls of of the spire are ribbed
and the nucleus of 2£ whorls, elongately sloping and polished.
The spire ribs are narrow, raised, neat ; the keels acute slightly
raised ; the interstices finely, closely ribbed, so as to give the
whole shell a somewhat latticed appearance. Aperture ovate,
BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 15
polished, sulcate ; labrum marked with a varix, concave, colu-
mella hidden, canal short, recurved. Suture well impressed and
■with a slender thread round it.
I am in doubt about the genus of this and the following shell.
? JEsorUS CREBRECOSTATUS. PI. 3, fig. 5.
Testa parva, elongato-fusiformi, turrita, solidiuscula, nitente ;
anfr. 6^, rotundatis , declivibus, crebre costatis'^filis spiralibus minuiis
cinctis ; costis acutis, curvatis, ultim. anfr. 22 • Jilis supra coslas
trans euntibus ; sutura bene impress a ; nucleo l^ anfr. polito ;
apertura lata, labro varice incrassato, columella polita, postice
tuberculato ; fauce eneausta, canali brevi, parum recurvo. Long. 9
lat. 4.
Shell small, elongately fusiform, tiirretted, somewhat solid,
shining, whorls 6^, rounded, sloping, closely ribbed, and spirally
girdled with very fine threads. The ribs are acute, curved, 22
on the last whorl ; threads passing over the ribs, suture well
impressed; nucleus of 1£ whorls, polished. Aperture broad, a
varix on the outer lip, the throat enamelled, and the columella
with a posterior tubercle. The canal is very short and slightly
recurved.
Tritox Woodsii, E. Tate, M.S. PL 3, fig. 1—2.
Testa late fusiformi, parva, tenui ; anfr. 6, convexis, medio
angulatis undujue crebre, cincinne, tenuiter cancellatis, vel quasi
textile decussatis ; varicibus conspicuis angustis, elevatis ; apertura
late ovata, fauce eneausta, labro varicoso, ad marginem acuto, intus
deniato ; labro definito, parum reflexo ; canali prcelongo, aperto,
obliquo, recurvo, nucleo Icevi, apice verticaliter disjuncto. Long. 12
lat. 9.
Shell broadly fusiform, small, thin, whorls 6, convex angular
in the middle, covered all over with a close, fine cancellation,
which is very like a woven fabric. The varices are conspicuous,
narrow, and much raised ; cancellate like the body of the shell#
The aperture is widely ovate with the throat enamelled, and the
16 ON SOME TERTIARY FOSSILS,
labrimi varicose, with an acute margin, dentate inside ; lip defined
and slightly renexed ; canal rather long, open, oblique, and
recurved. The nucleus is smooth, rather large with the apex
disjoined and curiously twisted up into an erect position.
This fossil had been figured by me when I received from Prof.
Tate the information that he had already named it after me in a
MS. account of the Murray fossils. In publishing my notes
under his name, I beg to thank him at the same time for his
courtesy, and to apologize for having anticipated his notes.
Trophon sxjccinctus. PI. 4, fig. 6, 6a.
Testa elongato-turbinuta,te>iuiuscula; anfr. 5|-, (iiucleo \\incluso)
subglobosis, supevne subplanatis, undique cequaliter, distanter, acute
carinatis, et conspicue, undulose striatis, lineis, incrementi ; carinis
rugulosis, subtus concavis, elevatis, supevne 3 parum majoribus,
prope apicem quasi cancellatis, interstitiis profundis, rotundatis ;
iiucleo tumido, lazvi ; apertura lata, ovata, labro tenui, crebre
undulato, intus sulcata ; labio dejinito, polito, canali obliquo, lungo,
recur vo ; sutura pro/unde canaliculata. Long. 24, lat. 16, long
spir. 8, long, canal 7.
This elegant species is turbinate in shape and rather thin. It
is covered all over with equal, sharp, and high keels whieii are
rendered rather rugged at the edge from the undulose lines of
growth which cover the shell longitudinally. Three of these
keels are a little larger and more distinct at the upper part of
the whorl, which is a little flat towards the suture. The canal is
rather long, oblique and recurved, the outer lip is thin and closely
undulate, from the keels which are hollow underneath. The
throat is regularly grooved and the nucleus tumid and smooth.
The habit and form of this shell brings it near to Purpura, but
I think it finds its best place in the genus wherein I have placed
it. Prof. Tate informs mo that Ids largest specimen is 1J inch
long and f inch wide.
BY THE REV. J. E. TENIS0N-W00DS. 17
Cassis exigua. PL 2, fig. 7.
Testa parva, ovata, subventricosa, nitente ; anfr Z\. superne
obtuse angulatis , et corrugatis, spiraliter concinne striatic }et longitud.
cvebre irregulariter corrugato sulcatis, variciferis ) stviis cerebris,
undnlosis , sutura granulose marginata, nucleo globoso, Jcevi, apertura
sinuata, utrimque curvata) labro crassa, rotunduio, intus obsolete
dentato ; labio inconspicuo, postice uni-tuberculato, antice 4 dentibus,
gradatim crescentibus insignito ; canali lato, brevissimo. Long.
10, lat. 6i.
Shell small, subventricose, shining, whorls 3^-, obtusely angular
above and corrugated, neatly, spirally striate and lengthwise
closely, irregularly, corrugately sulcate ; varices at about every
half whorl. Striee close and undulating, suture granulosely
niarginate, nucleus globose, smooth and shining of one whorl,
and very conspicuous. Aperture sinuous, curved at each end ;
labrum thick, rounded, obsoletely dentate within ; lip inconspicu-
ous, with one posterior tubercle and four teeth gradually increas-
ing in size on the anterior end of the columella, canal broad and
very short.
This is evidently a young shell, but not immature so that it
can be safely described. The last whorl and the mouth is
perfectly complete, and the mamillate or pullus-like nucleus show
what the earlier stages are. In size it cannot be compared to
any existing species, but in ornamentation there is a faint
approach to our living Australian G. paucirugis. That shell is
more granular. In the fossil the corrugations at the angle are
a double series of ribs arising at different parts of the angle and
near the mouth they are faintly continuous with the sulci of the
whorl.
Can-cellaria laticostata. PL 2, fig. 8.
T. parva, umbilicata, ovata, utrimque acuta, ad suturam constvicta
et late, profundeque canaliculata ; anfr. 5, late costatis fult. anfr,
1(V, spiraliter distanter valide liratis, longitudinater striatis, striis,
18 ON SOME TERTIARY FOSSILS,
crebris, subtillissimis ; costis subplanatis, ad angulum elegantev
superne rotundatis, interstitiis angustis ; lirce rotundatis, parum
elevatis, apice lcevi,polita ; apertur a Integra, antice et postice obtuse
angulata ; labro simplici, tenui ; fauce distantev liruta, labio rejlexo
columella biplicata, umbilico angusto, prof undo. Long1. 6, lat. 3^.
Shell small, umbilicate, ovate, acute at "both ends, rising in
pagoda-like stages from the deep channel and constriction at the
suture. Whorls 5, broadly ribbed (10 on last whorl), distinctly
and distantly, spirally lirate, striate lengthwise, striae close, and
very fine. Ribs elegantly rounded at the suture so as to give a
coronate appearance to each whorl. The lirse are rounded and
not elevated, and the ribs are separated by a rather narrow
depression. Apex smooth and polished. Aperture entire,
angular at each end. Throat broadly grooved; labrum simple,
lip reflexed, umbilicus narrow but deep. Two plaits on the
columella.
This is a very remarkable form of Cancellaria, very distinct
from any living form in size, and the peculiar style of its orna-
ment.
Niso psila. PL 1, fig. 6.
Testa parva, pyramiclata, turrita, politissima ; anfr. 9, planata,
striis incrementl distanter insignitis et striis spiralibus, siMittissimis
regulariter cinctis ; ad periplieriam obtuse angulatis ; umbilico extus
carinato ; apertura integra, antice et postice angulata. Alt. 7, lat.
vix 3.
Shell small, pyramidal, turretted, very smooth, and highly
polished, showing rather distantly and regularly longitudinal
depressed lines of growth. Eegularly and distantly, spirally,
striate, but in the faintest possible manner, and only visible with
a lens. The perrphery is obtusely angled. The umbilicus is
sharply keeled externally. The aperture is entire, angled above
and below.
BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS.
19
This fossil occurs in the Murray beds, according to Prof. Tate
who also considers that the drawing does not represent the shell
in the manner it is familiar to him. The whorls are more
numerous and not so regularly increasing in size. I believe
that this fossil has a wide vertical as well a horizontal range.
Oylichna exigtja. PI. 2, fig. 6.
This fossil I have figured as one of those specimens which may
perhaps be identified with Quoy and Q-aimard's shell, C. arachis.
It is very much smaller, is highly polished, the apical foramen
much larger in proportion to the size, the umbilicus marked .
The resemblances are the general form and the peculiar spiral
undulating lines. The latter feature may however be common
to more than one species. A shell of the size and the peculiar
ferruginous periostrata of the existing Cylichna arachis, I have
not met as a fossil at Muddy Creek. If the specimen figured be
not new I propose for it the name of variety — exigua. It should
be further remarked that in the fossil the apex is flat, obliquely
truncate, the labrum remarkably posteriorly produced, and the
spiral grooves are well marked, deep in proportion to the size
and not so numerous.
Explanation of Plates.
Plate I.
Fig. 1. — Eulima Dance, enlarged.
2. — Leiostraca acutisjjira, enlarged.
3. — Conns pull ulascens, much enlarged.
4. — Conus pullulascens, worn specimen, much enlarged.
5. — Leda lucida, much enlarged.
6. — ]\Tiso psila, much enlarged,
7. — Crossea parvida, much enlarged.
8. — Trivia mimima, a. seen from above, b. mouth, much
enlarged.
9. — Cerithium eusmilia, much enlarged.
10. — Triforis IVrfkinsoni, much enlarged.
20 ON SOME TEHTIARY FOSSILS,
Fig. 11. — Cerithkim Salter iana, much enlarged.
,, 12. — Triforis planata, much enlarged.
Plate II.
Mg. 1, — Troplionpolijpliyllia, much enlarged.
,, 2. — Nassa Tatei, young specimens, much enlarged.
„ 3. — Ultra daphneEoides, much enlarged,
,, 4. — Ilitra othone, twice nat. size.
,, 5. — Phurotoma consutilis, enlarged.
,, 6. — Cylichna exigua, much enlarged.
„ 7. — Cassis exigua, twice nat. size.
„ 8. — Cancelhria laticostata, much enlarged.
t} 9. — Phurotoma rhomboidalis, much enlarged.
„ 10. — Ilitra eoarctata, much enlarged,
„ 11. — Drittia stiza, much enlarged,
„ 12. — Ilitra alokiza, enlarged.
Plate III.
Fig. 1. — Triton Woods ii, Tate MS,, twice nat. size.
„ 2. — ,, ,, ,, ,, twice nat. size.
„ 3. — Fasciolaria Tenisoni, twice nat. size.
>f 4. — JDrillia integra, twice nat. size.
,, 5. — JEsopus crebrecostatus, twice nat. size.
„ 6. — Fusus stgliformis, enlarged.
,, 7. — Ilitra dietua, enlarged.
,, 8. — Columbella hemiothone, enlarged.
,, 9. — JEsopus semicostatus, enlarged.
,, 10. — Fusus Ino, twice nat. size.
,, 11. — Phurotoma clarce, enlarged.
„ 12. — Phurotoma clarce, var., twice nat. size,
Plate IV.
j?ig. 6 — 6a. — Troplion succinctus, nat. size.
by the rev. j. e. tenison-woods. 21
On some New Marine Shells.
By the Eev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.L.S., F.Gr.S., President
Linnean Society.
The following" marine shells were obtained by Mr. John Brazier
C.M.Z.S., from some sif tings from the steam dredge, when
anchored near the Sow and Pigs, Port Jackson. They are
undoubtedly new and interesting additions to our N. S. Wales
fauna.
Nassa peritrema. PL 4, figs. 5, 5a.
JV. t. parva, ovata, cmtice dilatata, lactea, siib-pellucida, nitente ;
anfr, 5h, convex is, continue costatis, superne conspicue uni-suleatis,
regular iter, distanter striatis ; costis angustis, acntis, sub i ml ri cat is, 15
16 in ult. anfr. ; striis regular iter incisis ; striis 5 in tilt. anfr. sub-
latis, cequalibus ; sutura coronata, late canaliculata ; apertura rotunde
ovata, labro tenui, intus concavo, labio late reflexo, polito, postice tuber-
culato ; canali contorto, cancellato. Long. 7, lat. 4, long, spiree 3%.
Shell small, ovate, dilated anteriorly, milky white, sub-pellucid
polished, and shining ; whorls 5£, convex, neatly ribbed, with
one conspicuous sulcus above ; regularly, distantly striate ; ribs
narrow, acute, somewhat imbricate or over-lapping, 15 to 16 in
the last whorl and cut regularly into sharp, rounded edges by the
spiral striae. These latter are very little smaller than the sulcus,
rather deep, flat, and even, there are five equidistant ones on the
last whorl and a few closer and smaller round the canal. Suture
coronate and broadly canaliculate. Aperture roundly ovate ;
labrum thin, hollowed underneath ; one of the ribs appears like
a varix. The lip is polished, widely spread over the columella,
with a posterior tubercle. Canal twisted, canaliculate.
This small JSTassa can only be compared in point of size to JV.
compacta Angas, amongst the N. S. Wales numbers of the genus,
but it is shorter, stouter, divested of any coloring, and sub-pellucid.
The peculiar, sharp, sub imbricating ribs which are regularly cut
into rounded eminences by the stria3, will al«o serve to distinguish
it. It appears not to be uncommon in Port Jackson at a few
22 ON SOME NEW MARINE SHELLS,
fathoms in sandy mud. JSfassa Jacfomiana Kiener, is often
pellucid but much larger than this shell. JVassa rufocincta Adams,
does not appear to me to differ from N. compacta. N. fasciata
Lam, is the largest on the southern coast, and is uncommon in
all Tropical Australia, except the west. It is very conspicuously
granular. N. pauper at a Lam, is a little smaller but a stouter
and more squat shell with whorls obsoletely granular.
Clancultts tjndatoides, PI. 4, figs. 7, 7a.
C. t. turbinato-conoidca, parva, solidiuscula, opaca, rufo-rosea,
indistincte purpurea maculata; anfr. 5^, planatis, rapide crescentibus,
infra marginatis, 6 serie granulorum cingulatis ; sutura coronata, late
canaliculata ; granulis infra parvulis, supcrne gradatim major ilus ;
peripherics tesselata,2 major ibus, cingulis granulorum marginatis ; basi
planata, 8 lineis spiralibus, granulosis, rotundatis, roseis omata ;
apertura rhomboidea, labro incrassato, intus lirato; columella obtuse
bituberculato ; umbilico angusto, albo. Alt. et diam. 10. mil.
Shell turbinately conoid, rather small, somewhat solid, opaque,
reddish rose with indistinct purple spots; whorls 5£, flat, increasing
rapidly, margined below, girdled with six series of rounded
granules of which the lowest line is the smallest and increasing
gradually in size to the suture, which is coronate and broadly
canaliculate. The base is flattened, ornamented with 8 spiral
lines of rounded rose colored granules. Aperture rhomboid, with
a thickened labrum, which is lirate inside ; columella with two
obtuse, blunt tubercles above and below and intermediate small
obsolete teeth. Umbilicus narrow, white, with a rather conspicu-
ous white margin.
In shape and appearance this shell is a little like C. undatus
Lam., but is saialler and the whorls flat. The following is a
synopsis of the Port Jackson Clanculi. A. Large, more than
20 mil. high, C. maugeri. Less than 20 mil. : B. Shell thin and
acutely conical, whorls and base flat, C. omalompJialus. Shell solid
whorls rounded, stained a vivid green, C. clangoides. Whorls less
rounded, small, pale brown, C. gibbosus.
BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 23
I am inclined to think that C. omalomphalus Adams, is only a
small variety of C. variegatus Adams, which is common on all the
South Coast, but is not seen in N. S. Wales. With this species I
also identify C. zebrides of the same author. Thahtia zebrides is a
common N. S. Wales shell which must not be confounded with it.
I think also that C. gibbosus Adams is a doubtful species. The
difference between the present species C. undatoides and C.
variegatus is that it is smaller, more solid, whorls more rounded,
umbilicus narrower, and the coloring deeper.
Teeebea vexilia. PL 4, fig. 2, and 2a.
T. t. elongato-pyramidata, turritissima, nitente, luteo-albida, linea
pallide castanea zonata, apice acutissimo, livido,* translucente ; anfr.
20, parum convexis, adsuturam constrictis, irregulariter crebre costatis
super ne conspicue sulcatis, infra regular iter 4 — 5 striis insignitis ;
costis obtuse angulatis, (ult. anfr. 20, circiterj lineis incrementi
aliqicando confusis ; apertura ovata, postice coarctata, antice eccpansa;
labro tenui, labio rejlexo, crasso ; canali contorto brevi, corrugato,
marginato ; sutura canaliculata. Long. 42, lat. 7£.
Shell elongately pyramidal, turretted , shining, yellowish white
zoned with a pale-chesnut line; apex very acute, livid, translu-
cent ; whorls 20, flattened, constricted at the suture, closely and
irregularly ribbed, conspicuously grooved a little above the middle,
and below spirally striate with 4 to 5 rather deep, distinct lines.
Eibs obtusely angular, about 20 in the last whorls, sometimes
confused with the lines of growth. Aperture ovate, narrowed
above and expanded anteriorly. Labrum thin, simple ; lip reflexed
thick; canal short, twisted, corrugated and margined; suture
channelled.
I have figured by the side of this species a back and front view
of T. Brazieri, Angas. The differences are that the latter is much
smaller, has much less distinct ribs, no medium sulcus, no spiral
stride, the whorls are faintly coronate, the suture not so well
impressed and the color is a more decided yellow with the ribs a
pronounced reddish chesnut.
24 on some freshwater shells from new guinea,
Explanation of Figures.
Plate IV.
Fig. 1, and la. — Terebra Brazier i, Angas, slightly enlarged.
,, 2, ,, 2a. — Terebra venilia, enlarged.
) '
5, „ 5a. — JVassaperitrema, with side view and elevation
of eosta enlarged.
7, ,, 7a. — Clanculus undatoides, enlarged, and view of
base nat. size.
On some Freshwater Shells from N. Guinea.
By the Eev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S., President
Linnean Society, N.S.W., &c, &c.
The following shells were placed in my hands for description
by the Government Geologist, Mr. C. S. "Wilkinson. They were
obtained by the missionary expedition to New Guinea.
They appear to me to be new, but in such a large and variable
genus which already numbers over 500 species, it is rather
difficult to pronounce with certainty without a very complete series
of types for comparison. I note the species however, and give
them names ad interim. It may be mentioned that though all the
Australian Melanias are very wide- spread, some extending as far
as New Caledonia, none of them were found in this collection and
the general facies of the fluviatile molluscan fauna of New Guinea
is peculiar and diverges from the Australian and Pacific types.
Melania daktulios. PI. 4, fig. 3.
M. t.parva, elongato-ovata, apiceacuto, sub-diapJuma, intense olkacea,
fere atra, hand nitente, anfr. Q>h, fnudeo, decoll.J vice convexis, obsolete
inter dum costatis, regulariter, distanter spiraliter striatis ; striis post
columellam crebris, tenuibus ; sntura hand impressa ; apertura integra
ovata, labro tenui, antice producto, columella inconspicuo. Long. 11,
lat. 5, long, spirse 6£.
BY THE REV. J. E. TEXISOX-WOODS. 25
Shell small, elongately ovate, with, an acute spire, intense olive
green, approaching black, but sub-diaphanous with transmitted
light when the shell is a pale sea green, not shining ; whorls 6£,
(with the nucleus decollated, ) scarcely convex, sometimes obsoletely
ribbed, regularly, distinctly striate spirally, these stria) are close
and fine behind the columella. The suture is not impressed, but
sometimes rendered faintly corrugate by the obsolete ribs!
Aperture entire ovate, labrum thin, produced anteriorly, columella
inconspicuous, but slightly flattened in front.
Melaxia Wilkixsoxii. PI. 4, fig. 4.
31. t. elongato-turrita, spira attenuata, nitente, pallide olivacea,
maculis vel strigis fuhis, longitudinalibus ornata ; anfr. 6-7, elongato
rotundatis, declivibus, crebre spiraliter sulcatis, interdum indistincte,
longitud. costatis ; sutura, bene impressa ; apertura ovata, labro tenui,
antiee producto ; labio tennissime reflexo. Long. 10-20, led. 3-7. long
spired f circiter tot i 'us testce.
Shell elongate with the spire attenuate, but sometimes ovate
with an almost conical spire, thin, shining, pale olive with spots or
stripes of pale brown disposed lengthwise. Whorls 6 to 7
elongately rounded, sloping, closely, spirally grooved, and in
many specimens indistinctly ribbed lengthwise ; suture well
impressed, and in the upper whorls having a constricted appearance;
aperture rather broadly ovate, labrum thin, produced anteriorly,
lip very thinly spread over the columella, which is sometimes
rounded, sometimes flattened anteriorly.
The difference between this shell and the preceding is that it is
narrow, attenuated in the spire, pale olive, spotted with brown,
and very closely spirally grooved, while the grooves on M. dahtulios
are very distant.
Melaxia scalariformis.
M. t. elongata, pyramidata, intense olivacea, opaca, sol id a ; anfr 7,
decollates fere planatis, vix declwibus, eleganter costatis ; costis
regularibus, crebris, rotundatis, parum curvatis, a sutura ad suturam
26 ON SOME OF THE INTRODUCED PLANTS OF QUEENSLAND.
permanent Hbus, ultim. anfr. evanidis, interstitiis regulariter striatis ;
apertura late ovata, postice attenuata, lahro tenui, anticeprodacto, labio
rejlexo, haud lato, periplieria obtuse vel subacute angulata. Alt. 10-20,
lat. 3i-8.
Shell elongate, pyramidal, intense olive, opaque, solid ; whorls
7, always decollate, almost flat, scarcely sloping, elegantly ribbed ;
ribs regular, close, rounded, slightly curved, remaining the same
from suture to suture and disappearing on the last whorl, interstices
regularly striate, aperture widely ovate, attenuated posteriorly,
labrum thin, produced in front, lip reflected, not wide, periphery
obtusely, or in small specimens, subacutely angular.
I am not sure that this should not be regarded as a mere variety
of the M. Wilkinsonii. The ribs vary much in all the specimens,
and as they are faintly present in the last named shell and the
spiral grooves are the same, intermediate grades of the other
features may be found. They appear to occur in equal numbers
in the same localities. It may even be that all three species here
enumerated are varieties of one shell. I have not figured the
above, having no specimen sufficiently perfect.
Explanation of Figures.
Plate IY.
Fig. 3. — llelania dahtulios.
,, 4. — Melania Wilkinsonn,
On some of the Introduced Plants of Queensland.
By F. M. Bailey, F.L.S., Hon. Member Eoyal Society,
Tasmania, and Cor. Mem. Linn. Soc, N. S. W.
Any one who has paid attention to the vegetation of the Colonies
cannot have failed to remark how rapidly the flora of the country
is being altered by the introduction of foreign plants. Proceeding
from the settled districts the strangers soon spread far into the
interior — some rapidly, some very slowly, some abundantly and
BY F. M. BAILEY, F.L.S. 27
luxuriantly in one place, with only a struggling and precarious
existence in others. As an instance, I may mention Cnjptostemma
calendulacea, R. Brown, of which I saw a solitary plant the other
day in one of the back streets of Brisbane. It is a South African
weed, which has so overrun the pasture lands of the colony of
South Australia as almost totally to destroy the indigenous grasses
and useful fodder plants. It has a very rapid and succulent
growth in the early spring, and obscures the ground so as to stop
all other growth ; but on the first of the hot weather it withers
away, leaving nothing but a dried up mass which easily falls tc
powder, and a woolly pappus around its seeds which clings to
everything, and is especially injurious to wool. Our Queens-
land climate differs so much from that of South Australia, especially
during the spring months, that there is no likelihood of its spreading
to any extent on the coast country ; but should it once obtain a
footing out in the west — as for instance, on the Diamantina
— it would soon change the character of the country, and destroy
a large proportion of the fine grasses of the district. It would be
well if sheep-farmers would become acquainted with its features,
as a little attention in the beginning might prevent the growth of
the pest. It is somewhat like Dandelion, but has a solid flower
stalk, with showy flowers of very pale yellow, with a very deep
purple centre, which at a distance looks like black. It was
introduced into Adelaide in 1840 or 1841, and soon covered the
whole of the Adelaide plains. It is 10 years since I noticed it
first in Queensland, and since then no doubt it has been repeatedly
introduced either in hay or with seeds, or in earth around plants.
It has made vigorous attempts to settle in the country, but the
climate has hitherto kept it back. Climate has not been so
successful with another pest, Centaurea melitensis, Linn. This is
a prickly-headed composite plant from the Mediterranean, which
many farmers know by the name of cockspur. It is common
throughout the Darling Downs, the Maranoa country, &c. This
weed was introduced into South Australia.very early in its history,
28 ON SOME OF THE INTRODUCED PLANTS OF QUEENSLAND,
and proved most troublesome along the roadsides, headlands of
farms, &c. It was often accompanied by a still worse species, C.
sohtitiaMs, Linn. The thistle Cirsium lanceolatum, Scop, which is
troublesome in the south, but especially in Tasmania, has also
overrun some few places in Queensland, much to the annoyance
of both farmer and grazier. Onopordon acanthium, Linn., is
probably also in the colony ; but I have seen no specimen of it.
Although the much larger thistle, Carduus marianus, Linn., has
been introduced several times, it seems unable to get a strong
footing. In South Australia, Victoria, and Tasmania it is very
abundant ; always growing in dense patches, of sometimes many
acres in extent. It is not now regarded with such disfavour as
formerly. It grows in poor soil, and produces an abundance of
large succulent leaves, even in the driest seasons. When pasture
is scarce, horses, cattle, and sheex) ea^ ^ readily, and thrive upon
it. It is fortunate that they do so, as in the recent droughts it
was the only thing they had to eat. In some places about Oarcoar
and other western districts of N. S. Wales, the horses during the
dry seasons became quite used to knocking the seeds out of the
dry flower-heads and eating them with great relish and even
fattening upon them.
In the same order we have the pretty blue Ageratum conyzoides,
better known by a name given to one of its varieties-^, mexicanum.
This is very common all over the warmer regions of the world.
It is seen on all rich waste plains in Queensland, and as it is
cultivated in gardens it is not likely to diminish. It is not prickly
and I think would not be despised by stock when grass is scarce.
It is quite a horticulturalist's flower in England. The genus is
American, with only a small number of species. Our plant can
only be said to be doubtfully introduced.
Two introduced Plantagos are spreading rapidly in places
suited to their growth. P. major, Linn., is very abundant in the
wet lands and near swamps of the Darling Downs, and may even
BY F. M. BAILEY, F.L.S. 29
be seen now and again on the watercourses around Brisbane, and
on many of the farms along the Brisbane Eiver. P. lanceolata
is not at all uncommon in somewhat the same localities. The
Pimpernel (A nagallis arvensis, Linn.) meets one's eye at many of
the old camps in southern Queensland. The blue variety is
frequently to be seen about Brisbane. Warmth of climate does
not affect this species, which is as abundant in Tasmania, Victoria,
and South Australia, ax it is here. It seems to follow the footsteps
of man quite closely. As one of the early colonists of South
Australia, I can bear testimony to the fact that it was with
the grass Poa annua, Linn., among the first European genera
to become naturalized in the country. It is rather difficult to
explain how it has managed to spread so far and widely, for one
never meets with it under cultivation, and it is not in Australia,
as in England a favourite with the children. When even educated
persons are informed that it is the pimpernel of the poets and the
poor man's weather-glass of the village herbalist, they look with
astonishment at the little stranger, most of them deeming it quite
unworthy of its popularity. Yet its spiral vessels form some of
the most useful and instructive microscopic objects we have in
vegetable life, and it has one other point of distinction — that of
being the only genus of the order Primulaceaa which has become
naturalized in Australia.
Pamfiora edulis, Sims, or the common passion-fruit, sometimes
known as the small grenadilla, is one of the commonest climbing
plants of our scrubs. This is an exception to the rule that
introduced plants are generally noxious weeds. A more acceptable
case of acclimatization could hardly be found, as its fruits are
abundant, ripen readily, and prove most acceptable to the traveller.
Of the order Verbenaceae we have naturalized one or two most
troublesome weeds. One is the huge, rambling prickly bush,
Lantana camera, Linn., of tropical America. It has spread to an
alarming extent, and forms an impenetrable thicket on the banks
of streams, deserted farms, and the edges of scrubs. It is equally
30 ON SOME OF THE INTRODUCED PLANTS OF QUEENSLAND,
abundant all round Port Jackson. Its abundance of showy
flowers all the year round is a poor compensation for the good
land it encroaches upon. But the Buenos Ayres verbena ( Vm
honariensis, Linn.,) is a far more troublesome weed in cultivation,
and has spread to a greater extent along creeks, &c, in fact
everywhere where the land is moist and rich. It grows to a height
of 8 and 10 feet, and as it is not eaten by stock has a fair chance
of covering the country. It is common enough in New South
"Wales, and is becoming abundant on the banks of the Nepean
River. There is one more member of the order, a garden species
of verbena, which is met with here and there along the Brisbane
River in large patches. This is V. venom, Grill, which also comes
from Buenos Ayres. Few of the garden species surpass it in
beauty, and should it get a fair start few will surpass it as a weed
on account of its running wiry roots, every small piece of which
•f left in the ground infallibly produces a plant.
In the order Asclepiadidae, we have a notable visitor, named
by the farmers Red Head. This is Asclepias curassmica, Linn.,
from the West Indies. It is a visitor which has long outstayed
its welcome, and become a perfect nuisance. Nothing seems to
feed on it except an aphis, which will not kill it, and a butterfly
which they say has been introduced with it, the Danais erippus.
It has very inconveniently overrun the whole colony. The silky
tuft of hair around the seed provides a means for its travelling
very far in dry weather. I may remark that the closely allied
plant, Gomphocarpus fruticosus, R. Brown, or wild cotton, has been
introduced here, but has never established itself on our pastures.
It was brought from Africa to South Australia, where it has
become perfectly naturalized. It is not troublesome, and is a
shrub, with very elegant white flowers.
Amongst the Dogbanes or Apocyneee, we have the shrubby
Perrywinkle, or Old Maid, as it is called in India. This is the
Vinca rosea, Linn. It is a very common weed on refuse heaps
BY F. M. BAILEY, F.L.S. 31
about towns, but is not seen in tlie country. It has a very showy
newer, but is a poisonous weed, not only useless, -but dangerous.
One would not easily suppose that the common prickly pear
( ' Optunia vulgaris, Mill) would become a troublesome weed, or
make much progress ; yet it has spread widely and rapidly in
Queensland; and in New South Wales, especially along the
Upper Hunter, its spread is really formidable. It occupies large
patches of some of the best lands, and no good means have yet
been devised to eradicate it. Its fruits are eaten by many
animals, and in that way the seeds become carried about. It is
a purely American plant, and, where it becomes spread into large
patches, forms a striking contrast to the Australian vegetation.
The climate and soil seem favourable to the genus, and there are
two other species which are naturalized in Australia.
Among the Solanace?e we have a goodly number of naturalized
plants. The common thorn apple {Datura stramonium, Linn.) has
become a great nuisance in all the colonies of Australia, but more
in Queensland than elsewhere. It has been thought to have
caused the death of stock now and again ; but I imagine such
instances must be rare, as it is seldom eaten by stock. .„The harm
it does is the room which it takes up, which would in most cases
be otherwise occupied by good grass. The beautiful Sola nam
sodomceum, Linn., with orange-colored fruits, is a very common
object in our forest country. It is also met with at times in the
scrubs, but seems to prefer the former situation. It is often
imagined that there are two species of this plant because of the
pale or variegated tints of the fruit, but this difference is due to
some unfavourable circumstance in its growth. The species is
indigenous to the shores of the Mediterranean, and was first
grown here as a garden plant. I pass over the smaller species of
the order, such as the bittersweet, and which arc found every
where near cultivated ground. ^
It is rather astonishing that so very few of the large order
LygLiminosie have become naturalized aniongdfc as. We have
32 ON SOME OF THE INTRODUCED PLANTS OP QUEENSLAND,
Cassia Icevigata, Willdenow, which has escaped from our gardens.
This can scarcely be look upon as a troublesome weed, but rather
an elegant shrub. This is not the case with another member of
the same sub-order, Ccesalp'mia sepiaria, E,oxb , which lias quite
overrun some of the river and creek scrubs, making them quite
impenetrable. It was originally introduced from India for the
purpose of planting for hedges. I can hardly understand how it
can answer, as its wonderful rambling habit seems to me to make
it quite unfit for such, a purpose.
Of our cultivated fodder plants we have none naturalized.
This is a curious fact, since lucerne and clover thrive well, and
produce good crops, and the seeds must to a certain extent be
spread about by the animals that feed upon them. The only
allied plants met with at large and common throughout the colony
are the small-flowered Mellilot (Melilotm pa/rviflora, Desf ) and
Medicago denticulata, Willd. The latter is spread throughout all
the colonies, and goes by the name of yellow clover or native
clover. It is considered a real pest in the wool-growing districts.
The pod curls round into a disk set with small hooked spines,
making it an abundant and formidable burr, almost as bad for
the fleece as the celebrated weed which takes its name from
Bathurst.
Amongst the vetches we have Vicia saliva, Linn., and V. hirsuta
Koch., which, though common as garden weeds, have not spread
much into the pasture.
The large yellow poppy-like flower, with prickly grey-green
leaves, almost like a thistle Argemone mexicana, Tournefort), is
fast spreading over the colony. It is quite as bad as the thistle
on the banks of the Hunter Eiver in New South Wales. There
it chooses rich grounds near creeks and rivers, while in Queensland
it prefers a sandy soil, or about the vicinity of wells, where it
must be acknowledged it adds a beauty to the scenery. The
Spaniards calls it Figo del inferno, or figs of hell, because of the
BY F. M. BAILEY, F.L.S. 33
deadly narcotic effect of the seeds, which are said to be more
powerful than opium.
The order Cruciferse contains a large number of weedy plants,
but few of them are found naturalized in Queensland. I don't
remember to have seen more than two — the little garden weed
known as watercress fSenehiera didyma, Pers.), and the well-known
watercress (Nasturtium officinalis, R. Brown), which has become
naturalized in many of the streams of the main range. I am sorry
I cannot give the name of the public benefactor who introduced
this wholesome and useful plant into our Queensland streams ;
but I may take the opportunity of stating that it was introduced
into the South Australian watercourses in about 1842 by Mrs. S.
Davenport, a lady who took great interest in horticulture, and to
whom that colony is indebted for the introduction of many useful
plants.
Of the order Malvaceae, several genera which are common are
regarded as introduced, but they are all indigenous to Australia,
with the exception of Malva rotundifolia, Linn. But those which
are very troublesome as weeds have been brought from one part
of the colony to the other. I need hardly refer to the well-known
pest, Sida rhomb* 'folia, Linn., which has now found its way very
extensively into the southern colonies. It is not a foreigner,
however, being indigenous to Northern Australia. We know
nothing of the history of its spread, which is unaccountably rapid
and formidable. Why it should have existed all the years it did
in North Australia, without spreading, and then come trooping
all over the land, must remain an unsolved problem. A beautifnl
and tough fibre can be prepared from the bark, so it may be
useful one day.
Amongst the Euphorbiaceae an order which is more characteristic
of India than of Australia, but which is well represented in our
tropical latitudes as well as in India, we have many weeds.
We have a very large number of indigenous members of Phyllanthm
34 ON SOME OF THE INTRODUCED PLANTS OF QUEENSLAND,
but Euplorlia is not one of ours. The pretty little Euphorbia
peplus, Linn., lias made several attempts to establish itself here as
a garden weed, but without success. But a more pretentious
member of the same order has not found any difficult}^ in spreading
all over the country. This is Bicinus communis, Linn., or the
castor-oil plant. It has a Targe number of varieties. Some are
really superb, notably those which grow along the side of the
South- Western railway on the main range between Brisbane and
Toowoomba.
The common European nettle TJrtica urens,, Linn., has obtained
a firm footing, and has been falsely accused of poisoning sheep
and cattle. This undeserved slander, it has had to bear, in
common with many a harmless plant in Queensland. It is very
common for stock owners, when they lose any of their sheep or
cattle by disease, drought, climate, or other causes, to visit the
misfortune on the innocent heads of some of the most useful plants
which help to feed them.
Of Labiatee, the common horehound (Marrulium vulgarc, Linn.)
is naturalized here, as it is in all Australia, but it is never found
far away from stockyards and such places. By some of the
graziers it is considered very beneficial to sheep.
The water parsnip f Si um. lat (folium, Linn.) is regarded as an
introduced plant by Messrs. Bentham and Mueller in the "Flora
Australieusis." It is so very abundant in the swamps and water
courses of the main range, and has evidently such a place in the
vegetation, that I very much doubt if it be not a native. I well
remember seeing it in the very earliest days of the colony of South
Australia, where in the creeks of the Mount Lofty Ranges it was
apparently an indigenous plant.
The following six species are known as ' ' escapes " from gardens
and are never found far from cultivation : — Ipomcea purpurea,
Both.; Ficiis pumila, Linn., (the common climbing fig of gardens) ;
Sorghum halepense, Pers. ; PonUderia cordata, Linn., (found a few
BY F. M. BAILEY, F.L.S. 35
years back iii a waterhole near Brisbane) ; Cuscuta enropea, Linn,
(common dodder on lucerne in cultivation) ; and tke pretty scarlet
Salvia eoeeinea, Linn.
In many cases of course, tlie evidence of introduction is founded
on little more than conjecture. Some that are called so are not
excluded from our native population on evidence that would
exclude them in a court of justice ; but their cause must be
pleaded on another occasion. It may be sufficient to say now that
it is doubtful whether some or all of the following 13 species may
not really be indigenous : — Silene gallica, Linn. ; Stellaria media,
Linn. ; Xanthium spihosum, Linn. ; Bidens pilosa, Linn. , Galinsoga
parviflora, Cav. ; Taget.es glandulifera, Schranck ; Physalis peruviana
Linn. ; Rumex acetosella, Linn. ; Chenopodium ambrosioides, Linn ;
Sisyrinehium micranthum, Cav. ; Cgnodon dactylon, Pers. ; Holcus
lanatus, Linn. ; Lipocarpka argentea, R. Brown. The last is a
beautiful sedge, and has only been gathered in one locality by
myself. Bentham, in the " Australiensis," (vol. vii., p. 337) seems
to doubt its being indigenous. As far as my observations go, I
am convinced that it is not introduced, but is as purely indigenous
here as in any other of its habitats.
Amongst the Graminea) or grasses, it is difficult to say which
are and which are not introduced in every case, but I think we
may safely say that Lolium temulentum Linn. ; Ceratochloa imiohides,
DeCandolle; Poa annua, Linn. ; and Panicum maximum, Linn.,
are not natives of Queensland. Something might be added about
the qualities of the Drunkard's Rye grass, or as I suppose we should
say the Rye grass which makes people drunk, as that was the
intention of Linnaeus, in calling this weed Lolium temulentum.
It is better known to us as wild Darnel, and I believe its poisonous
qualities have been made out. Fortunately it is not common, but
wherever noticed it should most certainly be extirpated.
These few notes are far from complete, and I have jotted them
down to a great extent from memory. It should be observed that
36 ON A NEW SPECIES OF FERN,
I have taken no notice of such weeds as Polygonum aviculare, L. ;
Erigcron canadensis, L. ; and E. Mnifolms, some species of Apium,
Altemantliera, &c, as my object lias rather been to point out
those naturalized plants which especially distinguish the colony.
It will doubtless be a matter of suprise that, in a colony like
Queensland, where so much cultivation is carried on, and in such
an extensive range of plants, more than the above are not
naturalized amongst us.
On a new species of Fern, Asplenium Prenticei.
By F. M. Bailey, Esq., F.L.S., Hon. Mem. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.
I beg to bring before the Society and thus to introduce to
science a species of Asplenium which I do not think has ever been
previously described. I was so fortunate as to discover it in one
of the deep umbrageous gullies of Trinity Bay Range, whose
tropical richness will no doubt yield many other botanical
novelties when fully explored. I saw it first when collecting in
April 1877, and I then regarded it as a peculiar variety of A.
decussation, Swartz. I find however, when I had leisure for a
more careful examination and comparison, that the species belongs
rather to the section Euasplenium than the section Diplasium, to
which, had I been right in my first determination it should have
been referred. In company with this species were some fine
specimens of the noble A. laser ipitiifolium, Lam., and close to the
rocks beside it was the small hairy-fronded Poh/podium Hookeri,
Baker, and AnthropJvyum reticidatum, Kaulf., with plantain-like
leaves. In the same gully the stately fern Aspidium confluens,
Mettenius, was also very abundant, and the edge of the running
streams was fringed with Trichomanes rigidum, Swartz. I may
here remark that I have never found this latter fern in perfection
except where its roots were washed with running water. It
was on the trunk of the trees in this locality that I first noticed
BY F. M. BAILEY, F.L.S. 37
the elegant Trichomcmes peltatum, Baker. I found amongst the
brush another small species of Tricl/omanes which is probably now.
The specimens I collected were forwarded to the Queensland
Acclimatization Society, Bowen Park, where unfortunately as the
specimens were small, they were lost in unpacking.
The species resembles T. parvulum, Poir, but instead of growing
in a thick mass, it runs up the trunks of trees in straight lines.
The rhizome is quite filiform and the fronds are at a distance of
one or two inches, like some of our mosses. It is to be hoped
that this truly elegant fern may not be lost sight of.
Asplexrjm (EuASPLExiroi) Prexticei. x. s.
Caudex erect us, 1' alius, 2" latus, caulibus stipitum squamisque
atratis imbricatus. Stipes 6" - 12" longus,fuscus, basim versus squamosum
squamis nigris, Janceolatis, serratis, inter dum fere filiformibus . Frondes
V v. Y 6", glabra. Pimm 2" v. 3", petiolata, oblongo-lanceolatce,
serratce, basi supra truncata, infra obliqua. Pinna ultima 5" v. 6",
aliquando prof uncle lobata. Vence semelfurcatce, ad marginem terminate,
sori supra furculam superiorem siti ; venulw prope apieem hand soriferm.
Indusium latum, satfirmum,fulvum, scepefalcatum. Racliis aliquando
paucis squamulis setaceis hispidula.
Per voiles umbrosissimas irriguas Trinity Bag Ranges, disper*<i,
Habitu Lomarice discolor i similis. Women imposui viri doctissimi
Caroli Prentice, M.D. magna industria ad cognitionem filicum
A ustralicd a ux ilianti.
Caudex erect about 1 ft. high, 2 in. thick, covered with the
black bases of old stipites mixed with black scales. Stipites 6 to
12 in. long, dark, the base covered with black lanceolate, serrate
sometimes almost filiform scales. Frond 1 to 1^- ft. long, glabrous
or with a few setaceous scales on the rachis. Pinnce 2 to 3 in*
long, petiolate, oblong-lanceolate, serrate, the upper base truncate
the lower oblique, terminal pinna 5 to 6 in. long, sometimes
deeply lobed, veins once forked, patent, terminating at the margin ;
the upper veinlet of each fork, except those near the apex,
soriferous. Indusium broad, firm, brown, often somewhat falcate.
38 ON THE AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OE PENvEUS,
Tliis very distinct species of Aspleniuni occurs in the deep
gullies of the Trinity Bay Ranges. In habit it resembles Lomaria
discolor, Wilde. This specific name is in honor of Dr. Chas.
Prentice, F.L.S., who has greatly assisted in working up the
ferns of Queensland.
On the Australian" Species of Penjeus, in the Macleay
Museum, Sydney.
By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.
1. PenaQus canaliculars, 31. Echo. (Hist. Nat. Crust. Vol. ii.
p. 414).
Specimens of this well-marked species are in the Macleay
Museum from Port Jackson, where it is very common, Port
Stephens, and Port Essington.
2. Penceus semisulcatus, Be Haan (Crust. Japon. p. 191. pi.
xlvi. fig. 1).
In addition to specimens from Fiji, a locality already indicated*'1
there are specimens of this species in the Macleay Museum from
Endeavour Piver.
3. Penreus monoceros, Fair, (Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 409). -
A single specimen, apparently referable to this species, was
obtained by the Chevert at Endeavour Piver.
4. Penanis esculentus sp. nov.
Postrum extending nearly as far forward as the distal end cf
the second joint of the internal antennae, pointed, and very
slightly recurved near the tip ; its superior border armed with a
series of six pointed, teeth, of which the most posterior is separated
from the next by a distance greater than the intervals between
the others ; its lower border armed with three or four teeth, the
* Vide Mr E. J. Miers, " Notes on the Penseidae in the Collection of the
British Museum," (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 298).
BY WILLIAM A. 11ASWELL, M.A., B.SO. 39
intervals between which increase slightly in length distally — the
most anterior being separated by a longer interval from the apex of
the rostrum than from its successor; rostrum continued backwards
into a non-sulcated carina, which, however, loses itself before
attaining the posterior border of the carapace ; on each side of
the rostrum a groove or sulcus, which, commencing as an obscure
linear depression near the tip of the rostrum, increases in breadth
and depth posteriorly, but becomes lost about the middle of the
carapace. Supraorbital spine absent ; hepatic and antennary
spines present ; gastro -hepatic sulcus very deep ; cervical groove
obsolete posteriorly. Kami of antennules short ; the internal
scarcely equalling in length the two last segments of the peduncle ;
the external somewhat longer. Grinding surface of mandibles
slightly excavate, with two obscure teeth; palp Particulate,
setiferous, phylloid, its apex blunt, and its outer border concave
in its distal half, nearly straight proximally, its inner border
uniformly convex. First maxilla with the anterior division of
the endopodite slender and pointed ; the others broader, truncate,
armed on their inner border with a series of spines. Second
maxillae with the exopodial portion of the scaphognathite much
longer than the epipodial, and strongly incurved anteriorly ;
endopodite having the most internal of its phylloid divisions
larger than the others. First maxillipedes with the inner division
of the endopodite rudimentary ; the squamiform plate of the
exopodite armed with a pointed process near the proximal end of
its outer border ; the epipodite sub -triangular, with the posterior
angle rounded. Second maxillipedes with the endopodite, when
extended, shorter than the exopodite. Outer maxillipedes hairy,
the palp short, hardly reaching to the distal end of the second joint
of the endopodite. Ambulatory legs increasing in length to the
third, which is nearly as long as the carapace and rostrum; the
fourth pair much shorter than the third, but equal to the second;
the fifth intermediate in length between the second and third. First
pair with a long acute spine on the under surface of the second
40 ON THE AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF PEN.EUS,
joint, and another on the under surface of the third joint ; the
second pair with a single spine on the second joint. Abdomen
with well-marked carina on the fourth, fifth and sixth segments ;
the first, second, fourth and fifth segments with a notch on each
side posteriorly. Seventh segment strongly grooved on the middle
dorsal line, its apex spinif orm, its lateral margin devoid of spines.
Appendages of sixth segment rounded distally, the inner slightly
more pointed.
Length of largest specimen 9 inches.
Hah. Port Jackson ; Port Darwin. {Alex. Morton).
This is the common edible prawn of Sydney, and Newcastle, etc.
5. Penseus Macleayi sp. nov.
Rostrum, extending nearly as far forward as the end of the
antennary scale, very slender and styliform near the apex, which
is recurved ; armed with five teeth above, of which the fifth is
separated from the fourth by an interval greater than that
separating the others ; unarmed below ; produced behind into a
low carina which broadens out and becomes lost before attaining
the posterior third of the carapace ; a lateral groove at the side of
the rostrum and the anterior part of the carapace. Grastro-hepatic
sulcus deep. Supra-orbital spine absent ; antennary and hepatic
spines present. Filaments of antennules sub-equal, scarcely
equal in length to the two last joints of the peduncle. External
maxillipedes slender, hairy ; palp extending as far as the middle of
the third articulation of the endopodite. First pair of ambulatory
legs as long as the antennary scale, very hairy internally ; second
and third progressively longer ; fourth shorter than third ; fifth the
longest of all, and very slender. First and second pairs each with a
spine at the base of the second joint. Abdomen having the fourth,
fifth, and sixth segments dorsally carinated ; carina ending in a
small spine at the posterior border of the sixth segment. Terminal
segment longitudinally grooved in the middle dorsal line, ending
in a spiniform apex, ciliated laterally, and armed on each side
LY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 41
near the extremity with a strong spine, with two weaker spines
immediately anterior to it.
Length 5 inches.
Hal. Port Jackson.
6. Penseus granulosus, sp. no v.
Rostrum rather short, not reaching so far as the end of the
antemiary scale, very slightly recurved, with ten small teeth
above, situated close together anteriorly — the intervals between
consecutive teeth increasing progressively from before backwards,
the last separated from the penultimate by a wide interval ;
under surface toothless, with a fringe of very long cilia. Rostrum
continued backwards into a blunt carina, which is non-sulcate, and
reaches to the posterior margin of the carapace ; no lateral sulci.
Carapace granular. Supra-orbital spine present, small ; antennary
and hepatic spines present ; gastro-hepatic sulcus almost obsolete.
Eyes large. Antennules with the flagella sub- equal, nearly equal
in length to the peduncle. External maxillipedes hairy, the first
three joints of the endopodite broad, compressed ; flagellmn
reaching hardly as far as the distal end of the second joint.
Ambulatory limbs progressively increasing in length to the third
pair ; fourth shorter than, fifth equal to the third pair. First and
second pairs both unispinous, third non-spinous. Surface of
abdomen minutely granular ; third, fourth, fifth and sixth segments
with a mesial dorsal carina, which ends in a small spine on the
sixth segment. First, second, fourth and fifth rings with a
lateral notch on their posterior border ; those on the first and
second segments shallow and open, those on the fourth and fifth
rather deeper. Seventh segment mesially grooved; its apex acute,
but not developed into a spine ; its lateral margin with a single,
weak spine.
The above is the description of the adult female. From the
same localities are a number of small male specimens, which seen
to be the males of this species ; they differ from the females in
42 ON THE AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF PENiETJS,
the following points ; — ( 1 ) the rostrum is a shade higher and
more compressed ; (2) the peduncles of the antennae are rather
shorter ; (3) the anterior pair of legs are bispinous ; (4) there
is no marked dorsal carina on the carapace.
Length of female 3^ inches ; of male 2^- inches.
Hah. Darnley Island ; Cape Grenville ; Cape York (Chevert
Exped.).
7. Penseus Mastersii, sp. no v.
Rostrum reaching nearly as far as the end of the antennary
scale, slender, nearly straight ; armed above with eight or nine
teeth, of which the last is separated by a wide interval from the
penultimate ; unarmed below ; continued back into a non-sulcate
carina which does not reach to the posterior margin. A slight
lateral groove at the side of the rostrum, not continued backwards.
Carapace smooth ; supra-orbital spine rudimentary ; hepatic and
antennary spines present, acute ; grastro-hepatic sulcus deep ;
cervical suture well-marked in its anterior half. Eyes large ;
flagella of antennules equal in length to the two last segments of
the peduncle. External maxillipedes rather slender ; palp
extending to the distal end of the antepenultimate joint of the
endopodite. First three pairs of legs, as usual, progressively
increasing in length from before backwards ; fourth much shorter
than third ; fifth of about the same length as the latter ; first
three pairs with a spine on the under surface of their second joint.
Fourth, fifth, and sixth segments of abdomen carinated, the
carina on the sixth segment ending in a small spine ; the posterior
border of the first, second, fourth, and fifth with a notch on each
side — shallow and wide on the first and second, deeper and
narrower on the fourth and fifth. Last abdominal segment
mesially grooved, and with a slight lateral groove near each
external border, apex pointed but not markedly spiniform; lateral
margin devoid of spines.
Length 3f inches.
Hah. Port Darwin (Chevert Exped.).
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 43
8. Penams Novae- Ghiineee, sp. nov.
Rostrum rather short, not quite reaching to the end of the
antennary scale ; straight, sub-acute, armed above with six small
teeth ; unarmed below. No marked dosal carina, nor longitudinal
sulci on the carapace. Surface of carapace pilose ; gastro-hepatic
sulcus moderately dee}) ; hepatic and supra-orbital spines absent.
Eyes large. Elagella of antennules and antennae (wanting).
External maxillipedes hairy, palp extending to the distal end of
the second joint. Anterior pair of ambulatory limbs (wanting).
Third pair longer than second ; fourth shorter than third ; fifth
about equalling the latter in length. Under surfaces of second
and third pairs devoid of spines. Abdomen pilose ; a mesial dorsal
carina on the second, third, fourth, fifth and sixth segments ; no
spine in the middle of the posterior border of the sixth. A deep
lateral notch on the posterior border of the fourth and fifth
segments. Last abdominal segment with a narrow mesial groove ;
its apex spiniform; its lateral border armed with three spines.
Length 2^ inches.
A single, imperfect, male specimen of this species, from Katow,
New Guinea, is in the Chevert collection.
9. Penreus Palmensis, sp. nov.
Rostrum short, hardly exceeding the eyes in length, strongly
reflexed from the base, straight in the rest of its extent, sub-acute,
with eight teeth above — the last separated from the penultimate
by a wide interval ; unarmed below. No dorsal carina on the
carapace. Surface of carapace pilose ; gastro-hepatic sulcus
shallow ; orbital spine absent ; antennary and hepatic spines
present. Flagella of antennules very short, not much exceeding
in length the last segment of the peduncle. Palp of external
maxillipedes exceedingly short and slender. Proportionate
length of ambulatory limbs as in preceding species ; a spine on
the under surface of the second joint of the first and second pairs.
Abdomen with the second to the sixth segments carinated. Posterior
44 ON AUSTRALIAN LEUCOSIIL^E,
borders of the first and second 'with, a shallow excavation on each
side ; those of the fourth and fifth with deep notches. No spines
in the middle of the posterior border of the sixth segment. Last
segment with a narrow mesial groove ; its apex spiniform ; its
lateral margins armed with several spines.
Length about 1^ inches.
Sab. Palm Is. (Chevert Exped.).
Contributions to a Monograph of Australian Leucosiilve.
By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.
In Bell's Monograph of the Leucosiidre {Trans. Linn. Soc,
Vol. 21., p. 277, et seq.) seven species are mentioned as inhabiting
the Australian Coast. A recent paper by Mr. E. J. Miers of the
British Museum {Trans. Linn. Soc., 1877,^. 235), on this interesting
family of Brachyurous Decapods, has added six new species to the
list. From an examination of the Crustacea of the Chevert
Expedition, as well as other specimens in the Macleay Museum
which Mr. Macleay has kindly allowed me to study, together with
a few in the Australian Museum, which I have been permitted to
examine by the courtesy of Mr. E. P. Panisay, I am enabled
to add twelve new species to the list of Australian forms, and also
to indicate new localities for several species not previously known
to inhabit the Australian region.
Genus I. — Leucosia, Eabricius.
Sp. 1. Leucosia unidentata, Be LTaan. ( Crust. Japon., p. 133.
t. 33, fig. 3). " Eronte unidentata ; sinu thoracico antice circulari,
tuberculis perlalis circumscripto ; brachiis facie superiore seriebus
binis tuberculorum."
Hal. Torres Sts. (Brit. Mus.).
Sp. 2. Leucosia orbicularis, Bell, (Trans. Linn. Soc., Vol. 21, p.
284, pi. 30, fig. 1). " Testa orbiculari, fronte lato, brevissimo,
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B. SC. 45
tridentato ; sinu tlioracico nullo ; sterno in utroque sexu antice
granulato."
Hal. Coasts of Australia (Brit. Mus.).
Sp. 3. Leucosia ocellata, Bell. (I. c, p. 289, pi. 31. fig. 1).
" Testa rliomboidali ; fronte tridentato ; regione gastrica maculis
quatuor parvis riibris signata, qiiarum binre anterior esocellatse."
Hal. Eastern Shores of Australia, (Brit. Mus.) ; Keppel Bay,
(Chevert Exped.).
Sp. 4. Leucosia Wliitei, Bell. (I.e., p. 289, pi. 31. fig. 2). "Testa
rhomboidea, fronte producto, minute tridentato ; regionibus
hepatica et brancliiali granulis tribus vel quatuor ; bracliiis
tomentosis, tuberculis magnis oninino instructis."
When Bell wrote his monograph, he had only seen a single
specimen of this species (a female), found by Macgillivray on the
eastern coast of Australia. The Chevert Expedition obtained
specimens from Princess Charlotte Bay, Cape Grenville and Brook
Island. The male abdomem has its compound part, which
includes all the joints except the first and seventh, divided into
two segments, of which the proximal is rather broad and prominent,
and is marked posteriorly hy a short mesial sulcus, while the
distal is broad at the base, decreasing gradually in breadth
towards its rounded distal extremity.
Sp. 5. Leucosia reticulata, Miers, f Trans. Linn. Soc, 1877, p.
237, pi. 38, figs. 13 — 15). Testa orbiculari, laevi, lineis viridibus
reticulatis ornata ; fronte brevissimo, integro ; sinu thoracico
brevi, haud definito ; regione hepatica granulis panels riibris
signata.
Sab. Shark's Bay, Western Australia. (Brit. Mus.).
A specimen from Port Darwin in the Chevert collection is
probably referable to this species ; it agrees very closely with
the description and figures in the form of the carapace and of the
thoracic sinus, the disposition of the tubercles on the arms, etc.;
46 ON AUSTRALIAN LEUCOSIID^E,
it differs however, in the marking of the carajmce, which, in place
of being covered with reticulating lines, is onamented with a
single, thick, somewhat S-shaped green line on the lateral parts of
the branchial region, and four large green spots nearer the middle
line. Should the examination of further specimens shew those
points of difference to be constant, the name of L. viridimaculata
may be given to this variety.
Sp. 6. Leucosia Perryi, Miers, (I c, p. 238, pi. 38, figs. 19—21).
Testa sub-depressa ; f ronte tridentato ; sinu thoracico nullo ;
brachiis ad basin dense tuberculatis ; carpo manuque Iambus.
Hal. Shark's Bay, Western Australia, (Brit. Mus.).
Sp. 7. Leucosia pubescens, Miers, (I. c, p. 238, pi. 38, figs. 22
— 24). Testa convexa, Laevi, polita ; regionibus hepaticis concavis,
lasvibus ; fronte tridentato, supra piano ; sinu thoracico margine
anteriori leevi, haud definite, pubescenti ; brachiis supra
pubescentibus.
Hal. Shark's Bay, Western Australia. (Brit. Mus.).
Sp. 8. Leucosia pulcherrima, Miers, (I. c, p. 236, pi. 38, figs.
4 — 6.). Testa leevi, convexa, antice sparsim punctata, figuris
trifoliaceis binis confluentibus, binisque circularibus distinctis
ornata ; sinu thoracico prof undo, angusto, antice bene definito ;
carpo manuque hevibus.
Hal. Lizard Island. (Brit. Mus.).
Sp. 9. Leucosia neocaledonica, A. Milne-Edwards, (Nonv.Arch.
Mus., X, (1874), p. 40, pi. ii). I have not seen the description of
this species ; but, from the remarks of Mr. Miers in the paper
above cited, it seems to me probable that two specimens from
New Caledonia in the Macleay Museum are referable to it ;
and, if this conjecture be correct, some specimens obtained by
the Ohevert from the Howick Group of Islands, being seemingly
specifically identical with these, are to be placed under this head.
They differ from L. pulcherrima Miers, chiefly in the colour and
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 47
marking of the carapace ; but also in the possession of a line
of tubercles on the inner border of the hand. The carapace is of
a dull ashy-grey tint, which becomes blueish on the front, and on
the general surface of the arms. There are a pair of circles on the
branchial regions, as in L.pulcherrima and various other species,
but the lines are extremely fine ; the anterior trilobate pattern,
which is also very faint, has the three lobes drawn out from one
another, so as to leave a considerable central space, and the outer
lobe is not regularly rounded, as in L. pulcherrima and the
species next to be described. There are three white spots
within the trilobate figure, the most anterior being very small.
Sp. 10. Leucosia splendida, sp. no v. (Plate 5. fig. 1). Testa
kevi, convexa, antice sparsim punctata, figuris trifloliaceis binis
distinctis, binisque circularibus ornata, manu ordine inconspicuo
tuberculorum ; sinu thoracico profundo, angusto, antice bene
definito.
This beautiful species is very nearly allied to L. pulcherrima ;
but differs from it in the marking of the carapace, as well as in
the possession of a line of very small tubercles on the inner border
of the band. The two trefoil markings on the carapace do not
coalesce at any point ; and the angles between the lobes are more
pointed ; the circular figures are more remote from one another
and from the trefoil marks, and, together with the latter, are
much smaller than in the species described by Mr. Miers. There
is a very close agreement in all other points.
Length 8 lines ; breadth 7 lines.
Uab. Port Jackson (Macleay Museum).
Sp. 11. Leucosia Chevertii, sp. nor. (Plate 5. fig. 2.) Testa
rbomboidea, fronte producto, paeno integro ; regionibus hepaticis
convexis, lsevibus ; brachiis ad basin tomentosis, tuberculis
magnis omnino instructis.
Carapace rhomboidal, polished, with a rounded elevation on
the hepatic region, which is free from granulations. Front nearly
48 ON AUSTRALIAN LEUCOSIID^E,
entire, but obscurely trilobed. Thoracic sinus, as in L. White!,
deep, strongly waved above, with a granulated inferior margin.
The postero-lateral margin, as in that species, fringed with a
line of hair. Maxillipedes and limbs as in L. Whitei, except that
the wrist has fewer granules. Abdomen (male) broadly triangular,
with a deep median sulcus at its proximal end. Colour of the
carapace very light brown, with a blush of dark brown on each
hepatic region, and a lighter brown mark on the gastric and
genital regions ; the tubercles of the arms pink, and the fingers
red at the base.
Length and breadth about 4^ lines.
Nearly allied to Z. Whitei, Bell ; but distinguished by the form
of the front, and the absence of granules on the hepatic region.
Ilab. Cape Grenville, and Darnley Id. (Chevert Exped.)
Sp. 12. Leucosia Leslii, sp. nov. (Plate 6., fig. 1.) Testa
rhomboidea ; fronte producto, lobis quatuor; regionibus hepaticis
vix planis ; sinu thoracico minime prof undo, haud antice definito,
tuberculis quinque repleto.
Carapace rhomboidal, the lateral angles projecting somewhat;
surface with scattered punctations on its anterior half ; hepatic
region scarcely convex. Front produced, its anterior border
obscurely four-lobed. Thoracic sinus rather shallow, elongated,
not defined ; its anterior border not tuberculated ; its cavity
occupied by five large tubercles. Lateral border of carapace with
a row of tubercles, which are small anteriorly, large and coalescent
above the insertion of the arms, stopping short a little behind
that point ; postero-lateral and posterior border with a row of
small, close-set tubercles. Anterior limbs rather longer than the
carapace ; upper surface of arm with a group of small tubercles
at the base, and scattered larger tubercles on the proximal half ;
inner surface nearly covered with close-set tubercles ; outer border
with a row of large tubercles ; inferior surface almost smooth ;
inner border of hand with a row of small tubercles. Colour lmht
o
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 49
37ellowish-grey, with yellow markings on the base of the fingers,
and on the ambulatory legs.
Length 10£ lines ; breadth 9 lines.
Hal. Darnley Island (Chevert Exped.).
Sp. 13. Leucosia moresbiensis, sp. nov. Testa suborbiculari,
antice depresso-punctata ; fronte tridentato ; sinu thoracico
angustissimo, tubercnlis complanatis tribus infra ornato ; manibus
utrinque carinatis, extrorsunilaBvibus, introrsiimordineinconspicuo
grannlornni ; digitis aeumiiiatis, incurvis.
Carapace sub orbicular, minutely punctate anteriorly. Rostrum
rather short, armed anteriorly with three minute teeth, of which
the central one is much the largest. Thoracic sinus very narrow,
bordered below by a row of three large compressed tubercles,
continued backwards into a row of very minute granules. External
maxillipedes with the proximal articulations dilated, and
bordered with a close fringe of hairs. Anterior ambulatory
limbs somewhat longer than the body ; arm with its upper
surface pretty closely tuberculated except at its distal end;
wrist armed with a single row of minute granules ; hand carinated
internally and externally, the internal carina granulated ; fingers
slender, acuminate, the points incurved, their inner border
armed with minute teeth in rather less than the distal half.
Abdomen (female) ovoid, strongly convex. Colour deep brown
above, lighter posteriorly ; light brown below.
Length 9 lines ; breadth 8.
Sab. Port Moresby, New GHiinea. (Australian Museum.)
This form more nearly resembles L. obscura of Bell than any
other described species ; differs from it, however, in the form of
the thoracic sinus, the small size of the granules on the postero-
lateral and posterior borders of the carapace, in the possession of
a row of granules on the inner border of the hand, and in the
armature of the fingers.
50 ON AUSTRALIAN LETTCOSIIDJE,
Genus II. — Myra, Leach.
Sp. 1. Myra carinata, Bell (I. c, p. 297, pi. 32, fig. 3). "Testa
ovata, minute granulata, carinata, spina postica media lateralibus
ter quaterve longiore, lateralibus conicis, acutis."
A specimen from Cape Grenville in the Ohevert collection seems
to be referable to this species. Tlie abdomen (male) is broadly
lanceolate, with its borders slightly concave."1
Sp. 2. Myra mammillaris, Bell, (I. c, p. 298, pi. 32, fig. 5).
" Testa ovata glabra, tuberculis parvis elevatis sparsim instructa;
dentibus posticis bevissimis, rotundatis."
Hal). Shores of Australia. (Brit. Mus.)
Sp. 3. Myra affinis, Bell, (I. c, p. 296, pi. 32, fig. 2). " Testa
ovato-globosa, spinis posticis brevibus, sub£equalibus ; pedibus
anticis thorace vix bis longioribus ; manu digitis tertia parte
longiore."
I have some little hesitation in refering to this species a
specimen (young) from Cape Grenville, and another from New
South Wales, as both have an indistinct carina, and differ from
Bell's figure in various minor points ; but they seein to be more
nearly allied to this than to any of the other species of the genus,
and may meanwhile be placed here till adult specimens are
procured.
Sp. 4. Myra australis, sp. nov. (Plate 5, fig. 3). Testa ovata,
granulata, carinata ; spina media postica acuta, reflexa, lateralibus
vix longiore ; regionibus hepaticis valde convexis.
Carapace ovoid, strongly convex, granulated, with a slight
keel, and provided on each hepatic region with a prominent
mammiform elevation ; intestinal region dilated, crowned with a
* Fig. 3. a. of pi. 32. in Bell's Monograph is evidently the abdomen of an
immature female, not that of a male, as stated in the " Explanation
of the Plates."
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 51
cluster of granules; pterygostomial regions very acutely angulated.
Median posterior spine little longer than the lateral, conical,
pointed, and sharply recurved at the apex ; lateral spines flattened,
triangular. Front entire, slightly depressed mesially. Arm
covered with large granules throughout its whole extent : wmt,
hand and fingers covered with fine granulations ; lingers ahout
half the length of the hand, slightly ridged longitudinally.
External maxillipedes and sternum covered with minute
granulations. Abdomen of male triangular, granulated externally,
smooth mesially, its borders concave throughout the greater part
of their extent, a prominent tubercle on the penultimate segment.
Abdomen of female granulated, broadly ovoid, with well-marked
longitudinal sulci, and a tooth on the penultimate segment.
Carapace marked with variously-disposed blotches of orange ;
the proximal half of the upper surface of the arm, and the
articulations of the ambulatory limbs marked with the same
colour, of which also two circular spots occur on the upper surface
of the third joint of each ambulatory limb.
Length 1 inch; breadth 10 lines.
This species — of which the young specimens do not differ
markedly from the adult — is very near that described and figured by
Mr. Miers (I. c, pi. 38, figs. 25 — 27.) as probably the young of If.
mamniiUaris, Bell; but offers from it in the form of the posterior
median spine, the prominence of the intestinal region, and the
shape of the adomen of the niale.* From 31. mammillwris it differs
widely in the form of the front and of the posterior spines, and
the greater shortness and stoutness of the anterior limbs, as well
as in the possession of a carina, and the stronger angulation of
the pterygostomial region.
JIah. Sue, Darnley and Palm Islands ; Cape Grenville (Chevcrt
Exped.).
* The carapace is more regularly tapering behind than it appears in the figure.
52 ON AUSTRALIAN LEUCOSIIDiE,
Sp. 5. Myra Damleyensis, sp. nov. (Plate 5, fig. 4). Testa
ovato-globosa ; fronte psene integro, lobis obscuris ; spinis posticis
latis, compressis ; digitis manui longitudine super antibus.
Carapace granular, non-carinated ; a large tubercle on each
hepatic ridge, The front deeply grooved mesially, obscurely
four-lobed. The posterior spines large, broad, compressed, sub-
triangular — the middle one slightly larger than the others.
Maxillipedes and sternum covered with minute granulations.
Fingers slightly exceeding the hand in length, striated
longitudinally, meeting by the whole length of their inner edges,
which are minutely toothed. Ambulatory limbs slender.
Abdomen (male) sparsely granulated ; with a small tubercle on
the penultimate segment.
A few ill-defined light yellow marks on the carapace ; two light
red bands on the upper surface of the arm ; and one of the same
colour on the distal surface of the hand.
Length 7 lines ; breadth 6 lines.
Sab. Darnley Id. (Chevert Expecl.).
Genus III. — Myrodes, Bell.
Sp. 1. Myrodes gigas, sp. nov. (Plate 5, Pig. 5). Testa
ovato-globosa, valde convexa, postice acuminata ; abdomine maris
dente magno armato.
Bell's generic description applies to the specimens now under
consideration, (except that the antennary fossoe are oblique not
almost longitudinal ) ; but they differ from the figure given by Bell
of Myrodes eudactyJus from the Philippines, — hitherto the only
known species of the genus — in the greater depth of the carapace,
which is also more pointed posteriorly and has only the rudiment
of a carina, in the absence of any border on the inner aspect
of the hand, which is much dilated and rounded, and in the greater
length of the terminal hooks of the fingers. Abdomen of male
with a few granules at its proximal end, and a strong, blunt,
antero-posteriorly flattened tooth on the penultimate segment.
BY "WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B. SC. 53
Length. 1% inch ; breadth l^th. inch.*
Sab. Darnley Id. (Chevert Exped.).
Genus IV. — Philyra, Leach.
Sp. 1. Philyra la-vis, Bell, (I. c, p. 300, pi. 32, fig. 7). " Testa,
corpore, pedibus omnino la3vibus."
Sab. Port Adelaide (Brit. Mus.) ; Hobson's Bay; Tasmania;
King George's Sound ; (Macleay Museum).
Sp. 2. Philyra porcellana, Fabr. {Vide Milne-Edwards, Sist.
Nat, Crust., ii. p. 133). " Testa globosa, minute punctata, front e
epistomate parum breviori ; margine granulato ; brachiis
cylindricis, tuberculatis ; manibus innatis, kevibus."
Sab. Swan River, (Brit. Mus.).
Gexus V. — Phlyxia, Bell.
Sp. 1. Phlyxia crassipes, Bell, (I. c, p. 304, pi. 34, fig. 2).
" Testa subcarinata, rostro quadrato, quaclridentato ; pedibus
anticis testa plus quam duplo longioribus ; brachiis rotundis,
medio tumescentibus."
Sab. Eastern Shores of Australia (Brit. Mus.) Port Jackson,
etc. (Macleay Mus.).
This species is extremely common in Port Jackson.
Sp. 2. Phlyxia lambriformis, Bell, (I. c, p. 309, pi. 34, fig. 1).
" Testa carinata, rostro triangulari, emarginato, margine latero-
anteriore inciso, latero-posteriore acute carinato."
Sab. Eastern Shores of Australia (Brit. Mus.) Princess
Charlotte Bay (Chevert Exp.).
Sp. 3. Phlyxia quadrata, A. Hilne- Ed wards, (Journal des Museum
Godeffroy, Band. I., Heft. IV., p. 86). Testa rhomboidea, medio
elevata, regionibus hepaticis gastricis multum humilioribus :
* N.13. — The carina is made to appear too prominent in the figure. It
consists merely of an incomplete line of very small granules.
54 ON AUSTRALIAN LETJCOSIID7E,
fronte producto, emarginato ;' margirie postico tuberculis binis ;
corpore pedibusque granulis minutissimis, ad marginem lateralem
majoribus.
Hah. Bass's Strts.
Sp. 4. Phlyxia erosa, A. Milne-Edwards, (I.e., I. p. 86). Testa
elongata, antice coarctata, postice tuberculata, antice vix lam ;
regione cardiaca elevata ; niarginibus lateralibus iiiermibus ;
fronte producto, lobis duobus acutis.
Hah. Bass's Strts.
Sp. 5. Phlyxia orbicularis, sp. nov. (Plate 6, fig. 2). Testa
orbicularis carinata, minute granulata, margine laterali dentibus
quinque parvis armato.
Carapace orbicular, moderately carinated, beset throughout with
minute granules ; median posterior tooth small and sharp, the
lateral teeth broad, short and triangular. Lateral borders armed
with five minute teeth. Sternum granular. Anterior limbs more
than twice the length of the carapace, covered with extremly
minute granules ; arm cylindrical ; hand and fingers of about
equal length ; the latter stout, curved and terminating in fine
points which cross one another when closed, their inner margins
finely denticulated. Posterior limbs nearly smooth ; their
penultimate and terminal joints much compressed and carinated
above. Abdomen of male triangular, with the sides straight,
nearly smooth. Abdomen of female with the compound segment
quadrilateral, with the anterior (distal) angles rounded off.
Length and breadth 8 lines.
Hah. Port Jackson ; Jervis Bay ; Tasmania (Macleay Mus.).
Sp. 6. Phlyxia granulosa, sp. nov. (Plate 6, fig. 3). Testa
rhomboidali, granulata, dentibus duobus posticis armata ; regione
cardiaca tuberculo magno ; regione genitali spina brevi, obtusa ;
regione gastrica spinis duabus, regione branchiali spina una ;
fronte bidentato.
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 55
Carapace rhomboidal, closely granulated, the posterior border
armed with, two triangular compressed teeth ; cardiac region
elevated to form a prominent pyramidal eminence surrounded by
a narrow fissure, continuous with which anteriorly is a pair of
similar fissures separating the genital region from the branchials.
Genital region armed with a short, blunt spine ; a pair of similar
spines on the posterior half of the gastric region, and one on each
branchial region ; on each hepatic region a triaiigulr tooth,
bounded behind by a narrow fissure similar to that which surrounds
the intestinal eminence. Front moderately prominent, bidentate.
Sternum and external maxillipedes covered with close-set granules,
which become elongated into spinules towards the anterior
extremities of the latter. Limbs covered all over with similar
granules. Arm obscurely triquetrous ; hand ridged above and
internally ; fingers acuminate, meeting when closed by the entire
extent of their finely-toothed inner margins. Abdomen of male
marked on its compound segment by a protuberance on each side.
Female abdomen with the intersegmental lines on the compound
segment distinct. Colour pale reddish-grey, with reddish-orange
spots, which are arranged as follows : — one on each side of the
front ; one on the external maxillipedes and pteiygostomial region,
one on the arm, one on the wrist, and one on the hand ; and one
on each of the third, fourth and fifth articulations of the ambulatory
limbs.
Length and breadth about 3 lines.
Hah. In deep water outside Sydney Heads ; dredged by H. M.
S. "Challenger."
Sp. 7. Phlyxia Eamsayi, sp. nov. Testa quadrata, granulosa,
fronte lobis quatuor; regione gastrica tuberculis elongatis tribus,
regione cardiaca tumidissima ; regionibus epibranchialibus
depressis ; mesobranchialibus elevatis.
Carapace nearly square, covered, together with the limbs, with
close-set granules. Front with a slight median fissure, on each
56 ON AUSTRALIAN LEUCOSIIDiE,
side of which are two roundod lobes. Gastric region with one
mesial longitudinal, and two lateral oblique ridges, the latter of
which stop short about the posterior boundary of the region,
while the former becomes dilated posteriorly and becomes merged
in the prominent pointed eminence occupying the cardiac region.
Hepatic regions much depressed. Epibranchial regions depressed;
meso and metabranchial slightly dilated, with two tubercular
elevations — the anterior elongated and double, the posterior
conical. Anterior limbs about twice as long as the carapace ;
hand compressed, and keeled above ; fingers slightly curved,
pointed, strongly ridged, and armed with rounded teeth.
Ambulatory limbs about equal to the carapace in length ;
propodos dorsally carinate. Colour light red.
Length and breadth 3^- limes.
Hah. Port Jackson ; (Australian Museum).
■
Genus VI. — Nuesia, Leach.
Sp. 1. Nursia sinuata, Miers, (I. c, p. 240, pi. 38, fig. 28).
Testa convexa, latiore quam longiore, regione cardiaca tuberculis
tribus ; marginibus posterioribus et postero-lateralibus prof unde
sinuatis, dentibus septem fere eequalibus instructis ; maim
compressa, sed vix carinata.
Hah. Moreton Bay. (Brit. Mus.).
Genus VII. — Nursilia, Bell.
Sp. unic. Nursilia dentata, Bell, (I. c, p. 309, pi. 34, fig. 6).
" Testa latior quam longior, margine polygono, fronte producto.
Orbita bifissa, extrorsum aperta. Fossae antennariae obliquae.
Pedipalpi externi epistomati superantes, caule exteriori curvo,
medio dilatato ; interiore elongato ; margine interno arcuato.
Pedes antici graciles, manu tumida, digitis curvis, dentatis, manu
longioribus." (Char. gen. J
Hob. Fitzroy Ids. (Chevert Exped.).
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SO. 5?
GrEXUS VIII. ? LlTHADIA, Bell.
Sp. 1. ? Litliadia sculpta, sp. nop.. (Plate 6, fig. 5). Testa
regionibus gibbosis sulcis profunclis intersecta ; margine
laterali utrinque clentibus quatuor ; dentibusposticisiiullis ; fronte
lato, p?ene integro, sub-emarginato.
Carapace broader than long, deeply snlcated. Sulci consisting
of a circumferential sulcus running round the whole of the
carapace, and two which are continuous with it and with one
another close behind the rostrum, and diverge as they pass
backwards and outwards to include between them an elongated
mesial elevation, pointed in front, and rounded posteriorly, which
is divided into two by a smaller transverse sulcus.*' The elevations
which these sulci circumscribe are rough, dilated, rounded and
granular, but do not develope pointed projections or teeth.
Lateral borders with four rounded teeth, of which the second is
bifurcate. Front broad, and slightly emarginate anteriorly,
granular above ; a low median ridge, passing back from it, crosses
the circumferential sulcus and becomes continuous with the mesial
elevation. Sternum coarsely tubercular ; external maxillipedes
closely resembling those of L. cumingii as figured in Bell's
Monograph. Anterior limbs as long as the carapace ; arm coarsely
granular ; granules becoming elongated on the upper surface of
the wrist and hand into irregularly -placed conical teeth ; fingers
marked by longitudinal rows of granules, and with acute and
incurved points, which cross one another when the hand is closed.
Ambulatory legs covered with coarse granulations, which take the
form of short spines on the fourth and fifth joints ; tarsi hairy.
Abdomen of female granulated ; the intersegmental lines all
distinct ; a longituninal sulcus on each side of the middle line.
Colour pale brown with ill-defined. reddish spots; fingers crossed
near their tips by a transverse red stripe.
The sulcated carapace of this species together with the form of
/he foot-jaws, etc., seem to bring it within the genus Litliadia of
* These sulci are hardly so broad as they appear m the figure.
58 ON AUSTRALIAN LETJCOSIIDjE,
Bell ; tlie proportions, however, of the transverse to the
longitudinal diameter of the carapace bring it nearer the genus
Oreophorus, between which and Lithadia it may be regarded as
forming a connecting link.
Length about 4 lines ; breadth about 5.
Hah. Fitzroy Is. (Che vert Eped.)
G-entjs IX. — Arcania, Leach.
Sp. 1. Arcania gracilipes, Bell, (I. c, p. 310, pi. 34, fig. 9).
"Testa granulosa, tuberculis quinedecim supra, et tribus ad
marginem posteriorem instructa ; pedibus anticis tenuissimis."
Hah. Darnley Id. (Chevert Exped.)
Sp. 2. Arcania novem-spinosa, Adams and White, (Crust, of the
Voyage of the Samarang, p. 56, t. 13, f. 1). "Thorace hevi,
granuloso, marginibus latero-anterioribus spinis duabus, latero-
posterioribus spinis duabus, posteriori spina longa, recta."
Hob. Darnley Id. ; Cape Grenville ; Cape York. (Chevert
Exped.)
Sj). 3. Arcania granulosa, Miers, (I. c, p. 240, pi. 38, fig. 29).
Testa granulosa, sub-globosa, tuberculis nullis, margine spinis
decern brevibus acutis instructo, regione intestinali spina una.
Hah. Moreton Bay. (Brit. Mus.)
Sp. 4. Arcania pulcherrima, sp. nov. (Plate 6, fig. 4). Testa
globosa, paulo latiore quam longiore, tuberculata, margine laterali
spinis sex tuberculatis armato, laterali utrinque reliquis longiore ;
pedibus anticis gracilibus, longissimis.
Carapace globose, rather broader than long, covered with
vertically elongated granules and armed above with thirteen
tubercles or short spines which are covered with granules similar
to those on the rest of the carapace. Lateral border armed with
six spines — the median posterior spine found in A. septemspinosa,
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B. SC. 59
Bell, (the nearest ally of this species) being absent;*' lateral
pair much the longest, hardly appreciably flattened and slightly
curved upwards ; covered, in common with the others, with granules
like those on the surface of the carapace. Front prominent,
emarginate. Anterior limbs more than twice as long as the
carapace ; arm slender and tuberculated ; hand smooth, slightly
swollen at base, and tapering towards the fingers, which are very
slender, and armed on their inner margins with fine denticles and
a few larger triangular teeth. Posterior limbs slender, cylindrical
and smooth. Abdomen (female) ovoid, granulated ; the compound
part with no trace of intersegmental lines, but traversed by well-
marked longitudinal sulci. Colour nearly white, with a blush of
red over the lateral parts of the carapace and the lateral spines ;
and a band of the same colour on the upper surface of the arm.
Length 5 lines ; breadth, including lateral spines, 8^- lines.
Hah. Darnley Id. (Chevert Exped.)
(tents X. — Ixa, Leach.
Sp. 1. Ixa inermis, Leach, (Zool. Misc. t. Ill, p. 26, pi. 129,
fig. 1). Testa regionibus sulcis minime profundis separatis,
marginepostico tuberculis binis, processibus lateralibus inermibus.
Hah. Cape Gfrenville. (Chevert Exped.)
Q-entts XI. — ActjEomorpha, Miers.
Char. gen. Testa convexa, marginibus ut in cancroideis arcuatis;
fronte fossaque buccali latis.
Sp. unica. Acteeomorpha erosa, Miers, (Joarn. Linn. Soc. 1876.
p. 183, pi. 14). Testa granulis fossisque parvis omnino signata,
tuberculis quinque instructa ; pedibus anticis robustis, manu
carpo vix longiori ; pedibus posticis brevibus, compressis.
Hob. Port Curtis.
* The posterior spines are rather closer together than they appear in the
figure.
60 NOTES ON SOME FISHES FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS.
Genus XII. — Persephona, Leach.
Sp. 1. Per sepliona tuberculosa, A. Milne-Edwards f Journal des
Museum Godeffroy, Band I., p. 86). Testa quadrata, tumida,
granulis complanatis, apudmarginesmajoribus, omniuo instructa;
regioue gastrica tuberculis tribus ; regione cardiaca tuberculo
magno, fissura angustissima circumseripto ; raargine postico
tuberculis cluobus ; peclibus anticis longis, grauulatis.
Hah. Bass's Strts.
Explanation of Plates 5. and 6.
Plate 5.
Pig. 1 . — Leucosia splendida ; with, female abdomen, and lateral
view of carapace.
„ 2. — Leucosia Chevertii ' ; with male abdomen.
?j 3. — Myra australis ; with male, and female abdomen, and
lateral view of carapace.
,, 4. — Myra darnleyensis ; with the male and female abdomen.
„ 5. — Myrodes gigas ■ with the male and female abdomen.
Plate 6.
Pig. 1 . — Leucosia Leslii ; with male abdomen.
„ 2. — Phlyxia orbicularis ; with male and female abdomen,
and lateral view of carapace.
,, 3. — Phlyxia granulosa, with male and female abdomen,
and lateral view of carapace.
„ 4. — Arcania pulclierrima ; with female abdomen.
,, 5. — Litliadia sculpta ; with female abdomen.
Notes on some Fishes from the Solomon Islands.
By William Macleay, F.L.S., &c.
I became a few days ago the possessor of part of a zoological
collection made at the Solomon Islands by Mr. Cockerell.
BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 61
Among the spirit specimens I find fourteen species of Fishes,
and as but little is known or has been written of the Natural
History of this group of islands, I propose in this paper to make
a few observations on them, both as regards their specific
characters and geographical distribution. I may mention that Dr.
Grunther has, in "Brenchley's Voyage of the Ouracoa," given the
names of 68 species of Fishes, said to have been found at the
Solomon Islands, and it is very remarkable that not one of them
is to be found in the small collection now before me for
description.
1. Mesoprion attreovittatus, n. sp.
D. 10/12 A. 3/8 L. lat. 45.
Height of body one-fourth of the total length, length of head
slightly more than the height of the body. Eyes large, distant
from the snout about one diameter of the orbit, and rather less
than one diameter apart. The head is flat between the eyes, and
slopes gradually to the snout ; the maxillary extends to nearly
opposite the middle of the eye ; the lower jaw is slightly longer
than the upper, the outer row of teeth in the lower jaw are
rather large, acute, and number about six on each side, in the
upper jaw there are only two canines ; vomerine teeth on a strong
subtriangular protuberance. Preeorbital without scales, rough
and covered with pores. Cheek covered with small scales,
praeopercidum with seven or eight small equidistant teeth at the
angle which is rounded, and with a very distinct elongate
emargination just above the angle. Spines of the first dorsal
fin slender and longer than in M. Johiius, the fifth and sixth
being nearly half the height of the body. The pectoral fins
reach the anus. The tail is broad, expanding, and slightly
emarginate. The colour above the lateral line is dark and bluish,
below it silvery with three golden longitudinal stripes ; a large
black blotch occupies a space on the lateral line from opposite
the eighth dorsal spine, to the sixth dorsal ray. The fins are
62 NOTES ON SOME FISHES FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS,
yellowish, a dark bar appears to cross the caudal near the apex,
but is distinct only on the lower lobe. Total length about eight
inches.
I have only one specimen of this Fish, but I have seen another
in the possession of Mr. Ramsay, of the Australian Museum.
It is said to be from fresh water, and if so, is probably a species
peculiar to the Solomon group. Judging from the description,
the H. uninotatus c. and v. from Brazil is the species it most
resembles.
2. Therapon servus, c. and v.
Ghmth. Cat. Fish., Brit. Mus., Vol. I., p. 278.
The specimens of this widely distributed Fish in the Solomon
Islands collection were so much beyond the usual size, that I
was at first disposed to fancy that I had got hold of Hombr. and
Jacq. species T. Bonzetianus, Yoy. Pole. Sud. Poiss., p. 43, pi. 4,
fig 2. There can be no doubt, however, that the species is servus.
3. Mulloides Yanicolensis, c. and v.
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Brit. Mus., Yol. I., p. 404.
My only description of this species is derived from Dr.
Gunth er's work just quoted, and as far as that description goes
it agrees perfectly with the specimen before me. It is quite
eight inches in length, and Mr. Eamsay has a specimen of about
the same size.
4. Gerres argyreus, c. and v.
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Brit. Mus., Yol. I., p. 353.
Several specimens about five inches in length.
5. Pachymetopon squamosum, All. and McLeay.
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, Yol. I., p. 275.
Two small and apparently young specimens of this Fish are in
the collection. The reasons for separating this species from
BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 63
Gunther's P. grande are given by Dr. Alleyne and myself in
the Proceedings above referred to.
6. PoLYNEMUS PLEBEJTJS, Gm. L.
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Brit. Mns., Vol. II., p. 329.
There was only one specimen of this Fish in the collection,
and that fell to my lot. It is, however, a species of apparently
universal distribution in the Indian and Pacific Oceans.
7. Caranx call a, c. and v.
Gunth. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., Vol. II., p. 433.
I am not quite confident that I am right in assigning the
specimen before me to this species. My only example is small
and probably very young, but upon the whole it agrees well with
the description of C. calla, which seems to be a very widely
distributed species.
8. PSETTUS ARGENTEUS, L.
Gunth. Cat, Fish., Brit. Mus., Vol. II., p. 487.
9. Eqihjla edektcxa, Bloch.
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Brit. Mus., Vol. II., p. 498.
The collection contained two fine specimens of this Fish#
Like the preceding species it seems to have a very wide
distribution throughout the Indian, Malayan, and Polynesian
Seas.
10. Eleotris ophiocephalus, c. and v.
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Brit. Mus., Vol. III., p. 107.
This Fish probably goes into fresh water. It is mentioned by
Dr. Gunther as being found in the rivers of Seychelles and New
Ireland, and in the seas of Penang, the East Iudian Archipelago,
and the Philippines. I believe that the Fish named by me
Agonostoma Darwiniense (Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. II.,
p. 360) properly belongs to this group of the genus Eleotris.
64 NOTES OIST SOME FISHES FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS,
1 1 . AcANTHITRTJS TRIOSTEGUS, BL
Gimth. Cat. Fish., Brit. Mus., Vol. III., p. 327.
One small specimen in the collection of the Australian
Museum.
12. GlYPHIDODON SEPTEMFASCTATUS.
Gimth. Oat. Fish., Brit. Mus., Vol. IV., p. 40.
I have one specimen of this Fish, about five inches in length.
Dr. Gunther says it is found "from Mauritius to the Philippine
Islands and coasts of China." To this may now be added the
Solomon Islands.
13. Exococttjs mento, c. and v.
Gunth. Cat. Fish., Brit. Mus., Vol. "VI., p. 281.
One specimen about six inches in length.
14. Olupea Ktjnzei, Bleek.
ChpeaMbliiccensis, Ghmth. Cat. Fish., Brit. Mus., Vol. VII., p. 427.
I have several specimens about 4^- or 5 inches in length. It is
said to be found in enormous shoals some seasons all about the
Solommi group. It will probably be found to be a very
valuable substitute for sardines or anchovies.
15. Anguilla Aneitensis.
Gimth. Cat. Fish., Brit. Mus., Vol. VIII., p. 34.
Two specimens of an eel were brought from the Solomon
Islands, one (about half-grown and a foot in length) is in my
possession, the larger one is in the Australian Museum. It
resembles A. Aneitensis more than any other species of Anguilla,
and therefore I have placed it with that species, but it is probable
that further examination will prove it to be distinct.
65
NOTES on the ZOOLOGY of the SOLOMON ISLANDS.
By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., &c, &o.
Part I.— AVES.
Some montlis ago Mr. James Oockerell accompanied Captain
Broclie of the Schooner " Ariel" to the Solomon Islands, where
through the liberality of Capt. Brodie, he was enabled to make a
very fine collection of the fauna of those Islands, and, although
only visiting three " Stations," collected about 50 mammals and
about 350 skins of birds. Having had an opportunity of examining
the whole of these collections, I have made a few notes on the
subject which may be of interest to ornithologists.
One of the principle features in the collection is the large
number of that beautiful and hitherto rare parrot, Lorius cardimlis>
of which there is a very large series. The rare Halcyon leucopygia
one sex only of which was previously known, is also well
represented ; I was glad to find also a beautiful hawk, I think
identical with Astur soloensis from the Celebes, and among the fly-
catchers there are at least four new species, one closely allied to a
Celebes form. Amongst the pigeons is a beautiful Ptilopus, P.
viridis, var. or what may perhaps hereafter prove to be a distinct
species; also the beautiful Carpopliagarufigula which is closely allied
to C. rubricera from the Duke of York Islands, and New Ireland.
The collection also contains fine specimens, adults and young, of
the Megapodius from the Island of Savo, M. brenchleyi of Gr. E.
Gray. A fine species of Halcyon, probably H. chloris, a great
number of the beautiful Dicmcm erythrothorax, besides many other
birds, made known to us by the early voyagers. The following
is a list of the species with remarks respecting them.
66 NOTES ON THE ZOOLOGY OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS,
1. — Asttjr SOLOENSIS, Lath.
Sharpe, Cat. Birds I., pp. 114-115.
This bird agrees well with the description of Astur soloensis in
Sharpe's Catalogue, Birds I., p. 114-5, although in the present
specimens there are no bars on the tail or wings. The whole of
the upper surface is of a uniform light bluish ashy-grey, almost
white on the forehead, ear-coverts and throat ; dark ashy-grey on
the wing, quills and tail, the under surface of the tail is almost
of the same tint as the upper, the thighs have a wash of ruddy
vinous ; the chest, breast, and abdomen of a rich deep vinous
red ; bill and claws black, cere, gape, legs and feet yellow.
Total length 13 in. ; wing 7-3 in. ; tail 6*4 in. ; tarsus 2*2 in. ;
mid. toe fs. u.J 1-3 in.; culmen VI. I think this species belongs
more to the subgenus Zeucospiza than to Astur proper.
Sex c?, ?.
Zoc. Cape Pitt, Solomon Islands.
2. — Baza eeinwardti, Mull. 8f Schley.
Sharpe, Cat. B. I., pp. 358-9; Ramsay, P, L. S., N.S.W. Yol.
HI., pt. 3. p. 246.
One specimen exactly agreeing with the Port Moresby birds
from New Guinea.
Zoc. Cape Pitt.
3. — Ninox ptjnctitlata, Q. et Gaim.
Sharpe, Cat. B. II., p. 182-3. Noctua punctulata, Q.etGaim. Voy.
de VAstrol. Zool.pl. I. fig. 1.
This bird agrees better with Mr. Sharpe's description of N.
punctulata, (Cat. B. II. p. 183.) than with the plate in the " Voyage
de 1' Astrolabe," and on the whole may with more certainty be
referred to that species than to any other.
BY E. P. EAMSAY, F.L.S., 67
Two specimens were all that were obtained and do not differ
in plumage, the under wing-coverts are white with the greater
series largely tipped with brown.
Loc. Q-audalcanar.
4. — Halcyon sanctus, Vig. £ Sbrsf.
Sharpe, Monog. Alced.pl. 91.
Several specimens ; the bills seem in comparison, more slender
than in the New South "Wales examples.
Loc. Q-audalcanar ; Savo ; Cape Pitt.
5. — Halcyon chloeis, var.
Sharpe, Monog. Alced. pi. 87.
One specimen, fully adult, which with some doubt I refer to this
species ; the throat and centre of the abdomen are white, but the
rest of the under surface is of a rich buff, richer and deeper on
the under wing-coverts and axillaries ; the ear-coverts and line
round the head jet black, the broad collar tinged with buff and
margined behind with black, which color also pervades the
shoulders and anterior part of the interscapular region.
Loc. Cape Pitt.
6. — Halcyon letjcopygia, Terr.
Cyanalcyonleucopygius, Verr.; Sharpe, Monog. Alced.pl. 74,( $ ).
A fine series of this beautiful species was collected by Cockerell
at G-audalcanar ; one sex only being previously known, I may
mention that those marked as females differ only, in having the
blue of the back extended to the upper tail-coverts, in fact the
white of the rump is replaced by blue ; both sexes have the white
collar round the neck.
c? 3 ? ? S ? ?
Total length .. 7-5; 7*2; 7-8; 7*45; 8*; 7-5; 7-4
Wing . . . . 3-5 ; 3*25 ; 3-65 ; 3'45 ; 3-55 ; 3*45 ; 35
Tail . . . . 2-4 j 2-2 j 2-4 ; 2'35 ; 2-3 j 2*45 ; 2«4
68 NOTES ON THE ZOOLOGY OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS,
s
3
?
?
3
?
?
Tarsus ' . .
0-5;
0-52;
0-5;
0-5;
0'5";
0-5;
0-5
Bill from forehead
1-8;
1-7;
1-8;
1-7;
' 1*65 ;
1-7;
1-6
Bill from nostrils. .
1-45;
1-3;
1-4;
1-35;
1-^1;
1-35;
1-3
7. — Cacatua dtjcorpsii, Homb. et Jacq.
This is evidently a common species found all over the group.
Loc. Savo ; Gaudalcanar, &c.
8. — LORIXTS CHLOROCERCUS, GoitU.
One specimen from Isld. of Savo.
9. — Lorixts cardinalis, Homb. et Jacq.
A large number of this beautiful species was obtained. I find
the females slightly smaller than the males, but equally bright
in color. The base of the bill is horn-color, the tip red ; the
lower mandible coral red, the skin round its base yellow, cere
and skin round the chin, dark horn-brown in dry and spirit
specimens ; the margin of the shoulders below, in some is
tinged with blue.
cf-
(?'•
<$•
$.
?.
(J. <f.
Total length. .
.. 12-2
11-6
11-6
11
11
12 13-3
Wing
.. 7-2
7-3
7-2
6-6
6-7
7-3 7-2
Tail ..
6-1
6-05
6-2
5-5
6-1
6-1 6-3
Tarsus
0-75
0-7
0-8
0-8
0-75
0-8 0-9
Culmen
1
1-08
1-1
1-
1-05
1-05 1-15
Length of lower mandible
from chin
0-6
0-61
0-7
0-6
0-7
0-65 0-75
The last is from a spirit specimen — the sex of which I have
ascertained by dissection, the others from dry skins.
Loc. Savo.
10. — G-eofroyius heteroclitus, Homb. et Jacq.
I find this bird identical with a young bird from Duke of York
Island, a careful examination will easily distinguish them from
BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.L.S. 69
the Port Moresby and the Aru Island species, in which the head
above is brown in the young birds.
Loc. Savo.
11. ECLECTUS POLYCHLORTTS, Scop.
The specimens from Savo are smaller than those from Port
Moresby, and agree better in size with the birds from the Duke
of York Islands.
The following measurements of Birds from various localities
may be of interest : —
Wing Tail Tarsus Culmen.
Port Moresby.
10-2, 5-2, 1 . 1-9 Inches.
10-1 5-15 0-9 2-1 „
Duke of York Group and New Ireland.
10, 4-5, 0-85, 2 „
9-5 4-4 0-8 1-7 „
Savo, Solomon Islands.
9, 4-4 0-8 1-8 „
9-3, 4-5 0-8 1-7
Katow, New Guinea, from Voy. of the "Chevert."
g 14-7, 10-3, 5-5, 0-95, 2-25 „
? 14, 9-7, 5, 0-9, 2
*$ 10 8-2 3-9 0-75 1*5 „
*A small specimen from South Coast of N. Guinea, belonging
perhaps to a different species ; no locality given.
12. — Centroptts milo, Gould.
Several fine specimens, adults, males and females, and two
young ones.
The young have the lower portion of the body from the
shoulders, including the wings to the tail, light rufous with
blackish green cross-bars, on the tail these bars are oblique and
about 1 6 in number.
Loc. Gaudalcanar.
Total length
<J
13,
?
13-3
Duke o
3
12-4,
?
11-85
<J
11-8
?
11-9
70 NOTES ON THE ZOOLOGY OP THE SOLOMON ISLANDS,
13. — Eudynamys taitiensis, Sparm.
Three specimens only.
Log. Savo.
14. — ? Chalcites plagostjs. Temm.
Two specimens only, smaller than the Australian birds of this
species (?), and with a much larger and stronger bill, perhaps
identical with C. minutilus. (Gould. J
Log. Savo.
15. — Pachycephala oeioloides, Peale.
Several specimens adults and young, both males and females of
this fine species.
Adult female. — The whole of the head, the neck, chest, mantle,
wings and tail above, cinnamon brown, becoming almost white
on the throat, and deepest in tint on the ear-coverts, head, and
wings ; the lower part of the back and rump olive brown, the
upper tail-coverts cinnamon ; tail above slightly tinged
with olive on the inner webs, the concealed portion of the wing
feathers blackish brown, below dull brown, the margin of the inner
webs pale cinnamon color, margin of the shoulders yellow, under
wing-coverts pale cinnamon ; breast and abdomen whitish, sides
and flanks washed with light cinnamon brown, crissum and feathers
at the knee joints yellow, under-tail coverts yellow, becoming
cinnamon laterally, and at their tips ; bill light horn brown, legs
greyish. Total length, 6-8 in. ; wing, 3-75 ; tail, 3 in. ; tarsus,
0*95 ; bill, about 0*9 (tip broken) ; from gape to tip of lower
mandible, 1 in.
Log. G-audalcanar.
16. — Gractjla (Eulabes) krefptii, Sclater.
The upper tail-coverts of this species are normally white, but
I find a few feathers on the sides washed with yellow, like those
on the abdomen ; some of the under tail-coverts are margined
also with the same tint ; common throughout the group.
BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.L.S. 71
17. — Eurystomus crassirostris, Schter.
In no way different from the Port Moresby examples. Several
specimens from Cai^e Pitt, &c.
Loc. Savo ; Gaudalcanar, &c.
18.— Edoliisoma marescotii, G .R. Gray.
Adult males and females ; and young in change of plumage.
The young males resemble the females.
19. — GrATJCALUS HYPOLETTCUS, GouU.
This species agrees well with the description in the " Voyage au
Pole Sud," of G. desgraizei, it is however smaller, and undoubtedly
identical with Mr. Gould's G. hypoleucus. A young bird, has the
scapulars brown with white margins.
Loc. Gaudalcanar.
20. — GrATJCALTJS DTJSSUMIERI, ZeSS.
Male and female from Gaudalcanar.
21. — Gratjcaltts pttsilltjs, sp. 110V.*
This species comes near to G. dussumieri of Homb. et Jacq.,
but differs in having the rump of the same uniform tint as the
back and upper tail coverts, it is also smaller.
Adult. — The whole of the upper and under surface is of a
bluish lead grey, the tail becoming black above, washed with
bluish grey on the outer webs of the centre two feathers, and dull
blackish with an ashy grey tinge below ; wings black, the third
and remaining quills margined narrowly on the primaries,
broadly on the secondaries, with the same tint as the back,
which increasing on the tertiaries occupies the whole of their
outer web, the under surface of the wing is ashy grey, becoming
whitish ash color towards the base of the inner webs ; the under
* This may hereafter prove to be a smaller race of G. muelleri, (Salvd.), but
at present I prefer to keep them distinct.
72
NOTES ON THE ZOOLOGY OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS,
wing-coverts and axillaries with narrow transverse bars of black
and white. The lores from the nostrils to the eye are black,
which color is slightly produced anteriorly beneath that organ ;
bill and legs black.
A second specimen said to be the female of this species, differs
only in the loreal region being duller, or of a blackish lead color,
and the remainder of the under surface (except the legs) from
opx^osite the shoulders and including the under tail-coverts
transversely barred with alternate black and white lines ; bill
and legs black.
Total length
Wing
Tail ..
Tarsus
Bill from forehead
Bill from gape
Bill from nostril
Loc. Graudalcanar.
22. — Caepophaga eufigtjla, Salvad.
? C. rubracera, G.R. Gray.
Three specimens only of this fine species were obtained. The
Museum has recently received from the Solomon Islands through
the kindness of Lieutenant Musters of H.M.S. " Conflict," a fine
specimen of this species in spirits from which I find the peculiar
formation of the cere, which has not been noticed before, being
quite distorted in the dry skins, closely resembles that of C.
aurorce, Peale, figured by Cassin, Zool. U. S. Expl. Exped. p.
258, (1858).
Loc. Savo.
23. — Caepophaga (? peistinaeia, Bp.)
This appears to be the commonest large fruit Pigeon on the
Island ; several specimens obtained. I have not been enabled to
MALE.
FEMALE
8-5 in.
8-5 in.
4-9
4-9
4-2
4-3
0-8
0-8
0-76
0-8
0-9
0-95
0-45
0-5
BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.L.S. 73
determine the species definitely ; and it may probably prove to
be undescribed, however it comes near C. vmmickii of Cassin and
C. perspiciUata, Temm. There are so many of this genus, and
most of them so wretchedly and meagrely described that it is
impossible to determine many of them, without reference to the
type specimen itself.
Loc. G-audalcanar, &c.
24. — Macropygia sp.,
I hare not been able to determine this species but it is not
unlike a species common at the New Hebrides.
Loc. Lango, G-audalcanar.
25. — Chalcophaps chrysochlora, Gould.
One young specimen evidently of this species.
Loc. Gaudalcanar.
26. — Ptiloptjs viripis, var.
? (P. viridis, (Linn.) Elliot, P.Z.S. 1878. p. 560.)
On the whole, this bird agrees very well with Ptilopus viridis,
Linn., (Elliot, P.Z.S. 1878, p. 560.) but it certainly has not the
" tertials green edged with grey" — they are green with a clear very
light ashy, almost ^white, spot at the tip, and in this respect
agree with Mr. Elliot's description of these feathers in P. eugenics
Gould. There is a large light ashy grey spot on the shoulders,
but no band ; the undertail coverts are yellow, with a broad dark
green stripe on their inner webs, none of the secondaries have
any grey at their tips as described in P. geelv ink i amis, Schleg.,
Having carefully compared my birds with Mr. Elliot's
descriptions of P. viridis, P. geelvinkianus, and P. eugenice, I believe
that although closely allied to these species, the present will prove
distinct from all of them, particularly in having a violet tinge or line
bordering the sides and lower part of the rich deep purple-red
74 NOTES ON" THE ZOOLOGY OP THE SOLOMON ISLANDS,
of the chest. By carefully comparing niy description, the
differences will be apparent.
Adult male. — The forehead as far as the eyes, the lores and
the chin dull ashy grey, back of the head and neck, ear-coverts,
sides of the neck, and all the upper surface dull bronzy green,
with a yellowish tinge, the quills below and their concealed
portions above, ashy grey ; the under wing-coverts green ; the
secondaries with a narrow margin of yellow at the tip on the
outer webs ; the tertials with a large roundish subterminal spot
of light grey (almost white) ; on the shoulder a roundish patch
of light ashy grey. Tail above like the back, the concealed
portions of the feathers blackish at the base, a subterminal spot
of ashy grey near the tip, below blackish ashy brown, an ashy
white band across the tips ; the lower part of the throat and the
chest a large pyriform patch of deep reddish-purple, which
towards its outer margin is shaded off to violet, and has a narrow
violet border ; the breast and remainder of the under surface
yellowish green ; crissum and under tail coverts yellow, the latter
with a broad stripe of green on the inner web ; legs ashy-grey,
tinged with green above, washed with yellow on the inner side ;
bill, yellow ; tarsi and feet, red. Total length, 7*5 to 8 in. ; wing,
4.5 to 5 in. ; bill from forehead, 0'7 in., from gape, 0*8 ; tarsus,
0*8 in. ; tail, 2*5 in*
Log. Lango ; Gaudalcanar.
27. — Ptiloptjs stjperbtts, Temm.
The only specimen is a 3Toung male having just attained its
full livery. The rich orange red of the nape is separated from
the rosy purple of the crown by the green from the ear-coverts
and sides of the head ; the chest is of a rich ashy grey, and the
band across the breast deep violet — almost black, there is no
* Cau this be the adult of P. solomonensis, G-. R. Gray, ? I think not ; see
Gray's description of the upper surface, and wings &c.
BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.L.S. 75
light purple or lilac tint on the chest ; the shoulders and the
spots on the wing-coverts, scapulars, and tertiaries, deep violet,
almost black ; the greater wing-coverts and secondaries margined
with yellow on the outer webs ; all the tail feathers with an
apical whitish band, under tail-coverts pure white, with a broad
line of green on the inner web.
Loc. Lango, G-andalcanar.
28. — Megapodius brenchleyi, G. R. Gray.
This species was first indicated by Dr. Sclater from Eggs obtained
at Savo by Mr. Brazier, but no description was given of the bird
either adult or young. Dr. Q. E-. Gray obtained the eggs and
young birds from the author of the " Cruise of the Curagoa,"
Mr. Brenchley, after whom he named this species. It is probably
the same species as alluded to by Dr. Sclater, but the j)ractice of
naming birds from eggshells, or from a recollection of having
once seen a specimen in the field or otherwise without having
ever handled a single individual has been carried rather too far
of late, e. g., Merula bicolor, and others.
Megapodius
brenchleyi.
Adults from Savo —
Total length in Inches . .
13, 12,
13,
Wing
9 9-1
8-8
Tail
. .
3-2 32
3-3
Tarsus
. .
2-8 2-5
2-8
Bill from forehead
. .
11 1
1
,, nostril
. .
0-55 0-5
0-55
„ gape
. .
115 1.1
1.15
Adult male. — The forehead, space roimd the eyes, and scantily
feathered portions of the neck, reddish carmine. The neck, mantle,
chest, breast, dark slaty brown ; head, flanks, abdomen, and under
tail-, and wing-coverts, and under sides of the tail and wing
76 NOTES ON THE ZOOLOGY OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS,
feathers dull dark brown ; the wings and tail above, and the
back, rump, and upper tail-, and wing-coverts dark olive brown ;
bill light-horn colour, yellowish at the tip ; legs and feet purplish
blackish-brown.
Loc. Savo.
29. Sturnoides fulvipennis, Homl. et Jacq.
Numerous specimens. This is evidently a common species.
Loc. Lango, Gaudalcanar.
30. — Oaloenis cantoeoides, Lesson.
C. cantoroicles (Less. J, Sharpe Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. XIII. ,
p. 318.
Adult male. — The whole of the upper and under surface black,
with metallic greenish reflections uniform throughout ; under
surface of the wings and tail black ; bill, black ; the sides much
compressed, the culmen sharp and keel-like, rather straight to
the nostrils, and from thence to the tip much arched, on the
whole the bill is strong and thick ; the tail short, rather even.
Total length to tip of bill, 6*5 ; wing, 3-8 ; tail, 2*7 ; tarsus, 0*9.
The feathers of the throat, ear-coverts, back of the head and
neck are pointed; there are no purple or violet reflections
anywhere to be seen.
This is a small species allied to C. cantor, and perhaps identical
with C. cantoroicles of Lesson. It is evidently the same as those
received from New Guinea, which I have referred to this species.
The female is of a dull brown above, glossed with a greenish
tinge, except on the quills, and all but the two centre tail
feathers, which are blackish with the same greenish gloss ;
all the under surface from the chin, dull white ; feathers of the
throat pointed, and with a narrow blackish shaft-line, on the
chest these shaft-lines become triangular, and lanceolate on the
BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.L.S., 77
flanks and under tail-coverts; centre of the abdomen white;
under surface of wings and tail brown.
Loc. Savo.
31. — Calornis metallica, Temm.
I have before me a very large series of long-tailed glossy
starlings, in fact I have examined several hundred specimens
from various parts of Australia, from Port Denison to Cape
York, from Torres Straits, Port Moresby, and other parts of the
south coast of New Gkiinea, Duke of York Islands, New
Ireland, and the Louisades : all these I have carefully compared
with those from the Solomon Islands, and although there are
slight individual differences in the extent of the purple reflections
among those from each separate locality, yet I find specimens
from all these localities in which there is not the slightest difference in
plumage, and very little in size. An average-sized skin from
Solomon Islands measures : — total length from tip of bill to tip
of tail, 8*7 in. ; wing, 4*4 ; tail, 4*4 ; tarsus, 0-9 in. ; hind- toe,
(s.u.,) 0*45 ; mid-toe, (s.u.,) 0-8; bill from forehead, 0-9; from
angle of the mouth, 1 in ; from nostril, 0*5 ; culmen from
forehead, 0*94 in. An average-sized Australian bird measures :
— total length, 8 in. ; wing, 4*3; tail, 3-9; tarsus, 0*95; hind-toe,
(s.u.,) 0'5 ; middle toe, (s.u.,) 0-82.
Those from the Duke of York group, and New Ireland, and
those from Port Moresby, and Torres Straits, are about the same
in size, all differing inter se. slightly in the extent of the
purple reflections,
32. — Dictum erythrothorax, Komi, et Jacq.
A large number of this beautiful species was obtained. It
is one of the most common species. The female is of a blackish-
brown with a rich metallic greenish gloss ; the under surf ace is
slaty-brown, duller on the sides of the chest ; the throat, chest,
abdomen, and under tail-coverts nearly white, the flanks olive-
78
NOTES ON THE ZOOLOGY OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS,
yellow. In some very old males the throat has a few crimson
feathers in the centre of the white patch, in some, the white of
the throat is separated from the crimson of the chest by a line
of brown, but in others the crimson and white join.
The yonng (sex ?) resemble the females, bnt on leaving the
nest have only a trace of white on the throat, which is extended
down the centre to the abdomen ; the back wings and tail are
glossed with metallic reflections, but there is little or no gloss on
the head, and no buff on the flanks ; the base of both mandibles
flesh red.
Total length . .
Wing
Tail
Tarsus
Bill from forehead
Bill from gape
Bill from nostril
Loc. Gaudalcanar.
&
&
cJ
?
?
3-4
3-2
3-15
3-4
3-3
1-95
2
2
1-85
1-82
1-1
1-1
11
1.
1-05
0-51
0-5
0-51
0-5
0-5
0-5
0-5
0-5
0-5
0-5
0-5
0-5
0-5
0*5
0-5
0-31 0-31 0-31 0-32 0-3
33. — Myiagra fekro-cyanea, sp. nov.
This species appears to be almost identical with M. menadensis,
Quoy. et G-aim., from the Celebes. The whole of the wings,
however, are uniform in color, and the tibial feathers white.
Adult male. — The whole of the head, neck, upper part of the
chest, the back, rump, and upper tail and wing-coverts, black,
with steel-blue reflections ; wings and tail above, black ; under
wing-coverts, and the basal portion of the secondaries and all
except the first two primaries, white on the inner webs, remainder
of the feathers blackish brown ; tail below black, under tail
coverts, and a narrow line at the base on the inner web of the
outer two feathers pure white ; the lower part of the chest, the
breast, thighs, and remainder of the under surface snow white.
The feathers on the crown of the head slightly produced, erectile.
BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.L.S., 79
Total length, 5 in. ; wing, 2'6 ; tail, 2*5 ; tarsns, 0*65 ; bill from
forehead, 0'6; from gape, 0-6; from nostril, 0*35; width at
angle of the mouth, 0*35 in.
Loc. G-audalcanar.
It is possible that the next species may prove to be the female
of this species, but at present we have no evidence on this point.
34. — Myiagra pallida, sp. nov.
The whole of the head, except the throat, ear-coverts, back of
the neck, and mantle, dark bluish ashy grey ; back, brown, with
a rufous tinge ; wings, dark brown ; the shoulders, ashy ; the
primaries, all except the first two, narrowly margined except at
the tip, and the secondaries broadly margined with pale rufous ;
scapulars and upper coverts washed with the same tint, upper
tail-coverts and tail, pale rufous, the centre two feathers, and
the two on either side on the outer web, washed with brown ;
under surface and the under tail-coverts light rufous; the inner
webs of the secondaries, and basal portions of the inner webs of
the primaries, pale rufous buff ; under wing-coverts, white ;
throat, chest, and remainder of the under surface, white ; bill,
bluish horn color ; legs, lead blue. Total length, 5 in. ; wing,
2*6; tail, 2*5; tarsus, 0*55; bill from forehead, 0*65; from
gape, 0*7 ; from nostril, 0*35 in.
Loc. Lango, G-andalcanar.
35. MONARCHA RUFO-CASTANEA, Sp. U0V.
Adult male. — The whole of the head, throat and neck, sides of
the chest, and all the upper surface of the body, black, slightly
glossy; wings and tail, blackish brown, under surface, dull
brown, the inner webs of the quills inclining to buff on their
basal margins ; the chest, and all the under surface of the body,
under wing and under tail-coverts, dark rich rufous ; bill, bluish
horn color, the margins and tip of lower mandible, whitish.
Total length, 5*8; wing, 3*1 ; tail, 2*65 ; tarsus, 0-57 in.; bill
from forehead, 0*8 ; from gape, 0*85 ; from nostril to tip, 0-5.
80 NOTES ON THE ZOOLOGY OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS,
An immature bird, which is probably the young of this species,
has the whole of the upper surface of the body, head, throat,
and neck, dull bluish grey ; the wings and tail of a brownish
tint ; a slight tint of rufous on the outer webs of the quills of the
wings ; chest slightly tinged with rufous ; breast and abdomen,
flanks and under tail- coverts, rich deep rufous ; bill, black ; legs
and feet, bluish grey. On the whole, this species resembles
HI. inomata of Lesson, but is much deeper in tint, and has the
upper part of the chest washed with deep rufous ; size same as
the preceding adult.
Loc. Lango, Gaudalcanar.
36. — MONARCHA BRODIEI, Sp. n0V.
Adult male. — The whole of the head, chin and throat, ear-
coverts, and all the upper surface of the body, wings and tail
deep shining black ; wings below blackish brown, a little lighter
on the margins of the inner webs, under margin of the shoulder
black, some of the feathers tipped with white, under wing-coverts
white ; smaller wing-coverts above, and the shoulders black, the
greater secondary-coverts white, forming a large white patch on
the wing, tail dull black below the outer three rectrices largely
tipped with white. From near the angle of the mouth, and below
the ear-coverts extending on either side of the throat and neck a
broad patch of white, joining the chest, which with the remainder
of the under surface and under tail-covers is white ; thighs black
tipped with white ; the feathers of the throat elongate, spreading
over the white on the sides and capable of semi-erection as in
Monarcha loricata, Wallace ; If. leucotis, Grould, and If. verticalis ;
the feathers on the forehead short and erect ; legs lead color ; bill
black at the base, culmen and tip, sides bluish- white, margins
and tip of lower mandible whitish ; bristles black shorter than
the bill. Total length 5-6 ; wing 3 in. ; tail 2-85 ; tarsus 0*74 ;
bill from forehead_0-63 ; from gape 0*7 ; from nostril 0-4.
BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.L.S., 81
Adult female and young male. — The female is slightly larger
than the male, all the upper surface dull brown ; tail blackish
brown, three outer feathers largely tipped with white, the
secondary coverts white, washed with light rufous ; the sides of the
throat and of the neck, the chest, and sides of the breast, light
rusty yellow ; flanks washed with the same tint ; abdomen and
under tail-coverts white ; the throat with elongate feathers of a
light brown tinged with rusty ; bill blackish horn color ; legs and
feet lead-blue.
Progress towards maturity. — The brown of the upper surface and
wing feathers becomes black ; the rusty hue of the secondary
coverts, and of the under surface white ; in one immature
specimen I find the throat feathers of the same rusty yellow hue
as the chest and sides.
This fine, distinct species comes near to Monareha loricata of
Wallace, and M. leucotis of Gould, but is quite distinct from them
and also from M. leucura, (Gr. R. Gray).
I have named it after Capt. Brodie of the Schooner "Ariel,"
by whose instrumentality this fine collection was made.
Loc. Lango, Q-audalcanar.
37. — Satjloprocta cockerelli, sp. nov.
Adult male. — The whole of the iipper surface, the head, and
the throat, jet black; the wings and tail, blackish brown; the
inner secondaries and scapulars broadly margined and tipped
with white, which forms a broad white band down the wing ;
over the eye a narrow isolated spot of white ; the chest and breast,
black ; the feathers on the sides of the throat adjacent to the
ear-coverts, very slightly tipped with a subterminal spot of white,
those on the chest conspicuously tipped with a lanceolate oblong
subterminal spot of the same color, which increases in size on
the breast feathers, and joins the white of the abdomen where
the feathers are white with a narrow black margin ; centre of
82 NOTES ON THE ZOOLOGY OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS,
the abdomen, flanks, and under tail-coverts, pure white ; the bases
of all the feathers black ; under wing-coverts, blackish brown
tipped with white ; under surface of wings and tail, brown ; bill
and legs, black ; rictse stiff and strong, black not reaching to the
tip of the bill. Total length, 6-2 inches ; wing, 3-4 ; tail, 3-5 ;
tarsus, 0*58 ; bill from forehead, 0*7 in. ; from gape, 0-73 ; from
nostril, 0*4. in.
I have named this species after Mr. James Cockerell, a most
persevering collector, who has collected largely in Tropical
Australia and in the Islands of the Austro-Malayan Region.
Loc. Lango, Gaudalcanar.
38. — Sauloprocta tricolor, Vieill.
Several specimens, this species is nothing more than a large
form of S. moUicilloides, and is identical with Muscicapa Melaleuca,
of Quoy et Gaim.
Loc. Gaudalcanar.
39 . — Rhipldttra rtjbroprontata, sp. no v.
This species comes close to R. torrida, "Wallace, P. Z. $., 1865
p. 477, but is smaller, has the ear-coverts brown, not black; the
black of the chest confined to that region, and not extending over
the breast ; more rufous on the forehead ; and much more white
on the tips of the tail feathers.
Adult. — All the upper surface brown, warmer brown on the
scapularies and upper wing-coverts, shading into rich rufous on
the rump and upper tail-coverts, which color also extends slightly
on to the basal portion of the outer webs of the rectrices and their
shafts, remainder of the tail above and below blackish brown,
all the feathers largely tipped with white ; forehead to above the
eye, and the under tail-coverts rich rufous ; spot in front of the
eye and ear-coverts blackish -brown, lower eye-lid white ; throat
and a lateral stripe, extending to just beyond the ear-coverts
BY E. P. KAMSAY, F.L.S. 83
white ; chest below the white throat, black ; the lower portion
having white margins to the feathers ; sides brown, having a
rufous tinge towards and on the flanks ; thighs rufous-brown ;
abdomen, white ; wings above rich brown, with a faint tinge of
rufous on the outer webs of the secondaries and scapulars ; a
rufous spot on the under margin of the wing, under coverts
white ; on the crown of the head, behind the rufous frontal band
the feathers have a slightly striated appearance, from their
central portions being slightly darker ; bill and rictse, black, the
latter not extending to the tip ; legs, dark olive brown. Total
length, 5-2; wing, 2-6; tail, 3*1; tarsus, 07; bill from forehead
0-55, from nostril to tip, 0*3.
Loc. Lango, Gaudalcanar.
40. — ClXNYRIS EKENATA, Mull.
Several specimens of this widely distributed species ; I have
compared them with specimens from Duke of York Islands, Port
Moresby, Cape York, Trinity Bay, and Port Denison, without
finding any differences betwen them.
Loc. Graudalcanar.
41. — ClNNYKIS (?) DUBIA, Sp. HOV.
Adult male. — All the front of the head, sides of the head,
crown, ear-coverts, and throat, black ; back of the neck, chest,
and all the upper and under surface of the body, olive yellow,
of a clearer yellow on the inter-scapular region and back ; wings
and tail fuscous black ; the outer webs of all the quills, except
the first two primaries, and the outer two rectrices, margined with
olive yellow ; under wing-coverts, and the basal portion of the
inner webs of the quills, white ; axillaries, yellowish ; under
surface of the wings and tail, blackish brown ; under tail-coverts,
dark brown, washed with olive yellow. Total length to base of
bill, 4 in. ; wing, 2*6; tail, 2 in. ; tarsus, 0*7 in.; bill from
forehead, 0*86 ; from nostril to tip, 0*57 ; culnien, 0"9.
84 NOTES ON THE ZOOLOGY OF THE SOLOMON ISLANDS,
A young bird has the ear-coverts brown, and an indication of
a yellowish orange patch on the chest, some feathers also on the
rump and upper tail coverts have an orange brown tinge.
I am in doubt whether this species may not prove to belong to
the Meliphagidae, coming between the genera Myzomela and
Glyciphila.
Loc. Savo.
42. — Butoroides javanica, Horsfield.
One specimen only.
Loc. Savo.
43. — Sterna gracilis, Gould.
One specimen only.
Loc. Savo.
44. — Stjla eusca, Gould.
One specimen only.
Loc. Savo.
45. — Photon elavirostris, Brandt.
One specimen only.
Loc. Savo.
85
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA.
Part IY. and Y.
Remarks on recent Collections, made by Mr. Andrew
Goldie, in the South East portion of New Guinea and
the louisiades.
By Ed. P. Ramsay, F.L.S. ; C.M.Z.S. ; Cor. Memb. Eoyal
Soc. Tasmania; &c.
f Continued from page 305, Vol. III., 1878.,/
Mr. Goldie having recently returned from New Guinea, lias
placed at my disposal a third collection of Mammals and Birds,
which he has recently obtained during his excursions inland.
The farthest point reached by Mr. Goldie was about 70 miles
from the Coast, and here the most interesting portion of his
collection was made ; of the remainder, consisting chiefly of
such species as I have previously recorded, I shall mention only
those not before enumerated, or those which I consider of
special interest.
MAMMALS.
Part IY.
1. — Pteropus conspicillatus, Gould.
Mamm. A ust. Vol. III., pi. 29.
Several specimens from Port Moresby.
Pteropus sp.
A large species, not unlike the large rufous-bodied species
from the New Hebrides.
Total length of body . . 12 inches
Humerus . . . . . . 5*3
Ulna and Radius . . . . 6*8
86
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA,
The Thumb, 1st. joint
0*75 inches, enclosed in membrane
„ 2nd, „
1*7 inches.
„ 3rd. ,,
0-95 (including the nail).
Nail
0-85 width at its base 0'3 inches.
First finger
5*3 inches.
Second finger
13-1
Fourth finger
8-6
Femur
2-3 „
Tibia
3-1
Foot and longest toe
2-2 ,,
Width of interfemoral
membrane from
perineum
0*7 to outer margin.
heel
1*3 ,t fj
knee
1*8 t) ,,
Length of tendon from heel
1-4
Ditto from knee-joint
1-2
The ear, length
1 inch.
Ditto, breadth at base . .
0-6
From nose to base of skull . .
3-2 inch.
„ „ to angle of mouth
1*2 „
,, ,, to ear
2-8 „
„ „ to eye . .
1-6 „
Expanse of wings 4 ft. 4 in. The wings joined to the middle of
the back, a narrow strip down the back clothed with adpressed
hair, light brown, slightly tawny and sprinkled with a few grey
hairs ; this strip expands over the rump and interfemoral membrane
where the hair is a little darker in tint. Wings below, clothed with
a few weak yellowish hairs as far as the end of the humerus, the
upper side of the wings quite naked, and of a reddish brown tint ;
head and face grisly-brown, yellowish on forehead, eyelids and
stripe to the nose ; nose and chin, bare ; with a few long blackish-
rufous hairs on nose and face ; neck behind and margins of the
BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.L.S. 87
shoulders yellowish-tawny, all the under surface tawny, darker
in tint and slightly rufescent.*
2. — Macropus crassipes, Ramsay, P. L. S. of N. S. W., Vol. I.,
p. 162.
Several large specimens, the largest measures —
Total length from nose to tip of tail, 5 feet 7 inches.
Tail, 2 feet 7 inches; forearm and hand about 11 in., f.s.u.J
longest nail, 1*2.
Hind foot and toes, f.s.u.J, 8*6 ; nail of great toe, 1*6.
Head, 7-5 ; ear, 3 inches ; from tip of nose to ear, 6 4 — to
eye, 3-8.
Dendrogaltjs sp.
I find no specimens of any Dendrogalus in Mr. Goldie's collection;
it is probably the next species my informant referred to as
having been obtained.
3. — Dorcopsis luctuosa, Garrod, P. Z. S., 1875,^?. 43, ^>/. VII.
Halmaturus luctuosus, B'Albertis, P. Z. S., 1874,^?. 110.
Two spirit specimens, females, and three skins, males, of this
fine species; Mr. Garrod has given such an exhaustive
account in his valuable memoir, above quoted, that it is needless
to add any remarks of my own, I may mention however that the
largest specimen measures : —
Total length, (dried skin); $ , 3 feet 9 inches ; tail, 16^- inches;
head to ears, 4*3 inches ; hand and nails, 2*5 inches ; hind
foot and nails, 5 inches.
The females, although very small specimens, were carrying
good sized young in their pouches.
Loc. Scrubs on the Goldie and Laloki Rivers.
* I can find no description of this species in any work at my disposal, but it
has probably been described long ago.
88 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA,
4. — Perameles moresbiensis, Ramsay; P. L. S., N. S. W.,
Yoll. II., p. 14.
Several specimens, adults and young.
Loc. Laloki, and Groldie Eiver s.
BIEDS.
Part V.
(The species not previously recorded are numbered continuously from
Vol, III., p. 305, 1878J
The collection of Birds contains about 500 specimens, including
several of the new species, which I have recently described in
former papers, there are also several species of interest which are
worthy of mention.
^Egotheles bennettii, Sclater.
I find no differences between any of the specimens, it does
not appear to be rare on the Laloki Eiver.
205. — Strix tenebricosus, Gould.
One fine specimen, much darker, and the white spots above
smaller, than in the Australian specimens, this species has an
extensive range, all over the South, the Eastern, and North East
portion of Australia. In a young bird from Eockingham Bay
the spots above are very much larger, and the wings strongly
barred with patches of white vermiculations ; the whole of the
under surface, ashy on the breast, and white on the abdomen and
under tail-coverts, is barred with irregular markings of blackish
slate-color. In the New Guinea bird, the ashy tint is darker and
pervades the whole of the under surface, the ends of the feathers
are blackish-slate color, with white irregular bars; some of the wing
quills are blackish brown, the bars only visible in certain lights.
Loc. Laloki Eiver.
BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.L.S., 89
Nixox undulata, Ramsay.
This species of which we have now a second specimen, seems
to be closely allied to Ninox humeralis, Homb. et Jacq., Voyage au
Pole Stid., Zool. III., p. 51 ; on examination of the plate and
description in this work however, I believe sufficient differences
will be found to warrant its being separated therefrom as a distinct
species.
Log. Laloki Biver.
206. — Cuculus caxoroides, Mull,
Five specimens, adults and young, scarcely to be distinguished
from the European form C. canorus, to which species these, as
well as the Australian birds, must eventually be referred.
Log. Goldie River.
G-RATJCALUS boyeri, Q. et Gaim.
Two specimens, adult male and female.
Log. Goldie River.
207. — Campephaga sp.|
Probably new, resembling C. rufiventris, but the under surface
closely barred from the chin to the flanks with narrow black wavy
lines ; under tail-coverts clear light rufous ; under wing-coverts
white; total length, (of skin) 6'3; wing, 3*6; bill, 0-5; tarsus,
0-6 ; tail, 3*5.
Loc. Laloki River.
Dexdeochelidon mystacea, Less.
Two specimens from Teste Island.
Myiagra pltjmbea, Vig. Sf Horsf.
Gould, Bds. Aust.Jol. Vol. II., pi 89 ; id., Handbook, p. 352.
f Perhaps C polygrammiea Gr. R. G-ray.
90 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA,
Two specimens in Mr. Goldie' s collection botli males, I find no
material difference between them and the Australian examples ;
however they are a trifle smaller, and of a shade lighter in tint.
Wing, 3*2 inches ; bill, 0*6 inches.
Loc. Laloki River.
MlCRJECA ALBOERONTATA, Ramsay .
Mr. Goldie informs me he shot several of this fine species at a
considerable distance inland on the Goldie River, but most of the
specimens, failing in the water, were swept away before he could
secure them ; they frequent the opens in the scrubs, and in habits
resemble the other species of the genus.
Loc. Laloki River.
208. — Mach^erirhynchus elaviventer, Gould.
Quite the same as the Australian specimens. One specimen
in spirits from Groldie Rriver, much damaged in shooting.
Loc. Scrubs on Groldie River, f A.M.J omitted from previous
list.
Eupetes ajax, Temm.
Eupetes ajax, Temm., PI. Col. 573, (1835), juv.
Eupetes goldiei, Ramsay, P. L. Soc. of N.S.W., III., p. 303.
Cinclosoma ajax, D^Albertis and Salvadori, Ann. del Mus. Civic,
di Genov. XIV„ p. 69, (1879).
This is a typical Eupetes, and not a Cinclosoma, and is apparently
rare, the only specimen obtained was found at a great distance
inland on the Goldie River. Mr. Kendal Broadbent described
a bird to me which was in Mr. Ingham's collection, and shot
also some 50 miles inland ; it is, I think without doubt, identical
with this species. The coloring and style of marking closely
resemble some of the Australian species of Cinclosoma, and in
habits the birds are much the same, being seldom if ever, known to
BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.L.S., 91
perch, on a branch or tree. Mr. Broadbent informs me that Eupetes
ccerulesceus, (E. nigrocrissus of Salvadori), of which species also
Mr. Goldie has sent several specimens, is never fonnd except on
the ground, and is lively and active in its movements.
Loc. Mountain scrubs of the Goldie Eiver.
209. — ? Eectes decipiens, Salvadori.
Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. di St. Nat. Genov. XII., 22 Ltiglio. 1878.
The specimen before me differs from Dr. Salvadori's description
in having the head and throat, and the wings and tail above jet
black ; the remainder of the plumage rich cinnamon-rufous above,
a little paler below ; the outer tail feathers slightly margined
with rufous on the outer web, towards the tip. Total length 9*5
inches; wing, 4*2 ; tail 4'1 ; tarsus, 1*3; bill from forehead, 1-2.
Loc. Scrubs of the G-oldie River.
210. — DlCRTTRTJS BRACTEATTTS, Gfould.
The thick billed variety of a Dicrurus noted under D. carlonmius
(Vol. III., p. 276), I believe on closer examination to belong to
this species, others not differing from the N. S. "Wales examples
were also obtained.
211. — Microglosstjs ATERRiMus, Gmel.
Several specimens from Port Moresby and Laloki Eiver.
Individuals vary considerably in size. The young have a band
of feathers across the breast margined with yellow.
212. — Cacattja galerita, Lath.
One specimen in Mr. Goldie' s collection undoubtedly the same
as the Australian birds from Cape York.
Trichoglossus subplacens, Sclater.
Mr. Goldie obtained a number of this species about 50 miles
inland, they do not differ in any way from those from the Duke
of York's group.
92 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA,
213. — Cyclopsittacus cervicalis, Salvadori.
Five specimens; three males, and two females of this beautiful
species were obtained near the Goldie River.
214. — Henicophaps albifrons, G. R. Gray.
P. Z. S., 1867, p. 92, pi. 47-
Two fine specimens from Mr. Goldie's collection, and one
specimen in the late Mr. Ingham's collection, obtained by
Broadbent ; from the Goldie Eiver scrubs and mountain ranges.
215. — Hemipodius melanotus, Gould.
One specimen only, the first I have seen from New Guinea,
although it is not uncommon at Cape York and on the Islands
in Torres Straits.
216. — PORZANA QUADRISTRIGATA, Horsf.
Gould, Bds. Aust., Handbook II, p. 343.
One young specimen much damaged.
Loc. Laloki Eiver*
217. — SCBJENICLUS AUSTRALIS, Goilld.
218. — Scileniclus (Tringa) albescens, Temm.
One specimen of each species, quite the same as the Australian
birds.
219. — JEgialitis mongolus, Pallas.
A single specimen! from Teste Island, in winter plumage.
Note on the JEgialitis hiatieula, (Linn.) mentioned on page 297,
Vol. in., (1878).
* Respecting the name of this River, finding that Mr. Stone calls it the
" Zaroki," I made numerous enquiries of various persons who had visited
Port Moresby, and also of a Native of the tribe living there, who
accompanied Mr. Goldie to Sydney ; — all stated it to be " Laloki."
BY E. P. EAMSAY, F.L.S.
93
?JEgialitis fltjviatilis, Bechst.
JEgialitis hiaticula, Linn., Bamsay, P. L. S. of N. S. "W. III.,
p. 297.
In my former remarks I referred this species to JEgialitis
hiaticula, (Linn.), but on a closer examination I find that it
cannot be referred to that species ; the birds are smaller, especially
in the wings, and the tarsi longer, by nearly 0*1 inch; the black
frontal band is larger and bounded in front with white, which
reaches to the bill ; black band on hind neck broad, the white one
narrow ; there is no white on the inner webs of any of the quills
which are of a uniform brown, a little lighter on the inner webs ;
in all respects it agrees better with JEgialitis fluviatilis, (Bechst.)
of which it is probably a variety.
A European male specimen before me measures : —
Inches.
Total length (about)
Wing
Tail
Tarsus
Bill from forehead
„ „ gape
The New G-uinea birds average : —
Total length (about)
Wing
[The tertiaries equal the length of
Tail
Tarsus
Bill from forehead
„ „ gape
The chief differences being in the size, and in the New Guinea
bird having pure white outer tail feathers ; the second feather
on either side has only a trace of the brown band ; no white on
the quills.
6-5
4-7
2-5
1
0-61
0-6
.. 6
.. 4-1
the primaries.]
.. 2-2
.. 1*03
.. 0-7
.. 0-7
94 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA,
220. — Sula fiber, Linn.
One specimen from South East Cape.
Erratum. — Vol. III., p. 265, for keraudreneri, rM^keraudreni.
In giving a list of the birds in these collections, I have not
attempted any scientific classification, but have just enumerated
them as they came most conveniently to hand, putting them under
their various orders and families, more for the sake of convenient
reference than for classification.
It will be observed that, of the 220 species here enumerated,
many of them are now for the first time recorded from the Port
Moresby district ; it may also be noticed how closely the avifauna
of these districts resembles that of the adjacent shores of Australia,
in a great many instances the species being identical, and in
others, represented by closely allied species ; for instance,
Aprosmictus chloropterus, f represents A. cyanopyghis.
Trichoglossus massence, ,, T. nevcu-lioUandice.
Tanysiptera salvadoriana, ,, T. sylvia.
JEopsaltria placens, f ,, JE. capito, etJE. nana.
Craspedophora magnifica, ,, C. alberti.
Manucodia Iceraudreni, \ ,, M. gouldii.
Sphecotheres salvadorii, ,, S. flaviventris.
Oriolus striatus, „ 0. affinis.
Zosterops longirostris, ,, Z. iuteus.
There is also a similarity with the fauna of New Britain, New
Ireland, and Duke of York Islands ; we find some of the birds
inhabiting these Islands identical with the New Guinea species ;
— Chalcophaps johie?ises, Carpophaga van-ivy ckii, Ptilopus rivoli,
Caloenas nicobarica Sfc; those collected at South Cape and adjacent
f Recently described by Mr. Sharpe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th Ser. Vol. 3,
No. 16, p. 313, as Pcecilodryas flavicincta, and Aprosmictus broadbentii,
respectively.
J Phonygama jamesi, Sharpe.
BY E. P. KAMSAY, F.L.S. 95
localities and towards the Louisiades, are as might be expected,
identical with species from the Solomon Islands, — Caloems nico-
barica, (Linn.), Chahophaps chrysochlora, fWagl.J ; Ptilopus rivoli
Carpophaga van-wyckii, C.pacifica, C .spilorrhoa, Loriushypamochrous
Trichoglossus massence, Sauloprocta tricolor, and many others as will
be seen in the List showing the distribution of the species. Out of
the 224 species enumerated about 95 of them are found in
Australia, 7 only of these being Sea birds, and if I add to
this list other Australian species obtained by D'Albertis, and
during the Macleay Expedition, the number of Australian species
found in New Guinea will reach 150 — and out of the 140 genera
107 are also found to be common to both Countries.
Of fifteen genera and twenty species of mammals known to me
from the South East Coast of New Guinea ; thirteen genera and
ten species at least, are also found on the adjacent coast of
Australia.
List showing the distribution of the species. The names of
those I have recently described as new are in small capitals.
•m &,§ o «
~ o Q.S »*^ _. m rt
S-3 '3 °g §S !«
"S3 "S^ -25 .22 s
1. Haliaetus leucogaster, Gm. . . ^ ^ ^ *
2. Haliastur gii'renera, Vieill. % ^ # - *
3. Haliastur sphenurus, Vieill. ^ % ^
4. Baza reinwardtii, M. Sf Seh. . . ^ * ?
5. Milvus affinis, Gould . . * *
6. Henicopernis longicauda, Gam.. ^
7. Macheerhamphus alcinus, Wester man %
8. Accipiter (cirrhocephalus ? ) . . ^ *
9. Astue, shaepei, Ramsay
*
10. Astur leucosomus, Sharpe ^ #
1 1 . Pandion leucocephalus, Gould . . # # # *
12. Strix delicatulus, GW(£ . . * * * *
96
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA,
*
13. Strix tenebri30sus, Gould
14. Ninox dimorpha, Sahad.
15. Ninox albomaculata, Ramsay
16. Ninox undulata, Ramsay
17. Microglossus atterimus, Gm.
18. Cacatua galerita, Lath.
19. Nasiterna pusilla, Ramsay
20. Aprosmictus chloropterus, Ramsay %
21. Cyclopsittacus suavissinius, Sclat. %
22. Cyclopsittacus cervicalis, Salv. .
23. Geoffroyius aruensis, G. R. Gray %
24. Eclectus polychlorus, Scop.
25. Eos fuscata, Blyth.
26. Lorius hypsenochrous, G.R. Gray
27. Chalcopsittacus chloropterus, Salv.
28. Trichoglossus masseuse, Bp.
29. Trichoglossus subplacens, Sclat. .
30. Cuculus canoroides, Midler
31. Lamprococcyx niinutilus, Gould. .
32. Lamprococcyx lucidus, Temm. . .
33. Lamprococcyx (meyeri, Sahad.)?.
34. Cacomantis assimilis, G. R. Gray
35. Cacomantis dumetorum, Gould. .
36. Eudynamys cyanocephala, Lath.
37. Scythrops novse-hollandiee, Lath.
38. Centropus spilopterus, G.R.Gray
39. Centropus menbeckii, Less.
40. Alcyone affinis, 67. R. Gray
41. Alcyone pusilla, Temm.
42. Ceyx solitarius, Less.
43. Tanysiptera galatea, fvar.J Salv.
v'f
"SO
Q
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
#
*
*
*
j£
%
#
*
*
*
*
*
BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.L.S. 97
a
2-- o :
3 °S §3
IS i«3 j£ -§»
44. Tanysiptera salvadoriaxa, Ramsay % #
45. Synia torotoro, Less. . . ^
46. Halcyon macleayi, Jard. 8f Selb. # ^ #
47. Halcyon albicilla, Cuv. . . .# ^ *
48. Halcyon sanctus, V. 8f H. # ^ ^ * *
49. Dacelo gaudicbaudi, Q. 6?£ 6rWw. ^.
50. Dacelo leachii, Vig. Sr Horsf. f . . # *
51. Melidora macrorhynclia, Z^.s. .. ^
52. Merops ornatus, Lath. . • • # * * *
53. Rbytidoceros plicatus, Pe»». # # * #?
54. Eurystomus crassirostris, #c£. * * * *
55. Podargus papuensis, Q. et G. . . $ *
56. Podargus (? tnarmoratus, Gould.) % %
57. u^Egotheles bennettii, Sal v ad. . . ^
58. Caprimulgns macrourus, Horsf. . ^. *
59. Dendrocbelidon mystacea, Less . . * * # *
60. Collocalia spodiopygia, P^«/<3 * * •
61. Manucodia atra, Less.. . #
62. Manncodia keraudreni, Z<?ss. J . . ^.
63. Ptilorbis magnifieus, Vie ill. . . %
64. Paradisea raggiana, $£/«£. . . ^
65. Cicinnurns regia, Linn. . . ^
66. Chlamydodera cerviniventris, Gould # #
67. Ailurcedus stonei, Sharpe . . ^
68. Peltops blainvillei, GWw. . . *
69. Piezorbyncbus alecto, Temm. . . ^ * * *
70. Macbserirbyncbus flaviventer, Gould^ %
7 1 . Monarcba carinata, V. fy H. . . % #
t D. intermedius, Salvad.
% Phonygama jamesi, Sharpe.
03
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ZOOLOGY OF NFV GUINEA,
Pn
72. Monarcha guttulatus, Gam.
73. Monarcha amensis, Salvad.
74. Monarcha melanoptera, G. R. Gray
15. Arses enado, Less. Sf Gam
76. Myiagra plumbea, Gould
77. Rhipidura setosa, Q. et Gaim. . .
78. Rhipldura castaneothorax, Ramsy.^
79. Rhipedura ambusta, Ramsay . . *
80. Sanloprocta tricolor, Vie ill. . . *
81. Microeca flavigaster, Gould .. #
82. Microeca albofrontata, Ramsay %
83. Micrseca ? flavovirescens, G.R. Gray *
84. Eopsaltria placens, Ramsay . .
85. Gterygone inconspicua, Ramsay
86. Glerygone cinerascens, Sharpe ..
87. Malurus alboscapulatns, Meyer. .
88. Todopsis cyanocephala. Q. et Gaim.
89. Cisticola rullceps, Gould
90. Oisticola lineocapilla, Gould
91. Hylochelidon nigricans, Ze#s. . .
92. Hirnndo javanica, Sparm.
93. Dicrurns carbonarius, Bp.
94. Dicrurus bracteatus, Gould
95. Artamus lencopygialis, Gould . .
96. Dicseuni rnbrocoronatum, Sharpe
97. Melanocharis (? unicolor, Salvad.)
98. Pitta novae-giiineEe, 31. Sf Schl
99. Pitta macklotii, Temm.
100. Eup'etes nigrocrissus, Salvad.
101. Enpetes ajax, Temm. .
102. Corvus orru, #. J/w/Z. .
*
a.03
§■■8
S 2
Q
?■ a
CO
* *
* # *
#
#
*?
BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.L.S.
99
103. Gymnocorax senex, Less.
104. Oriolus striatus, Q. et Gaim.
105. Sphecotberes salvaclorii, Sharpe..
106. Eulabes duraontii, Less.
107. Gracula orientalis, Schley. \
108. Calornis cantoroides, Less.
109. Calornis metallica, Temm.
110. Pomatostouiiis isidori, Less.
111. Pseudorectes f errugineus, S. Mull
112. Rectes decipiens, Salvadori
113. Colluricincla brunnea, Gould . .
114. Collurieiiicla niegarbyncba, Q. et G. #
115. Cracticus cassicus, Bodd.
116. Cracticus mentalis, Salv.fy D'Alb
117. Cracticus quoyi, Less.. .
118. Pacbycepbala melanura, Gould..
119. Pachycephala collapjs, Ramsay
120. Pacbycepbala sp. fwot?. ?)
121. Pachycephala euliginata, Ramsay #
122. Pachycephala brunnea, Ramsay\
123. Graucalus strenua, Schley. ||
124. Graucalus melanops, Lath.,
125. Graucalus angustifrons, Sharpe. .
126. Edoliosoma melas, #. JI/k/7.
127. Edoliosoraa plumbea, #. -3/m//. . .
128. Edoliosoma (sp. ?)
129. Edoliosoma fschisticeps ?)
#
*
*f o
o 5"
« 2
CO
f Miiio robersoni, D'Albertis.
X The specific term of brunnea having been previously adopted for another
species of Pachycephala, that of dubia may be used for this species.
|| (G-. coeruleogriseus, G. E- Gray.)?
100 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA,
g-S o,5 >*<3
2-22 Sg ©g 3s
SO g^ ^O ^
*
130. Campephaga boyeri, Q. et Gaim.] #
131. Campephaga sloetii, Schleg. . . #
132. Campephaga rufiventris, S. et J. #
133. Campephaga sp. ? . . • • #
1 34. Myzomela obscura, Gould . . # #
135. Conopophila albogularis, Gould.. #
136. Stigmatops alboauricularis, Ramsay
137. Ptilotis germana, Ramsay
138. Ptilotis analoga, Reich. • • # # #
139. Ptilotis versicolor, 6row&? . . # #
140. Xanthotis filigera, Gould . . . # #
141. Grlyciphila subf asciata, Ramsay . . # *
142. Philemon novae guineas, #. Mull. #
143. Plectorhyncha stictocephalus, && #
144. Melithreptus albogularis, Gould # # #
145. Cinnyris frenata, #. Jfw#. . . # # # # #
146. Cinnyris aspazise, Less. fvar.J . . # #?
147. Zosterops longirostris, Ramsay
148. Munia caniceps, Sal v ad.
149. Donacola nigriceps, Ramsay . .
150. Ptilopus gestroi, Sahad. $ If Alb. *
151. Ptilopus iozonus, C. i?. Gray .. #
152. Ptilopus perlatus, Temm. fvar.J . .
153. Ptilopus coronulatus, #. iZ. 6Vr///
154. Ptilopus pulchellus, Temm.
155. Ptilopus aurantiifrons, G.R.Gray #
156. Ptilopus rivolii, Prevost.
157. Ptilopus superba, Tfemm.
158. Ptilopus^Jf^/^r^^ypoliura,^?.# #?
159. Carpophaga mulleri, Temm. . . #
t C. subalaris, Sharpc.
#
# #
BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.L.S.
101
11
-
160. Carpopliaga zose, Less. . . #
161. Carpopliaga rufiventris, Q.et Gaim #
162. Carpopliaga pinon, Q. et Gaim.. . *
163. Carpopliaga van-Avickii, Cass. . .
164. Carpopliaga ( Globicera) paciiica, Gaim.
169. Carpopliaga spilorrhoa, G. R. Gray #
170. Ianthrenas albogularis, Bp.
171. Reinwardtaena reinwardtii, Temm.
172. G-eopelia humeralis, Temm.
173. G-eopelia placida, Gould
174. Chalcophaps chrysochlora, Wagl.
175. Chalcophaps stephani, Puch. et J.
176. Chalcophaps jobiensis, Schley. . .
177. Henicophaps albifrons, Gray . .
178. Gloura d'albertisi, Salvad.
179. Caloenas nicobarica, Linn.
180. Megapodius duperreyi, Less. . . #
181. Megapodius ( Taleg alius) f uscirostris, #
182. Synoicus cervinus, Gould.
183. Hemipodius melanotus, Gould
184. Nimienius cyanopus, V.
185. Numenius uropygialis, Gould ,
186. Lobivanellus miles, Bodd.
187. Squatarola helvetica, Linn.
188. ^gialitis geofTroyi, Wayler.
189. jiEgialitis fluviatilis, Linn.
190. ^gialitis mongolus, Pallas.
191. Triuga crassirostris, Temm.
192. Tringa (Schoeniclus) albescens, Temm
193. Tringa australis, Jard. fy Selb. . .
194. Actitis hypoleucos, Linn. . . #
#
*3 o
ccd8
#
#
#
So
O 3
a> g
P
t~t CO
5 "2
0-(
# #
#
#
#
#
«
102 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA,
195. Granibetta pulverulentus, Mull. . .
196. Eallina tricolor, G. R. Gray ..
197. Porphyrio melanopterus, Temm. .
198. Grallinula tenebrosa, GouU
199. Gallinula ruficrissa, GouU
200. Porzana quadristrigata, Horsf. . .
201. Parra nov^-guine^:, Ramsay . .
202. Butoroides javanica, Horsf.
203. Butoroides ilavicollis, Lath.
204. Tigrisoma heliosyla, Less.
205. Nycticorax caledonieus, Gmel. . .
206. Herodias garzetta, Linn.
207. Demiegretta sacra, Gmel.
208. Mycteria australis, Lath.
209. Tadorna radjali, Gam.
210. Dendrocygna guttata, Forsten . .
211. Dendrocygna vagans, Eyton. ..
212. Anas castanea, Eyton. .
213. Anas superciliosa, Gmel.
214. Sterna anglica, Mont.. .
215. Sterna bergeri, Litcht. .
216. Sterna anosthseta, Scop.
217. Sterna melanauchen, Temm.
218. Podiceps novse-liollandise, Steph.
219. Pelecanus conspicillatus, Temm. .
220. Plotus novserhollandiae, Gould . .
221. Phalacrocorax melanoleucos, V. .
222. Tacliypetes aquila, Cuv.
223. Sula cyanops, Sund.
224. Sula fiber, Linn.
>>
"S3
si
to
« o
#
O 3
O o
as
Q
2 «
Si*
O tn
C5
t-c
&0
*
#
#
#
#
#
#
*
#
#
*
*
#
#
#
*
#
#
#
#
#
*
#
#
#
*
#
#
*
*
#
#
#
#
#
#
*
*
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
*
#
#
*
#
#
#
*
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
*
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
#
103
The Proposed Zoological Station at Sydney.
By N. De Miklouho-Maclay.
No one to whom the progress of Biology is not a matter of
indifference, will be surprised that I again take up the subject
of the foundation of a Zoological Station in Sydney. It is an
Institution too important for all branches of Biology for the idea
to be dropped.
That the urgent necessity of the matter is already understood,
and the idea here and there is coming to a practical issue, witness
the Zoological Stations in Europe and America, about the
institution of which news has appeared in various periodicals
since the 26th of August last year, when I first had the honor to
direct the' attention of the Society to this subject. [Vide
" Nature," August 29th, 1878.]
Some days ago I had the pleasure of reading in "Nature"
( ) a communication concerning the Zoological
Station in Naples. I am very much pleased that it has fallen to
the lot of my friend, Dr. A. Dohrn, to have made himself in so
high a degree useful to science. It is in truth a splendid result;
about a hundred investigators have availed themselves of this
opportunity to prosecute scientific investigations, of which, had this
opportunity not offered itself, but few would have been carried
out. So much the more must one treasure such a service as it is
so far removed from egotism, and is the outcome of honest love
of science, and a proper understanding of its needs.
The same scheme with which I came before the Linnean
Society five and a half months ago, I have also sent to Japan to
the German Eastern- Asiatic Society, and propose also sending it
to M. A. Godeffroy in Samoa, and I have reason to believe that
my proposals will not be without result in both places. The
104 THE PROPOSED ZOOLOGICAL STATION AT SYDNEY,
combined working of these three or four Zoological Stations,
Japan for the northern, Samoa for the tropical, Sydney (also if
possible in course of time in some place in New Zealand) for the
southern region of the Pacific, will result in a few years in
presenting us with a very complete conception of the fauna of
the Pacific !
But as regards the question : What has heen done during these
last five or six months for the foundation of a Zoological Station in
Sydney ? I must answer with regret — nothing !
It is true that the Hon. Wm. Macleay has not neglected to place
at the disposal of any bona-fide investigator his museum, library,
and microscopes. Mr. W. A. Haswell and I have made use of this
liberal permission. Mr. E. P. Ramsay has afforded me the
opportunity of carrying on my work in the Australian Museum ;
the Trustees of that Institution have entered also in a most
obliging manner into several of my projects. While expressing
the most heartfelt thanks to all these gentlemen, I can, however,
only repeat that nothing has yet been done for the Zoological
Station in Sydney.
It would be a total misunderstanding of what is wanted, a
bitter satire on the idea of a Zoological Station, to call the
present working-places " Temporary Zoological Stations."
The nearly six months of my stay have confirmed my conviction
that Sydney is an important and extremely convenient locality
for a Zoological Station.
My intended short visit in Sydney has, nolens volens, on account
of the interesting and valuable material, lengthened itself out to
a stay of about half a year. A few dredging excursions in Port
Jackson have shown me how rich and varied the marine fauna
here is.
When I speak again on this theme — of the foundation of a
Zoological Station — I assuredly do not address myself specially
to the Linnean Society of New South Wales. I only embrace
BY N. DE MIKL0TJH0-MACLAY. 105
this opportunity to lay the matter earnestly before every friend
of Biological Science in Australia. For science it is of no
moment whether A or B does it ; whether in this case Mr.
Macleay, or the Trustees of the Australian Museum, or anyone
else, takes upon him this important task. But to me as a
stranger, it is easier to look at the whole matter impartially in a
true light, and rightly to judge of the great advantages for the
progress of science of a Station in Australia. But at the same
time to me as a stranger, the ways and means for attaining the
desired end are less known than to most of the gentlemen present.
On that account I leave this part of the matter to those who are
more competent ; but I declare myself ready willingly to do
everything that stands in my power for this project: — where
science is concerned, all trifling considerations as a matter of
course must give way. As the continuation of my journey will
probably not allow me the pleasure of being present when a
Zoological Station is definitely instituted, perhaps I may be
allowed to indicate some points which must be borne in mind in
connection with the arrangement and use of the future Station :
1. — It is very desirable (and every diligent investigator will
share the opinion) that the opportunity should be offered to each
man of science making use of the Station, if even with the
minimum of comfort, to live in the station itself. It is in my
opinion a very important point : in the first place a very great
saving of time will result, and in the second the investigator will
thus be in a position to lose no moment in which he feels himself
to be in the mood most suitable for work.
2. — A supply of glasses should be purchased wholesale, in
order that they may be lent to the investigators making use of
the Station, or sold to them at wholesale price. Spirits of wine
and other preservative media should also be obtained wholesale,
and be free to the workers at wholesale price.
106 THE PROPOSED ZOOLOGICAL STATION AT SYDNEY,
3. — The material used for investigation, if it is left behind by
the investigators, should either (as may frequently be the case)
be put aside as an interesting anatomical preparation in a
permanent collection in the Zoological Station, or if it is worth
the cost of preservation (the price of the spirit) be kept as
material.
I have not grudged the time for going into these details, for I
am so perfectly convinced of the absolute necessity of the
Zoological Station, that I merely regard its foundation as a
matter of time, and also because everything that I say here for
the future Station in Sydney applies to any other (Japan, Islands
of the Pacific, &c.) The interval between the bringing forward
of my proposal (September, 1878,) and the actual foundation will
afford a good test of the degree and intensity of scientific life in
Australia — at least in Sydney.
Mr. Archer considered it a singular coincidence that while
Baron Miclouho-Maclayhad been pressing so ably on the attention
of the Scientific Societies of the City, the necessity for a Zoological
Station at Sydney, he should have received from so eminent an
authority on Aquaria as Mr. Lloyd a letter expressing his desire
to see an Aquarium established on the shores of Port Jackson.
* * * " It is a matter greatly to be regretted that you
possess no such means, as we have here, for observing the lower
forms of animal life, in a living state. I shall be most happy to
contribute in any way in my power to the establishment of
an Aquarium which would afford facilities for observing the
interesting, and little known fauna of Australia." * * *
A conversation of an interesting nature ensued in which Dr. Cox
and others took part, discussing the best means for ensuring the
desired result.
107
EXHIBITS.
ByDb. Cox. — Young Cocoanuts and Dates from Port Mackay
Queensland, brought to Sydney by Mr. Abrahams.
By Me. Ramsay. — Several of the new Birds referred to and
described in his recent papers on New Guinea.
By Me. Beaziee. — A fossil shell found by an Arab at El
Kantana, in the province of Constantino, Algiers, 3,800 metres
above sea-level. Also a Spondylus ; the first living specimen
found in Port Jackson, obtained in a dredge from a rocky
bottom, at a depth of four fathoms.
Mr. Masters showed the new Crustaceans described by Mr.
Has well. Also, specimens of Sauloprocta picta, S. motaeilloides
aud 8. tricolor, to show that the species are identical. Also,
Meliomis Nova Hollandice, Sydney, and JI. longirostris from King
George's Sound, — which are certainly identical ; — and M. sericea,
Sydney, and M. mysticalis, King George's Sound — and Rhipidura
preissi, King George's Sound and li. albiscapa, Sydney, also
identical.
-♦-**-
108
AVEDNESDAY, FEBEUAEY 26th, 1879.
The President, the Eev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, E.G.S., etc.,
in the Chair.
The following gentlemen were elected Members of the
Society: — J. Hobson Esq., and W. Willdns Esq., of Sydney,
and S. White Esq., of the Eeed Beds, Adelaide.
papers read.
On some new Marine Shells from Moreton Bay.
By the Eev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., E.L.S., President
Linnean Society.
The following three shells were collected by the late Mr. Chas.
Coxen, at Moreton Bay, and were handed to me for description by
his widow, who is now engaged in arranging the valuable marine
collection left by that indefatigable and lamented naturalist.
Cassis nana, n.s.
Testa irregular iter trigona, ventricosa, spirafere occulta, alba, solicla,
nitente ; anf. 6, ultim. tantum patente, svperne angulato et planato, 4
lineis granulorum cincto, 2 posticis obsoletis, una supra unguium sita ;
spira parum decliva, sutura conspicua, tenuiter corrugata, apice prominulo
mammilato ; apertura flexuosa, angusta ; labro lato, crasso, planato
reflexo, intus subdtstanter rcgulariter dent at o ; lab/'o valcle reflexo et
expanso, margine incrassato, antiee lamellato et suleato ; columella,
irregulariter dentata, dentibus antiee elongatis, augustis, crebris, suleo
interruptis, postiee elevatis, 2 magnis desinentibus ; canal i eontorto
brevi. Long. 25, hit. 17.
BY THE REV. J. E. TENISOX-WOODS. 109
Shell irregularly triangular, ventricose, spire almost hidden,
white, shining, solid ; whorls 6, the last alone visible. This is
angular and flattened above, with a row of granules on the angle.
There are four rows of granules, the lower two of which are
almost obsolete. The spire only slightly slopes, and the apex is
mammilate. The suture is conspicuous and slightly corrugate.
Aperture narrow, long, and slightly flexuous. Labruni broad,
thick, flattened, reflexed regularly and somewhat distantly toothed
within. Lip much reflexed and expanded, thickened at the
margin, anteriorly laminate and sulcate. Columella irregularly
toothed, in two lines, the anterior and inner line long, narrow,
close and interupted by a groove ; the outer and upper line more
regular, elevated on a kind of ridge and ending in two large teeth.
Canal short, twisted, with a conspicuous goove behind.
Moreton Island, rare. The general form is somewhat like
Cassis fimbriate, but it is not a tenth of the size, is quite white,
and more solid. The almost flat spire and the very solid outer
lip are very characteristic. All the individuals met with were
about the same size.
Thalotia maeghnata, n. s.
Testa anguste conica, obliqua, solida, maculis pmrvis purpweis rel
olivaceis tesselata ; cmfr. 8A-, superne concavis, infra late marginatis
velcarinatis, 4 lineis granuhrum cinetis, oblique crebre squamose striatis;
carina elevata, subplanata, supra suturam conspicua; granulis rotundatis
subobsoletis ; apice acuto, apert. oblique quadrat a, Icevi, margaritaeea,
pallide rosea, argentca, medio conspicue unisulcata ; labro incrassato,
medio producto ; columella rotundata, postice truncata, kaud tubereulata;
basi rotundate convexa, subumbilicata, eleganter lirata, I iris alternant ibus
granulosis, niaeulatis, radiatim striatis. Long. 18. lat. 14.
Shell narrowly conical, oblique, solid, tesselated with small
olive or purple spots ; whorls 8^, concave above, below broadly
marginate or carinate, girdled with four lines of granules of
110 OX SOME NEW MARINE SHELLS EIIOM MORETON" BAY,
which the uppermost is often the largest, closely decussate with
oblique squamose stride, keel elevated, somewhat flattened and
projecting over the suture in a conspicuous manner; granules
rounded, subobsolete ; apex acute, aperture obliquely quadrate,
smooth, nacreous, of a rosy silver hue, with one conspicuous
angular groove in the middle ; outer lip thickened, produced in
the middle ; columella rounded, truncate below, not tuberculate,
base convexly rounded, subumbilicate, elegantly lirate, the lira)
being granular and alternating large and small, tessellate and
radiately striate.
Moreton Buy, common. The young are distinctly umbilicate
Many specimens have between the large liree smaller ones on the
whorls of the spire. The species differs especially from all
previously described, in the roundly convex base and non-
tuberculous columella. It comes very near to T. zebrides, Adams
which is common at Moreton Bay, and with which it has been
previously confounded.
ASTEALIUM PAGODTJS, U.S.
Testa anguste pyramidata, tenui.pedliderutila, strigis J at is, olivaceis
longitudinal iter variegata ; anfr. 6, concavis, ad suturam acutissime
angulatis, et spinis brevibus regulariter armatis, 4 vel 5 lineis
granulorum indistinctc et irreguJariter cinctis ; spinis numerosis, obtuse
angulatis, concavis, idtim. anfr. 18; gramdis distant ibus, paruui
elevatis ; apicc acuto, apertura oblique quadrata, depressa, intus hevi,
margaritacea, labro acuto ; columella cure ata, truncata ; basi omnino
planata, spiraliter lirata et tenuissinie transversim striata. Long. 15
lat. 18.
Shell narrowly pyramidal, thin, pale roseate, variegated with
wide longitudinal olive bands ; whorls 6, concave, very acutely
angular at the suture, armed with a regular row of short spines,
and girdled with four or five lines of indistinct granulose liree.
Spines numerous, obtusely angular, concave, 18 in number at
BY THE REV. J. E. TEGISON- WOODS. HI
the periphery of the last whorl. Apex acute. Aperture obliquely
quadrate, depressed, smooth inside, nacreous, labrum acute,
columella curved, truncate. Base quite flat, spirally Urate and
very finely transversely striate, pale yellowish- white and very
faintly spotted with brown.
Moreton Bay, very rare. In the Museum at Brisbane, Coxen's
collection.
Ox Aeauja albens, Don.
By the Eev. J. E. Tenisox- Woods, F.L.S., F.GkS., &c, &o.
At the close of the month of January of this year, the Hon.
W. Macleay F.L.S., Hon. Secretary of this Society, called my
attention to a peculiar asclepediaceous twiner which had suddenly
made its appearance in his shrubbery. On examination I found
it to be Arauja albens, Don., which is thus described by Gk Don,
(Gen. Hist. Diclilam. Yol. 4, p. 149. J Herbaceous, leaves acute
at the apex, cordately truncate at the base, white and pruinose
beneath. Flowers dichotomously cymose. Twining shrub.
Native of Brazil in the province of St. Paul. He further states
that this species is made the type of a new genus Physianthas by
Von. Martius (Nova genera et species plant arum quas in itinere
Brasilian collegit ah annis 1817. 1820/ Mr. Bentham in the Flora
Australiensis, vol. 4, p. 326, mentions this plant as one of the
introduced Asclepiads which he understood had spread from
gardens and become naturalized in the neighbourhood of
Moreton Bay. I am informed by Mr. Bailey, who has given
much attention to the subject, that it does not occur in Moreton
Bay or near Brisbane, and this is the first time I have met with
it at Port Jackson, though doubtless it is common in some parts
of the colony. I have thought this instance of the gradual spread
of a tropical plant as far south as this city is worthy of record,
and where no doubt it will soon make itself a home under the
112 ON THE POTATO-DESTROYING MOTH,
favorable influences of our equal warm climate. The genus is
named after Araujo a Portuguese botanist, and numbers thirteen
species which are natives of tropical and subtropical America. In
Walp. Ann. v. 501 the species is referred to Yon Martius, genus
Schitbertia.
On a Micro-Lepidopterotts Insect destructive to the Potato.
By E. Meyrick, B.A.
My attention was recently called by Mr. Macleay to the
ravages of a small moth, belonging to the Tineina, which may
under favourable circumstances become an almost fatal pest to
potato-growers. Mr. Macleay received lately a large potato
completely riddled with living larvaa of this insect, from which
subsequently the imagos emerged freely during the earlier part
of February, but the larger number of them unfortunately
escaped ; on such specimens as were preserved I am enabled to
make the following remarks. — There can be little doubt that the
species is an imported one, and I have satisfied myself that it is
probably identical with Lita Solanella, described by Boisduval,
J. B. Soc. Centr. Hort., November, 1874, as being very injurious
to potatoes in Algeria ; he refers it to the genus Brijotropha, but
it is probably better placed in the closely allied genus Lita. I
have not access to Boisduval' s own description, but in the
succeeding year M. Pagonot, of Paris, abstracted the essential
points of his account, and added some remarks of his own, in the
Bull. Soc. Ent. Franc, 5 (v), pp. xxxv. — xxxvii. He states that
the eggs are laid on the young shoots of the plant ; that the
larvee, as soon as hatched, eat into the root-stock and descend
until they reach a tuber ; and that they remain in this, eating
galleries completely through its substance, during the remainder
of their larval existence. The perfect insect (of which Boisduval
bred only a single specimen) is nearly allied to L. epithymella,
BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 113
Stgr., of which the larvae feeds in an allied plant, Solamim nigorum,
but in a different mode, by mining in the leaves ; from this latter
it differs, especially by the much longer terminal joint of the
palpi. The potatoes affected rot and become worthless, even
animals refusing them ; in certain districts three-fourths of the
crop was thus destroyed. The above-mentioned details of habit,
so far as my information goes, all apply in the present case. The
specimen potato must have contained originally at least forty
larvae, and was pierced with galleries in every direction, but
chiefly round the exterior beneath the skin, so that it was wholly
corrupted and useless. The larvae pupated within their galleries,
near the entrance, which they closed with silk. In the absence
of good-bred specimens of the imago, it will be sufficient to
describe it as a rather small narrow-winged member of the
Grelechidae, expanding about seven lines, with long recurved palpi
and dull brown-grey, faintly-mottled fore wings. The particular
specimens under consideration are believed to be from the Hunter
Eiver district ; and Mr. Macleay is acquainted with the fact of its
having occured in abundance, some years back, near Sutton
Forest. It seems to me that to this species are probably also to
be referred several specimens in my collection, captured at
Melbourne and Sydney and in the Shoalhaven district. This
must be confirmed by further comparison. At any rate, there is
little doubt that the species is of wide general distribution, and
only requires favourable circumstances to become as dangerous
economically as the Colorado beetle itself. Judging from the
fact of its thriving in Algeria, but not having shown itself f urther
north (although an allied species occurs in Spain), it woiddseem
that a hot and somewhat dry climate is required for its development;
and probably wet summers would be fatal to it. It is likely that
the climate of this colony would in most seasons suit the insect
extremely well. What is its native country it would probably
be hard to discover, as in the case of most domestic insects. It
does not seem to have been noticed in the home of the potato
114 ON TWO NEW SPECIES OF HELIX,
(America), and it is therefore perhaps more likely that it naturally
feeds on some other species of Solanum in the inland regions of
Africa, and has spread thence on a congenial food- plant being
brought to meet it. It remains only to suggest an effectual remedy ;
this I am, unfortunately, unable to do. The larva being an
internal feeder, no external washes or dressings could produce
any effect, nor is it discoverable without digging up the plant.
Should a crop be discovered, on harvesting, to be infested with
this insect, the worthless tubers should not be thrown aside, but
carefully destroyed with fire ; this would go far to diminish the
numbers of the insects next season, but although it might keep
them in check, would not be effectual as a cure ; and the moth,
whose appearance would soon be learnt, might also be destroyed
when seen. As the insect is now established, no other precautions
are available.
On two new species of Helix from the Lotjisiade Archipelago,
By James C. Cox, M.D., F.L.S., &c,
Plate 16.
1. — Helix (Geotrochus) gurgtjstii, Fig. 1.
Shell imperf orate, broadly conoid, white, diaphanous, opaque,
shining, granular on the surface ; whorls fine, gradually increasing
in size, flat, last sharply angled at the periphery, pinched and
everted at the peristome, reflexed at the insertion ; base flat ;
peristome bright pink, lunulately-elongated, margins approached,
everted and beaked at the centre ; aperture white within.
Diameter, greatest 1*10; least 0*84; height 0-80 of an inch.
Habitat, Eossell Island, Louisiade Islands, Torres' Straits.
This fine species is in the Hargravesian Collection in the
Australian Museum; it is the same type of shell as Helix
Louisiademis of MacGrillivray, but is a larger species, easily
BY JAMES C. COX, M.D., F.S.L. 115
distinguished from that species by its white diaphanous aspect,
light pink peristome, and by the absence of the characteristic
oblique fine strire on the surface of the whorls.
2. — Helix (GeotrocJms) Chapmant, Fig. 2.
Shell imperforate, trochiform, very finely transversely striated
from above downwards, and longitudinally striated with fine
waved lines, white, diaphanous, shining ; spire conical, whorls
six, gradually increasing in size, apex acute, suture impressed,
last whorl reflected, angulate at the periphery ; base flattened ;
aperture oblique, irregularly ovately-lunate, margins approached
joined by a dark reddish-black callus ; peristome expanded and
reflexed, margined externally with two narrow bands, the one
next the lip orange-red, the other above but close to the last,
dark black ; these two coloured bands show through, the shell
and margin the internal edge of the peristome the same as they
do the external edge ; columella'adnate, broad and expanded,
coloured by the blending of the two coloured bands of a black
and orange-red ; interior of the aperture beyond the bands white.
Diameter, greatest 1*14 ; least 1*00; height T30 of an inch.
Habitat, Eossell Island, one of the Louisiacle Group of Islands,
Torres' Straits.
This lovely species is also in Mr. Hargrave's collection, recently
purchased and presented to the Australian Museum by Mr.
Thomas Walker, of Concord. The only shell having any
pretention to the beauty of this fine species is Helix xanthocheila,
Pfr. It is a more solid and opaque shell than xanthocheila,
more broadly conoid, and the lip is less expanded. I have named
it in honour of my friend Captain W. C. Chapman, E.N., late in
command of H. M. Ship Dido, who laboured hard during his
cruises through the Pacific Islands to develope their beautiful
fauna.
116
The other figure on Plate 16 represents Asplenium Prenticei, a
new Fern from Queensland, descrbed by Mr. F. M. Bailey,
F.L.S., in the proceedings of this Society last Month, ante
page 36.
EXHIBITS.
Dr. Cox exhibited a splendid specimen of Turbinaria crater,
attached to an unusually large Pearl Oyster shell ; also the flower
of Haemanthus tigrinus, from the garden of Mr. Macdonald ;
and the two new Helices described in his paper.
Mr. Masters exhibited specimens collected on the Beach at
Manly after a storm, of Glaucus, Porpita, Janthina, Physalia, (2
species), and Velella cyanea.
Mr. E. Meyriek exhibited the Potato-destroying Moth described
by him.
Dr. P. B. Pead laid before the Society some very interesting
particulars in reference to the construction and maintainance of
Aquaria.
-♦-♦-
Lin. Soc, Vol, 4
m
PL.
4-
M
8
Lin. SOC, Vol. 4
PL .2
8. &
Lin. Soc, Vol 4
1.3
it*
& &
5 £§
-•/•■ •
Lin. soc VOL 4
PL 4
^»»-
7 a
6 -^
I
Plate 5,
Helen*, fofd
Jef et (i+V,
Plate 6
.iv.
3
Helena, for«U
117
WEDNESDAY, MAECH 25th, 1879.
The Eev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G-.S., etc , President, in the
Chair.
DONATIONS.
The Illustrated Monograph of the Grasses of Queensland,
from the Board of Inquiry into the Causes of Disease in Live
Stock and Plants, Brisbane.
Vol. I., Part 3, of the Australian Medical Journal, — from the
Medical Society of Victoria.
papers read.
On the Eelations of the Brisbane Flora.
By the Eev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S., &c, &c.
Now that the great work of cataloguing our Australian Flora
has been concluded, and that the Flora Australiensis of Bentham
and Mueller is a standard of reference to which recourse can
easily be had, the preparation of local floras will be the first
care of Australian botanists. Until this is done, the real
character of Australian vegetation will hardly be manifest.
At present our knowledge does not go much further than an
enumeration of species. Their geographical distribution has
hardly been touched upon. Information as to the habitat where
each specimen has been found is of course given in the " Flora,"
but the range of the species is not attempted. It could not be,
indeed, without rendering the work inconveniently bulky, and
as yet the information at the disposal of Mr. Bentham for the
purpose is necessarily very small. Nor can this deficiency be
remedied until a very large number of local floras have been
published, and for this I suppose we shall have to wait many
118 ON THE RELATIONS- OF THE BRISBANE FLORA,
years. In the mean time what is very important is to have a
good censns made at certain important stations, such as Port
Jackson, and at distinct points on the coast, and in the interior,
where marked differences might he expected. This, of course,
will be a work of considerable time and care, and we mnst look
for its accomplishment only when botany shall have become a
more popular study, and when the colonies can boast of a larger
number of scientific votaries than they now possess. We may
wonder, however, that Sj^dney has not had a census of its plants
made. But this is a desideratum which will soon, no doubt, be
supplied. Tasmania has recently been favored by a very
elaborate census from the hands of Baron von Mueller, a census
which, as it was made under his care, and with the benefit of
his vast experience and knowledge, must be ever regarded as
the most valuable that could be composed. Brisbane has for the
last few years had the advantage of a resident botanist of wide
experience, and whose long acquaintance with the Australian
and New Zealand flora, eminently qualified him as a careful
collector. This is our hon. member Mr. I\ M. Bailey, F.L.S.,
who has collected in almost every part of Queensland, and
examined every district of the colony with the greatest
deliberation and care. I had the advantage of benefitting by
his experience in many a botanical ramble near Brisbane, and in
a special excursion along the northern coast within the tropics,
including Port Mackay, Port Denison, and Cleveland Bay. He
has also been employed by the Government in preparing a
herbarium, and consequently has had opportunities of becoming
thoroughly acquainted with the local flora of Brisbane. After much
consideration, Mr. Bailey has agreed with me that the census of
the flora would be about the most valuable we could select in
Queensland. The station is sub-tropical, and exactly intermediate
between the very characteristic Australian features of Port
Jackson and the tropical and almost Asiatic aspect of the more
northern portions of the colony. The radius of the district we
BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.L.S. 119
include is 24 miles round the city, which is in Lat. 27° 28'. This
radius gives us the sea coast near Moreton Bay, and an approach
to the mountain flora of the table land. The tract is well
watered by rivers, and enriched by that dense vegetation known
as river scrubs. "We thus have considerable tracts of marshy
ground both fresh and salt, and though we include no mountain
range of any height above a thousand feet, yet there are hills
and rises sufficient to give a dry soil with the diversified flora we
might expect upon elevated ridges. In the scrubs we have a
moisture and deep shade which in this climate is favorable to
the growth of any tropical plant, and the range of the
temperature and the rainfall are all favorable to the growth of
any plant which would flourish in a much warmer latitude. The
annual rainfall is about 51 inches. The mean temperature 75 ° F.
maximum in shade 104°, minimum in shade 36°.
Before giving any of the results of the examination of the
census which follows, it may be useful to make one or two
observations. It should be borne in mind that a census refers
only to orders, genera, and species, and takes no account of the
prevalence of individuals. Thus an exceptional plant which is
outside the usual features of the order and genus to which it
belongs, may be a very rare plant, yet its peculiarities give a
name and character to the flora, while a world-wide species
which is common everywhere is not taken into account. And
thus it is that very distinct botanical provinces may bear no
marked peculiarity externally. A stranger from Europe would
see nothing especially attracting his attention in the flora of
Brisbane, except perhaps its luxuriance and verdure. He would
see the fields and open spaces covered with grass, and the trees,
except for their darker or richer foliage, not unlike what he had
been accustomed to elsewhere. He would see the same weeds
growing much in the same places, and in the same abundance
that he saw around his own house, and unless he were a very
close observer, he would hardly detect the peculiarities of some
120 ON THE RELATIONS OF THE BRISBANE FLORA,
of the tropical stragglers. And this resemblance points to a
remarkable fact that must be taken into account in estimating
the Australian flora. We have both in genera and species a
certain amount of world-wide forms, and these are for the most
part species which are richest in individuals as well. If we
were, for instance, to take away the grasses, ferns, sedges, and
rushes, {Juncece, &c.,) from the Brisbane flora, its connection with
the floras of other parts of the world would seem very slight,
but in the absence of such members of a flora, the aspect of the
country would be a desert indeed. Take them all in all,
therefore, our resemblances are greater than our differences, and
this must limit our notions of the exclusive peculiarities of the
Australian flora.
We must next enquire what are the peculiarities of this flora.
I cannot do better in this matter than enumerate those stated by
Dr. Hooker in his admirable essay, which forms the introduction
to the Flora of Tasmania. He says the chief peculiarities of the
Australian flora are that it contains more genera and species
peculiar to its own area, and fewer plants belonging to other
parts of the world than any other country of equal extent.
About two-fifths of its genera, and upwards of seven-eighths of
its species are entirely confined to Australia. Many of the plants
have a very peculiar habit or physiognomy, giving in some cases
a character to the forest scenery, (as Eucalypti, Proteacece, Acacice,
Casuarince, Coniferce,) or are themselves of anomalous or
grotesque appearance (as Xanthorrlicea, Kingia, Belabechia,
Casuarina, Banhsia, Bryandra, &c.) A great many of the species
have anomalous organs, as the pitchers of Cephalotus, the
deciduous bark, and remarkable vertical leaves of the Eucalypti,
the phyllodia of Acacia, the fleshy peduncle of Exocarpus, the
inflorescence and ragged foliage of many Proteacece. Many
genera and species display singular structural peculiarities, as
the ovules of Banhsia, calyptra of Eucalyptus, stigma of
Goodeniacece, staminal column of Stijliclium, irritable labellum of
BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.L.S. 121
various Or eh ideas, flowers sunk in the wood of some Zeptospermece,
pericarp of Casuarina, receptacle and inner staniinodia of
Eupomatia , stoniata of Proteaeece.
There are no natural orders restricted to Australia except
Tremandiece* which though confined to this continent has much
affinity with Pittoxporece (through Cheir anther a), as well as
PolygaJece. But there are certain natural orders called Australian,
not because they are restricted to Australia, but because they
are best represented there, and rare elsewhere They are
Stackhousice, containing only about 20 species, and of which
representatives are found in N. Zealand, and the Philippine
Islands; Goodeniaeece, very closely allied to CampanuJaeeos and
Zobeliacece ; Stylidiece, the same ; Epaeridece, an order almost
confined to Australia ; those species found outside belonging to
four of the 24 Australia genera, except one S. American species,
and one or two from N. Caledonia, which might almost be
referred to the Australians ; and Casnamice, an order which has
only a single genus. There are very few species which are not
Australian. There are also two sections of Juncacece, which were
regarded as orders by Hooker, Xerotece and Aphyllanthece. There
are other orders not strictly Australian, but which are largely
developed on the Continent, and are more or less characteristic
of its vegetation. These are Dilleniacece, Rutacece, Proteaeece,
Restiacece, Tlnjmelece, Droseraeece. Two other orders were included
by Hooker, but they are only regarded as sections of Amaryllidece,
and Sterculiaeece. With the exception of Dilleniacece, which
after Australia abounds most in India, all the other orders are
abundant in South Africa next to Australia.
We must remember however that these Australian features are
developed more in the South-west part of the Continent than
elsewhere, and that the Tropics contain them in the smallest
proportion. Of the very Australian genera, only one (Epaeridece)
* Bninoniacece was also included by Hooker, but this as depending upon one
species has been included as a very aberrant form of Goodeniaeece.
122 ON THE RELATIONS OF THE BRISBANE FLORA,
obtains its developement in the South-east, the rest have their
maximum in the South-west.*' None of those orders which are
either peculiar to Australia, or have their greatest developement
in Australia, or which are peculiarly characteristic of the
continental flora ; none of these have their maximum in the
Tropics. But on the other hand in those large orders which are
well represented in Australia, but which are not peculiar to it,
we find the greatest number in the Tropics of the Continent.
These facts will prepare us for some of the facts which an
examination of the Brisbane flora will manifest. We must
remember that we are dealing with the least Australian portion
of its flora, or rather the confines of the least Australian portion.
Dr. Hooker in his essay, brings the tropical #ft*a on the East
side as far South as Brisbane, and on the Westside, still lower.
If it be understood by this that the majority of the species found
within these limits are tropical, or such as are usually found in
the Tropics, it would not be correct, as far as Brisbane is concerned.
The flora there is strictly intermediate ; the tropical and temperate
Australian species are about equally divided. There are in fact
about an equal number of the plants found in the Brisbane flora,
which extend into New South Wales on the one hand, or into
the Tropics on the other.
In the Brisbane flora we have 123 Nat. orders, 633 genera and
1228 species. This gives an average of 5 genera and 10 species
nearly for each order, and about 2 species for each genus. The
flora in itself is seen from these figures to be somewhat large and
very diversified. It is however, less than Great Britain, which
numbers about 1400 flowering plants. In this it is in harmony with
the whole flora of Australia, which in proportion to its extent is
also very large and diversified. Comparing it numerically with
Tasmania it is very much superior. Hooker gives the numbers
* This must only be regarded as approximate, because when local floras are
published some of the orders may be found to have their maximum
intermediate between the S. E. and S. "W. extremities of the Continent.
BY THE HEY. J. E. TENISOST-WOODS, F.L.S. 123
thus : — Orders 93, Genera 394, (not including Filices) and species
1063. According to Baron von Mueller in the census published
in the Proceedings of the Royal Society for 1874, the orders were
about the same ; the genera, including Filices, were raised in
number to 501, and the species reduced to 979. The way to
account for this discrepancy is to bear in mind that in the early
appreciation of a flora many varieties are mistaken for species.
The number of genera are much reduced by Mueller, but new
discoveries have since been made of plants extending to Tasmania
which were not supposed to exist there. We might say generally
that the plants of Tasmania are about 1000, and the genera would
average about two species to each or half the number of plants.
This corresponds with What is generally known of islands. The
total number of species seems to be invariably less than any
given continental area of equal extent, and the number of genera
in proportion to species is also relatively larger. I shall presently
make a closer examination of the relations between the
Tasmanian flora and that of Brisbane, but I will first try to point
out the peculiarites of the latter, proceeding from orders to genera
and species. .
If we compare the natural orders in Australia, first we find
according to Hooker, that the proportion which the largest
Natural Orders bear to the flora of the whole world, gives us the
following, arranged according to their numerical preponderance.
Composite, Leguminosce, Graminece, Orchidece. In Brisbane we
have the same orders, but in the following order Leguminosce,
Graminem, Composite, Orchidece. For Australia generally, it is
LeguminoscB, Myrtacece, Protcacea, Composites. This shows that the
flora of Brisbane is more in union with the world-flora generally
than with Australia — a result quite in harmony with the
preceding conclusion, taken from its tropical character. Taking
nine of the principal orders in their numerical order, from the
flora of the world, we have the following : — Composites, Leguminot ce
GframinecBj Orchidece, Ilubiuccce, Euplwrbiacecc, Labial ce, Myrtaeece,
124
ON THE RELATIONS OF THE BRISBANE FLORA.
Cypcracecc. For Australia it is Zeguminosce, Myrtacece, Proteacece,
Composites, Graminecc, Cypcracecc, JEpacridece, Goodeniacece, Orchidece.
Again we find that the Brisbane list is near to the world's flora,
or a normal character, though as the list is extended we begin to
see the evidence of an Australian character. The order is
Leguminosce,, Graminece, Composites, Orchidece, Euphorbiacai, Liliacce,
Cyperacecc, Myrtacece, Riibiacece. In the predominance of the
Liliacece there is a feature of the African flora, but in no other
point is there any resemblance. In the position of JEuphorliacece
there is an Indian resemblance, but Rubiacecz takes the second
place in that flora.
These are of course only very rough and general estimates, but
they begin to reveal the remarkable character of the flora of
Brisbane. I will now give a list of eleven Natural Orders with
the number of genera and species in each, including the ferns
which are not included in any of Hooker's estimates, but which
play a very important part in the vegetation of the neighbourhood
of Brisbane. A far more important part indeed is played by
them in Brisbane than Tasmania, where it is generally admitted
they influence in a very striking manner the vegetation and the
scenery.
If we take the natural orders according to the way they are
specifically represented in the Brisbane flora, we have the
following list :
SPECIES.
1 Leguminosa) 115
2 Graminese 19
3 Cyperacese 79
4 Filices 66
5 Orchide«3 59
6 Corapositee 58
7 Myrtacese 53
8 Euphorbiacese 40
9 Liliacese. 26
GENERA.
51
49
19
25
31
41
15
24
20
BY THE KEV. J. E. TENISOX-WOODS, F.L.S. 125
SPECIES. GE2fEKA.
10 Pubiacea) 24 . . 15
1 1 Butacese 22 . . 13
12 Epacrideso 21 .. 10
13 Proteacea) 21 .. 11
Let us now take the Tasmanian flora as a representative of the
vegetation of South-east Australia :
SPECIES. GEXEEA.
6 Composite 106 . . 28
5 Orchidea) 71 . . 27
12 Epacridea) 62 . . 11
1 Legmninosae 59 . . 20
3 Cyperacea> 56 .. 14
4 Filices 49 . . 23
2 Graminea) 42 . . 17
9 Liliacea3 28 .. 18
7 Myrtacese 26 . . 8
13 Proteaceee 23 . . 12
1 1 Butaceee 18 .. 5
10 Bubiacese 14 .. 5
8 Euphorbiaceae 10 .. 9
Here the same orders have the position very much altered, and
some cannot be considered so representative or characteristic as
Goodeniacece, sp. 13, gen. 6; TkymeUce, sp. 18, gen. 3 ; UmbeUiferce,
sp. 21, gen. 12; SorophularincB, sp. 18, gen. 8; Zabiatce, sp. 14,
gen. 8. The same orders at Brisbane are only poorly represented.
GoodeniaceceksLSS]). 11, gen. 5; Thi/melece, sp. 4, gen. 2; Umbelliferce,
sp. 14, gen. 8 ; Scrophularince, sp. 8, gen. 7 ; Labiatce, sp. 9, gen. 7.
Some of all the preceding are introduced.
On the other hand we have the following unexceptionally
common Indian orders represented in the Brisbane flora. Anonacece
Menisjjermece, Celastrinece, Melastomacece, Araliacece, Myrsinece,
Acanthacece, Dioscoridew, which are entirely absent from the
Tasmanian flora.
126 ON THE RELATIONS OF THE BRISBANE FLORA,
Turning now to the genera, we find that out of 1300 which
are given by Hooker as the number for all Australia, about half
are found in the Brisbane flora, which is a very large proportion.
Between 500 and 600 of the whole Australian flora are endemic,
but a much smaller portion are endemic in Brisbane. The
proportion is about 20 per cent, while nearly half belong to genera
which are found all over the world. The following table will
show the generic character of the flora at one glance:
Genera found in Australia 20 per cent.
Ditto ditto in Australia and Asia, . . 24 per cent.
Ditto ditto in Pacific 9^- per cent.
Ditto ditto in Australia and Africa . . 9£ per cent.
Ditto ditto in Australia and Madagascar 1 per cent.
Ditto ditto in America 6£ per cent.
Ditto ditto in New Zealand . . . . 5 per cent.
Ditto widely distributed 45 per cent.
Tropical genera . . . . . . ..16 per cent.
Genera found generally in warm climates 9 per cent.
These proportions must not be understood to be exclusive, that
is to say, some of the Indian and Australian genera may appear
also in the African percentage, because existing there as well.
By tropical genera is meant, found generally in tropical countries.
This per centage also appears in the genera entered above as
' widely distributed,' as also in those found ' in warm climates.'
So in reality 25 of the 45 per cent, of genera widely distributed,
are the inhabitants of warm climates, such as Brisbane or else
the tropics . The proportion of the tropical genera does not warrant
us in regarding the Brisbane flora as a tropical one.
Of the Australian genera, that is to say those most abundantly
represented in Australia, I make the following list, which are
arranged nearly in the order of their abundance : — Acacia,
Eucalyptus, Melaleuca, Beucopogon, Stylidium, Grevillca, JIaJcea,
Timelea, Goodenia, Persoonia, Pultoma, Baviesia, Olearia, Boronia,
Banfoia, Bryandra, Bepidospcrma, Xerotes, Bodoncsa, Brosera,
BY THE REV. J. E. TENIS0N-W00DS, F.L.S. 127
Dampiera, Heliclinjsiun, Tricliinum* Of these JDryandra (Proteaccce)
and Trieltinum are not represented at all, and with the exception
of Acacia and Eucalyptus, the rest are all poorly represented.
The following table will show the representative genera in
the Brisbane flora : —
SP. IN TASMANIAN
GENTS.
BRISBANE. SP.
Panicum 21 0
Acacia . , 20 17
Cyperus 19 1
Eucalyptus 16 11
Dendrobium ,... 11 1
Solanum 9 2
Polygonum 9 5
Carex e 9 12
Leucopogon 8 9
Phyllanthus 8 2
Polypodium 8 4
Pteris 8 5
Loranthus 8 (?) 0
Pultensea 8 13
Melaleuca 7 4
Andropogon 7 0
Persoonia 6 2
Lindseea 6 1
Desmodium 6 1
If we compare some of these figures with the number of
species of some of the same genera in S. Australia and S. "West
Australia according to Hooker, the result is very striking.
SP. in w. SP. IN S.E.
GENUS.
AUSTRALIA. AUSTRALIA.
Acacia 99 133
Eucalyptus 46 55
Leucopogon 70 50
*Some of these have 100 species J.n Australia, and none less than 60.
128 ON THE RELATIONS OF THE BRISBANE FLORA,
SP. IN W. SP. IN S.E.
GENtrS# AUSTRALIA. AUSTRALIA.
Pulteneea 15 50
Melaleuca 100 27
Persoonia 25 40
It must be remarked, however, that a great many changes will
have to be made in Hooker's tables, especially with regard to
the genera, as many which he regarded as confined to S.W.
Australia, occur in the census subjoined for Brisbane. Of this
Jacksonia and Ohorizema are instances, and many others might be
cited as common to S.E. and S.W. Australia.
In this essay I am gradually comparing the relations of the
Brisbane flora, proceeding from the general to the particular,
and hitherto the comparison, as far as orders and genera are
concerned, can only be regarded as a very general and rough
estimate. When we come to the comparison of species, the
results are much more reliable, but they bear out all that has
previously been concluded, thus showing that rough as the
previous methods are, they are still in general accordance with
the facts. This is the more remarkable if we advert to the fact
that in botany generic distinctions are made on very slight
grounds, and that the grouping into natural orders is made on
the basis of a very general and sometimes loose resemblance.
Yet it does seem remarkable that when we have made certain
groups of plants founded on some slight peculiarity, that this
peculiarity is found to affect generally certain prescribed
geographical limits. Take as an instance the genus Br achy come
(Compositce), which is only distinguished from Bellis by the dry
or scarious margins of the involucral bracts. Yet such a
peculiarity is confined to Australia and N. Zealand (three species
only), and one S. African, while Bellis is scarcely found outside
the Mediterranean region. Beclfordia is an Australian Senecio,
with a stellate tomentum, and an axillary inflorescence ; yet in
the very large and widely distributed genus Senecio, numbering
BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.L.S. 129
perhaps 460 species, and occurring abundantly in every country
in the world, this peculiarity is only seen in the two species of
Bedfordia, and in South-east Australia and Tasmania only.
Sometimes, however, genera appear in very isolated positions
with reference to the main body of its congeners. We have
instances of this in many orders, but more commonly in those
less highly organized, as the phrase is, though the lower
organization is not very evident. Such instances are not
numerous enough to affect the general result.
"We come now to the estimate of the species. These may be
divided, first into species which are common to New South Wales
and Queensland. Of such the flora includes about one-third of
its whole number. But in this estimate some of those plants are
included which extend into the tropics as well, and some which
are not much more than on the Northern confines of the
neighbouring colonies. A very much smaller proportion, about
12^ per cent, extend into the island of Tasmania, and all of these
extend into the colony of Victoria as well. There are some which
extend into Victoria and not into Tasmania ; these form about
10^- per cent of the whole. A few are found in South Australia
and not in either Victoria or Tasmania, but the number is very
small, and when such instances do occur they are always found
on the Northern or almost tropical boundaries of the remote
colony and not near the coast. It must be remembered that the
flora of Eastern Australia is very different according to the side of
the dividing range on which the estimate is made. If on the
coast side, it is of a character more in unison with the flora of
Brisbane, and possesses features which are maintained to a certain
extent with Tasmania and Victoria, south of the great divide.
It is in these features that the per centage of species common to
the four colonies are found. The flora of the west side of the
divide is more or less of a desert character, especially as we
proceed further from the watershed. The Brisbane flora has
very few representatives of this part of the continent, or rather
130 ON THE RELATIONS OF THE BRISBANE FLORA.
it should be said, has very few species which extend so far
inland, and these are the only direct points of contact between it
and the South Australian flora. There are however about 12
per cent of species which are found in all the colonies as far even
as Western Australia. It is only in such instances that there is
anything in common between the flora of Brisbane and that of
West Australia. The plants are common in all Australia.
Sometimes they are common all over the world as well, but
sometimes they are typical Australian species, but found in every
part of the continent. There is no instance of a typical West
Australian species in the Brisbane flora.
About eight per cent of the Brisbane plants are common and
widely distributed over the globe, but this estimate includes the
introduced plants. Some of these are equally widely spread in
Australia, but not all, because some are Asiatic or African weeds
and only found in sub-tropical climates.
The tropical element in the flora forms about one-third of the
whole. This shows how thoroughly intermediate in character it
is. We have seen that the New South Wales, or as we may express
it, the South-east Australian element forms also one-third of the
flora. But the tropical element is of a varied character, partly
littoral, and partly belonging to dry and somewhat elevated lands.
In it we find nearly 14 per cent of species which extend into Asia,
for the most part into the Malayan Peninsula, or Indian
Archipelago, though some extend also into China and India.
Fully 3 1 per cent are common to Africa and Brisbane, but none
of these species are found in Africa without occurring in Asia a s
well, though for want of definite information the intermediate
stations appear very remote. Of species which are common in
America there are only 2£ per cent., and were all the introduced
plants eliminated from the estimate, the American element would
be probably reduced to nil. That is to say of purely American
forms, because a good many plants which I have classed as
widely distributed are to be found in America as in other places.
BY THE REV. J. E. TENIS0N-W00DS, F.L.S. 131
Pacific species occur to the extent of a fraction over six per cent.
The localities are various. New Caledonia is probably the island
which furnishes the largest number of species, though some are
found in the islands near the North-east Coast. There is a smaller
number of species common to New Zealand and Brisbane : in all
not quite five per cent. Considering the immense distance
between the two places and the amount of sea which intervenes,
it is an astonishing thing that the per centage is so high.
In all these estimates it must be borne in mind that the widely
spread species are to be found amongst the grasses, ferns, sedges,
and rushes, and if these were eliminated from the calculation,
the per centage of species which are common to Brisbane and
other portions of the world, would be reduced one third for every
place except other parts of Australia. Or in other words it is
very largely in the grasses, sedges, rushes, and ferns that the
flora of Brisbane has any representatives outside the continent.
If moreover, we were to remove the common weeds and introduced
plants the isolation of the Brisbane flora from all except Australia
would be much more complete, and though its resemblances
(generic) would be many and wide, its actual specific union would
be with the nearest portions of the Asiatic continent.
For comparison, it may be welTto insert here Baron v. Mueller's
valuable report on the tropical vegetation of Australia, from
Gregory's exploration to the sources of the Victoria Eiver, North
Australia. It may be remembered that the Baron was the
botanist to this expedition, and his report the most valuable we
have yet on the vegetation of Northern Australia. He says,
1 . " The various arboreous and shrubby clothing of the Eastern
slopes of the Eastern Ranges, where numerous Indian genera of
umbrageous trees are interspersed with Australian ; this, called,
the " Brushwood" or Cedar country, further contains the most
numerous representatives of the Polynesian and Malayan floras ;
together with Cycas 30 feet high, and various palms of the genera
Calamus, Areca, Caryota, and Lwistona.
132 ON" THE RELATIONS OF THE BRISBANE FLORA,
2. The " Brigalow Scrub " extends over the elevated sandstone
plains west of the Coast Range in East Australia, as far as
Newcastle Range, (Lat. 18° to 20°). This is also a very varied
vegetation, chiefly of small trees and shrubs of Gapparidoz,
Pittosporidcs, Bauhinicd, Sterculiacece . Here Delabechia and
Br achy chiton, form a remarkably secondary feature ; distinguished
as the Bottle-tree Scrub, from their tumid trunks. This vegetation
extends from the Burdekin to Upper Darling Rivers, and ceases
somewhere about the Lower Barcoo country.
3. Open downs of basalt, nearly destitute of trees, except along
the watercourses. The vegetation is chiefly herbaceous and much
of it is annual ; the soil is rich, and after the rains produces a
luxuriant crop of excellent grass and herbaceous plants.
4. The desert presents various assemblages of plants according
as the soil is saline, clay or sand, but the plants are almost the
same as those of extratropical Australia, with the exception of
various species of Portulacca, Solarium, Euphorbia, Cassia, Gomphrena,
Ptilotus, Trianthema, Aylmeria, and other ParonycMece.
5. The sandstone tableland presents an arid, cheerless landscape
described by the learned Baron in terms, says Dr. Hooker, which
apply perfectly well to the sandstone tablelands of the peninsula
of India, and indeed many of the characteristic genera are common
to both. These consist of Terminalia, Melia, Cochlospermum,
Sterculia, Buchanania, Zizyphus, Nauclea, Bauhinia, Indigofera,
Erytlirina, Gardenia, Strychnos, Santalum, a profusion of
Andropogoneous grasses and other shrubs and herbs, all of which
the Indian botanist recognizes at once as the prominent features
of the sandstone ranges of Western Bengal and Central India.
6. The sea coasts are chiefly tenanted by an Indian vegetation
consisting of Avicennice, Rhizophorece,, Pandancce, Spinifex, Loysia,
Surinna, JEgiceras, Pemphis, Tribidus, together with Colubrina,
Iapomcea, &c."
Baron v. Mueller has also stated that nearly 250 of the sj^ecies
occurring in the Colony of Victoria extend north of the latitude
BY THE REV. J. E. TENISOX- WOODS, F.L.S. 133
of Moreton Bay. Of these Dr. Hooker says about 90 are found
in Tasmania. The Brisbane flora which we may also oall that of
Moreton Bay, is however a littoral, or almost littoral one, and wo
should not consider it strictly as tropical as Dr. Hooker himself
observes.
In the Brisbane flora we find about 4A- per cent of species
which are peculiar to Queensland. They have not been found
even on the confines of N.S. Wales, which it must be remembered
is not 200 miles from Brisbane. This is rather a large per
centage of endemic plants for such a locality.
The careful examinations of Mr. Bailey have added nearly
50 plants to the Brisbane flora, and about a dozen of these had
not previously been found in Queensland.
It is not necessary for me to say anything about the introduced
plants, as they have been ably dealt with in a preceding paper
by Mr. Bailey himself. I may observe, however, that he quite
agrees with mo in thinking that the evidence of introduction is
far from being well established in every case. Verbena
bonarieiisis is a case in point. When the unfortunate Dr.
Leichhardt started on his overland journey to Port Essington,
this plant was so spread over some of the first country he
explored, that he named it in consequence Vervain Plains. This
may have spread from the settled districts, but only fire or
six years had elapsed since the Darling Downs had been
inhabited by a very few settlers.
I should like to be able to add something about the useful
qualities, either industrial or medicinal, of the Brisbane flora,
but on this subject I have very little information. One of the
most painstaking and industrious enquirers -into this subject has
been Dr. Bancroft. He has discovered the wonderful therapeutic
properties of the Duboisia my op oroides, which bids fair to supersede
Belladonna in medicine. The same indefatigable gentleman has
made some interesting experiments on the various species of
134 ON THE RELATIONS OE THE BRISBANE FLORA,
Cassia around Brisbane, and lias found that they are quite
similar to Senna in their properties. Macadamia temifolia, the
Queensland nut, is really a valuable fruit. Eugenia Smithii, or
Lillipilli, and Melodorum Leichhardtii are also fa ir eating. The
latter goes by the name of the native banana though it is very
different from a banana, and in reality allied to the custard
apple. Citrus Australis is also a passable native orange.
The flora of Brisbane contains many very elegant additions to
the flower garden. No one who has made the journey from
Moreton Bay to Ipswich, but must have been struck by the
richness and luxuriance of the foliage, and the variety and
beauty of the flowers which line the banks of the Eiver Brisbane.
Castanospermum Australe, with its lovely foliage, conspicuous
flowers, and still more conspicuous pods ; Elceocarpus grandis (the
Queensland quandong), with its massive rounded heads of glossy
bright green, would adorn any scenery, but especially such dark
and beautiful masses of vines, twiners, ferns, and mossy green
stems, as fill the Queensland river-scrubs. The whole atmosphere
is perfumed with the leaves of Mallotus elceoxghides, while
another and rather showy-leaved plant of the same genus (M.
PhilippinensisJ is said to possess valuable medicinal qualities
for the cure of tape- worm. Belonging to the same order
(EuphorliaceceJ, we have that remarkable exception to the
sexual rule in plants. Alchornea ilicifolia, which reproduces
itself from seed through several generations from female plants
alone, without the intervention of any male flowers. Strangely
enough too the seeds have often two embryos at the base. There
is another species of this plant, the male flowers of which are
unknown. This is A. Thozetiana, Baill., at Eockhampton and
northwards.
It would be very easy to extend this part of my essay to an
indefinite length, though I can say little or nothing as to the
actual discoveries that have been made, but I think I can add to
the value of this paper by indicating the line of enquiry that
BY THE REV. J. E. TEXISOX-WOODS, F.L.S. 135
botanists may take, if tliey wish to pursue the subject further.
There are in the flora of Brisbane certain plants which do not
occur in other parts of Australia where they are so accessible.
They are so intimately connected with valuable trees or shrubs,
that it would be most important to ascertain if they possessed
the same useful characters. Thus in the order Styracac ■ cc, we
have a species of Symphcos* (S. spicata, Eoxb.), and all the
members of the genus are valuable as dyes or teas. In the
Ebcnacccc we have two species of ebony (JDiosprjros)\ and as the
black wood which bears the name is derived from several species,
we may hope to find ebony in Australia. It should be
remembered that the heart-wood is the only valuable portion,
the outer or sap wood being soft and worthless. In the
order Sapotacea we have four species of Achras. The fruits of
many trees of this genus are eaten, and the bark of A. sapota,
which grows in the West Indies, is considered equal to Cinchona
as a febrifuge. It is a tree of this order (Isonandra guita, Hook.)
which yields the valuable gutta-percha of commerce. We have
also a species of Chnjsophyllum, a genus which yields the star
apple of the West Indies. The remarkable gum which exudes
from our Achras Australia is worth investigation. I can answer
for its disagreeable tenacity when it gets about the hands.
Amongst the Ardisiads (Myrsinaceos) we have three genera. The
whole are said to be more or less stimulating in their leaves,
roots, or bark. Amongst the Rubiaceoe we have Morinda, many
of the species of which yield a red dye. Ixora is said to have
valuable medicinal qualities. Among the Violacece a good many
species of Ionidiani are emetic, and used as a remedy in
Elephantiasis. Dr. Bancroft, of India, speaks favorably of it. J
* This genus is very variously placed by different authors,
f In the " Flora Australiensis " the Australian species are placed in R. Brown's
genus Cargillia, because of the two ovules in each ovary cell.
X See "Periera," Vol. II., Part 2, p. 575. Also " Conip. Bot. Mag., 1, 278
Flora Medica.
136 OX THE RELATIONS OF THE BRISBANE FLORA,
The whole of the Violacecs are said to have purgative and emetic
qualities in their roots. I am almost afraid to refer to authors
for this subject, they are so many; but I may especially cite an
old work of Koebers, in praise of the Violet, ( Schediasma in
landem Violce purpureo-coeruleo, 1667,) and Pw De Viola specimen
hoianico-mcdicum, Turin, 1813. Probably some also may have
met Kite's " Medicinal Effects of the Resin of Acaroidcs
resinifera (Xanthorrhoea hastilis, or grass tree) from Botany Bay,"
London, 1795;- as well as Forster's work on " The Esculent
Plants of the Islands of the Southern Ocean," Berlin, 1786;
Villar's " Catalogue of Vegetable Substances which may serve
to nourish Man," Grenoble, ann. 2, 8.
Amongst the Nyctaginece, we have Boerhavia, a genus which has
emetic and cathartic properties in the roots of all the known
species. Pisonia, of which we have one species, is supposed to
possess the same properties. We have also among the
Amarantacece, Deeringia celosioides, the bitter acrid leaves of which
are used against measles in Java. Our AcTwranthes aspcra is used in
India in dropsical cases, but Dr. Lindley, from whose " Vegetable
Kingdom" I take the fact, does not tell us how it is exhibited.
Amongst the Thymelece, the Pimelea deserves some notice. I have
heard it confidently asserted by bushmen, that a decoction of the
bark was a remedy for syphilitic symptoms. In the genera of
C'lpj'dridaccce, we have Cappwris. AVe have some plants which must
contain valuable stimulant qualities. Polanisia is used as a
vesicant or sinapism. All the Zaurinece should be worth
examination. AVe have four species of Cryptoearya, a genus
which yields the Brazilian nutmeg. In spite of the bad name
which the order Proteacece has for utility, I think they are worthy
of attention. Some of them have extremely bitter barks, and the
flowers of others yield a yellow dye. The bark of Isopogon
ceratophylla is used as a bitter tonic in Victoria.
I merely suggest by such scattered observations a line of
enquiry in which much might yet be done. So far we have
BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.L.S-. 137
ascertained very little beyond the names and external characters
of the plants included in the following census, but it may be
confidently said that its publication may do much to aid those
who may hereafter apply themselves to ascertain the economic
characters of the Brisbane flora.
A Census of the Flora of Brisbane.
By F. M. Bailey, F.L.S., &C, axd the Bey. J. E.
Tenison-Woods, F.L.S., F.G.S., &c.
This Census iu eludes the plants of Moreton Island, and the
country within 2-5 miles of the city of Brisbane.
After the specific names and the habitat and period of flowering,
the figures which follow are meant to indicate where the plant is
found elsewhere besides Brisbane. 1. — New South Wales. 2. —
New South "Wales and Victoria. 8. — New South Wales, Victoria
and Tasmania. 4. — Generally distributed through East and
West Australia. 5. — Extending into the tropics. 6. — Not
previously found in Brisbane. 7. — Confined to Queensland.
8. — Found also in Asia. 9. — In Africa. 10. — America. 11. —
The Pacific. 12.— Europe. 13.— New Zealand. 14.— Widely
distributed throughout the world. And after the genera. — Aust.
— Australia Af. — Africa. Am. — America. Eu. — Europe. W.
— Widely distributed, Trop. — Tropics. Subtr.— Subtropical.
Warm. — The warmer regions of the globe. Pacif. — Pacific.
The name of the month denotes the flowering period, and fr.
denotes the fruiting. An asterisk denotes an introduced plant.
Glass Dicotyledons.
Sub-Class Potypetala. Series 1. Thalamifiorce
138 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
Order.— EANUNCULACEiE.
Clematis, L., W. not tr.
glyciuoides, DC, Brisbane River, Oct., 1. var. nmtica.
microphylla, DC, Moreton Ba}7, Nov., 4.
Eanunculus, L., W. not tr.
lappaceus, Sin. round Brisbane, Oct., 4.
rivularis, Banks and Sol., waters abont Brisbane, Oct.
parviflorus, L., Brisbane Biver, Sept., Oct., 4. var. australis.
DILLENIACE^E.
Hibbertia, Andr.j Australian.
stricta, E. Br., Ironbark forests about Brisbane, Oct., Nov.,
Dec, 4.
Billardieri, F.v.M., Brisbane River, Nov., 2.
acicularis, F.v.M., Moreton Bay, July, 3.
vestita, A. Ounn., Moreton Bay, Oct., 2.
linearis, E. Br., Moreton R&y, July, 2., var. obtusifolia, 3.
volubilis, Andr., Ennogera, Nov., 1.
Adrasttea, DC, one Aust. species,
salicifolia, Moreton Bay, June, 1.
MAGNOLIACE.3E.
Drimys, Forst., Australian.
dipetala, F.v.M., Cunningham's Gap, Oct.
Though, not strictly a member of the Brisbane flora, it being
the only Queensland member of the order, we have included it.
AN0NACE2E.
Polyalthia, BL, Asia.
nitidissima, Benth. This species extends to New Caledonia,
7., 11.
Melodorum, Dun., Trop. Asia.
BY F. M. BAILEY AND BEY. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 139
Leichhardtii, Bcnth., Brisbane River scrubs, Sept., fr. ripe
Jany. It lias a fair flavour and is called the native
banana , 1 .
Eupoxtatia, E. Br., Aust., 2 sp. only.
Bennettii, F.v.M., Enoggera scrubs, Aug., 7.
laurina, R. Br., Ennogera scrubs, Nov., 1.
MENISPERMACEiE.
Pebicampyltjs, Miers, Aust. 1 sp.
incanus, Miers, Oct., 1.
Sarcopetaltjm, F.v.M. , Aust., 1 sp.
Harveyanum, F.v.M., Brisbane River, 2.
Stephana, Lour., tr., E. bemis.
liernandiaafolia, Walp., Taylor's Range, 3.
Pleogyne, Miers, Aust. 1 sp.
australis, Bentli., 7.
NYMPH^EACEiE.
Bbasexia, Schreb., Aust., 1 sp.
peltata, Pursli., Kedron Brook, 7.
Nymph^ea, L., W.
gigantea, Hook., 1 sp. Aust. Enoggera, n. all summer, 1.
PAPAYERACE^E.
Papaveb, L., W.
^horridum, DC, Brisbane River, Sept., 2., 9.
^Abgemone mexicana, Tournf., introduced.
CRUCIFERiE.
Cabdamine, L., W., not tr.
hirsuta, L., Brisbane, Sept. to Dec, 4.
Nastubtium, R. Br., W.
palustre, DC, Brisbane River, Sept., 4.
140 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
Capsella, Mrench., W., not tr.
didyma, Pers., Brisbane River, Sept., Oct.
Lepidium, L., W., temp, and subtrop.
rnderale, L., salt marsh.es Brisbane River, Oct., 4.
CAPPARIDJE.
Polanisia, Rafin., W., trop.
viscosa, DC, Brisbane River, Nov., 5. 8. 9.
Oappaeis, L., W., trop.
lasiantba, R. Br., Brisbane River, Nov., 5.
sarmentosa, A. Cmin., Brisbane River, Oct., 7.
nobilis, P. v. M., Brisbane River, Nov. Dec, 1.
VIOLAREJ&
Yiola, L., W., not troj).
betonica3folia, Sin., Taylor's Range, Nov., 4.
hederacea, Labill., moist places, all summer, 4.
Ionidium, "Vent., W., trop.
suffruticosum, Ging., Taylor's Range, summer, 1.
filiforme, F. v. M., Brisbane River, all summer, 2. 8.' 9.
PITTOSPORE^E.
Pittosporttm, Banks, Af., As., N. Z., subtr.
rhorabifolium, A. Ounn., Brisbane River, Nov., 1.
undulatum; Vent., Nerang Creek, Sept. Oct., 2.
revolutum, Ait., Brisbane River, Nov., 2.
Hymenosporum, F.v.M., Aust.
flavum, F.v.M. , Enoggera, Oct.
Bursaria, Cav., Aust.
spinosa, Cav., Brisbane, June to Dec, 4.
Citriobatus, A. Cunn., Aust.
multinorus, A. Cunn., 1.
BY F. M. BAILEY AND REV. J. E. TENISON- WOODS. 141
BlLLAEDIERA, 8m., Aust.
scandens, 8m., Doughboy Creek, Nov., 3.
TEEMANDEEyE.
Tetratheca, Sm , Aust.
tli \inifolia, Sm., near Brisbane, Feb. to May, 2.
POLYGALE^.
POLYGALA, L., W.
japonica, Houtt., 2.
CoiiESPERMA, Labill., Aust.
sphoerocarpum, Steetz., Taylor's Eange, Jany., 1. 6.
retusum, Lab., Moreton Bay, 3.
ericinum, DC, Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 3.
CAEYOPHYLLE^E.
Sileke, L., W., extra trop.
gallica, L., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 14.
Cerastium, L., W.
vulgatum, L., Brisbane Eiver, Aug., 4.
Stellaria, L., W.
media, L., Brisbane Eiver, Aug., 14.
Polycarpox, L., W.
tetraphyllum, L., fil., Brisbane Eiver, Aug., Sept., 4.
POETULACEjE.
PORTULACA, L., trop., W.
oleracea, L., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., Dec., Jany., 3.
ELATINEiE.
Elatine, Linn., W., temp, and subtr.
americana, Arm, Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 3. 10. 11. 13.
142 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
HYPEKICINE^.
Hypericum, L., W.
gramineum, Forst., Brisbane, Nov., Dec, 4. 11. 13.
MALVACEAE.
Lavatera, L., old world, extra trop., Aust.
plebeia, Sims., 4.
Malta, L., W.
*rotundifolia, L., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., Nov.
*verticillata, L., Brisbane, all summer.
Malvastrum, A. Gray, W.
spicatum, A. Gray, Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 3.
tricuspidatum, A. Gray, Brisbane Eiver, Nov. 1.5.
Sida, L., W.
subspicata, F.v.M., Enoggera, Nov., 1. 5.
rhombifolia, L., Brisbane Eiver, all summer, 1.5.
Abutilon, Goertn., trop., W.
otocarpum, F.v.M., 1.5.
Urena, L., W., trop.
lobata, L., Taylor's Eange, April, 5. 6.
Pavonia, Cav., W., trop.
hastata, Cav., Brisbane, all summer, 1. 10.
Hibiscus, L., W.
rhodopetalus, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, 5.7.
trionum, L., Ipswich, Nov., 1. 5. 8. 9.
divaricatus, Grab., Taylor's Eange, Nov., 7.
heterophyllus, Vent., Brisbane Eiver, all summer, 1
splendens, Fraser, Moreton Bay, Nov., 1.
liliaceus, L., Moreton Bay, Nov., 7. 5.
STEEOULIACE^E.
Sterculia, L., W., trop.
quadrifida, E. Br,, Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 5. 7.
BY F. M. BAILEY AXD REV. J. F. TENISOX-WOODS. 143
discolor, F.v.M., Enoggera, Dec, 1. 5.
diversifolia, GK Don, Taylor's Eange, Jany., 2.
Tarrietia, Blurae, trop., Asia, Aust.
actinopliylla, Blume, Enoggera scrubs, May, 6. 15. 8.
argyrodendron, F.v.M., Enoggera, May, 1.
trifoliata, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, May, 15.
Eulixgia, E. Br., Aust. Madagascar.
salvifolia, Benth., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., Nov., 7.
pannosa, E. Bro., Enoggera, Oct., 2.
Co^imersoxia, Forst., Am., trop. and Aust.
echinata, Forst., Enoggera, Nov., 1.
Kerattdrexia, J. Gay, Aust.
Hillii, F.v.M., 1.
Hookeriana, Walp., 5. 7.
TILIACE^].
Gtrewia, L., trop., As., Af., Am.
latifclia, F.v.M., Taylor's Eange, Nov., 7.
Corchores, L., W., trop.
Cunninghamii, F. v. M., Enoggera, Nov. to March, 7.
Echixocarpus, Blume, Asia and trop. Aust.
australis, Benth., Moreton Bay, 1.
El.eoca.rpus, L., Asia, Pacif. N. Z.
obovatus, Gr. Don, Brisbane Eiver, Sep., 1.5.
cyaneus, Ait., Pine Eiver, Nov., 2.
grandis, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, April, fruit in Nov.
This is the Queensland quandong. 7.
Series 2. Disciflorce.
LINE2E.
Lrxuxr, L., W.
marginale, A. Cunn., Bremer Eiver, Nov., 4.
144 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
ZYGOPHYLLE^E.
Tribulus, L., W.
terrestris, L., Bremer River, Oct., 4.
GERANIACE^E.
GrERANIUM, L., "W.
dissectum, L., Brisbane River, Nov. 4.
Erodiuai, L'Her.
cygnorurii, Nees, Brisbane River, Sep., 14.
Oxalis, L., W.
corniculata, L.; Brisbane River, niost of the year, 4. 14.
RUTACEJE.
Ziera, Sin., Anst.
laevigata, Sm., var. laxiflora, Moreton Bay, 1.
Smithii, Andr., Brisbane River, Nov., Dec, 3.
grannlata, (J. Moore, Doughboy Creek, Dec. Jan., 1. 6.
Boronia, Sm., Aust.
ledifolia, J. Gay, Eight-mile Plain, September, 1., var.
rosmarinifolia, 7.
polygalifolia, Sm., Eight-mile Plain, Sep. Dec, 3., var
robusta, 1.
falcifolia, A. Cunn., Moreton Bay, 1.
Eriostemon, Sm., Aust.
myoporoides, DC, Doughboy Creek, Nov., 2.
diformis, A. Cunn., Brisbane River, Nov., 4.
Bosistoa, F. v. M., Aust.
sapindiformis, F. v. M., Jany., 1.
Melicope, Benth., N. Z., Pacif.
neurococca, Benth., Brisbane River, 1.
erythrococca, Benth., Briscane River, 1.
Evodia, Forst., Asia, trop.
micrococca, F. v. M., 1.
■-■
BY F. M. BAILEY, AND REV. J. E. TEGISON- WOODS. 145
Medicosma, Hook., f. Aust.
Cunninghainii, Hook., f., all summer, 1.
Zaxtiioxylox, L., W., trop.
brachyacanthuin, F. v. M., Nov., 1.
GrEUERA, Schott., Aust.
salicifolia, Schott., Brisbaue Eiver, Oct., 1.
Muelleri, Benth., 7.
Pextaceras, Hook., f., Aust.
australis, Hook., f., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 1.
Acroxychia, Forst., Asia, trop., Pacif., Aust.
Baueri, Schott., Brisbane Eiver, July, 1.
kevis, Forst., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1.
imperforata, F. v. M., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 7.
Micromeltjm, Bl., Asia, trop., Pacif., Aust.
pubescens, Blume, Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 7.5.
Citrus, L., Asia, trop.
australis, Planch., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 7.
MELIACE^].
Tijrr^a. L., Asia, Af., Aust., trop.
pubescens, Hellen., Brisbane Eiver, Aug., 5. 6.
Melia, L., W., trop.
composita, Willcl, Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 1. 5.
Dysoxylox, Blume, Asia trop. Aust., N. Z.
Muelleri, Benth., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 1.
rufum, Benth., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 1.
Amoora, Eoxb., Asia trop., Aust.
nitidula, Benth., Moreton Bay, 1.
Synotjm, A. Juss., Aust.
glandulosum, A. Juss, Enoggera, July, 1.
Cedrela, L., Asia, Aust., Am., trop.
toona, Eoxb., Enoggera, Oct., 1.
146 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
Flindersia, E. Br., Aust., Mollucas.
Schottiana, F. v. M., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 1.
Oxleyana, F. v. M., Brisbane Eiver, Sept. 7.
Bennetiana, F. v. M., Moreton Bay, 1.
OLACINE^.
Olax, L., Asia, Af., trop., Anst.
retusa, F. v. M., Moreton Bay, 7.
stricta, E. Br., Moreton Bay, 1,
CELASTEINE^E.
Celastrus, L., N. Am., E. Ind., Aust., Madagascar.
anstralis, Harv. et Mnell., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 2.
dispernms, F. v. M., Enoggera, Sept., 7.
Cunninghamii, F.v.M., Moreton Bay, 1. 5.
Denhamia, Meisn., Aust.
pittosporoides, F. v. M., Taylor's Eange, Sept., 7. 5.
Ei^EODENDRON, Jacq., f., Asia, S. Af., Am., trop.
australe, Vent., Moreton Bay, Sept., 1.
Siphon odon, Griff., Java.
australe, Benth., "Brisbane Eiver, 1.
Hippo cratea, L., W.
obtusifolia, Eoxb., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1.
STACKHOUSIE^.
Stackhousia, Sm., Aust. 1., N. Z. 1., Ph. Is.,
spathulata, Sieb., 3.
EHAMNELE.
Alphitonia, Eeissek., Aust., Malay, Am., Pacif. Islands,
excelsa, Eeissek, Brisbane Eiver, Sep.. 1.5.
AMPELIDE^E.
Yitis, L., W., trop.
antarctica, Benth., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1.
BY F. M. BAILEY AND BEV. J. E. TEXI SON- WOODS. 147
nitens, F. v. M., Brisbane River, April, 1.
acris, F. v. M., Brisbane River, Dec., 1.
clematidea, F. v. M., Enoggera, Sep., 1.
liypoglauca, F. v. M., Enoggera, Dec., 2.
opaca, F. v. M., Brisbane River, Sep., 7. 5.
SAPINDACEiE.
Diploglottis, Hook, f., Anst.
Cunninghami, Hook, f., Brisbane River, Aug., 1.
Cupania, L., Asia, Aust., Af., Am., trop.
semiglauca, F.v.M., Brisbane River, Sept., 1.
anacarclioicles, A. Rich.., Brisbane River, May, 1.5.
serrata, F.v.M., Moreton Bay, 7.
tomentella, F.v.M., Moreton Bay, 7.
pseudorhus, A. Rich.., Brisbane River, April, 1.
xylocarpa, A. Ounn., Brisbane River, 1.
nervosa, F.v.M., Brisbane River, Dec, 1.
Ratonia, DC, W., trop.,
pyriformis, Benth., Brisbane River, April, 7.
anodonta, Benth., Brisbane River, 7.
tenax, Benth., Brisbane River, Oct., 7.5.
distylis, F.v.M., Brisbane River, Sept., 7.5.
Atalaya, Blume, Aust., Timor,
multiflora, Benth., 7.5.
hemiglauca, F.v.M., Brisbane River, 1. 5.
Nephelium, L., Indian Archipelago, Aust.
connatum, F.v.M., Brisbane River, Sept., 7.5.
tomentosum, F.v.M., Brisbane River, Sept. 1.
coriaceum, Benth., Brisbane River, 7.
fovealatum, F.v.M., Brisbane River, 7.
leiocarpum, F.v.M., Brisbane River, 1.
divaricatum. F.v.M., Brisbane River, Nov., 7.
Habpullia, Roxb., Asia, trop., Aust., Madagascar.
Hillii, F. v. M.? Moreton Bay, 1.
148 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
pendula, Planch., Brisbane River, Oct., 1. 5.
Akania, Hook, f., Aust., snbtr.
Hillii, Hook, f., Moreton Bay, 1.
Dodon^ea, L., W.
triquetra, Andr., Brisbane Eiver, Aug., 2.
viscosa, L., Enoggera, Aug., 4.
cuneata, Eudge, Enoggera, Aug., 2.
ANACAEDIACE^.
Ehijs, L., W., subtrop.
rhodanthenia, F. v. M., Brisbane Eiver, Aug., 1.
Euroschinus, Hook, f., Aust., trop.
falcatus, Hook, f., Taylor's Eange, Nov., 1.
Series 3, Calycifiorce.
LEGHJMINOS^E.
Sub-order Pa/pilionacece.
Oxylobium, Andr., Aust.
scandens, Benth., ridges near Brisbane, June to Dec, 1
aciculiferum, Benth.., Ithaca Creek, Nov., 7.
trilobatun, Benth., Moreton Bay, 7.
Chorizema, Labill., Aust.
parviflorum, Benth., Brisbane Eiver, June to Sept., 1.
GrOMPHOLOBIXJM, SlU., Aust.
latifoliuin, Shi., Eight-mile Plains, Sept., Dec, 1.
virgatum, Sieb., Moreton Bay, 1.
pinnatuni, Sm., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., Oct., 1.
Jacksonia, E. Br., Aust.
scoparia, E. Br., Taylor's Eange, Sept., 1.
Daviesia, Sm. Aust.
umbellulata, Sm., Moreton Bay, 1.
BY F. M. BAILEY AND REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 149
corymbosa, Sui.,* Eight-mile Plains, Sept., 2., var.mimosoides
2. 1.
squarrosa, Sm., Brisbane River, Sept., Oct., 1., var. villifera, 7.
ulicina, Sm., Brisbane River, Oct., 3., var. angustifolia, 7.
genistifolia, A. Cunn., Moreton Bay.
Aotus, Sm., Aust.
villosa, Sm., Moreton Bay, Sept., 3.
lanigera, A. Cunn., Moreton Bay, Sept., 1.
Phyllota, DC, Aust., subtr. and trop.
phylicoides, Bentb., Brisbane River, March, 1.
PultenjEA, Sm., Aust.
retusa, Sm., Brisbane River, Oct., 2.
myrtoides, A. Cunn., Brisbane River, Oct., 7.
petiolaris, A. Cun., Brisbane River, Oct., 7.
microphylla, Sieb., Brisbane River, Nov., 1., var. cuneata, 1.
ternata, F. v. M., Brisbane River, Sept., 2., var. cuspidata, 7.
echinula, Sieb., Brisbane River, 1.
villosa, Willd, Brisbane River, Oct., 2.
euchila, DC, Ipswich, 1.
Dillwynta, Sm., Aust., extra trop.
ericifolia, Sm., Moreton Bay, 3.
juniperina, Sieb., Moreton Bay, 2.
BossijEA, A. Cunn., Aust.
rupicola, A. Cunn., Brisbane River, 1.
ensata, Sieb., Moreton Bay, 2.
Hovea, R. Br., Aust.
heterophylla, A. Cunn., Brisbane River, Oct., 3.
longifolia, R. Br., Ipswich, 3.
acutifolia, A. Cunn., Brisbane River, Oct., 7.
Crotalaria, L., W., warm regions.
linifolia, Linn., f., Brisbane River, Sept., 1. 5.
Mitchellii, Benth., Brisbane River, Oct., 1. 5,
150 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
trifoliastrum, Willcl, Taylor's Range, Oct., 1.5.
incana, L., Brisbane River, Dec, 7. 14.
Medicago, L., W.
*denticulata, Willcl, Brisbane River, Aug., Sep., Oct.
Melilotus, L., W.
*parviflora.
Trifolium, L., W., extra trop. About 280 described species, of
which about 150 are true species,
repens, L., Brisbane River, Sept.
Lotus, L., W.
australis, Andr., Moreton Bay, Oct., 4.
Psoralea, L., W. About 100 species.
tenax, Lindl., Brisbane River, Oct., 1.
Indigofera, Linn., W., warm regions.
linifolia, Retz., Ipswich, April, 1. 5.
trifoliata, L., Ipswich, April, 7. 5. 8.
hirsuta, L., Brisbane River, Sept., 1. 5. 8. 9.
pratensis, F.v.M., Taylor's Range, Nov. to Jany., 7. 5.
Bayleyi, F.v.M., Taylor's Range, Nov., 7.
australis, Wild., Brisbane River, Nov., 4.
Tephrosa, Pers., W.
filipes, Benth., Brisbane River, Nov., Dec, Jany., 7. 5.
purpurea, Pers., Enoggera Creek, Nov., 1. 5. 8. 9.
Millettia, W. and Am., Asia, Afr., Aust., trop.
megasperma, F.v.M., Enoggera, Sept., 1.
Sesbania, Pers., W., warm regions.
aculeata, Pers., Brisbane River, Sept., 1. 5.
Swainsoxa, Salisb., Aust.
galegifolia, R. Br., Enoggera, Sept., 2.
procumbens, F. v. M., Ipswich, Sept., 2.
Fraseri, Benth., Moreton Bay, 1,
BY F. M. BAILEY AND REV. J. E. TENTS0N- WOODS, 151
^Eschyxomexe, L., "W., warm regions.
falcata, DC, Taylor's Eange, Nov., 7. 5.
Zorxia, Grnel., W.
diphylla, Pers., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., Dec, 1. 5.
Desmoditlu, Desv., W., warm regions.
brachypoclum, A. Gray, Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1.
varians, Eiicll., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., Oct., 3.
rhytidophyllnm, F. v. M., Taylor's Eange, Oct., 1.
nemorosnm, F. v. M., Enoggera, Sept., 7.
poly carp um, DC, Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 7.
parvifolinm, DC, Enoggera, Sept., 5. 7.
Uraria, Desv., Asia, Af., Aust., trop.
lagopoides, DC, Enoggera, Sept., 7. 5.
Lespediza, Mich., N. Am., Asia, trop , Aust.
cuneata, G\ Don., Brisbane Eiver, 2. 15.
Vicia, L., W.,
*sativa, L. This and the followed one escapes from cultivation.
*hirsuta, Koch.
Glycine, L., Af., Asia, trop., Aust.
clandestina, Wendl., Taylor's Eange, Oct., 4.
tabacina, Benth., Taylor's Eange, Oct., 4.
Hardexbergia, Benth., Aust.
monophylla, Benth., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 3.
Kexxedya, Vent., Aust.
rubicunda, Vent., Enoggera, Oct., 2.
Erythrixa, L., W., warm regions.
vespertilio, Benth., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 7. 5.
Mucuxa, Adams, W., warm regions.
gigantea, DC, Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1. 5.
Galactia, E. Br., W.
tenuinora, Willd., Brisbane Eiver, 1. 5.
152 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
Canavalia, DC, W., trop. and subtrop.
obtusifolia, Brisbane River, Sept., 1.5.
Phaseolus, L., W., warm regions.
psoraleoides, U. and A., Brisbane River, Nov.
Vigna, Savi., W., warm regions.
vexillata, Benth., Brisbane River, Sept., Oct., 1. 5.
lutea, A. Gray, Brisbane River, Sept., 1. 5.
Rhynchosia, Lour., W., warm regions.
minima, Brisbane River, Oct., 1. 5. 14.
australis, Benth.., Brisbane River, Oct., 1.5.
Flemingia, Roxb., Asia, Af., Anst., trop.
parviflora, Benth., Brisbane River, Oct., 7. 5.
Lonchocarpus, H. B. et R., Am., Af., Aust., trop.
Blackii, Benth., Brisbane River, Nov., 1.
Derris, Lour., Asia, Am., Aust., trop.
scandens, Benth., Brisbane River, Nov., 1. 8.
Sophora, L., W., warm regions.
Fraseri, Benth., Enoggera, Sept., 1.
Castanospermum, A. Cunn., Aust.
australe, A. Cunn., Brisbane River, Nov., 1.
Barklya, F.v.M., Aust.
syringifolia, F. v. M., Pine River, Nov., 7.
CiESALPiNiA, L., W., trop.
*sepiaria, Roxb., Brisbane River, Sept., 7. 8.
Mesoneurtjm, Desf., Ten species, one Aust., nine African,
brachycarpum, Benth., Enoggera, Sept., 1.
Cassia, L., W., Tasmania and New Zealand excepted,
leevigata, Willd., Brisbane River, all summer. 1.
sophera, Linn., Moreton Bay, Nov., 1.
suffruticosa, Keen., Ipswich, 1.5.
australis, Sims, Enoggera, Nov., 2. 5.
BY F. M. BAILEY, AND BEV. J. E. TENlSON-WOODS. 153
concinna, Benth., Enoggera, Nov., 1. 5.
mimosoides, L., Brisbane River, Sep., 1. 5.
Neptuxia, Lour., W., trop.
gracilis, Benth., 1. 5.
Acacia, Willcl., Am., Af., Asia, warm regions, Aust.
Division PhyUodinece.
juniperina, Willcl., Taylor's Eange, Sept., 3.
pugioniformis, Wendl., Moreton Bay, 1.
bruniades, A. Cunn., Brisbane River, 7.
fasciculifera, F v M, Moreton Bay, 1.
falcata, Willd., Taylor's Range, Sept., Oct., 1.
penninervis, Sieb., High, land near Brisbane, Sep., 3.
suaevolens, Willd., Moreton Bay, 3.
linifolia, Willd., Brisbane River, Sept., 1.
podalyriafolia, A. Cunn., Brisbane River, Aug., 7.
amblygona, A. Cunn., Moreton Bay, 1.
implexa, Benth., Brisbane River, Sept., 1.
complanata, A. Cunn., Dec, April, 1.
longifolia, Willd., Brisbane River, Aug., 3,
doratoxylon, A. Cunn., Moreton Bay, 1. 5.
glaucescens, Willd., Moreton Bay, 1.
Cunninghami, Hook, Brisbane River, Sept., 1 .
aulocarpa, A. Cunn., Brisbane River, Oct., 7. 5.,
Division Bipinnata.
spectabilis, A. Cunn., Brisbane River, Aug., 1.
polybotrya, Benth., Ipswich, Aug., 1.
decurrens, Willd., Brisbane River, August, 2., var.
pauciglandulosa, 1 .
Albizza, Duraz, Asia, Africa, Aust. trop., and W. A.
*Lebbeck, Benth, Brisbane River, Nov.
Pitiiecolobitjm, Mart., W., warm regions.
pruinosum, Benth., Brisbane River, Nov., 1.
154 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
ROSACE2E.
Rubus, L., W.
moluccanus, L., Taylor's Range, Nov., 3. 8.
parvifolius, L., Taylor's Range, Oct., 3. 8.
rosa>folius, Sin., Brisbane River, Sei^t., 3. 8. 9.
SAXIFRAGES.
Abrophyllum, Hook, f., Aust.
ornans, Hook, f., Enoggera, Oct., 1. 15.
Apiianopetaltjm, Eclcll., Anst.
resinosum, Encll., Enoggera, Sept., 1.
Welnmannta, L., Indian Archipelago, Aust., Pacif.
lachnocarpa, F.v.M., Enoggera, April, 7. 15.
CRASSULACE^E.
Tilkea, L., W.
verticillaris, DC, Brisbane River, on rocks, May to Sept., 4.
13. 10.
DROSERACE^E.
Drosera, L., "VV., Pacific Islands excepted,
indica, L., Moreton Bay, Sept., 4. 8. 9.
Burmanni, Valil., Brisbane River. Oct,, 7. 5. 8.
spatliulata, Labill., Brisbane River, Oct., 3. 8. 13.
peltata, Sm., Brisbane River, Nov., 3. 8.
HALORAGE2E.
Haloragis, Forst., Aust., India, China, N. Z.
ceratophylla, Endl., Brisbane River, Aug., 3.
alata, Jacq., Brisbane River, Nov., 2. 13. 6.
micrantlia, R. Br., Brisbane River, April, 3. 6.
lieteropliylla, Brogn., Brisbane River, August, 2. 5.
tetragona, Hook, Brisbane River, Sept., 3.
BY P. M. BAILEY AXD REV. J. E. TEXISOX- WOODS. 155
BfYElOPHTLLTJM, L., water plant, W.,
variafolium, Hook, f., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 4. 15.
veiTiicosnm, Lindl., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 4. 5.
latifolinm, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, .Oct., 1. 6. 15.
gracile, Benth., Kedron Brook, Nov., 7.
Ceratopiiylltjm, L., W.
This genus is placed by Bentham and Hooker amongst the
Monochlomidse .
demersum, L., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 17. 14.
Callitriche, L., W.
verna. L., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 4. 14.
EHIZOPHOEE^.
Brugiera, Lam., tropics.
Eheedii, Blnme, Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 7. 5. 8.
MYETACE^.
Homoraxthus, A. Cunn., Aust.
virgatus, A. Cunn., Moreton Bay, Sept., 1.
B.eckea, L., Aust., Pacif., Indian Archipelago,
stenophylla, F.v.M., Moreton Bay, 7.
virgata, An dr., Enoggera, Sept., 2. 11.
Leptospermtjm, Forst., Indian Archipelago, Aust., Pacific,
flavescens, Sm., Brisbane Eiver, August, 3.
stellatum, Cav., Brisbane Eiver, Oct.
scoparium, Forst., Moreton Ba}% 1.
myrtifolium, Sieb., Moreton Bay, 1.
Callistemox, E. Br., Australia.
lanceolatus, DC, Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 1., 5.
salignus, DC, Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 3.
Melaleuca, L., Aust., Pacific, Indian Archipelago,
hypericifolia, Sm., Ipswich, Oct., 1. 15,
156 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
thymifolia, Sm., Logan Road, Oct., 1.
linariifolia, Sm., Brisbane River, Nov., 1.
leueadendron, L., Brisbane River, Nov., 1. 5. 8.
genistifolia, Sm., Brisbane River, Sept., 1. 5.
nodosa, Sm., Brisbane River, Oct., 1.
ericifolia, Sm., Brisbane River, Oct., 3.
Angophora, Cav., Aust.
subvelutina, F.v.M., Taylor's Range, Dec, 1.
lanceolata, Oav., Taylor's Range, Jany., 1.
Eucalyptus, L'Her., Aust., Indian Archipelago,
pilnlaris, Sm., Logan, 2.
melanophloia, F.v.M., Bremer, Nov. 1.
resinifera, Sm., Ipswich Road, Nov., 1.
trachyphloia, F.v.M., Taylor's Range, Nov., 7.
crebra, F.v.M., Taylor's Range, Sept., 1. 5.
heemastoma, Sm., Brisbane River, Nov., 1.
microcorys, F.v.M., Brisbane River, Aug., Sept., 1.
hemiphloia, F.v.M., Brisbane River, 2.
siderophloia. Benth., Brisbane River, 1.
botryoides, Sm., Brisbane River, Oct., 2.
tereticornis, Sm., Brisbane River, Oct., 2.
tesselaris, F.v.M., Brisbane River, Jany., 7. 5.
corymbosa, Sm., Brisbane River, Nov., 1.
Baileyana, F.v.M., Eight-mile Plains, 6. 15.
Planchoniana, F.v.M., Eight-mile Plains, 7. 15.
maculata, Hook, Brisbane River, Nov., 1.
Tristania, R. Br., Aust., Pacif., Indian Archipelago.
suaveolens, Sm., Brisbane River, Nov. to Jany., 1. 5.
conferta, R. Br., Brisbane River, Dec, 1.5.
laurina, R. Br., Moggill, Dec
Syncarpia, Ten., Aust.
leptopetala, F.v.M., Enoggera, Sept., 1.
BY F. M. BAILEY, AXD REV. J. E. TEXIS0N-"W00DS. 157
Backiiousia, Hook and Harv., Aust. et trop.
myrfcifolia, Hook and Harv., Enoggera, Dec, 1.
citriodora, F.v.M., Moreton Bay, 7.
Eiiodo:uyrtlts, DC, Aust., Indian Archipelago,
psidioides, Benth., Enoggera, August, 1.
Myrtus, L., W., but not in tropics.
rhytisperma, F.v.M., Brisbane River, 1.
gonoclada, F.v.M., Brisbane River, 7.
acmenoides, F.v.M., Brisbane River, \.
fragrantissinia, F.v.M., 1.
Hillii, Benth., Enoggera, 7.
tenuifolia, Moreton Bay, 1.
Rhodamxia, Sach., Asia and Aust., trop.
trinervia, Blume, Enoggera, Sept., 1.
argentea, Benth., Enoggera, 1.
Nelitris, Gteertn., Asia and Aust., trop.
panniculata, Lincll., Enoggera, Nov., 7. 5. 8.
Eugenia, L., Asia, Af ., Aust., trop. and subtrop.
Smithii, Poir, Brisbane River, Sept., 2. 5.
Ventenatii, Benth., Enoggera, Nov., 1. 5.
myrtifolia, Sims, Enoggera, Nov., 1.5.
MELASTOMACEiE.
Melastoma, L., Asia, Aust., Pacif., trop.
malabathricum, L., Brisbane River, Dec, 1. 5. 8.
LYTHRARFELE.
LlTHRTJM, L., W.
salicaria, L., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 3.
ONAGRARIE.3E.
(Exothera, L., Am., Aust.
*rosea, Willd., Brisbane Eiver, Sept.
158 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
Jusslea, L., W., trop.
repens, L., Brisbane River, Sept., 2.
sufTruticosa, L., Brisbane River, Nov., 1. 5.
SAMYDACE^.
Casearia, Jacq., Asia, Af., Am., Anst.
esculenta, Roxb., Brisbane River, 8.
PASSIFLOREiE.
Passiflora, L., W., trop.
Herbertiana, Lindl., Brisbane River, June, Sept., 1.
Banksii, Benth., Brisbane River, Dec, 7. 5.
CUCURBITACE^E.
Trichosanthes, L., Asia, Aust., trop.
palmata, Roxb., Brisbane River, 1. 5. 8.
Momordica, L., Asia, Africa, Aust., trop. and warm regions,
balsamina, L., Brisbane River, Jany., 6. 8.
Bryonia, L., Eur., Asia, Africa, Aust.
laciniosa, L., Brisbane River, Nov., Dec, 1. 5.
Melothria, L., tropic, W.
Cunningbami, F.v.M., Brisbane River, fl. and fr. all summer.
Mukia, Am., Asia, Africa, Aust., trop.
scabra, Am., Humpybong, Nov.,, 7.5.
Sicyos, L., Am., Aust., Aust., Pacif.
angulata, L., Itliaca Creek, Sept., 3.
FICOIDE^E.
Tetragonia, L., Shores of Southern Hemisphere,
expansa, Murr., Brisbane River, Sept. 3.
Sesuvium, L., Tropical shores.
portulacastrum, L., Moreton Bay, Nov., 1. 5. 14.
BY F. M. BAILEY, AND REV. J. E. TENIS0X-W00DS. 159
Molltjgo, L., warm regions of the world.
spergula, L., Brisbane River, Sept., Nov., 2. 5. 14.
UMBELLIFERiE.
Hydrocotyle, L., W.
vulgaris, L., Brisbane River, Sept., Oct., 2.
hirta, R. Br., Brisbane River, Sept., Oct., 4.
laxiflora, Brisbane River, Oct., 3.
tripartita, R. Br., Enoggera, Oct., Dec, 3.
asiatica, L., Enoggera, Sept., Nov., 4. 13. 8. 9. 10.
Track ymene, Rudge, Aust., Pacific, Borneo.
incisa, Rudge, Brisbane River, Nov., Dec, 1.
procumbens, Benth., Enoggera, Nov., Jany., 7.
Siebera, Reichb., Aust.
ericoides, Bentli., Moreton Bay, Oct., 2.
Acttxotus, Labill., Australia.
Helianthi, Labill., Moreton Bay, Nov., 1.
Eryxgitot, L., W., South. Africa excepted,
expansuni, F.v.M., Brisbane River, Dec, 1.
Apittm, L., W.
australe, Thou., Brisbane River, 14. 13. 4.
leptophylluni, F.v.M., all summer, 1.
Craxtzia, Nutt., Extrop., Am., Aust., N. Z.
lineata, Nutt., Brisbane River, August to Dec, 3.
Dauctjs, L., W.
brachiatus, Sieb., Brisbane River, Nov., 4. 13. 10.
ARALIACE^E.
ASTROTICHE, DC, Aust.
floccosa, DC, Taylor's Range, Sept., 1.
longifolia, Benth., Moreton Bay, 1.
Paxax, L., Trop. Asia, Africa, Pacific, Aust., N. Z.
elegans, F.v.M., Brisbane River, Nov., 1.
160 A CENSUS OF^THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
COENACEiE.
Marlea, Roxb., Asia, Aust., Pacific, warm regions.
vitiensis, Bentli., Brisbane Eitfer, Aug., var. tomentosa, 1.11.
LOEANTHACEiE.
Loranthus, L., Am., Africa, Asia, trop. or subtrop.
alyxifolius, F.v.M., Enoggera, Sept., 1.
dityophlebus, F.v.M., Moreton Bay, 1.
quandang, Lindl., Moreton Bay, 4.
celastroides, Sieb., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 2.
longiflorus, Desr., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 15.
exocarpi, Behr., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 3.
linoplryllus, Fengl., Brisbane Eiver, Sep., 4. 8.
pendulus, Sieb., Brisbane Eiver, March, 4.
Yiscum, L., Asia, Africa, Temperate Europe.
angulatum, Heyne, Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 7. 5.
articulatum, Burm., Enoggera, Oct., 1.
Notothixos, Oliv., Aust.
cornifolius, Oliv., Enoggera, Oct.,
incanus, Oliv., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 7.
subaureus, Oliv., Brisbane Eiver, June, 1.
CAPEIFOLIACEiE.
Sambucus, L., W., except South Africa and Brisbane scrubs.
Graudichaudiana, DC, Moreton Bay, Nov., 2.
xanthocarpa, E.v.M., Enoggera, fl. and fruit all summer, 3.
EUBIACE^E.
Dentella, For st., Asia, trop., Pacific.
repens, Forst., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 7. 5. 8. 11.
Gardenia, L., trop., W.
ehartacea, F.v.M., Enoggera, Oct., 1.
BY F. M. BAILEY, AND BEV. J. E. TENTS0N-W00DS. 161
Ixora, L., W., trop.
pavetta, Roxb., Brisbane River, Dec, 7. 5.
Timonius, Humph.., Indian Archipelago, Aust., trop.
Runiphii, DC, Taylor's Range, Aug., 7. 5. 8.
HODGKINSONIA, F.V.M., Aust.
ovatiflora, F.v.M., Enoggera, Dec., 1.
Plectronia, fCanthiumJ Learn., W., trop.
latifolium, F.v.M., Brisbane River, Nov., 1.
lucidum, Hook and Arn., Brisbane River, Dec. 7. 5. 11.
vaccinifolium, F.v.M., Brisbane River, Dec. to Feb., 1. 5.
coprosmoides, F.v.M., Brisbane River, Dec, 1. 5.
Morixda, L., W., trop.
jasminoides, A. Cunn., Brisbane River, Sept., 7. 8. 11.
acutifolia, F.v.M., Enoggera, Sept., 7.
Ccelospermum, Blume, Indian Archipelago and Aust., trop.
panniculatum, F.v.M., Ithaca Creek, Nov., 1. 5.
Psycotria, L., W., tropj.
loniceroides, Sieb., Brisbane River, Sept., 1.
daphnoides, A. Cunn., Brisbane River, Oct., 1. 5.
Operculabia, Gtertn., Australia.
aspera, Grsertn., Brisbane River, Nov., 2.
hispida, Spreng, Brisbane River, Nov., 1.
diphylla, Graertn., Brisbane River, Nov., 1.
Pomax, Soland., Aust.
umbellata, Soland, Enoggera, Sept., 3.
Kjstoxia, L., Asia, trop.
corymbosa, Willd., Ithaca Creek, Oct., 7.
Spebmacoce, L., Africa, Aust.
brachystema, R. Br., Brisbane River, Sept., 1. 5.
multicaulis, Benth., Brisbane River, Sept., 1. 5.
162 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
Asperula, L., old world, temperate regions.
guuinifolia, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 5.
conferta, Hook, Ipswich, Oct., 3. 5.
Galium, L., W.
australe, DC, Enoggera, Nov., 3.
COMPOSITE.
Saussurea, DC, W., (mountainous).
carthamoides, Benth., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 1. 8.
Centaurea, L., W., not Australia, except this species,
metilensis, L., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 4. 14.
Carduus, L., Europe, Asia, (W.), South Africa, Canary Islands.
*marianus, L., Brisbane Eiver, Nov.
Cnicus, L., Eur., Asia, N. Af., Am., and a few in other places,
^lanceolatum, Scop., Bremer, Nov.
Yeenonia, Schreb., a vast genus, but none in Europe; Australian
species probably introduced.
*cinerea, Less., Enoggera, Sept., 1. 5. 8.
Carpesium, L., Europe and Asia.
cernuum, L., Taylor's Eange, Sept., 14.
Ageratum, L., trop. Am. The species is of world-wide distribution,
conyzoides, L., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 7. 14.
Adenostemma, For st., Am., trop.
viscosum, Forst., Taylor's Eange, Nov., 1. 14.
Olearia, Maench, species 85, 63 Australian, 22 New Zealand.
Nernstii, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 1.
hygrophila, Benth., Moreton Bay, 7.
Yittauinia, A. Eich., America, Australia, Pacific.
australis, A. Eich., Taylor's Eange, Nov., 4. 13.
scabra, DC, Taylor's Eange, Nov., 1. 5.
Erigeron, L., W.
linifolius, Willd., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 4. 14. 5.
BY F. M. BAILEY, AND REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 163
Oonyza, L., W., trop. and subtrop.
viscidula, Wall, Brisbane River, Nov., 1.
regyptiaca, Ait., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 7. 8. 9.
Calotis, E. Br., Anst.
dentex, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, March to Sept., 1. 5.
cuneifolia, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1.5. 6.
lappnlacea, Benth., Brisbane Eiver, Nov.
Lagenophora, Oass., Australia, New Zealand, Asia, trop.
Billardieri, Cass., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 4. 8.
solenogyne, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1.
Brachycome, Oass., Australia, New Zealand, Africa, 1.
microcarpa, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, Sep., 1.
Pterocauton, Ell.
spicatus, Lab., Enoggera, Nov., 7. 5. 8. 11.
sphacelatus, Lab., Enoggera, Nov., 5. 3. 11.
Blttmea, DC, Australia, Africa, Asia, warm regions,
hieracifolia, DC, Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 7. 8. 5.
lacera, DC, Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 7. 8. 5.
Epaltes, Less., America, Africa, Asia, Australia, trop.
*australis, Less, Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 3. 5.
Xanthittm, L., America.
*spinosum, L., Brisbane Eiver, Nov. to Jany.
Siegesbeckia, L., W., warm regions.
orientalis, L., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 3. 5.
Eclipta, L., W., warm regions.
alba, Hassk., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 5. 14.
platyglossa, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, Oct. to Jany, 3. 5.
"Wedelia, Jacq., W., warm region.
bitlora, DC, Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1. 5.
calendulacea, Taylor's Eange, Sept., 7. 8.
spilanthoides, F.v.M., Taylor's Eange, Sept., 1. 5.
164 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
Spilanthes, L., W., warni regions.
grandiflora, Turcz., Brisbane Biver, Nov., 1.5.
Gallnsoga, Cav., America, trop.
*parviflora, Cav., Brisbane River, all summer.
Bidens, L., W., warm region.
pilosa, L., Brisbane Eiver, all summer, 3. 14.
bipinnata, L., Enoggera, all summer, 7. 5. 14.
Glossogyne, Cass., Asia, tropical Australia.
tenuifolia, Cass., Taylor's Range, Nov., 3. 5. 8. 11.
Tagetes, L., American, trop.
glandulifera, Schranck, Enoggera, Sept., 1.
Enhydra, Lour., W., warm regions.
paludosa, DC, Brisbane River, Nov., 1. 6. 8.
Cotula, Linn., W.
australis, Hook, Brisbane River, Sept., 4. 15. 13.
Soliva, R. et P., America, Aust.
anthemifolia, R. Br., Brisbane River, Nov.
Ceaspedia, Forst., Australia, New Zealand.
chrysantha, Benth., Logan Road, Nov., 3. 5.
Cassinia, R. Br., South. Africa, New Zealand, Australia.
Ia3vis, R. Br., Brisbane River, Sept., 1.
Helichrysitm, Benth., W., but Africa and Australia principally,
bracteatum, Willd., Brisbane River, Sept., 4.
apiculatum, DC, Brisbane River, all summer, 4.
diosmifolium, Less., Brisbane River, Nov., 1.
oxylepis, F.v.M., Moreton Bay, 1 .
Helipterum, DC, Africa, Aust.
*polyphyllum, E.v.M., Bremer River, Sept., 7. 5.
Gnaphalium, L., W.
collinum, Lab., Enoggera, Sept., 2.
japonicum, Thunb., Brisbane River, Sept., 4. 8. 13.
purpureum, L., Brisbane River, Nov., 1. 10.
BY F. M. BAILEY, AND BEV. J". E. TENISOX-WOODS. 165
Erecthites, Rafin, America, Australia, New Zealand,
quadridentata, DC, Brisbane River, Nov., 4. 5.
Sexecio, L., W., 900 species !
lautus, Forst., Brisbane River, Nov., 4. 13.
Cryptostemma, R. Br., Africa.
*calendulacoa, R. Br., Brisbane River, Sept.
Picris, L., W.
hieracroides, L., Brisbane River, Sept., 4. 14.
Crepis, L., W.
japonica, Benth., Enoggera, Oct., 1. .3. G. 8.
Sonchus, L., W.
oleraceus, L., Brisbane River, all summer, 4. 14.
STYLIDIiE.
Stylidium, Sw., Asia, Tropics and Aust.
debile, F.v.M., Brisbane River, Nov., 1. 5.
capillare, R. Br., Brisbane River, Nov., 7. 6. 5.
graminfolium, Sw., Brisbane River, stony ridges, all summer.
GOODENOVLE.
Velleia, Sm., Aust.
spatbulata, R. Br., Brisbane River, all summer, 1.5.
Goodenia, Sm., Aust.
stelligera, R. Br., Moreton Bay, 1.
ovata, Sm., Moreton Bay, all summer, 3.
bellidifolia, Sm., Brisbane River, Nov., 1. 5.
hederacea, Sm., Brisbane River, Nov., 2.
rotundifolia, R. Br., Brisbane River, Nov., 1.
grandiflora, Sims., Taylor's Range, Aug., 1. 5.
panniculata, Sim., Kedron Brook, Sept., 2. 5.
Soevola, L., Pacific Islands, Asia, Australia, trop.
kispida, Cav., Eight-mile Plains, Nov., 2.
166 A CENSUS OP THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
Dampiera, E. Br., Aust.
stricta, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 3.
Brunonia, Sin., Aust.
australis, Eight-mile Plains, Oct., 4. 5.
CAMPANULACE2E.
Lobelia, L., W., Europe med. and As. oc. excepted,
trigonocaulis, F.v.M., Enoggera Creek, Nov., 1.
gibbosa, Labill, Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 4. 5.
stenophylla, Benth., Brisbane Eiver, all summer, 1.5.
purpurascens, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, all summer, 2.
Pratia., Gaudich, Asia, tropics, Australia, New Zealand, Am.
erecta, Gaudich, Brisbane Eiver, Nov.
Wahlenbergia, Schrad, W., South Africa especially.
gracilis, A. DC, Brisbane Eiver, all summer, 4. 5. 13. 8.
EPACEIDEiE.
Styphelia, Sm., Aust.
viridis, Andr., Moreton Bay, Oct., 1.
Melichrus, E. Br., Aust.
urceolatus, E. Br., Logan Eoad, Sept., 2.
rotatus, E. Br., Kedron Brook, Sept., 1.
Trociiocarpa, E. Br., Aust.
laurina, E. Br., Ithaca Creek, Sept., Nov., 1.
Brachyloma, Sond, Aust.
daplmoides, Benth., Moreton Bay, Nov., 3.
Leucopogon, E. Br., Australia, N. Z., Indian Archipelago, Pacif.
lanceolatus, E. Br., Moreton Bay, 3.
Eichei, E. Br., Moreton Bay, 4.
melaleucoides, A. Cunn,, Moreton Bay, 1.
ericoicles, E. Br., Moreton Bay, 3
margarodes, E. Br., Moreton Bay, 1.
leptospermoides, E. Br., Moreton Bay, 7. 5,
by f. m. bailey and rev. J. e. TenIsox-woods. 167
neoanglicus, F.v.M., Moreton Bay, 1.
juniperinum, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Dec, 2.
Acrotiche, R. Br., Aust.
divaricata, R. Br., Moreton Bay, Nov.
aggregata, R. Br., Eight-mile Plains, Sept.
Moxotoca, R. Br., Aust.
elliptica, R. Br., Moreton Bay, 8.
scoparia, R. Br., Brisbane R'ver, Sept., 3.
ErACRis, Cav., Australia, New Zealand.
obtusifolia, Sm., Moreton Bay, Sept., 3.
microphylla, R. Br., Moreton B iv, Sept., 3.
Lysixema, R. Br., Aust.
pungens, R. Br., Moreton Bay, 1.
Sprexgelia, Sm., Aust.
ponceletia, F.v.M., Moreton Bay, 1.
PLUMBAGINEJE.
Statice, L., W.
australis, Spreng, Moreton Bay, August, 2. 8. 11.
Plumbago, L., warm regions, W.
zeylanica, L., Brisbane River, Sept., Oct., 1. 5.
PRIMULACEiE.
AXAGALIS, L., W.
%rvensis, L., Tajdor's Range, Sept.
Samolus, L., W.
valerandi, L., Brisbane River, Oct., 2. 14.
MYRSINEiE.
Samara, L., Asia, Africa, Australia, tropic?, Pacif.
australiana, F.v.M., Taylor's Ringe, Sept., 1. 15.
168 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
Mysine, L., W., trop.
campanulata, F.v.M., Taylor's Range, Aug., 7. 15.
crassifolia, R. Br., Moreton Bay, 1.5.
variabilis, R. Br., Brisbane River, Sept., 2. 5.
jEgiceras, Gsertn., Asia, Australia, trop.
niajus, Gteertn., Brisbane River, Sept., Oct., 2. 5. 8. 11.
SAPOTACEiE.
Chrysophyllum, L., America, Africa, Asia, Australia, trop.
pruniferum, F.v.M*, Brisbane River, fruit ripe Nov., 1.5.
Achras, L., America, trop.
myrsinoides, A. Cunn., Brisbam River, Oct., 1. •'».
australis, R. Br.. Enoggera, fruii ripe Nov., 1. 5.
Pohlmaniana, F.v.M., Brisbane River, 7. 6.
laurifolia, F.v,M., Brisbane River, Aug., 1.5.
HoinrooYNE, A. DC, Aust.
cotinifolia, A. DC , Brisbane River, 1. 5.
EBENACKJE.
DlOSl'YROS, L., W.
australis, R. Br., Brisbane River, 1. 5.
pentamera, F.v.M., Brisbane River, 1.
Maba, Forst., AV., warm regions.
geminata, R. Br., Brisbane River, 7. 5.
fasciculosa. F.v.M., Enoggera, 7. 5.
STYBACACEiE.
Symplocos, L., Asia, Australia, America, warm regions.
spieata, l^oxb., Itliaca Creek, Oct., fruit Feb., 1. 5. 8. 11.
OLEACEiE.
Jasmixum, L., Asia, Africa, Australia.
didymum, Forst., Moreton Bay, Sept., 7. 5. 11.
BY F. U. BAILEY AXD REV. J. E. TEXISOX-WOODS, 169
racemosum, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 7. 5.
lineare, R. Br., Brisbane River, Oct., 4. 5.
simplicifolium, Forst., Brisbane River, Nov., 1. 5. 11.
suavissimnm, Lindl., Brisbane River, Nov., 1.
Olea, L., warm regions, old world.
panniculata, R. Br., Brisbane River, Oct., 1. 5. 11.
NoTEiuaEA, Vent., Australia, Canary Islands,
longiflora, Brisbane River, 2.
ovata, Eiglit-mile Plains, Sept., 15.
APOCYNEiE.
Mi :i.mi>im -. Korst., Asia, Pacific, Australia, trop.
acutiflorus, K.v.aL, Knoggera, Oct., 7.
Ceeissa, L., Africa, Asia, Australia, trop.
ovata, R. Br., Brisbane River, Nov. to Dec, 1. 5.
Alyxia, R. Br., Asia. Australia, Pacific, Madagassar, trop.
ruscifolia, R. Br.. Brisbane River, Oct., 1. 5.
var. pugioniformis.
Tauebx.emoxtaxa, L., W., trop.
orientalis, R. Br., Brisbane River, Sept., 1. 5. 8., var.
angustifolia.
Pahsoxsia, R. Br., Asia, tropics, Australia, New Zealand.
ventricosa, F.v.M., Enoggera, Oct. to Feb., 1.
Lyoxsia, R. Br., Australia, Pacific.
lilacine F.v.M., Pine River, Oct., 1. 5.
reticulata, F.v.M., Brisbane River, Nov., 1. 5.
ASCLEPIADEiE.
Secamoxe, R. Br., Africa, Asia, Australia, tropics, Madagascar.
elliptica, R. B., Brisbane River, Nov.
SABCOSTEMMA, R. Br., Africa, Asia, Aust.
australe, R. Br., Morcton Bav, Nov., 1. <5. 8.
170 A CENStTS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
Vixcetoxicttm, Mcench, W., warm regions,
carnosum, Benth., Moreton Bay, 1. 5.
ovatum, Bentli., Brisbane River, 7. 5.
Tylopiioba, E. Br., Africa, Asia, Australia, Pacific, trop.
floribimda, Benth., Pine Eiver, Nov., 1. 6. 15.
Mabsdexia, E. Br., W., warm region.
rostrata, E. Br., Breakfast Creek, Oct., 2. 5.
Fraseri, Bsnth., Moreton Bay, 7.
coronata, Benth., Brisbane Eiver, 7.
Gymnema, B. Br., Africa, Asia, Australia, tropical and subtr.
micradenia, Bentli., Brisbane Eiver, 7.5.
pleiadenia, F.v.M., Pine Eiver, Nov., 7.
Hoya, E. Br., Asia, Australia, tropical and subtropical,
australis, Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 1.5. 11.
LOGANIACE^E.
Mitbasacme, Labill, Australia, New Zealand, Asia, trop.
paludosa, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 1.5.
alsinoides, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 1.
indica, "Wight, Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 1. 5. 8.
pygnuea, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 1. 5. 8.
Logaxia, E. Br., Australia, New Zealand,
pusilla, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 1. 6. 15.
GENTIANEiE.
Ebythb^ea, Pers., W., Northern Hemisphere, except two species,
australis, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Oct. and Nov., 4. 5. 8. 11.
Yillabsia, Vent., South Africa, Aust.
reniformis, E.Br., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 3.
Lixnaxthemum, Gin el., W.
indicum, Thu., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1. 5. 8. 9. 10.
crenatum, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, May, 2. 5.
geminatum, Gr., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 2. 5.
BY F. M. BAILEY AXD REV. J. E. TEXISOX- WOODS. 171
BORAGINE.E.
Cyxoglossum, L.. TV.
latifolium, K. "Br., Enoggera, Sept., 2. 15.
australe, R. B., Brisbane River, Oct., 3. 15.
CONVOLVULACEiE.
Ipoilea, L., TV., Europe excepted ; a vast genus,
hederacea, Jacq., Moreton Bay, 7. 5. 14.
plebeia, R. Pr., Moreton Bay, 7. 5.
palmata, Forst., Brisbane River, all summer, 1. 5. 8. 9. 10.
purpurea, Roth., Brisbane River, all summer, 7. 5.
Quamoclit, L., Brisbane River, all summer, 7. 8. 5., doubt-
fully introduced.
Coxvolvulus, L., TV.
erubescens, Sims, Brisbane River, all summer, 4. 5. 13.
marginatus, Spieng, Brisbane River, Sept., 3. 11. 13.
Evolvulus, L., TV., warm regions.
alsinoides, L., Brisbane River, all summer, 4. 14.
Dichoxdra, Forst., TV.
repens, Forst., Brisbane River, August, Sept., 4. 14.
Cuscuta, R. Br., TV., wtfrm regions.
australis, R. Br., Enoggera, Dec, 3. 5. 14.
*europea, L., Brisbane River, Dec, 14.
SOLANACEJE.
Solaxum, L., TV., generally tropical ; a vast genus,
stelligerum, Enoggera, Oct., 1. 5.
fm-furaceum, R. Br., Enoggera, Oct., 7. 5.
aviculare, Forst., Brisbane River, Oct., 3. 13.
nigrum, L., Brisbane River, Sept., 4. 14.
^'pseudo- capsicum, Brisbane River, Sept., 6. 15. 14.
verbascifolium, Ait., Brisbane River, Oct., 1. 5. 8. 10.
discolor, R. Br„ Brisbane River, Oct., 7. 5,
172 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
densevestitum, F.v.M., Brisbane Kiver, Oct., 1.
*sodomaeiim, L., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 14.
Nicandra, G-sertn, Pern.
*physalodes, Grertn, Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 15. 6. 14.
Physalis, L., Mexico.
•'peruviana, L., Brisbane Eiver, all summer, 4. 5. 10. 11.
Lycium, L., W.
anstrale, Brisbane Eiver, Dec, 1.
Datura, L., \V.
'"stramonium,
Nicotiana, L., America, Australia, Pacific,
suaveolens, Lebm., Enoggera, Nov., 4. 10.
Duboisia, E. Br., Australia, New Caledonia.
myoporoides, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 1. 5. 11.
SCEOPHULAEINE^.
Herpestis, Gsertn, f., W., warm regions.
Monniera, H. B., and K., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., Oct., 1. 14.
Gratiola, L., W.
pedunculata, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 4. 5.
peruviana, L., Moreton Bay, 4. 10. 13.
Artanema, Don, Asia, Tropical Australia.
fimbriatum, Don, Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1. 5.
Vandellia, L., warm regions, old world.
alsinoides, Benth., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 7. 5.
Veronica, L., "W.
plebeia, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 2. 13.
Centranthera, E. Br., Asia, Tropical Australia.
hispida, E. Br., Kedron Brook, Sept. to Jany., 1. 5. 8.
Buchnera, L., W., warm regions.
urticifolia, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1. 5.
BY F. M. BAILEY, AXD REV. J. E. TEXISOX- WOODS. 173
LENTIBULARIE2E.
Utriculabia, L., W.
flexuosa, Vahl., Brisbane River, Nov., 8.
exoleta, R. Br., Brisbane River, 1. 5. G. 8.
pygmnea, R. Br., Brisbane River, Oct., 7. -5.
cyanea, R. Br., Brisbane River, Oct., 1. 5. 8.
BIGNONIACEiE.
Tecoma, Juss., W., warm regions.
australis, R. Br., Brisbane River, Sept., 2. 5.
jasminoides, Lindl., Brisbane River, Sept., 1.
ACANTHACE^E.
Thtixbergia, L., f., Africa, Asia, Trop.
**alata, Boj., Brisbane River, all summer, 5. 6. 7. 9.
Hygrophila, R. Br., W., trop.
salicifolia, Nees, Brisbane River, Sept., 7.5.
Ruellia, L., W., trop.
australis, R. Br., Brisbane River, Sept., 1. 5.
Justicia, L., W., warm regions.
procumbens, L., Brisbane River, Sept., 1. 5. 8. 9.
peploides, T. Anders., Brisbane River, Oct., 7. 8.
liygrophiloides, F.v.M., Enoggera, Oct., 5. 7.
Hypoestes, R. Br., Africa, Asia, Australia, generally trop.
noribunda, R. Br., Brisbane River, April.
Eraxthemum, L., W., trop.
variabile, R. Br., Brisbane River, all summer, 1. 5., var.
lineare, Brisbane River, Oct.
MYOPORINE^E.
Myoporum, Banks and Sol., Asia, Australia, Pacific.
acuminatum, R. Br., Brisbane River, Sept., 4. 5., var.
angustifolium.
debile, R. Br., Taylor's Range, Nov., 1. 5.
174 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
VEBBENIACEiE.
Lantana, L., America, Africa, Asia, trop.
*camara, L., Brisbane Eiver, all summer.
*selloviana, Lk., Brisbane Eiver, all summer, 10.
Lippia, L., W., warm regions.
nodinora, Bick., Moreton Bay, Sept., 1. 5. 14.
Verbena, L., America, one species, W.
officinalis, L., Brisbane Eiver, all summer, 2. 5. 14.
bonariensis, L., Brisbane Eiver, all summer, 1. 10.
*venosa, Gill, Brisbane Eiver, all summer, Nov.
Ciiloantiies, E. Br.
parviflora, Walp., Eiglit-mile Plains, Sept., 1. 5. 6.
Spartotiiamnus, A. Ounn., Aust.
junceus, A. Cunn., Logan Eoacl, Sept., 1. 5.
Callicarpa, L., W., except Africa ; Tropical.
pedunculata, E. Br., Taylor's Eange, Nov., 1. 5. 8.
Clerodendron, L., \V., warm regions.
tomentosum, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 1. 5.
GLtfELiNA, L., Asia, Australia.
Leichhardtii, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, 1.
Vitex, L., W., warm regions.
trifolia, L., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 1. 5. 8.
lignum-vitse, A. Cunn., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1.
Avicennia, L., Wi, warm regions.
officinalis, L., Brisbane Eiver, Aug., 4. 8. 9. 10.
LABIATE.
Plectrantiius, L'Her., Asia, Africa, Australia, Pacific,
parvifiorus, Willd., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 3. 5. 11.
Mentha, L., W.
satureioides, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, all summer, 4. 5. 6,
BY F. M. BA LEY, AND BEY. J. E. Ti-NlSOX- WOODS. 175
Salvia, L., W.
plebeia, R. Br., Enoggera, Nov., 2. 5. 8.
*coccinea, L., Brisbane River, Sept., Dec.
Axisomeles, R. Bl\, Asia and Australi .
salvifolia, R. Br., Enoggera, Nov., 7. 5.
Siachys, L., W.
*arvensis, L., Brisbane River, August.
Westbixgia, Sm., Australia, extra-trop.
ereniicola, A. Cunn., Brisbane River, Oct.
Teucrium, L., W.
argutum, R. Br., Brisbane River, Sept., 1.5.
Ajuga, L., W., except America.
australis, R. Br., Brisbane River, Oct.
genevensis, L., Brisbane River, Oct., 14.
PLANTAGINE^E.
Plaxtago, L., W.
debilis, R. Br., Brisbane River, August, 2.
varia, R. Br., Brisbane River, August, 4. 14.
*lanceolata, L., Brisbane River, Sept.
Sub-class. Monochlamy hce.
PHYTOLACCACRE!.
Moxococctts, P.v.M., Aust.
eehinophorus, E.v.M., Brisbane River, Dec, 1. 5.
Coxdoxocabbus, A. Cunn., Aust.
australis, A. Cunn., Brisbane Rivjr, ? 1.
CHENOPODIACE^E.
Riiagodia, R. Br., Aust.
hastata, R. Br., Brisbane River, Dec, Jany., 2. 5.
nutans, R. Br., Brisbane River, Dec, 2.
176 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
ClIENOPODITTM, L., W.
murale, L., Enoggera, Dec, 5. 6. 14.
triangulare, R. Br., Brisbane River, Dec., 1.
*ambrosioides, L ., Brisbane River, July, 4. 14,
carinatnm, R. Br., Brisbane River, 4. 11. 13.
Atriplex, L., W.
cinerea, Poir, Brisbane River, 4.
patula, L., Moreton Bay, 4. 14.
Salicornia, L., W.
anstralis, Soland., Moreton Bay, Jany., 4. 8. 9. 13.
Sileda, Forsk, TV.
maritima, Dimiort, Moreton Bay, 4. 14.
AMARANTACE^.
Deerixgia, R. Br., Asia, Africa.
celosioides, R. Br.,.Enoggera, Dec, 1. 5. 8. 11.
altissima, F.v.M., Enoggera, Dec, 1. 5.
Amaraxthtts, L., W.
panniculatns, L., Brisbane River, all summer, 1. 6. 8. 14.
interruptus, R. Br., Brisbane River, all summer,
viridis, L., "W., Brisbane River, all summer, 1. 5.
Aciiyraxthes, L., W.
aspera, L., Ipswich, Nov., 1. 5. 14.
Nyssaxthes, R. Br., Aust.
erecta, R. Br., Brisbane River, Dec, 1. 5.
diffusa, R. Br., Brisbane River, Dec, 1. 5.
Altehxaxtheiia, R. Br., \V.
nodiflora, R. Br., Brisbane River, all summer, 4. 8. 9.
denticulata, R. Br., Brisbane River, all summer, 3. 5.
nana, R. Br., Brisbane River, all summer, 1. 5.
POLYGONACEJE.
Rumex, L., W.
co iglomeratus, Murr., Brisbane River, Nov., 2. 14.
BY F. It. BAILEY, AXD REV. J. E. TEXISOX-WOODS. 177
Brownii, Campd., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 3. 5.
*acetosella, L., Brisbane Eiver, Jany., 14.
Polygonum, L., W.
aviculare, L., Brisbane Eiver, Dec., 2. 6. 14.
plebeium, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Dec., 2. 5. 8. 9.
•"strigosimi, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Dec., 3. 5. 8.
minus, Hncls., Brisbane Eiver, Dec, 4. 14.
snbsessile, E. Br., Nov., 3. 11.
lapathifolium, L., Nov., 3. 14.
lanigernm, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 2. 5. 8. 9.
orientale, L., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 1. 5. 8.
atteiiuatum, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 2. 5. 10.
Muhlexbeckia, Meissn., Australia, New Zealand, South America,
gracillima, Meissn., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 1.5.
NYCTAGINK2E.
Boerhaavia, L., W.
diffusa, L., Ipswich, Dec, 4. 8.
Pisoxia, L , Australia, America, Asia, Africa, Pacific
aculeata, L., Brisbane Eiver, Dec, 1. 5. 14.
MONIMIACE^.
DapSxaxdra, Benth., Aust.
micrantlia, Benth., Enoggera, August.
Mollixedia, E. and P., America, Aust.
Huegeliana, Tul., Enoggera, Sept., 1.
Klbara, Endl., Australia, Asia.
macrophvlla, Benth., Enoggera, Sept., 1.5.
LAUEINEiE.
Cb.yptocab.ya, E. Br., Asia, Africa, America.
obovata, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 1. 5.
glaucescens, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1. 5.
178 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
triplinervis, E. "Br., Brisbane River, Oct., 1. 5.-11. ?
australis, Benth., Brisbane River, Nov., 1. 5.
Exdiaxdra, R. Br. Asia.
pnbens, Meissn., Brisbane River, 1.
Lits.ea, Juss., Asia, Australia.
dealbata, Nees, Brisbane River, August, var. rufa.
Cassytha, L., Australia, one exception, W.
paniculata, R. Br., Moreton Bay, 1. 13. ?
racemosa, Nees., Moreton Bay. This occurs also in West
Australia ; only a very rare distribution,
filiformis, L., Enoggera, Sept., 7. 5. 6.
Herxaxdia, L., W.
bivalvis, Benth., Brisbane River, Nov., 7.
PROTEACEiE.
Petrobhila, R. Br., Australia.
sessilis, Sieb., Moreton Bay, 1.
Coxosbermum, Sm., Australia,
taxifolium, Sm., 3. 5.
Persooxia, Sm., Australia.
linearis, Andr., Moreton Bay, 2.
virgata, R. Br., Moreton Bay, 1.7.
Mitchellii, Meissn., Taylor's Range, 1.
tenuifolia, R. Br., Brisbane River, 1.
media, R. Br., Brisbane River, August, 1 .
cornifolia, A. Ounn., Brisbane River, Sept., 1.
Helicia, Lour, Asia, Australia.
prsealta, F.v.M., Pine River, 1.
Macadamia, E.v.M., Australia.
ternifolia, F.v.M., Brisbane River, Sept., 1.
Xylomelu.m, Sm., Australia.
salicmum, A. Cunn., Mortton Bay, 7.
BY F. M. BAILEY, AND REV. J. E. TENISOX-WOODS. 179
Grevillea, R. Br., Australia, one Pacific.
robusta, A. Cunn., Brisbane River, Sept., 1.
Hilliana, F.v.M., Moreton Bay, Nov., 1.
Hakea, Schrad, Australia.
saligna, Knt., Brisbane River, Sept., 1.
Lomatia, R. Br., South. America, Australia.
silaifolia, R. Br., Eight-mile Plains, May and Sept., 1.
Stenocarpus, R. Br., Australia, Pacific,
sinuatus, Endl., Enoggera, Sept.
salignus, R. Br., Moreton Bay, Oct.
Baxksia, L., f., Australia.
collina, R. Br., Kedron Brook, Oct., 2.
integrifolia, L.f., Brisbane River, Oct., var. paludosa,
Moreton Bay.
latifolia, R. Br., Brisbane River, Nov., 1.
amiula, R. Br., Moreton Bay, Nov., 2.
THYMELUflS.
Pimelea, Banks and Sol., Australia and New Zealand,
linifolia, Sm., Brisbane River, all summer, 2. 5.
pauciflora, R. Br., Brisbane River, Sept., 3.
altior, F.v.M., Brisbane River, Sept., 1.5.?
Wikstrcemia, Endl., Asia, Pacific.
indica, C. A. Mey, Brisbane River, Dec, 1.5. 8. 11.
EUPHORBIACEJE.
Euphorbia, L., W.
atoto, Forst., Moreton Bay, 1. 5. 8. 11.
Drummondii, Boiss, Brisbane River, Dec, 4. 5.
alsinaeflora, Bailley, Brisbane River, Nov., 7. 6. 5.
Macgillivrayi, Bois., Enoggera, Nov., 1. 5.
eremophila, A. Cunn., Moreton Bay, Dec, 4. 5.
Poranthera, Rudge, Australia.
niicrophylla, Brogn., Brisbane, Dec, 4. 5,
180 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
Beyeria, Mig., Australia.
viscosa, Mig., Moreton Bay, 4.
Eicinocarpus, Desf., Australia.
pinifolius, Desf., Moreton Bay, 3.
Bertya, Planch.
pinifolia, PL, Brisbane Eiver, ? 7.
Monotaxis, Brogn., Australia.
macrophylla, Benth, Moreton Bay, 7.
Dissiliaria, F.v.M., Australia.
baloghioicles, F.v.M., Enoggera, Feb., 7.
Petalo stigma, F.v.M. , Australia.
quadriloculare, F.v.M., Eight-mile Plain, Sept., 1. 5.
Phyllanthus, L., W., warm regions.
Ferdinandi, Muell., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1. 5. 6.
thesioides, Benth, Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 1.
hirtellus, Muell. Arg., Enoggera Eoad, Sept., 7. 6. 5.
albinorus, F.v.M., Enoggera Creek, Sept., 7, 5.
subcrenulatus, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, 1.
similis, Muell. Arg., Moreton Bay, 7.
microcladus, Muell. Arg.. Moreton Bay, 1.
minutinorus, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 7.5.
Breynia, Forst., Australia, Asia, Pacific.
oblongiflora, Muell. Arg., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1. 5.
Hemicyclia, W. andArn., Asia.
australasica, Muell. Arg., Enoggera, Oct., 1.5.
Briedelia, W., Asia, Africa, Australia.
exaltata, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1. 6.
Cleistanthus, Hook, f., Africa, Asia, Pacific.
Cunningham!, Muell. Arg., Brisbane Eiver, August, 1.5.
Croton, L., W., trop.
insularis, Bailley, Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1.5.
Yerreauxii, Bailley, Enoggera Creek, Sept., 7. 5.
BY F. M. BAILEY AXD REV. J. E. TEXISOX-WOODS. 181
Claoxylox, A. Juss., Asia, Africa, Australia,
australe, Bailley, Enoggera Creek, 1.5.
Acalypha, L., W., tropical and sub-trop.
nemorum, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1.
eremorum, Muell. Arg., Brisbane Eiver, 7. 5.
Adbjaxa, Gaud, Australia.
acerifolia, Hook, Moreton Bay, Nov., 3. 5.
Alchorxea, Sw., W., trop.
ilicifolia, Muell. Arg., Brisbane River, Sept., 1. 5.
Tragia, L., W., tropical and subtrop.
novae-hollandiae, Muell. Arg., Brisbane Eiver, 7.5.
Mallottjs, Lour., Asia, Africa, trop.
claoxyloides, Muell. Arg., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 1. 5.
philippinensis, Muell., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1. 5. 8.
discolor, F.v.M., Enoggera, 1. 5.
Macaraxga, Thou., Asia, Africa.
tanarius, Muell. Arg., Enoggera, Nov., 1. 5. 8.
Baloghia, Endl.
lucida, Endl., Ithaca Creek, Sept., 1. 5. 11.
Cartjmbium, Eeinw., Asia, Pacific.
populifolium, Eeinw., Enoggera, Sept., 1. 5. 8. 11.
stillingiEefolium, Bailley, Enoggera, Sept., 1.
Exc^ecaria, L., W., trop.
agallocha, L., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 1. 5. 8. 11. ?
UETICEJE.
Celtis, L., W.
paniculata, Planch., Moreton Bay, 1. 5. 8.
Trema, Lour., W., tropical, subtrop.
aspera, Bl., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., var. Bancroftii, 1. 5.
Aphaxaxthe, Planch., Aust.
philippinensis, Planch., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1.5.
182 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
Ficus, L., W., tropical, subtrop.
Cunninghanii, Mig., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 7. 5. 8. ?
macrophylla, Brisbane Eiver, 1.5.
snbglabra, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver.
aspera, Brisbane Eiver, 1.
rubiginosa, Desf., Brisbane River.
Cudranta, Tree, Africa, Asia.
javanensis, Tree, 1. 5. 8., var. Bancroftii.
Malaisia, Blanco, Australia, Asia, Pacif.
tortuosa, Blanco, Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 1. 5. 8. 11.
Pseudomorus, Bureau, Australia, Pacif.
Brunoniana, Bur., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 1. 11. 5.
Elatosteaoia, Forst., W., tropical, subtrop.
reticulatum, Wedd., Itliaca Creek, Dec, 1.
Pipturus, Wedd., Asia. Pacif.
argenteus, Wedd., Ithaca Creek, Dec.
Parietaria, L., "VV.
debilis, Forst., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 5. 14.
Urtica, L., W.
incisa, Poir., Enoggera, Nov., 3. 13.
Laportea, Gaud., W., warm regions.
gigas, Wedd., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 1.
photinophylla, Wedd., Brisbane Eiver, March, 1.
CASUAEINE^E.
Casuarlna, L., Asia, Africa, Pacif.
glauca, Sieb., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 2.
equisetifolia, Forst., Humpy bong, Nov., var. incana, 7. 5. 8,
9. 11.
suberosa, Ott. et Dietr.. Brisbane Eiver, Oct,
torulosa, Ait., Taylor's Range, 2. 5.
BY F. M. BAILEY AND BEY. J. E. TEXISON-WOODS, 183
PIPEPACE^E.
Piper, L., W., trop.
novse-hollandia), Mig., Brisbane Piver, Oct., 1. 5.
Pepeeomia, P. et Pav.
leptostachya, Hook., Brisbane Piver, Sept., 1. 5. 11.
APISTOLOCHIACEvE.
Aeistolociiia, L., W.
pubera, P. Br., Brisbane Piver, Nov., 1.
SANTALACEJE.
Thesiu^i, L., "W.
australe, P. Br., Moreton Bay, 3. 8.
CHOBETBTJil, P. B., Aust.
Candollei, E.v.M., Moreton Bay, 1.
Leptomebia, P. Br., Anst.
acida, P. Br., Moreton Bay, 2.
Exocabptjs, Labill, Asia.
latifolia, P. Br., Brisbane Piver, Angnst, 1. 5. 8.
cnpressiformis, Labil., Taylor's Pange, June, 4.
Subclass. PymmspernuB.
CONIFEP^.
Fbenela, Mirb., Pacif.
robnsta, A. Cunn., Moreton Bay, Oct., 4., var. microcarpa, 1.
rhomboidea, Endl., Moreton Bay, 3.
Endlicheri, Parlat., Moreton Bay, 2.
Aeaucaria, Juss., America, Pacif.
Cunninghamii, Ait., Brisbane Piver, Nov., 1.
Podocabptjs, L'Her., Y/., tropical and subtrop.
elata, P. Br., Enoggera, Auqust, 1, 5.
184 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
CYCADE^.
Macrozamia, Mig., Australia.
Paulo-gulielmi, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, 1.
Miquelii, F.v.M., Taylor's Eange, 7.
Class II. Monocotyledons.
HYDEOCHAEIDEiE.
Hydrocharis, L., W.
morsus-rana3, L., Brisbane Eiver, March., 7. 14.
Ottelia, Pers., Asia, Africa, America.
ovaliflora, L. C. Eich., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 4.
Yallisneria, L., W.
spiralis, L., Brisbane Eiver, 3. 14.
Hydrilla, Eich., W.,
Perhaps a form of H. verticillata, Cass., is a species very
common in all fresh waters about Brisbane, 14.
SCITAMINEiE.
Alpinia, L., tropical, old world.
cserulia, Benth., Brisbane Eiver, August., 1. 5.
OECHIDE^E.
Oberonia, Lindl., (epiphytes) Asia, Pacif.
iridifolia, Lindl., Brisbane Eiver, 7.5.
palmicola, F.v.M., Ithaca Creek, April, 1. 5.
Dendrobium, Sw., (epiphytes) W.
semulum, E. Br., Ithaca Creek, Oct., 1.
pugioniforme, A. Cunn., Enoggera, Nov., 1.
striolatum, Eeichb., f., Enoggera, Sept., 3.
speciosum, Sm., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 2. 5.
s. var. Hillii, Sm., Brisbane Eiver, Sept.
tetragonum, A. Cunn., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1. 5.
BY F. M. BAILEY, AND REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 185
gracilicaule, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 1.
monophyllum, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1.
linguiforme, Sw., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 1.
teretifolium, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1. 5.
Mortii, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, April, 1. 6.
Bolbophyllum, Thou., (epiphytes) W.
anrantiacenm, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1. 5.
T^niophyllum, Blume, (epiphytes) Asia.
Muelleri, Lindl., Enoggera, May, Sept., 7.
Sarchochilus, E. Br., (epiphytes) Asia, Pacific,
divitiflorns, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 1. 6.
olivaceus, Lindl., Ithaca Creek, Sept., 1.5.
Hillii, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 1. 5.
Cleisostoma, Bl., (epiphytes) Asia.
tridentatum, Lindl., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 1.
Saccolabium, Lindl., (epiphytes) Asia.
Hillii, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 1.
G-eodofjjm, Jacks, Asia.
pictum, Lindl., Moreton Bay, Nov., 1. 5.
Dipodium, E. Br., Asia, Pacific.
punctatum, E. Br., Taylor's Eange, Nov., 3. 5.
Cymbidiitm, E. Br., (epiphytes) W.
canalicnlatum, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 2. 5.
albucifloruni, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 7. 5.
suave, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 1. 5.
Phaius, Lour., Asia.
grandifolius, Lour., Moreton Bay, Oct., var. Bemaysii.
Calanthe, E. Br., Asia, Pacific, America.
veratrifolia, E. Br., Enoggera Creek, Nov., 1. 5. 8.
Galeola, Lour., Asia, Pacific.
cassythoides, Eeich., f., Moreton Bay, 1.
foliata, F.v.M., Enoggera Creek, Feb., 1.
186 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
Gastrodia, E. Br., Asia. New Zealand,
sesamoides, R. Br., Moreton Bay, 3.
Spiranthes, Rich., W.
australis, Lindl., Brisbane River, Nov., 3. 13. 14.
Calochilus, R. Br., Aust.
campestris, R. Br., Moreton Bay, 3., var. grandiflora.
pahidosus, R. Br., Cooper's Plains, Nov., 1. 6.
Thelymitra, Forst., Pacific.
ixioides, Sw., Brisbane River, Sept., 4.
Diuris, Sm., Aust.
alba, R. Br., Brisbane Biver, Nov., 1. 5.
aurea, Sm., Brisbane River, Sept., 1.
Cryptostylis, R. Br., Asia.
longifolia, R. Br., Brisbane River, Nov., 3.
Prasophyllum, R. Br., Pacif.
brevilabre, Hook, Eight-uiile Plains, Sept., 3.
nigricans, R. Br., Moreton Bay, 3.
rufuni, R. Br., Moreton Bay, 3.
fuscum, R. Br., Brisbane River, Nov., 3.
Microtis, R. Br., Asia, Pacif.
porrifolia, Spreng., Brisbane River, Sept., 3. 13. 8.
parviflora, R. Br., Brisbane River, 4. 11. 8.
Corysanthes, R. Br., Asia, Pacif.
bicalcarata, R. Br., Brisbane River, May, 1. 5.
Pterostylis, R. Br., Pacif.
ophioglossa, R.Br., Brisbane Biver, August, 1. 11.
parviflora, R. Br., Brisbane River, Sept., 3.
rufa, R. Br., Brisbane River, Sept., 4.
longifolia, R. Br., Brisbane River, Sept., 3.
mutica, R. Br., Indooroopilly, August, 3.
Calcana, R. Br., Aust.
major, R. Br., Brisbane River, Sept., 3.
BY F. M. BAILEY AND REV. J. E. TENISON- WOODS. 187
Drakjea, Lindl., Aust.
irritabilis, Eeichb., Brisbane Eiver, August, 7. 5.
Acianthus. E. Br., Pacif.
fornicatus, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 1.5.
Eriochilus, E. Br., Aust.
autumnalis, E. Br., Kedron Brook, May, 3.
Cyrtostylis, E. Br., Pacific.
reniformis, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, ? 4. 5.
Caladenia, E. Br., Pacif.
carnea, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, June, 3., var. alba, flowers
larger,
cserulia, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, June, 2.
Chiloglottis, E. Br., Pacif.
diphylla, E. Br., Enoggera Creek, August, 3.
Gxossodia, E. Br., Aust.
major, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, July, 3.
minor, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, July, 2.
BUEMANNIACEiE.
BURMANNIA, L., *W.
disticha, L., swamps, Brisbane Eiver, April, 1.5. 8. 6.
IEIDEiE.
Patersonia, E. Br., Australia, extra trop.
sericea, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 2. 5.
glabrata, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 2.
Sisyrinchium, L., W., America.
*~micranthum, Pav., about Brisbane, August.
AMAEYLLIDE.E.
H^modorum, Sm., Aust.
coccineum, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 7. 5.
tenuifolium, A. Cunn., Moreton Bay, 1,
188 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
Curctjligo, Gsertn., Asia, Africa.
ensifolia, E. Br., Logan Eiver, 1. 8. 11.
Hypoxis, L., Asia, Africa, America.
hygrometrica, Labill., Moreton Bay, 3., var. pratensis, and
var. elongata, 5.
Crinum, Linn., Africa, Asia.
pedunculatum, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 2.
Eurycles, Salis., Asia.
Cunninghamii, Ait., Enoggera Creek, Nov., 7. 5.
DIOSCOEIDE^E.
Dioscorea, L., W., tropical and subtrop.
transversa, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Nov., 1. 5. 8.
LILIACE^E.
Smilax, L., "W., tropical and subtrop.
glycyphylla, Sm., coast Moreton Bay, 1.5.
australis, E. Br., Brisbane scrubs, Nov., 1. 2. 5.
Ehipogonon, Forst., Australia, New Zealand.
album, E. Br., Brisbane scrubs, Nov., 1. 2. 5.
Elseyanum, F.v.M., Brisbane scrubs, 1. 6. 15.
Flagellaria, Linn., Asia, Africa, Pacif.
indica, L., Brisbane scrubs, Dec, 1. 5. 8. 9.
Dianella, Lam., Asia, Pacific.
lsevis, E. Br., Brisbane, open pastures, Sept., 3. 5.
revoluta, E. Br., open country, Sept., 4. 5.
caerulia, Sims, Brisbane scrubs, Oct., 2. 5.
Eustrephus, E. Br., Aust.
latifolius, E. Br., open pastures everywhere, 2. 5., var.
augustifolius, open pastures everywhere.
Q-eitonoplesium, A. Cunn., Australia, Pacif.
cymosum, A. Cunn., Brisbane scrubs, Oct., 2. 11.
BY F. M. BAILEY, AND REV. J. E. TEXISON-WOODS. 189
Cordyline, Comm., W., warm regions.
terminalis, Kuntli., Brisbane scrubs, 1.5.
Anguillaria, Br., Aust.
dioica, R. Br., Brisbane River, Nov., 4. 5.
Iphigexia, Kuntli., Asia, New Zealand.
indica, Kunth, Ironbark forests, Oct., 7. 5. 6. 8.
Kreysigia, Reichb., Aust.
multiflora, Reichb., Logan Road, 1.
Bttrchardia, R. Br., Aust.
umbellata, R. Br., Gympie Road, 2.
Bulbine, L., South. Africa.
bubbosa, Haw., Logan Road, 3.
semibarbata, Haw., Logan Road, 4.
Thysanotus, R. Br., Aust.
tuberosus, R. Br., Taylor's Range, Oct., 4. 5.
O^sia, R. Br., Africa,
parviflora, R. Br., 4.
Tricoryne, R. Br., Aust.
elatior, R. Br., very common, Sept., Oct., 4.
Arthropodium, R. Br., Australia, Pacif.
panniculatum, R. Br., 3.
dianellaceum, F.v.M., Brisbane River, 7.
Dichopogon, Kuntli, Aust.
strictus, Baker, Brisbane River, 3.
Sowerb^a, Sm., Aust.
juncea, Sm., Gympie Road, Oct., 2.
Laxmannia, R. Br., Aust.
gracilis, R. Br., Ironbark forests, Oct., 2. 5.
PHILYDRACEiE.
Philydrtjm, Banks, Australia, Asia.
lanugmosura, Banks, 2. 5. 8.
190 A CEXST7S OF THE FLOItA OF BRISBANE,
XYEIDE^E.
Xyris, L., W., warm regions.
complanata, R. Br., Brisbane River, 2. 5. 8.
gracilis, R. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 3.
COMMELYNACE^.
Commelyna, L., W., warm regions.
cyanea, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, all summer, 1.5.
Aneilema, E. Br., W., trop.
acuminatum, R. Br., scrubs, all summer, 1. 5.
biflorum, E. Br., scrubs, all summer, 1.
gramineum, E. Br., open land, all summer, 1. 5.
Pollia, Thunb., Asia, Australia.
rnacrophylla, Bentli., Enoggera, 7.
crispata, Bentli., Enoggera, Sept., &c, &c, 1.
JUNCACE^E.
Xerotes, Banks, Australia, 1., Pacif.
longifolia, R. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Oct., 3. 5.
multinora, R. Br., Ironbark Forest, Nov., 2. 5.
filif oralis, R. Br., Moreton Bay, 2. 5.
elongata, Bentli. , Moreton Bay, 1., Vict. ?
Xanthorrh.ea, Sm., Aust.
macronema, F.v.M., Moreton Island, 1.
arborea, R. Br., 1. 5. 6.
Lttzula, DC, W.
campestris, DO., Brisbane River, 4. 5. 14.
Juncus, L., W.
communis, E. Mey., everywhere, 14.
pauciflorus, E. Br., everywhere, 3.
pallidus, E. Br., everywhere, 4. 5.
prismatooarpus, R. Br., watercourses everywhere, 4, 9,
BY F. M. BAILEY, AXD REV. J. E. TEGISON"- WOODS. 191
PALMiE
Calamus, L., Asia, Africa, trop.
Muelleri, Wendl., Logan Road, 1.
Kextia, Blume, Australia, Asia, Pacif.
monostachya, P.v.M., Gympie Road, 1. 5. G.
Ptyciiosperma, Labill, Australia, Asia, Pacif.
Cimuiughamii, Wondl., 1. 5.
Livistoxa, E Br,, Australia, Asia.
australis, Mart., Cabbage Tree Creek, 2. 5.
PANDANILE.
Paxdants, E. Br., W., trop.
pedunculatus, P. Br., coast, 1. 5.
AEOIDE^.
Colocasia, Schott., W., warm regions.
niacrorrhizao, Schott., scrubs, everywhere, Oct., 8. 11. 1. 5.
Gymxostachys, E. Br., Aust.
anceps, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, Sept., 1. 5.
PoTnos, L., Asia.
Loureiri, Hook, Pine Eiver, 1. 5. 8.
TYPHACEiE.
Typha, L,, W.
angustifolia, L., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 14.
Sparangium, L., W.
angustifoliuni, E. Br., 2.
LEMNACE^.
Le\ina, L., W.
minor, L., Ipswich Ejad, 4. 14.
oligorrhiza, Kurz., very common, 2. 8.
192 A CENSUS OF THE FLOEA OF BRISBANE,
NAIADES.
Teiglochin, L., W.
striata, Ruiz, and Pav., Brisbane River, salt water, Oct., 4.
10. 13.
procera, R. Br., Doughboy Creek, Sept., Oct., 4. 5.
tuberosum, F.v.M., waters off Brisbane River, Sept., 7.
Maundii, F.v.M., Enoggera Creek, 1.
POTAMOGETON, L., W.
natans, Linn., Waters off Brisbane River, Oct., 4. 5. 14.
tenuicaulis, F.v.M., 7. 5. 8.
perfoliatus, L., Maggill Creek, Oct., 3. 14.
crispus, L., Tarampa Creek, 1. 5, 14.
obtusifolius, Mert. and Nock., about Brisbane, 3. 14.
Ruppia, L. W.
maritima, L., Moreton Bay.
Naias, L., W.
tenuifolia, R. Br., all waters off Brisbane River, 2.
Halophila, Thou., Asia, Pacific, Europe,
ovalis, Hook, f., Moreton Bay, 3. 3. 11.
ALISMACEiE.
Alisma, L., W.
oligocoeeum, F.v.M., Moreton Bay, 7. 5.8.
Aponogeton, Thunb., Asia. Tropical, South Africa,
elongatus. F.v.M., Brisbane River, 1. 5.
ERIOCAULEiE.
Eeiocaulon, L., W.
Smithii, R. Br., Brisbane River, 2.
nanum, R. Br., Brisbane River, 7.
RESTIACEiE.
Lepyeodia, R. Br., Aust.
interrupta, F.v.M., Moreton Bay, 2.
BY F. M. BAILEY, AND REV. J. E. TENTSON-WOODS. 193
Eestio, L., Australia, South Africa, New Zealand,
dimorphus, F.v.M., Moreton Bay, 1.
gracilis, E. Br., Brisbane Biver, 1. and Tasmania,
complanatus, R. Br., Brisbane River,
tetraphyllus, Labill., Brisbane River, 3.
Hypol^ena, R. Br., South Africa, New Zealand,
lateriflora, Benth., 3. 13.
CYPERACEiE.
Kyllinga, Rottb., W., warm regions.
intermedia, R. Br., Brisbane River, 2. 5. 8. 11.
monocephala, Rottb., Brisbane River, 1. 5. 8. 9. 10.
cylindrica, Nees, Taylor's Range, 7. 8. 9. ?
Cyperus, L., W., tropical regions generally,
eragrostis, Yahl., Brisbane River, 2. 8. 9.
globosus, All., Brisbane River, 10. 14.
unioloides, R. Br., Brisbane River, 16. 8. 9. 10.
polystachyus, Rottb., Brisbane River, 1. 5. 14.
enervis, R. Br., Brisbane River, 1.
laevis, R. Br., Brisbane River, 1. 6.
difformis, L., Brisbane River, 2. 5. 14.
tetraphyllus, R. Br., scrubs, Brisbane River, 1.
Haspan, L., Brisbane River, 1. 5. 14.
concinnus, R. Br., Taylor's Range, 2.
fulvus, R. Br., Taylor's Range, 1.5.
pilosus, Yahl., Taylor's Range, 7. 8.
distans, L. f., Brisbane River, 7. 14.
rotundus, L., Brisbane River, 4. 5. 14.
congestus, Yahl., Brisbane River, 4. 6. 9.
lucidus, R. Br., Brisbane River, 3. 10. ?
exaltatus, Retz., Brisbane River, 2. 8.
Bowmanni, F.v.M., Brisbane River, 7. 5.
umbellatus, Benth., 7. 5. 8. 9.
194 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
Heleocharis, R. Br., W.
sphacelata, R. Br., Brisbane River, 3. 13. 11.
fistulosa, Schult., Brisbane River, 7. 6. 5. 14.
cylindrostachys, Breckel, Brisbane River, 1. 5.
atropurpurea, Kunth, Brisbane River, 1. 5. 14.
Fimbristylis, Yabl., W.
acuminata, Yalil., Brisbane River, 7. 5. 8.
nutans, Yahl,, Brisbane River, 1. 5. 8.
polytrickoides, R. Br., Moreton Bay, 1. 5. 8.
monostachya, Hassk., Taylor's Range, 1.5. 14.
dicliotoma, Yalil., Moreton Bay, 1. 5. 14.
diphylla, Yabl., Moreton Bay, 1. 5. 14.
ferruginea, Yalil., Brisbane River, 1. 5. 14.
microcarya, F.v.M., Kedron Brook, 7. 6. 5.
Scirpus, L., AY.
inundatus, Spreng., Brisbane River, 3. 11. 13.
supinus, L., Brisbane River, 2. 14.
rnucronatus, L., Brisbane River, 1. 8., Europe.
maritimus, L., Brisbane River, 4. 14., var. fluviatilis.
Lipocarpha, R. Br., W., trop.
microcepbala, Kuntli, Toowong, Brisbane River, 2. 8.
argentea, R. Br., Brisbane River, 7. 14.
. Fuirena, L., W., warm regions.
glomerata, Lam., Brisbane River, 7. 5. 14.
Lepironia, Rich.., Australia, Asia.
mucronata, Rich., Brisbane River, 1.8.
Ciiorisandra, R. Br., Australia, Pacific.
sph.9Broceph.ala, R. Br., Brisbane River, 1.
cymbaria, R. Br., Brisbane River, 4. 11.
Riiyncospora, Yahl., W.
aurea, Yahl., Brisbane River, 7. 5. 14.
glauca, Yahl., Brisbane River, 1. 14.
Wallichiana, Kunth, Brisbane River, 7. 5. 8. 9.
BY F. M. BAILEY, AND BEY. J. E. TENISOX-WOODS. 195
SCIKEXTJS, L., W.,
nitens, Hook, f., Moreton Bay, 4. 10. 13.
calostachyus, Benth., Moreton Bay, 1.5.
scabripes, Benth., Moreton Bay, 7.
brevifolius, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 4.
melanostacliyus, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 1., "W. Aust. ?
vaginatus, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, 1.
Brownii, Hook, F., Brisbane Eiver, 3. 13.
MjESOMELasNA, Nees, Aust.
deusta, Benth., Kedron Brook, 1.
Tbicostitlabia, Nees, Australia, Asia,
paludosa, Bentli., Moreton Bay, 1.
Lepidospeb^ia, Labill., Australia, Asia, New Zealand,
exaltatum, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 4.
concavum, E. Br. Moreton Bay, 3. 5.
laterale, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 3.
Cladium, P. Br., W.
articulatum, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 11. 13.
glomeratum, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 13.
teretifolium, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 1. 13.
junceum, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 4.
Gaknia, Forst., New Zealand, Pacific, Asia,
aspera, Spreng, Brisbane scrubs, 1. 5. 11.
psittacorum, Labill, Brisbane Eiver swamps, 3. 6.
Caustis, E. Br., Aust.
flexuosa, E. Br., Moreton Bay, 2. 5.
Sclebia, Berg., W.
laxa, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 1.5.
lithosperma, Willd., Brisbane Eiver, 1. 5., var. linearis,
Brisbane Eiver, 7.
tesselata, Willd., Brisbane Eiver, 7.
sphacelata, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, 7.
196 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
Carex, L., W.
inversa, E. Br., Taylor's Eange, 4. 13., var. major,
paniculata, L., Brisbane River, 4. 14.
cleclinata, Boott, Brisbane River, 1
gracilis, R. Br., Enoggera Creek, 1.
vulgaris, Fries, Kedron Brook, 3. 14. 13.
acuta, L., Moreton Bay, 2. 8. 10., Europe,
pumila, Thunb., Moreton Bay, 3. 13. 8. 10.
maculata, Boott, Brisbane River, 1.8.
longifolia, R. Br., Brisbane River, 3.
GRAMINEiE.
Paspaltjm, L., W.
scrobiculatum, L., Brisbane Eiver, 1. 5. 8. 9.
distichum, L., Brisbane Eiver, 2. 5. 14., var. littorale.
brevifoliuni, Fliigge, Ironbark Forests, 1. 5. 8.
Eriochloa, Humb. and Kunth., W.
punctata, Hamilt., Brisbane Eiver, 1. 5. 8.
annulata, Kunth., Brisbane Eiver, 1. 5. 8.
Panicum, L., W., trop.
sanguinale, L., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 14.
tenuissimum, Benth., Brisbane Eiver, 7. 5.
parviflorum, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 1.5.
Bayleyi, Benth., Brisbane Eiver, 7.5.
leucophaeum, H. B. and K., Brisbane Eiver, 3. 9. 10.
semialatum, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 1. 5. 8.
navidum, Eetz., Brisbane Eiver, 1. 5. 8.
graeile, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 14.
crus-galli, L., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 14.
indicum, L., Brisbane Eiver, 1. 5. 8. 9.
foliosum, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 1. 5. 8.
maximum, L., Brisbane Eiver, 7. 8.
pygmseum, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 1.5.
marginatum, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 2.
BY F. M. BAILEY AXD REV. J. E. TEXISOX-WOODS. 197
laclinc-phyllum, Benth., Brisbane River, 7.
bicolor, R. Br., Brisbane River, 1.5.
melanantliimi, F.v.M., 2.
effusum, R. Br., Brisbane River, 1.5.
Mitchelli, Benth., Brisbane River, 1. 5.
decompositnm, R. Br., Brisbane River, 4. 8.
trachyrachis, Benth., Brisbane River, 7. 5.
Oplismexus, Beauv., W.
compositus, Beanv., Brisbane River, 1. 5. 14.
setarius, Ro3m. and Schult., 2. 5. 14.
Setaria, Beanv., W.
glanca, Beanv., Brisbane River, 2. 5. 14.
rnacrostachya, H. B. and K., Brisbane River, 1. 5. 14.
Pexnisetum, Rich., W.
compressuni, R. Br., Brisbane River, 1. 8.
Cenchrtjs, L., W.
anstralis, R. Br., Brisbane River, 1.
Cham^raphis, R. Br., Australia, Asia.
spinescens, Poir, Brisbane River, often in water, 2. 5. 8.
Stextotaphrum, Trin., W.
americanum, Scliranck, Brisbane River, 1. 5. 14.
Zoysia, Willd., Australia, Asia, New Zealand,
pungens, Willd., Moreton Bay, 3. 5. 8.
Lappago, Schreb., W.
racemosa, Willd., Brisbane River, 3. 14. 5.
Perotis, Ait., Asia, Africa.
rara, R. Br., Brisbane River, 7. 5. 8.
Hemarthria, R. Br., W.
compressa, R. Br., Brisbane River, 4. 5. 8.
Heteropogon, Pers., W.
contortus, Roeni et Schult,, Brisbane River, 1. 5. 8.
198 A CENSUS OP THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
Isch^emum, L., Asia, Africa, America.
triticcum, E. Br., Brisbane River, 1. 5.
australe, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 1.5.
pectinatum, Trin., Brisbane Eiver, 7. 5. 8.
laxum, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 1. 5. 8. 9.
Pollinia, Trin., Asia, Africa.
fulva, Bentli., Brisbane Eiver, 4.
Andropogon, L., W.
sericeus, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 8. 11.
affinis, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 1. 5.
pertusus, Wild., Brisbane Eiver, 1.8.
intermedins, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 4.
borabycinns, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 4.
refractus, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 2. 5.
lachnatherns, Benth., Brisbane Eiver, 1.5.
Imperata, Cyr., W.
arundinacea, Cyr., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 14.
Ciirysopogon, Trin,, W.
gryllns, Trin., Brisbane Eiver, 1. 5. 14.
parviflorus, Benth., Brisbane Eiver, 3. 5. 8. 11., var. spicigera.
Sorghum, Pers., W.
balepense, Pers., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 14. * ?
plnmosiim, Beauv., 3. 5. 8.
Anthistiria, L., W.
ciliata, L., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 8. 9.
avenacea, F.v.M., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 5.
Auundimella, Eaddi.
nepalensis, Trin., Brisbane Eiver, 1. 5. 8. 9.
Leersia, Swartz., W.
liexandra, Swartz, Brisbane Eiver.
MiCROL^EisrA, E. B., Australia, New Zealand,
stipoides, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 13.
BY F. M. BAILEY AND REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 199
Aristlda, L., W.
arenaria, Gaudich, Brisbane River, 4. 5.
leptopoda, Benth., 1. 5.
vagans, Cav., Brisbane River, 1. 5.
ramosa, R. Br., Brisbane River, 1.5.
Stipa, Linn., W.
micrantha, Cavanilles, Brisbane River, 1.5.
aristiglumis, P.v.M., 2.
Dichelachne, Endl., Australia, New Zealand,
crinita, Hook, f., Brisbane River, 4. 13.
Deyetjxia, Clarion, "W.
Fosteri, Kunth., Brisbane River, 4. 13.
Holctjs, L., W.
lanatus, L., Brisbane River, 3. 14.
Danthonia, DC, W.
longifolia, R. Br., Brisbane River, 1.
Echinopogon, Beauv., Australia, New Zealand,
ovatus, Beauv., Brisbane River, 4. 13.
Pappophorum, Schreb., Africa, America,
nigricans, R. Br., Brisbane River, 4. 5.
Cynodon, Pers., W.
dactylon, Per., Brisbane River, 4. 5. 14.
Chloris, L., W.
divaricata, R. Br., Brisbane River, 7.5.
truncata, R. Br., Brisbane River, 1.
ventricosa, R. Br., Brisbane River, 2.
Eleusine, G-sertn., W., trop.
indica, GaBrtn., 1. 5. 14.
Leptochloa, Beav., W., tropical and subtropical,
cninensis, Nees, Brisbane River, 1. 5. 8.
200 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
Sporoboltjs, E. Br., W.
virginicus, Kuntli., Salt marshes, Brisbane Eiver, 4. 5. 14.,
var. pallida,
indicus, E. Br., Salt marshes, Brisbane Eiver, 4. 5. 14., var.
elongata.
diander, Beauv., Salt marshes, Brisbane Eiver, 1. 8.
Isachne, E. Br., W., trop.
australis, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 2. 8.
Ectrosia, E. Br., Australia.
leporina, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 7. 5.
Phragmites, Trim, W.
communis, Trim, Brisbane Eiver, 3. 5. 14.
Eragrostis, Beauv., W.
pilosa, Beauv., Brisbane Eiver, 2. 5. 14.
leptoslachya, Steud., Brisbane Eiver, 1.
diandra, Steud., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 5.
Brownii, Nees, var. interrupta, Moreton Bay, 4. 5. 8.
Poa, Linn., W.
csespitosa, Forst., Enoggera Creek, 4. 13.
annua, L., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 5.
Schedonortjs, Beauv., W.
littoralis, Beauv., Moreton Bay, 4.
GrLYCERIA, E. Br., W.
stricta, Hook, f., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 6. 13.
Briza, L., W.
minor, L., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 14.
maxima, L., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 14.
Ceratochloa, Beauv. and DC, America.
*unioloides, DC, Brisbane Eiver, 3. 10.
Festuca, L., W.
bromoides, L., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 14,
BY F. M. BAILEY, AND REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS. 201
Agropyrum, Beauv., W.
scabrum, Beauv., Brisbane Eiver, 4. 13.
Lolium, L., W.
temulentum, L., Brisbane Eiver, 3. 6.
Class III. Cryptogamia.
LYCOPODIACEiE.
Lycopodium, L., W.
carolinianum, L., Moreton Bay, W. Aust., Tas., 8. 9. 10. 13.
laterale, E. Br., Moreton Bay, 2. 11. 13.
Selaginella, Spring, W.
uliginosa, Spring, Moreton Bay, 3.
Belangeri, Spring, Brisbane Eiver, 7. 5. 6.
Azolla, L., W.
rubra, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 3. 13.
Psilotum, Swartz, W.
triquetrum, Swartz, Brisbane Eiver, 1. 5. 14.
MAESILEACEiE.
Marsilea, L., W.
hirsuta, E. Br., Brisbane Eiver, 2. 5.
FILICES.
Ophioglosstjm, L., W.
vulgatum, L., Brisbane Eiver, 3. 14.
pendulum, L., Brisbane Eiver, 1. 8. 11.
Botrychium, Swartz, W.
ternatum, Swartz, Brisbane Eiver, 3. 8. 10. 13.
Lygodium, Swartz, W., trop.
scandens, Swartz, Brisbane Eiver, 1. 5. 8. 9.
Schiz^a, Sm., W.
bifida, Swartz, Brisbane Eiver, 3. 5. 15.
dichotoma, Swartz, Brisbane Eiver, 1.5. 8. 10. 11. 13.
202 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
Ceratopteris, Brogn., W.
thalcictroid.es, Brogn., 7. 5. 14.
Gleichenia, Sm., W.
circinata, Swartz, Brisbane River, 3. 5. 8. 11. 13.
dicarpa, R. Br., Brisbane River, 3. 5. 8. 11. 13.
flabellata, R. Br., Brisbane River, 3. 5. 11. 13.
dichotoma, Hook, Brisbane River, 1. 5. 14.
Todea, Willcl., Africa, Asia, Pacific, New Zealand,
barbara, T. Moore, Eight-mile Plain, 9. 13.
Trichomanes, L., W.
vitiense, Baker, Eight-mile Plain, 7. 11.
parvulum, Poir, Brisbane River, 7. 8. 11.
Alsophila, R. Br., W.
australis, R. Br., Brisbane River, 3. 5. 1.1.
Dicksonia, L'Aer., W.
davallioides, R. Br., Enoggera Creek, 2. 6. 11.
Davallia, Sm., W.
pyxidata, Cav., Brisbane River, 1. 5. 11.
dubia, R. Br., Brisbane River, 3.
Linds^a, Dryand. W.
linearis, Swartz, Brisbane River, 4. 13. 11.
dimorpha, Bailley, Queensland Ferns, Eight-mile Plain, 7.
microphylla, Swartz., Brisbane River, 1.
incisa, Prentice, Brisbane River, 7.
Fraseri, Hook, Eight-mile Plains, 7.
ensifolia, Swartz, Eight-mile Plains, 7. 5. 8. 11.
Adiantum, L., W.
sethiopicnm, L., Brisbane River, 4. 5. 14.
formosum, R. Br., Brisbane River, 2. 5. 13.
hispidulum, Swartz, Brisbane River, 2. 5. 8. 9. 11. 13.
Hypolepis, Bernh, W.
tenuifolia, Bernh., Brisbane River, 1. 5. 8. 11. 13,
BY F. M. BAILEY AND REV. J. E. TENI80N-W00DS, 203
Cheilanthes, Swartz, W.
tenuifolia, Swartz, Brisbane River, 4. 5. 8.
Sieberi, Kimze, Brisbane River, 6. 8.
Pteris, L., W.
geraniifolia, Raddi, Brisbane River, 1. 5. 14.
paradoxa, Baker, Brisbane River, 1.5.
falcata, R. Br., Brisbane River, 3. 8. 13., var. nana.
longifolia, L., Brisbane River, 2. 5. 14.
umbrosa, R. B., 3. 11. 13.
tremula, R. Br., Brisbane River, 3. 11. 13.
aquilina, L., var. esculenta, 4. 14.
incisa, Thimb., Brisbane River, 3. 14. 6.
Lomaria, Willcl., W.
capensis, Willd., Eight-mile Plains, 3. 5. 8. 10. 11. 13.
Blechnum, L., W.
cartilagineum, Swartz, Brisbane River, 3. 5.
serratuluni, Rich., Eight-mile Plains, 1. 5. 10. 11.
Doodia, R. Br., Asia, Pacific, New Zealand,
aspera, R. Br., Eight-mile Plains, 2.
caudata, R. Br., Eight-mile Plains, 5. 3. 13. 11.
ASPLENIXJM, L., W.
nidus, L., Brisbane River,
attenuatum, R. Br., Brisbane River, 1.
flabellifolium, Cav., 4. 13. 6.
falcatum, Lam., 1. 5. 8. 9. 11. 13.
umbrosum, J. Sin., Brisbane River, 3. 8. 9. 11. 13.
Aspidium, Swartz, W.
cordifolium, Swartz, Taylor's Range, 1. 5. 14.
unitum, Swartz, Taylor's Range, 4. 8. 9.
molle, Swartz, Taylor's Range, 1. 5. 8. 9. 11.
decompositum, Spreng, Taylor's Range. 3. 11. 13.
tenericaule, Thu., Taylur's Range, 1. 5. 8. 11.
204 A CENSUS OF THE FLORA OF BRISBANE,
PoLYPODITIM, L., W.
tenellum, Forst., Taylor's Eange, 1. 5. 11. 13.
punctatum, Thunb., Taylor's Eange, 3. 14.
proliferum, Poir, Taylor's Range, 1. 5. 8. 9. 11.
serpens, Forst., Taylor's Eange, 2. 11. 13.
confhiens, E. Br., Taylor's Eange, 1. 5. 11.
scandens, Forst., Enoggera Creek, 2. 13. 11.
rigidulum, Swartz, Enoggera Creek, 1. 5. 8. 12.
irioides, Poir, Moreton Bay, 7. 5. 8. 9. 11.
NOTHOL^ENA, E. Bl\, W.
distans, E. Br., Moreton Bay, 4. 11. 13.
Acrostichum, L., W., trop.
aureuni, L., Salt marshes, Brisbane Eiver, 1. 5. 14.
spicatum, L., Enoggera Creek, 7. 8. 11.
Platycerium, Desv., Asia, Africa, America.
alcicorne, Desv., Brisbane Eiver Scrubs, 1. 5. 8.
grande, J. Sm., Brisbane Eiver, 1. 5. 8.
Total number of Species, . . . . . . 1228
Total number of Grenera, . . . . . . 633
Total number of Orders, . . . . . . 123
205
Descriptions of Australian Micro-Lepidoptera.
By E. Meyrick, B.A.
II. CEAMBITES (Continued).
In the following paper, which may be regarded as supplementary
to the one published in Vol. III., pp. 175 —216, 1 have described
all the remaining species of the group yet known to me as
occurring in this region, and have also been enabled to make a
few corrections and additions, relative to the species previously
described. Although these insects have been mostly collected
within a limited area, and represent only a fractional part of the
whole number of species of this group occurring in Australia,
they are yet sufficiently numerous to warrant a few general
remarks on the geographical distribution of that section of the
Lepidoptera of which they are representatives.
The most remarkable point to be noticed is the almost universal
generic identity of the Australian species of Cramlites with
European types ; but except in the case of imported species, no
specific identity, and very rarely any close specific resemblance
exists. The species yet described fall under 22 genera ; of these
two are represented by imported species only, three are also
Asiatic or American, one endemic, and the remaining 1 6 genera
are all European, and generally more or less cosmopolitan. This
peculiarity becomes more remarkable if we contrast the Cramlites
with some of the principal families of Tineina, standing lower in
the scale of development ; in these (as will be shown in subsequent
papers) only the larger and more dominant genera of Europe are
represented, the great majority of species belonging to endemic
genera. Thus taking for comparison the Gelechidce, a family
which, like the Cramlites, is distributed with remarkable evenness
over the whole world, an analysis of the materials at present
206 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,
obtained shows that out of 68 genera, containing over 200 species,
only 14 genera, represented by 48 species, are common to Europe
and Australia ; whilst m the (Ecophorida, a family which here
attains its maximum of development, we find that out of about
35 genera, with 220 species, only three genera are shared with
Europe. The persistence of generic types in the case of the
Crambites is therefore an exceptional circumstance, and in
conjunction with their universal distribution must be taken to
indicate an origin very remote in time, and a character little liable
to be influenced by external circumstances.
The only case of close specific resemblance to a European
species is that of Miella Behrii, Z., which is closely allied to E.
zinckenella, Tr., a species which possesses the (for a Phycite)
extraordinarily wide range of Europe, Africa, and America. The
Micro-Lepicloptera have as yet been so little studied outside the
European region, that no profitable comparison with other faunas
could be made. We have, however, on Walker's authority, at
least one instance — Crambus concinnellus, Whr. — of a Micro, native
in this country, occurring also in India and Africa.
The additional species described hereafter are 26, of which 23
are new ; and I have also quoted from Zeller the diagnoses of
three species which he has described, but which I have not yet
met with, in order that the list may be serviceable as a general
summary of our knowledge ; the few unidentified descriptions of
Walker, are not worthy of a place until otherwise confirmed.
With these additions the entire number of described species will
be 71.
CHILONID^E.
Chilo, Zk.
Chil. parramattellus, P.L.S., N.S.Wales, Vol. III., p. 178.
The capture of further specimens has proved that the insects
described as male and female of this, are in reality distinct species.
BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 207
I had indeed suspected this at one time, but having a number of
males of one form, and a number of females of the other, without
the corresponding sexes, taken under the same circumstances, they
were assumed to belong to the same species, the differences being
such as usually indicate the sexes in this genus, Since then the
other sex of each species has turned up, so that no further doubt
exists. The name parramattellm must be retained for the male
described. The female of this species is similar in all respects, but
generally more suffused with fuscous.
Cliil. leptogrammellus, n. sp.
DescribedinYul.nl., p. 178, as Chil. parramattellus, female ;
the description need not therefore be repeated here. The male is
rather larger than the female, (12"- 12^"), with broader and less
acute fore-wings ; in other points similar.
Taken at Sydney and Parramatta, in December, and again in
February and March.
CJ/il. (?) schistellus, n. sp.
$ . 15." Head whitish. Labial palpi 2^- times as long as
head, densely scaled, dark fuscous-grey, above mixed with whitish,
beneath white at base. Maxillary palpi rather short, whitish, at
base fuscous-grey. Antennas dark fuscous. Thorax dark
fuscous-grey, mixed with whitish on back, becoming white
posteriorly. Abdomen stout, white ; anus compressed, truncate,
ovipositor elongate-conical. Legs dark fuscous-grey ; tarsi
tinged with ochreous. Fore-wings elongate-oblong, broad ; costa
gently arched ; apex obtuse ; hind-margin strongly rounded,
oblique ; dark fuscous-grey, becoming much paler towards
inner margin ; costa slenderly white from base to apex, the white
colour tending to be shortly produced along the costal vein-
branches ; a broad central white streak from base to hind-margin
along median vein, attenuated basally, near hind-margin
becoming double, the branches separated by a short, slender,
208 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPLDOPTERA,
dark fuscous streak ; from its lower edge beyond middle are
indications only of commencement of two other branches ; between
median streak and costa are two elongate, white streaks, starting
in confluence from a point just beyond middle, becoming wider,
and running near-together to hind-margin ; a hind-marginal row
of seven black dots, alternating with the white streaks ; cilia
fuscous-grey, base and tips suffused with whitish. Hind-wings
white, apex infuscated, hind-marginal line dark fuscous,
interrupted ; cilia white, with fuscous parting-line, only distinct
round apex.
One female on the Parramatta River, in December. This hardly
appears to be a true Chilo, but the female shows no generic point of
difference, except in the more rounded wings, and abnormal
crambideous markings ; possibly the male may possess more
definite characters.
CKAMBIDiE.
Ancylolomia, HI.
Ocelli distinct. Labial palpi moderate or long, straight,
porrected ; maxillary palpi triangular, appressed. No tongue.
Antennaa in male, dentate or pectinated ; in female simple. Fore-
wings with hind-margin broadly sinuate beneath apex; marked
with metallic lines between the veins, and with usually three
undulated strigae before hind-margin. Hind- wings with basal
pecten.
Distinguished from allied genera by the shape and markings
of fore- wings.
Am. Westwoocli, Z. Cr. II.
"Antennis $ breviter pectinatis, palpis brevibus ; alis anticis
latis, argenteo-venosis, pallide naviclis, in disco saturatioribus ;
intervallo strigarum duarum antemarginalium lato albo, striga
interiore infra medium acute dentata.
BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 209
Differs from other species of the genus by the absence of a
white streak, and generally by the shorter palpi, broad white
space before hind-margin, and acute tooth of the second striga.
From Tasmania." Z. loc. cit.
(Prionophora ruptella, P.L.S., N.S. Wales, Vol. III., p. 179.
The discovery of the larva of this species has revealed the
totally unexpected fact that this insect belongs to the Geometrina,
the larva being a twelve-legged looper, feeding on casuarina.
The pupa is abnormally shaped, elongate-cylindrical. The imago
is quite abnormal amongst Geometrce, and I cannot conceive to
what species it is allied ; its long palpi and elongate fore-wings
give it a very singular appearance in the group. It is fortunate
that I have been able to correct the very natural error of Walker
and myself.)
Ceambus, F.
Cr. apicistrigellus, n. sp.
1"-%". Head brownish-ochreous. Labial palpi in male 2£, in
female 2^- times as long as head, dark fuscous, whitish beneath
towards base. Maxillary palpi dark fuscous, mixed with lighter.
Antennae whitish-grey, in male thickened, dentate, finely ciliated,
in female simple. Thorax ochreous-brown. Abdomen whitish-
ochreous-grey, in male with elongate attenuated anal tuft, in
female with short conical ovipositor. Legs white, anterior pair
sometimes suffused with pale grey above. Fore-wings elongate,
in male moderately broad, costa nearly straight, hind-margin
oblique, slightly rounded, indented a Utile below apex ; in female
narrower, with costa straighter ; dark ochreous-brown, more or
less strongly irrorated with dark fuscous ; three short outwardly
oblique white streaks from costa, first two between £ and f ,
extremely oblique, almost coincident with costa, acute, separated
by a narrow dark fuscous line, third less oblique from four-fifths
of costa nearly to hind-margin a little below apex, attenuated
210 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,
posteriorly ; a small irregular oval white apical spot ; a
white central streak from base to § of disc, at first narrow,
rapidly dilated, upper edge straight, lower edge twice
toothed obliquely inwards, apex more oblique than hind-margin,
indented in middle ; sometimes this streak reappears on hind-
margin as a laterally- suffused blotch ; second line visible from
extremity of third costal streak to anal angle, slender, blackish,
five times very acutely angulated inwards ; in female the whole
of the markings are lost except the white costal streaks, the rest of
the wing being unicolorous : cilia white, tips and sometimes
almost the whole, suffused with dark fuscous, and the dark
fuscous parting-line near base, very strongly marked round apex
of wing. Hind- wings pale fuscous- grey ; cilia whitish, with
faint-grey parting-line.
Intermediate in general character between the groups of Cr.
candiellus, Hs. and pratellus, L., but narrower-winged than any
allied European species, and otherwise distinct. Amongst
Australian species nearest to concinnellus, Walker, but at once
separated by tlie absence of the dorsal white streak.
Occurs at South. Creek, and in abundance at Parramatta, but
local ; comes in plenty to light ; double-brooded, the first brood
in October and November, the second in February and March.
Cr. bifractellus, Walker.
I have come to the conclusion that this species (described in
Vol. III., p. 197, as an Eromene) was correctly placed by "Walker
in C rami us. Its nearest allies are the group of trivittatas, Z.,
and especially aurantiacus, which it resembles in form, differing
however from all by the broken longitudinal streaks, and metallic
fascia.
Or. impletellus, Walker, Cat. 175.
$ 11 "-13". Head ochreous-brown, with a whitish spot over
each eye, and indistinctly whitish behind antennae. Labial
BY E. MEYKICK, B.A. 211
palpi 2^ times as long as head, attenuated, fuscous, above and
beneath narrowly white. Maxillary palpi, white, at base fuscous.
Antennae dark fuscous, subdentate, finely ciliated. Thorax
ochreous-brown, with a small white spot behind, and two slender
white posteriorly confluent longitudinal streaks on each side.
Abdomen dull whitish-yellow. Anterior and middle legs fuscous,
tibiae with central suffused whitish bands, tarsi with broad
whitish rings at apex of joints ; posterior legs yellow-whiti sh, tarsi
suffused with fuscous towards base of joints. Fore-wings broad,
subtriangular, costa hardly arched, hind-margin obliquely truncate,
waved above and below middle, suddenly rounded beneath ; dark
fuscous, tinged with ochreous, but with all the scales white at base,
causing an appearance of alternate lines, -with numerous irregular
white markings ; a white central streak from base to just beyond
middle of disc, at first narrow, expanded to £ of disc, thence
acute-pointed, including a central similar streak of ground-colour ;
from middle of its lower edge it sends a white streak along fold
to just beyond middle, whence, becoming broader, it is extremely
acutely angulated back to inner margin at £, along which it is
continued to base ; a short outwardly oblique white streak from
costa at two-fifths, before which is a short white partial streak
along costa ; an elongate oblique-transverse curved white discal
spot, margined with black, at f of disc, its lower angle pointing to
anal angle of wing ; above this is a subquadrate oblique white
costal spot, only separated from discal spot by its black margin ;
subterminal line white, commencing as a strong inwardly oblique
streak from costa a little before apex, bent outwards a little below
costa, thence slenderer and often broken, gently curving down
to anal angle ; immediately before this is a transverse row of
eight lanceolate white spots, costal one broadest, ovate, eighth
elongate, above inner margin ; a cloudy white streak on inner
margin from £ to f ; a short crooked oblique white subapical
streak, and three semi-ovate, clear white, hind-marginal spots,
one in centre of hind-margin, and two adjacent just above anal
212 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO -LEPIDOPTERA,
angle, all margined above and below with, black ; hind-marginal
line blackish ; cilia pale grey-fuscous, with, a dark central line,
and chequered with three double, whitish., squares, alternating
with the white hind-marginal spots. Hind-wings pale ochreous-
yellow, apex slightly infuscated; hind-marginal line cloudy
fuscous ; cilia pale ochreous-yellow.
$ 10". Smaller and paler than male, white markings broader
and more suffused, labial palpi proportionately shorter, antennae
simple ; abdomen and hind-wings dull white, apex of hind-wings
infuscated.
Nearly allied to pleniferellus, Walker, from which, it differs by the
hind- wings being ochreous-yellow in male, white in female, whilst
in p leniferellus they are grey in both sexes ; and also by the
differently arranged markings of fore-wings. In shape of wing
and oth er respects this insect is evidently allied to the group of
craterellus, Sc. and chrysonuchellus Sc.
Mr. G\ H. Eaynor took this species in some abundance near
Hobart Town, Tasmania, whence also Walker's specimens were
sent ; it occurred early in January.
Or. pleniferellus, Walker.
To the references for this species should have been added, as a
synonym, aurosus, Felder and Rogenh., Novara-Eeise, tab. 137,
fig. 31, under which name Zeller has also since described it in
the Horae Societatis Eossicae, 1877, p. 45 ; Walker's name has
the priority and must be retained, as it is identifiable with
certainty.
Cr. longipalpellus.
It seems that this species also (described Vol. III., p. 196) is,
like bifractellus, better transferred to this genus ; it is not
however, closely allied to any species known to me.
BY E. MEYTUCK, B.A. 213
Cr. rclatalis, Walk 'r.
Mr. Kaynor found this species very common in Tasmania early
in January, round Hobart Town and Launceston ; probably it
occurs throughout the island.
Cr. grammellus, Z., Cr. 4G.
" Palpis longis, alis anticis subelongatis, acutis, margine postico
oblique rotunclato; pallidissime ochraceis, vena mediana incrassata
nivea nitidula ramuni longissimuni inf erius exserente, vitta lutea
earn superius marginante in alae apicem perducta, strigula vena?
transversa? lineolisque marginis postici fuscis, ciliis niveis. $ "
Allied to the group of relatalls, Walker, and ojndentelliis, Z., in
which it is readily distinguished by the single branch of the
median streak, and pure white cilia. Habitat given doubtfully
as Australia, but probably correctly.
Cr. perlatalis, Waller, Cat. 174.
12"- 13". Head greyish-ochreous ; a frontal line, a line over
each eye, and a spot behind antennae whitish. Labial palpi
fully thrice as long as head, greyish-ochreous mixed with darker,
internally whitish, beneath white at base. Maxiliary palpi
greyish-ochreous, with a few whitish scales. Antennae dark
fuscous, in male rather thickened, very finely ciliated. Thorax
brownish-ochreous, on back suffused with fuscous grey, with a
rather broad white longitudinal line on each side of back,
confluent behind. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, towards base
suffused with smoky-grey. Legs da\k greyish-ochreous, tarsi
wholly suffused with dark fuscous. Fore- wings moderately
elongate, rather strongly dilated, costa nearly straight, apex
subacute, hind-margin distinctly sinuate below apex, very strongly
rounded off beneath ; whitish-oclireous, tinged with grey ; a
slender white costal streak from very near base to about J,
leaving extreme costal edge of groundcolour ; a discal white
streak, beginning very acutely at one-fifth from base, widening
gradually until three-fifths, where it is abruptly furcate, the upper
214 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOFTERA.
branch, moderately broad, hardly attenuated, running to costa
just before apex, the lower branch constricted at base, becoming
broader and more suffused, running straight to middle of hind-
margin ; above this lower branch are three, and beneath it two
wedge-shaped white marks on hind-margin between adjacent
veins, variable in size, sometimes very small, sometimes large
and almost confluent, those nearest the branch always largest,
connected at base by a white streak along hind -margin ; a rather
narrow white streak from base along lowest branch of submedian
vein to anal angle, slightly bent at three-fifths, posteriorly often
indistinct ; a small white spot on inner margin at base ; cilia
ochreous -whitish, basally rather darker, with faint central parting
line. Hind-wings pale fuscous grey, more whitish towards base ;
cilia whitish, with faint grey parting-line.
Intermediate between reJatalis, Wlk. and opulentellus, Z. ;
differs from all the allied species except grammellus, Z., by the
pale washy tint of ground-colour, and single branch of median
streak; from grammellus, Z., by the furcation of the median
streak, and hind-marginal spots ; from the Tasmanian invalidellus,
which is also a pale species, by the furcate streak and grey hind-
wings.
Taken in plenty by Mr. Gr. H. Eaynor, near Launceston,
Tasmania, early in January.
Cr. enneagr amnios.
Also common near Launceston, Tasmania, early in January.
Although in Victoria and Tasmania this insect appears in January,
near Sydney, although still single brooded, it is not on the wing
until March.
Or. argyroneurus, Z., Cr. 47.
4 ' Alis anticis oblongis, acutis, margine postico infra apicem
retuso, griseo-ochraceis, vitta tenui subcostali, venaque mediana
incrassata cum ramis argenteis, ramo secundo teitioque partim
connatis, ciliis albidis nitidulis. <$ ."
BY E. MEYEICK, B.A. 215
This species, of which Zeller's first specimen came from
Adelaide, appears to be certainly distinct from any species which
I have seen. Subsequently (Hor. Soc. Eoss. 1877, p. 58) lie
mentions having" seen a second specimen in all respects similar
to the first. He describes it as closely allied to ojndentelhcs, Z.,
but distinguished especially by the costal white streak reaching
base, the thickened branches of median streak, and the partial
confluence of the second and third branches. In the two former
points it agrees well with enneagr amnios, but differs by the
yellowish maxillary palpi, and nnion of second and third branches
of median vein, with partial obsolescence of second, nor has
Zeller mentioned any white triangle above the median streak.
None of the very numerous specimens of enneagr amnios which I
have seen from Victoria, New South Wales and Tasmania,
possess either of these characteristics.
In addition to the Cranibi described here and previously, Walker
gives in his catalogue five other descriptions, which I have not
thought deserving of inclusion in the list, but of which a brief
notice may be useful. The description of Cr. ramostriellus, Cat.
172, is hardly intelligible, and almost certainly unidentifiable,
unless it is synonymous with the succeeding relatalis. Demissalis,
vetustellus, and delatalis, Cat. 176, are no doubt Cranibi of the
perlellus group, but may possibly be all synonymous ; the first
two are from Western Australia, the third from Queensland.
Ochraceellus, Cat. 177, from Sydney, is of dubious character; it
seems improbable that so conspicuous a Crambus could occur here
at all commonly (Walker's specimens were sent by three different
collectors) without being found in any one of the local collections
I have seen.
Aegyeia, Kb., (Cathaeylla, Z.)
Characters of Crambus, except that the labial palpi are
relatively shorter, generally not longer than head and half thorax ;
from JEromene, which it resembles in the shorter palpi, it differs
216 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO -LEPIDOPTERA.
by the absence of the transparent spot at base of hind-wings in
male. From both it is removed by the white, sometimes f asciated,
fore-wings. The genus is distributed through nearly all warm
countries, excepting Europe.
Arg. a/rgyra&pis, n. sp.
6"- 8". cT ? . Head snow-white, with an orange spot behind
each eye. Labial palpi rather more than twice as long as head,
gradually attenuated, snow-white above, orange-ochreous beneath.
Maxillary palpi white, atbase ochreous. Antenna? orange-ochreous,
annulated with white, in male rather thickened, subdentate.
Thorax shining snow-white, with a rather broad ochreous -orange
longitudinal line on each side of back. Abdomen ochreous-
whitish. Legs whitish, anterior and middle tibiae, and all tarsi
bright ochreous-orange above. Fore-wings triangular, very
broad posteriorly, costa almost straight, hind-margin truncate,
very slightly oblique, anal angle hardly obtuse ; shining snow-
white ; costa narrowly dark ferruginous from base to apex, faintly
dentate beneath at £ and five-sixth ; inner margin narrowly dark
ferruginous from near base to anal angle, emmitting an acute
projecting tooth inwards at i ; hind-margin very narrowly dark
ferruginous, marked with a row of subelongate black spots, and
with a marginal black line on apical half ; cilia ferruginous-
orange, with a purple-fuscous parting-line near base. Hind-
wings in male whitish, in female very pale fuscous-grey, hind-
marginal line dark fuscous ; cilia whitish.
The species is distinguished in the genus by its small size, the
ferruginous costal and inner margins, and absence of fascia. Two
specimens (1<£. 1?) were taken by Mr. F. Burkitt, in my
presence at Bulli and "Wollongong at the beginning of October,
flying before sunset in grass-fields.
DlPTYCHOPHORA, Z.
Ocelli distinct. Labial palpi rather short, porrected or ascending;
maxillary palpi triangular, appressed. Tongue spiral. Fore
BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 217
wings with hind-margin twice slightly emarginate or indented
below apex ; hind-wings with basal pecten.
A small, recently denned, genus, distinguished especially 1 >y
the two indentations below apex of fore-wings. The only other
species known besides the Australian are from South America.
To this genus, and not to Eromene should be referred the species
described in Yol. III., p. 198-199, as praematv/rella and dilatellat
which I now, from the examination of further specimens, consider
to be merely the spring and summer broods of the same rather
variable insect, for which the na,mepraematnretta mnst be retained.
It is common, but local, in marshy places near Sydney, from
October to February. It is very similar to the South American
species, but differs hj the possession of usually eight hind-marginal
spots, instead of three.
PHYCIDiE.
Nephopteryx, Z.,
JVeph. euraphella, n. sp.
9". $ . Head silvery-grey, mixed with dark fuscous. Palpi
arched, ascending, attenuated, hardly reaching forehead, whitish-
grey, densely mixed with blackish-fuscous. Antennae grey.
Thorax silvery-grey, densely mixed with blackish-fuscous.
Abdomen silvery-grey, suffused with dark fuscous, except on
apical rings of segments. Legs dark slaty-fuscous, irr orated
with whitish; tarsi dark fuscous with whitish rings at apex of
joints ; posterior tibiae with an oblique rather broad blackish
ring a little before apex. Fore-wings elongate, narrowed at base,
costa bent in middle, thence parrallel to inner margin, apex
rounded, hind-margin obliquely rounded ; pale grey, irregularly
irrorated with darker grey and dark fuscous scales, the darker
scales predominating along costa and hind-margin, and more
narrowly along inner-margin ; along fold and beneath costa the
ground-colour is mixed with whitish ; first line from \ of costa
218 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA.
to two-fifths of inner margin, straight, moderately oblique, rather
broad and strongly marked, black ; second line from about five-
sixths of costa nearly to anal angle, rather slender, black, bordered
externally with whitish, angulated sharply inwards below costa,
and again obtusely at £ above inner [margin ; an irregularly
crescentic black spot on disc at f, a little below costa, beneath
which the dark scales of ground-colour form an obsolete dark
shade, resting on inner margin : cilia pale fuscous-grey,
indistinctly shaded with darker. Hind-wings almost wholly
transparent, suffused with pale-grey posteriorly ; hind-margin
very narrowly clouded with darker fuscous-grey ; cilia pale grey,
darker round apex, with cloudy darker parting-line.
The male being unknown, the'species may not perhaps be a true
Nephopteryx. It is intermediate in breath of wing between
stenopterella and opimella, and cannot possibly be confused with
either; stenopterella has straight porrected palpi, and opimella
yellow hind- wings.
One female taken at light at Wollongong in the beginning
of October.
Nepli. infusella, n. sp.
8£". $ . Head pale grey. Palpi hardly longer than head,
curved, ascending, terminal joint slender, whitish, mixed with
fuscous-grey. Antennae grey. Thorax pale slaty-grey, darker
on back, with a few black scales. Abdomen whitish ochreous,
base of segments pale grey. Legs ochreous-whitish, finely
irrorated with fuscous, all tibiae with an indistinct oblique
blackish band, in anterior pair above, in middle and posterior
pair below the middle ; tarsi black, with broad ochreous-whitish
rings at apex of joints. Fore-wings elongate, narrow, gradually
dilated, costa rounded before obtuse apex, hind-margin rounded,
oblique ; pale slaty-grey, irregularly thinly irrorated with blackish
scales ; a rather broad outwardly curved central transverse band
of blackish scales, internally obscurely bordered on disc with
BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 219
chestnut-brown, externally suffused ; upper half of second lino
barely indicated with blackish scales, sharply angulated at ^ from
costa ; a row of several ill-defined spots of black scales on hind-
margin ; cilia pale grey, with whitish points. Hind- wings
whitish-grey, subhyaline, hind-marginal line dark fuscous,
suffused ; cilia whitish, with fuscous-grey parting-line.
Of this species also the male is not known ; it is however certainly
allied to euraphetta, with which it also agrees in general habit,
but may be readily known by its central dark band, and the
absence of the strongly-marked first and second lines.
One female received from neighbourhood of Duaringa,
Queensland taken by Mr. Gr. Barnard.
Neplx. fornacella, n. sp.
7". $ . Head, palpi, antenna), and thorax, dark grey ; palpi
obliquely ascending, reaching not much above head. Abdomen
dark iridescent ochreous-grey. Legs ochreous-whitish, irrorated
with dark fuscous, tarsi dark fuscous with whitish-ochreous rings
at apex of joints. Fore-wings elongate, narrow, costa gently
arched, hind-margin obliquely rounded ; dull grey, clouded with
darker, along costa rather broadly sprinkled with whitish ; first
and second lines obscurely darker grey ; first line angulated
above middle ; second line double, near hind-margin, sending a
short acute angulation obliquely inwards a little below costa ;
discal spot rather large, single, cloudy, transverse ; cilia dark
grey. Hind- wings dee]) golden-fulvous ; cilia greyish-fulvous,
with indistinct darker parting-line.
Tolerably nearly allied to stenopterella, which it resembles in
shape, size, and general markings, but differs by the ascending
palpi and golden-fulvous hind- wings.
Two females taken at light, Parramatta, late in February.
Considerable dissimilarity exists between the five hitherto
described Australian species of Nepliopteryx, but the variation is
220 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPLDOPTEIIA.
analogous to that which occurs amongst the European species.
Thus opimella closely resembles in form the short-winged European
vacciniella, Z. ; eura/phella and infusella have the general figure of
gcnistella, Dup. ; whilst the narrow-winged stenopterella and
fornacella bear much similarity to Metzneri, Z., to which indeed
stenopterella seems rather nearly allied.
Pempelia, Hb.
Pemp. melanostjjla, n. sp.
10". ?. Head grey-whitish, mixed with darker. Palpi hardly
longer than head, obliquely ascending, terminal joint horizontal ;
whitish above, blackish beneath. Antennae filiform, blackish.
Thorax whitish-grey, coarsely irrorated with blackish. Abdomen
dark iridescent grey ; sides, apical rings of segments, and anal
tuft pearly whitish. Legs whitish ; anterior pair, and all tarsi
blackish, with pale rings at apex of joints. Eore-wings elongate,
moderately broad, gradually dilated, costa hardly arched, hind-
margin rather oblique, slightly rounded ; grey whitish, coarsely
irrorated with black scales, partially confluent over disc ; first
line strong, black, somewhat clouded, from two-fifths of costa to
two-fifths of inner margin, indistinctly waved, hardly curved
beneath costa, ending on inner margin in a small sub-quadrate
black spot, the lower angle of which is produced along inner
margin nearly to base as a strong black streak : second line
hardly perceptible, waved, blackish, obsolete ; a row of large
black dots on hind-margin ; cilia dark fuscous-grey, tips and a
parting-line grey-whitish. Hind-wings sub-hyaline, whitish ;
hind-marginal line slender, black : cilia whitish, with dark grey
parting-line.
Not near to any other species ; the well- characterised first line
readily distinguishes it from the rest of the genus.
One female taken at light at Parramatta, by Mr. Gr. H. Kay nor,
in September.
BY E. MEYEICK, B.A. 221
Pemp. strigiferella, Vol. III., p. 202.
In my description hardly sufficient latitude is allowed for the
extreme variation of this changeable species. The males vary
greatly in intensity of marking ; sometimes all markings, even
the characteristic subapical streak, are almost obsolete, and the
entire insect is nearly uniform pale greyish-ochreous. The female,
when in fine condition, which is rarely the case, usually shows
the first and second lines clearly marked, much more so than in
male, and is sometimes much suffused with smoky fuscous.
The species appears to be especially (perhaps wholly) a coast
insect, occurring abundantly along the sea-line from Newcastle
to Kiama, throughout the summer months.
Pemp. caliginosella, n. sp.
9f". $ $ . Head light ochreous-brown. Labial palpi rather
longer than head, obliquely ascending, light ochreous-brown, in
maleochreous-whitishbeneath. Antennse greyish-ochreous, inmale
thickened, dentate, very finely ciliated, with a flattened tuft of
black scales, whitish on sides, in sinuation ; in female simple,
filiform. Thorax brownish-ochreous, irregularly suffused with
blackish scales. Abdomen pale ochreous, segments basally
suffused with grey, in male with pale ochreous anal tuft, in
female with pointed elongate-conical ovipositor. Legs pale
ochreous brown, slightly irrorated with blackish. Fore-wings
moderately elongate, sub-triangular, narrow at base, regularly
dilated, hind-margin obliquely rounded ; pale greyish-ochreous-
brown, almost entirely suffused with blackish fuscous except
on a narrow segmental patch on costa between two-fifths and
four-fifths, and a broader area above anal angle, extending
more or less along inner and hind-margins ; all markings
obscured, except faint traces of a dark fuscous cloudy second
line ; a hind-marginal row of black dots : cilia pale brownish-
ochreous, with two suffused grey-fuscous parting-lines. Hind-
wings pale fuscous-grey, darker posteriorly, hindmarginal line
222 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,
dark fuscous ; cilia whitish-grey, with dark fuscous-grey parting-
line.
Very closely allied to strigiferella, but smaller, costa somewhat
straighter, and distinguished by the peculiar suffusion and pale
patches of the fore-wings ; the sexes are precisely similar, whilst
in strigiferella they differ markedly.
One pair, taken early in February near Sydney.
The group of five closely allied species, to which this belongs,
conspicuous only by their dull colouring, do not come very close
to any European species of the genus ; they are perhaps nearest
to P. fusca, Hw.
Pemp. oculiferella, n. sp.
$ . 1 1"-\2^". Head, palpi, and thorax, pale dull ochreous, with
a few scattered blackish scales, centre of thorax blackish ; labial
palpi longer than head, nearly straight, obliquely ascending ;
maxillary palpi ochreous-brown, tuft-like, nearly as long as labial
palpi. Antennae blackish, subdentate, finely ciliated, with a
long flattened tuft of black hair scales in basal sinuation.
Abdomen pale dull ochreous, thinly irrorated with blackish.
Legs pale ochreous, very densely irrorated with blackish. Fore-
wings elongate, moderately broad, gradually dilated, costa straight
until a little before apex, hind-margin rather oblique, slightly
rounded ; pale ochreous, along disc tinged with reddish-brown,
along costa and inner-margin rather broadly suffused with dark
fuscous, and irrorated with blackish and a few whitish scales ;
the inner-marginal shade is blackish at \, where it includes a
small round pale ochreous spot, open above, containing a central
black-dot ; a short broad oblique blackish-fuscous apical streak ;
two small black discal dots at f , one directly above the other ;
veins posteriorly faintly shaded with blackish ; a hind-marginal
row of strong black spots : cilia fuscous-grey, with rows of
whitish points. Hind-wings fuscous-grey, paler towards base,
hind-marginal line dark-fuscous ; cilia whitish-grey, with dark
grey parting-line.
BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 223
$ . 9"- lOg". Smaller and darker than male ; fore- wings much
or almost wholly suffused with dark grey-fuscous, through which
the markings are only faintly visible, excepting a distinct circular
ochreous spot at £ of inner margin, enclosing a white dot ; some-
times the ochreous colour is extended along or near inner-margin.
Hind- wings slightly darker than in male.
Allied to strigiferella and its associates ; it is variable in intensity
of colouring, but generally well characterised by the inner-
marginal small ocellus, which is black-centered in male, white-
centered in female ; the male is also distinguished by the partial
reddish-ochreous tinge of disc, and the female is the darkest in
the group, and also exceptional in being smaller than male.
Not uncommon at light at Parramatta ; it appears to be double-
brooded, occurring from November to January, and again in
March.
JPemp. digrammella, n. sp.
9". <$ $ . Head ochreous-brown. Labial palpi considerably
longer than head, nearly perpendicularly erect, pale ochreous, on
sides dark fuscous. Antennae dark fuscous, in male thickened,
finely ciliated, with a triangular tuft of blackish scales in sinuation,
in female simple. Thorax brownish-ochreous, on back greyish.
Abdomen in male ochreous, in female whitish-ochreous-grey,
base of segments suffused with dark grey. Legs in male
ochreous, in female ochreous-whitish, more or less densely
irrorated with dark fuscous. Fore-wings elongate, rather
narrow, costa gently arched, hind-margin obliquely rounded ;
pale whitish-ochreous, suffused (especially in male) with
brighter brownish-ochreous, coarsely irrorated along costa
and posteriorly on veins with blackish scales ; first line whitish,
oblique, slightly curved, from before £ of costa to two-fifths of
inner margin, internally rather broadly edged with fuscous,
externally with a black marginal dot above middle and another
on fold ; second line whitish or ochreous-whitish, strongest on
224 DESCRIPTIOXS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,
costa, proceeding from five-sixths of costa obliquely inwards,
sharply angulated outwards above middle, then inwards and
running straight to anal angle, obscurely edged on both, margins
with dark fuscous, its outer margin edged on costa with an oblique
short blackish-fuscous wedge-shaped streak reaching apex ; a
large black dot in middle of wing before f , placed in a slender
longitudinal whitish line ; an obsolete row of blackish hind-
marginal spots : cilia pale grey, with three clear darker parting-
lines. Hind-wings rather pale fuscous-grey, darker posteriorly,
hind-marginal line dark fuscous ; cilia whitish-grey, with darker
grey parting-line.
Closely allied to strigiferella, rufitinctella, and oculiferella, but
differing from all (except the much larger female of strigiferella)
by its clearly expressed first and second lines, as well as by its
small size, and single (not double) discal black dot. The sexes
are quite similar in size and appearance.
One pair taken at light at Parramatta by Mr. Gr. H. Raynor,
in December.
Pemp. apotomella, n. sp.
8"- 10^-". <$ $. Head whitish-ochreous, almost entirely suffused
with brownish-ochreous. Labial palpi rather longer than head,
obliquely ascending, whitish-ochreous mixed with brownish.
Antennas whitish-ochreous, in male finely ciliated, with a flattened
tuft of black scales in basal sinuation, in female slender, simple.
Thorax brownish-ochreous posteriorly, shading into dark purple -
fuscous anteriorly, sometimes tinged with dull crimson. Abdomen
golden-ochreous, paler on sides. Legs rather pale ochreous,
anterior pair partially suffused with fuscous. Fore-wings
moderately elongate, gradually dilated, costa gently arched,
hind-margin oblique, slightly rounded ; pale dull greyish-crimson,
suffused between veins with grey scales ; a broad ochreous-whitish
costal streak from base to apex, slightly attenuated at each
extremity, margined beneath by a broader dark grey-fuscous
BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 225
streak from base to apex, the lower margin of which is suffused
into ground-colour ; cilia pale dull greyish-crimson. Hind-wings
pale fuscous-grey, subhyaline towards base, darker at apex,
hind-marginal line fuscous ; cilia whitish-grey.
Apparently allied to the European P. scmirubella, Se., but
much smaller, with narrower and more pointed forewings, more
suffused with dark grey, and with broader costal streak.
Three specimens (one male, two females) sent from Duaringa,
Queensland, by Mr. Gr. Barnard.
Spepmatopiitiiora, Ld.
Forehead with an obtuse cone of scales. Ocelli present.
Antenna) slightly sinuate above base in both sexes. Labial palpi
rather short, ascending, compressed, terminal joint horizontal.
Maxillary palpi filiform, appressed, in male rather long, in
female quite short. Fore-wings with 11 veins, 4 and 5 stalked.
Hind- wings with 7 veins.
This genus contains only one European species ; the species
described below is doubtfully associated with it, though certainly
akin; it has the facies and general character of a Pempelia, but
is without the characteristic antennal tuft of male. The Australian
species possesses instead three minute acute teeth on the inner
side of antennas a little above base ; the basal joint is also thickened.
Sperm, mesactella, n. sp.
7%". <$ . Head pale ochreous, frontal cone blackish. Palpi
slightly longer than head, straight, obliquely ascending, second
joint pale ochreous, becoming blackish at apex, terminal joint
entirely black. Antenna) pale ochreous, basal joint swollen,
laterally compressed, sinuate above base, fourth to sixth joints
each with a small black acute slender tooth. Thorax pale
ochreous-grey, anterior margin tinged with didl carmine.
Abdomen pale ochreous, bases of segments irrorated with pale
grey. Legs ochreous-whitish, slightly irrorated with fuscous,
226 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,
all tarsi and apex of posterior tibise entirely dark fuscous. Fore-
wings moderately elongate, gradually dilated nearly to apex,
hind-margin slightly oblique, rounded beneath ; pale wkitish-
ochreous, suffused with darker ochreous, and thinly sprinkled
with blackish -scales ; a very broad whitish subcostal band, thinly
sprinkled with black scales, from base to costa just before apex,
completely covering costa except a very narrow strip from i to f ;
this subcostal band is margined beneath from £ to apex by a
rather broad cloudy fuscous-grey streak, mixed with blackish ;
second line barely indicated by an obsolete prolongation of this
cloud towards anal angle ; a row of dark fuscous scales along
hind-margin : cilia fuscous-grey, paler towards tips, with indistinct
rows of whitish points. Hind- wings unicolorous pale grey, hind-
marginal line clear dark fuscous ; cilia pale grey, towards anal
angle whitish, with strong dark fuscous parting-line.
This species bears considerable superficial resemblance to the
South European Pemp. sororiella, Z., but, besides the structural
differ ences, is without the distinct first and second lines of that
insect.
One male taken at light, Parramatta, in October.
Eucarphia, lib.
Euc. neotomeUa, n. sp.
12" '. <$ . Head white. Labial palpi thrice as long as head,
densely haired, terminal joint attenuated, white, mixed on sides
with f uscous-gre}^, Antennse whitish, thickened, dentate, rather
strongly ciliated. Thorax whitish, almost wholly suffused with
light grey. Abdomen white, basal segments ochreous. Legs
white, beneath tinged with grey. Fore-wings rather short,
moderately broad, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, hind-
margin oblique ; fuscous-grey, densely mixed with whitish scales,
so as to appear much paler, darkest towards costa, especially on
basal half ; a tolerably broad straight clear white subcostal streak
BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 227
from base nearly to costa just before apex, attenuated and obsolete
at extremity ; cilia white, with several rows of indistinct pale
grey points. Hind-wings white, very faintly tinged with fuscous
towards apex, hind-marginal line fuscous-grey; cilia white,
with faint grey parting-line.
Not to be confused with any other Eiicarphia; it somewhat
resembles superficially Etiella sincerella, but, in addition to the
generic differences, may be known by its white head and sub-
costal (not costal) white streak.
One male at light, Parramatta, in October.
Euc, vulgatella, Vol. III., p. 207.
In addittion to the localities given, this species occurs generally
in the Illawarra and Shoalhaven districts, and was taken by Mr.
Kaynor commonly throughout Tasmania.
Euc. cnephaella, n. sp.
12"- 12£". $ . Head greyish-ochreous, collar irrorated with
black scales. Labial palpi more than twice as long as head,
porrected, slightly bent downwards, laterally compressed, greyish
ochreous, on sides and apex suffused with fuscous. Antennce
fuscous-grey. Thorax greyish-ochreous, more or less densely
irrorated with blackish scales. Abdomen whitish-ochre ous
irrorated with dark fuscous-grey. Legs pale ochreous, suff useclly
irrorated with dark fuscous. Fore-wings rather short, moderately
broad, posteriorly gradually dilated, hind-margin moderately
oblique, slightly rounded; whitish- ochreous, discally suffused
with clearer ochreous, rather closely and irregularly irrorated
with blackish-grey scales, sometimes so densely as to overcloud
the ground-colour ; these dark scales generally disappear along
the fold, leaving an obsolete paler line ; an irregular strong
blackish spot in middle of base ; first line cloudy, blackish, rather
broad, from £ of costa obliquely outwards to disc, there
rectangularly bent in and proceeding obliquely inwards to two-
228 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,
fifths of inner margin ; second line cloudy, blackish, indistinct,
strongly waved throughout, tending to separate into elongate
points, broadly sinuate inwards beneath costa ; a cloudy blackish
oblique apical blotch or streak, obscuring origin of second line ;
a single large elongate black dot on disc at f, midway between
costa and inner margin ; in suffused specimens the markings
are partially obscured ; a hind-marginal row of about eight small
cloudy black dots : cilia fuscous-grey, with several rows of whitish
points. Hind- wings pale fuscous-grey, rather darker towards
apex ; hind-marginal line clear, dark fuscous ; cilia greyish-
whitish, with strong clear dark fuscous parting-line.
Closely allied to Mic. vulgatella, but easily recognised by the
broader fore-wings, with more arched costa, and the strongly
marked transverse lines, which in vulgatella are hardly indicated.
Also very similar to Pemp. strigiferella female, from which it may
be known, even when alive, by the very different long porrected
palpi.
Three females taken at light, at Parramatta, in October and
March ; it is therefore probably double-brooded.
Myelois, Z.
My el. oenolarella, n. sp.
7"-8£". $ $ . Head brownish-ochreous. Palpi slender,
recurved, reaching forehead, pale ochreous, mixed with blackish
scales on sides, apex entirely blackish. Antennae ochreous-
whitish, annulated with black, in male thickened, finely ciliated,
in female filiform. Thorax brownish-ochreous, suffused with
dull carmine, with spots of blackish scales in centre and on
shoulders, and with a few blackish scales posteriorly. Abdomen
pale ochreous, segments suffused with dark grey-fuscous except
on apical rings ; in male with bright ochreous anal tuft. Legs
pale ochreous, irrorated with carmine and dark fuscous scales,
tarsi dark fuscous with pale ochreous rings at apex of joints,
middle and posterior tibiae with oblique black central bands,
BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 229
Fore-wings elongate, narrow, slightly dilated, hind-margin
slightly oblique, rounded beneath ; brownish-ochreous, irregularly
and densely mixed with blackish, and with a few whitish-ochreous
or whitish scales, and suffused in irregular patches, except along
costa, with ochreous-orange or dull carmine; a short black basal
streak on inner-margin ; first line broad, whitish, cloudy, from I
of costa obliquely outwards, angulated inwards on disc, then
outwards on fold, thence to inner margin at two-fifths, borden <1
externally throughout by a broad cloudy blackish fascia ; second
line narrow, whitish, waved, from five-sixths of costa to anal
angle, sending a strong blunt angulation inwards below costa,
and a short acute one just above anal angle, margined throughout
on both sides with blackish, most strongly internally ; two round
black dots on disc at f , above middle, the upper one nearer base ;
hind-marginal line black, interrupted on veins ; cilia ochreous at
base, becoming pale grey. Hindwings pale grey, slightly darker
posteriorly ; hind-marginal line clear, dark fuscous ; cilia whitish-
grey, tinged with ochreous, with indistinct darker grey parting-
line.
This is at present the only Australian representative of the
genus, the other species originally referred to Myelois being more
correctly placed elsewhere ; it is narrower- winged than the typical
European forms.
One pair taken at Sydney and Parramatta in Octobeiythe male
at light, the female at rest on a fence.
EUZOPHERA, Z.
Forehead smooth. Ocelli present. Antennae not sinuate,
simple. Labial palpi rather short, ascending filiform, terminal
joint shorter than second, rather pointed. Maxillary palpi very
short. Fore- wings usually narrow, posteriorly dilated, costa more
or less curved. Hind-wings rather narrow, flatly rounded.
Fore-wings with 1 1 veins ; 4 and 5 stalked or rarely separate.
230 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA.
Hind-wings with 7 veins ; 2 before (rarely from) posterior angle
of cell.
This genus, which contains about a dozen European species,
is nearly allied to Mi/elois, from which it is distinguished by the
hind- wings having only 7 veins.
JEuz. leucarma, n. sp.
7". $ . Head dark grey, mixed with whitish. Palpi nearly
straight, obliquely ascending, reaching a little above head, blackish
mixed with purplish- white, second joint with a terminal white
ring. Antennce somewhat compressed abovebasal joint, thickened,
finely ciliated, whitish-ochreous. Thorax dark grey. Abdomen
blackish-grey, sides, apex, and apical ring of each segment pale
dull ochreous. Anterior and middle legs dark purple-fuscous,
tarsi with whitish-ochreous rings at apex of joints, middle tibiae
whitish on apical half except an oblique blackish band at f ;
posterior legs whitish, beneath dark fuscous. Fore-wings rather
short, broad, subtriangular, costa slightly arched, hind-margin
hardly oblique, anal angle rounded ; dark purple-grey, becoming
broadly blackish towards costa, elsewhere with apex of each scales
whitish-grey ; first line represented by a rather broad oblique
white fascia from before % of costa to £ of inner-margin, broadly
margined on each side with black, but partially suffused and
indistinct externally towards inner margin ; a large indistinct
whitish blotch, irrorated with dark fuscous, on costa between ^
and five-sixths, in the lower part of which is a crescentic black
discal spot ; second line hardly lighter than ground-colour,
obsolete : cilia dusky-grey, with ochreous-whitish points. Hind-
wings pale grey-fuscous, darker towards apex ; cilia pale grey,
with cloudy darker parting-line.
The broadest winged species of the genus ; nearly allied to
subarcuella, but readily known by the white transverse fascia.
One male at light, Parramatta, in March.
BY E. MEYKICK, B.A. 231
Eu%. subarcuella, Vol. III., p. 211.
This species and the succeeding one are shown by the neuration,
which I had not previously been able to examine, to differ from
Myehis in the possession of only 7 veins in the hind-wings, and
must therefore be referred to this genus.
Euz. cosmiella, Vol. III., p. 212.
One male sent from Duaringa, Queensland, by Mr. G. Barnard.
Em. microdoxa, n. sp.
7"-7£". S ? • Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-grey, mixed
with darker grey-fuscous ; palpi arched, ascending, shorter than
head. Antennee fuscous-grey. Abdomen ochreous-grey, anal
tuft whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish, very finely and densely
irrorated with blackish ; anterior and middle tarsi blackish with
white rings at apex of joints ; posterior tibia) and tarsi white
above. Fore-wings short, moderately narrow at base, rather
strongly dilated, hind-margin oblique, slightly rounded ; in the
the male specimen white, irregularly irrorated with close blackish
scales, so as to appear dark grey, except on a round suffused spot
before first line above middle, and an irregular inwardly oblique
costal spot before apex ; in the female specimen dull light-grey,
irrorated with fuscous, with a large dark fuscous blotch resting
on costa between first line and discal spots ; in both the lower
half of wing somewhat suffused with pale grey-brown ; first line
slender, clear, black, nearly straight, irregularly dentate, from
two-fifths of costa to middle of inner margin, internally margined
with whitish ; second line slender, black, swollen towards inner
margin, from four-fifths of costa to just before anal angle, faintly
dentate, slightly angulatcd inwards just above middle, margined
externally with whitish, and beyond this by a broader dark
f uscous-gre}T shade ; two strong black discal dots at f , one directly
above the other, almost confluent into a streak ; a hind-marginal
row of blackish irregular spots ; cilia fuscous-grey, with rows of
232 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA.
whitish points. Hind-wings dark ochreous-fuscous-grey ; cilia
grey -whitish., tinged basally with ochreous, with faint darker
parting-line.
A dull-looking species, having somewhat the f acies of JSphestia,
recognisable by the distance of the first line from base of wing.
One pair, certainly belonging to the same species, though the
ground-colour is differently disposed ; the male taken by Mr. G.
H. Raynor at Launceston, Tasmania, early in January ; the
female sent from Duaringa, Queensland, by Mr. Gr. Barnard.
Epischnia, HI.
Forehead with a cone of scales. Ocelli present. Antennae in
male sinuate above basal joint, finely ciliated, in female simple.
Labial palpi long, somewhat ascending, compressed ; maxillary
palpi short. Breast in male with a long tuft of hairs. Fore-
wings narrow, hardly dilated ; hind- wings narrow, very flatly
rounded. Fore-wings with 1 1 veins ; 4 and 5 not stalked. Hind-
wings with 8 veins ; 3 and 4 stalked.
To this genus the following species is doubtfully referable ;
further specimens will be required to complete the investigation.
It has the general f acies of an Aiierastia, but differs in venation.
JEpisch. newrophorella, n. sp.
Q>h" . ? . Head pale ochreous. Palpi twice as long as head,
porrected, whitish-ochreous, beneath mixed with blackish.
Antennae whitish-ochreous. Thorax whitish-ochreous, with a
longitudinal slender blackish line on each side of back, and a
longitudinal blackish streak on shoulder. Abdomen and legs
whitish-ochreous. Fore-wings elongate, rather narrow, hardly
at all dilated, costa arched before apex, hind-margin very obliquely
rounded ; pale whitish-ochreous, all the veins clearly marked with
coarse blackish scales ; before §- of disc is a rather broad transverse
cloudy blotch of coarse dark fuscous scales, reaching nearly to
costa and inner margin ; two small black costal spots at one-sixth
BY E. MEYB.ICK, 13. A. 233
and before middle ; a faint transverse slender fuscous cloud a
little before apex ; hind-marginal line dark fuscous : cilia whitish -
ochreous, tips and a cloudy parting-line fuscous. Hind-wings
whitish, extreme apex infuscated ; cilia whitish, smoky at apex.
One female taken at Sydney on a fence in December.
Axeeastia, Uh.
Aner. mirahiJeJJa, Vol. III., p. 213.
Since publishing my description, I have obtained two females
at light at Parramatta in October. This sex differs from the
male in having the white dorsal blotch of the fore-wings much
suffused with black, and the hind-wings blackish-grey, with
ochreous cilia, without any continuation of the dorsal blotch of
fore-wings over their surface ; in all other respects the sexes are
similar in colouring.
Aner. virginclla, n. sp.
8"-lH-". £ ?. Head carmine-pink, thinly mixed with whitish-
ochreous. Palpi more than two and a half times as long as head,
horizontally porrected, carmine-pink, mixed with whitish above
and internally. Antennae ochreous- whitish, basal joint suffused
with carmine anteriorly, in male rather strongly sinuate above
base. Thorax carmine-pink, mixed with whitish posteriorly.
Abdomen elongate, whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish-ochreous.
Fore-wings elongate, moderately narrow, costa slightly arched,
apex rounded, hind-margin very oblique ; carmine-pink, towards
costa and inner-margin tinged with ochreous ; the veins more or
less distinctly white, the median vein most conspicuous ; cilia
carmine-pink. Hind-wings whitish, hind-marginal line pale
fuscous-grey ; cilia whitish, with cloudy grey parting-line.
Appears to be nearly allied to the Indian A. sceletella, Z., which
however lias suberect palpi. Three specimens (one male, two
females) sent from Duaringa, Queensland, by Mr. G. Barnard.
234 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA.
Aner. psamathetta, n. sp.
9^-". <$ . Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi tlirice as long as
head, roughly- scaled, horizontally porrected, whitish-ochreous,
mixed on sides with dark fuscous. Antenna) whitish-ochreous,
thickened, subdentate, finely ciliated, rather strongly sinuate
above basal joint. Thorax whitish-ochreous, irrorated with
darker. Abdomen whitish- ochreous. Legs greyish-oclireous,
tarsi mixed with dark fuscous. Fore-wings elongate, moderately
narrow, costa markedly arched, apex rounded, hind-margin very
oblique ; greyish-ochreous, becoming much paler along inner-
margin ; all veins broadly indicated with ochreous- whitish ; a
few large black scales tending to form a transverse row a little
before hind-margin, and two or three other scattered black scales
towards inner-margin and base ; a row of nearly obsolete cloudy
fuscous dots on hind-margin ; cilia ochreous-whitish, tips mixed
with dark fuscous. Hind- wings fuscous-grey, slightly paler near
base ; cilia whitish, with faint grey parting-line.
One male taken at Sydney in December.
Ephestia, Gn.
Epli. ficulella, Barrett.
This species, closely allied to E. elutella, and until recently
confused with it, is larger and darker than elutella, with the fore-
wings narrower at base and the costa posteriorly more rounded,
and the hind-wiugs possess only one tuft of yellow scales on the
upper surface in male, whilst elutella has two. I have taken it
in great profusion in a chemist's shop in Sydney in September,
but could not discover on what the larva had fed ; it usually lives
on figs and other dried fruits. The specimens are mostly larger
and finer than my English ones, and show distinctly the reddish-
ochreous longitudinal dashes towards the fold, but do not
specifically differ.
BY E. MEYRIC'K, B.A. 235
JEph. sencaria, Scott., Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond., 1859, 207, pi. lxi.,
(Hyplian t idiumj .
I have not seen specimens of this species, but the characters
given by Mr. Scott indicate a true Eplieatia ; and the larval habit
of spinning continuous silken sheets of web of great extent,
although sufficient to prove that the species is distinct from those
known in Europe, cannot be regarded as in itself of generic
importance. The description of the imago is, unfortunately,
valueless for specific distinctions, as it would apply equally well
to every species of the genus ; according to the figure, the insect
approaches/tw^tf in shape, but differs in the somewhat angulated
first line, and the presence of two other transverse dark lines
between the first line and base ; it would be unsafe to draw
further distinctions from the figure alone.
The larvae from which Mr. Scott's specimens were bred fed on
maize, and covered the whole walls of the room with a closely-
woven sheet of white web, covering in this particular instance
about 250 square feet : the imagos appeared in October. The
locality was in the district of Wollombi, New South Wales.
GALLEEID^.
Aphomia, HI.
Fore-head in male with a broad projecting cone of scales.
Antennae filiform, basal joint sometimes with a small tooth of
scales. Labial palpi in male short, ascending, terminal joint
pointed, excavated behind, notched ; in female as long as thorax,
slender, filiform, with appressed scales, porrected. Maxillary
palpi very short. Fore- wings varying in breadth, sometimes very
narrow, hind- margin obliquely rounded; hind-wings flatly
rounded. Fore-wings with 12 veins; discoidal cell of male in
some species very broad and long, in others normal, in female
always moderate ; 8 and 9 rising near together from 7 ; 4 and 5
stalked or separate. Hind-wings with 7 veins, 5 being absent.
236 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO -LEPIDOPTERA.
I have followed Zeller in reuniting to Apliomia his genus
Melissoblaptes, originally separated from the typical Apliomia by
the shorter discoidal cell of male, and not toothed basal joint of
antennae. The discovery of intermediate exotic species has
rendered this distinction untenable, although the extreme forms
are very diverse in appearance. A. latro, Z.} described below,
was referred by him to MelissoHaptes ; the other species are truly
Apliomia.
The genus contains few species, but occurs also throughout
Europe, North America, and in Japan.
Aph. tripartitella, n. sp.
10^"-12^". $ . Head grey-whitish mixed with grey. Labial
palpi twice as long as head, horizontal, grey-whitish tinged with
ochreous. Antennae grey- whitish, slenderly annulated with black.
Thorax grey- whitish, more or less entirely suffused with dark
grey. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish, beneath
scantily irrorated with blackish ; anterior and middle tibiae with
a slender blackish band before apex, joints of tarsi blackish
at base. Fore-wings broad, somewhat dilated, costa arched,
hind-margin rounded, oblique ; whitish-grey, tinged with greenish
and suffused with mixed brown, grey, and dark-grey scales
variable in intensity ; first line whitish, externally edged with
dark grey or blackish, from two-fifths of costa to two-fifths of
inner-margin, dentate, angulated outwards beneath costa, and
broadly arched outwards above fold; second line whitish,
internally edged with blackish, from § of costa to four-fifths of
inner margin, dentate or lunate, between £ and f of its length
strongly arched outwards ; costa between first and second lines
irregularly blackish ; on disc midway between first and second
lines are two black dots, generally strong, longitudinally placed,
and a third less distinct immediately above them between the two;
cilia whitish-ochreous-grey, with cloudy grey parting-lines, and
chequered with two rows of subquadrate blackish spots. Hind-
BY E. MEYRICK, B.A. 23 7
wings whitish-ochreous-grey, towards apox suffused with dark
fuscous ; cilia grey-whitish, with a broad cloudy fuscous parting-
line.
Three females taken on fences near Sydney in December
and January.
Apli. pachytera, n. sp.
11"- 12". g . Head whitish-grey irrorated with blackish, with
short dense overhanging frontal tuft. Labial palpi short,
appressed, almost concealed in frontal scales, whitish-grey mixed
with darker. Antenna) filiform, whitish-grey, slenderly annulat< "1
with black. Thorax whitish-grey, coarsely irrorated with darker,
forming confused blackish spots on shoulders and posteriorly.
Abdomen groyish-ochreous, segments basally suffused with darker.
Legs whitish, very finely and densely irrorated with blackish,
except on posterior pair above ; middle and anterior tibia) with
an oblique blackish band before apex, tarsi nearly black with
slender white rings at apex of joints, Fore-wings elongate,
moderately broad, discoidal cell not abnormally large, costa
regularly arched, apex rounded, hind-margin flatly rounded off
beneath ; whitish-grey, densely but irregularly irrorated with
dark grey and blackish scales ; first line strong, cloudy, blackish,
from | of costa to two-fifths of inner-margin, uniformly convex
outwardly, nearly preceded by an almost obsolete slender blackish
parallel line ; second line double, cloudy, blackish, enclosing a
whitish central space, inner line broadest and darkest, from before
four-fifths of costa to before anal angle, central half dentate and
strongly bowed outwards ; a cloudy dark grey costal blotch before
apex ; two black dots longitudinally placed on disc, one before,
one beyond middle, nearer to costa than to inner-margin ; hind-
marginal line black, interrupted : cilia dark grey, tips and an
obsolete line near base whitish. Hind-wings grey-fuscous, tinged
with ochreous ; hind-marginal line blackish : cilia fuscous-grey,
with sharp blackish-fuscous parting -line.
238 DESCKIPTIOXS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEriDOPTEEA,
Having only the male of this species, I cannot positively assert
that it is not the other sex of the preceding, to which it bears
considerable general resemblance. Many of the differences might
be merely sexual, but the differently shaped, not angulated, first
line is probably a reliable specific distinction.
Two males taken by Mr. G. H. Eaynor near Hobart Town,
Tasmania, in January.
Aph. latro, Z., %. b. V. 1873, 213.
16"-16y. <$ $ . Head, palpi, and thorax pale greyish-ochreous ;
palpi sprinkled on sides with fuscous, in male short, almost concealed
in frontal cone, in female long, attenuated, porrected. Antennse
pale greyish-ochreous, slenderly annulated with dark fuscous,
basal joint in male with a very short tooth of scales. Abdomen
elongate, pale greyish-ochreous, in female with long projecting
ovipositor. Legs pale greyish-ochreous, anterior and middle pair
strongly irrorated with dark fuscous, all tarsi fuscous-black, with
pale rings at apex of joints. Fore-wings very elongate, narrow,
parallel-sided, posteriorly narrowed, costa gently arched, apex
rounded, hind-margin very oblique ; greyish-ochreous, greyer
between veins, irregularly sprinkled with black scales ; in male
a pale whitish-ochreous straight slender central streak from base
to apex, becoming obsolete at extremity, margined beneath by a
cloudy blackish-fuscous streak, darkest from base to f , thence
indistinct ; in female the pale streak is imperceptible, but the
dark streak is clearly marked ; in male some of the veins are
almost whitish-ochreous ; a hind-marginal row of numerous small
black dots : cilia pale greyish-ochreous, tinged with rufous, with
indistinct parting-line near base. Hind- wings much broader
than fore-wings, yet elongate, flatly rounded, broadly indented
below apex ; whitish, almost transparent, in male narrowly, in
female more broadly suffused with smoky-grey towards apex ;
hind-marginal line dark grey : cilia white, with faint greyish
parting-line.
BY E. MEYEICK, B.A. 239
The largest species of the group, and not to be confused with
any other known ; the very elongate fore-wings have a peculiarly
glossy appearance.
Larva sixteen-leggecl, very stout, tapering at both ends, head
much narrower than body, whole surface with a few scattered
hairs ; darker or lighter dull drab-brown, spots, small, black ;
head and second segment black ; anal segment with a small black
plate. Feeds in the tall spike-like flower-heads of Xanthorr/icea
hastilis (the so-called 'grass-tree'), burrowing amongst the seeds
and forming tough galleries with silk and refuse, in October.
Pupa in a firm cocoon amongst refuse. These larva) were very
restless in captivity, and could hardly be restrained ; they occurred
gregariously in the heads, one spike containing apparently nearly
100 larva) of different sizes, who eventually consumed the entire
head. My specimens were bred in November ; I have never
taken the imago at large ; it is probably very retired in habit.
The larval habits of this species are abnormal in the genus and
family ; all previously known larva) are parasitic in habit, feeding
in the nest of bees on the wax ; this species is therefore of peculiar
interest.
My larva) were found near Sydney ; Zeller's original specimen
was from Adelaide.
The venation of this species differs from that of the others
investigated in having veins 8 and 9 of fore-wing rising on a
short stalk, instead of separately, from 7.
For the benefit of students, I add a classified list of all the
species of Cramlites mentioned in this and my preceding paper.
CHILONID^E.
SCHOENOBIUS, Blip.
imparellus, n. sp.
Chilo, Zh
parramattellus, n. sp.
240 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTBALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTEBA,
leptogrammellus, n. sp.
sdi istellus, n. sp . (? liu j . gen. )
CKAMBID2E.
Ancylolomia, lib.
Westwoodi, Z., Cr. II.
(Prionophora ruptella, Wkr. ad liane fam. 11011 pertinet.)
Orambtjs, F.
apicistrigellus, n. sp.
coneinnclliis, Wkr., Cat. 165.
lativittalis, Wkr., Cat. 171 ; lialterellus, Z., Cr. 33.
torrentellus, n. sp.
trivittatus, Z., Cr. 34; livittellus, Wkr., Cat. 171. (nee Don.)
bivittellus, Don., Z., Cr. 34 ; recurvellus, Wk. Cat. 171.
aurantiaeus, n. sp.
biJracteUus, Wkr. Cat. 174.
impletellus, Wkr., Cat. 175.
plenijerellus, Wkr. Cat. 173; aurosus, Fdd., Nov. T. 137, fig.
31; Z. llor. Soc. Ross. 1877, 45.
longipalpellus, n. sp.
c unci for dim, Wkr. Cat. lib.
dimidiellus, n. sp.
hoplitellus, n. sp.
relatalis, Wkr., Cat. 172.
grammellus, Z., Cr. 46.
perlatalis, Wkr., Cat. 174.
opulentellus, Z., Cr. 46.
invalidellus, n. sp.
enneagrammos, n. sp.
arggroneurus, Z., Cr., 47.
mihellus, n. sp.
Argyria, lib.
arggraspis, n. sp.
DlPTYCHOPHORA, Z.
pact'iiiaturella, n.spjdilatella h. syn).
EY E. MEYEICK, B.A.
"PBYdDM.
Nephopteeyx, Z.
stenopterella n. sp.
fornacetta, n. sp.
euraplietta, n. sp.
infusella, n. sp.
opimella, n. sp.
Pempeeia, lib.
melanostyla, n. sp.
strigiferella, n. sp.
ealigmosella, n. sp.
oculiferetta, n. sp.
digrammetta, n. sp.
rufitinctella, n. sp.
apotomella, n. sp.
Etiella, Z.
sincerella, n. sp.
Behriiy Z., Is. 1848, 883.
chrysoporella, n. sp.
Speematophthoea, Id.
mesactella, n. sp. (? liuj . gen.)
Eucaephia, lib.
neotomella, n. sp.
ensiferetta, n. sp.
vulgatella, n. sp.
cnepkcsetta, n. sp.
Lasioceea, n. g.
canilinea, n. sp.
Ceeopeepes, Z.
almella, n. sp.
Mtelois, Z.
cenobarella, n. sp.
211
242 DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN MICRO-LEPIDOPTERA,
EUZOPIIERA, Z.
kucarma, n. sp.
subarcuella, n. sp.
cosmiella, n. sp.
microdoxa, n. sp.
Epischnia, lib.
neuroplwrella, n. sp.
Anerastia, lib.
mirabilella, n. sp.
virginella, n. sp.
psamathella , n. sp.
Homceosoma, Curt.
vagella, Z., Is. 1848,863.
distichella, n. sp.
Epiiestia, G)i.
elutella, lib.
Jicuhlla, Barr.,
sericwia, Scott, Proc. Zool. Soc, Loud. 1859, 207, PI. 61,
interpunctella, lib.
GALLEKIDJE.
Galleria, F.
mellonella, L.
Aphomia, lib.
tripartitella, n. sp.
pachjtcra, n. sp.
latro, Z., z. b. V. 1873,213.
Achroea, Kb.
grisella, F.
243
Notes Ox Oyprjea Guttata.
By James Hobsox.
I have recently become the fortunate possessor of a rare and
beautiful specimen of Cypreea guttata, a species which I have
traced to have been discovered just one hundred years ago, but
up to the present time only five specimens have been made known
to science. It will be interesting to know that the home of the
shell is New Britain, as up to 1870, the present time, I believe
the habitat was unknown. It was first brought prominently to
light by Gray in Reeve, 1845, who saj-s this very rare and
remarkable shell is the largest species of that division of the
genus to which the Cyprc&a erosa and Lamarchi belong. Its chief
peculiarity consists in the teeth extending across the base in
bright saffron-red ridges, each of which passes over the edge and
a little way up the side, terminating in a point ; they have a
somewhat irregular wrinkled appearance, and are here and there
forked. The white spots on the back are extremely variable in
size, and as in the Cyprcea vitellus, have the appearance of a
miniature firmament of stars of different degrees of magnitude.
The back of the shell is not however so highly enamelled as in
that species, nor are the spots of the same round definite character.
Sowerby in his Thesaurus Conchyliorum, 1870, says the dorsal view
of this shell bears a singular resemblance in form to Lamarchi or
ehurna, although it is much larger and more boldly sculptured at
the sides ; but on a view of the base it is at once perceived that
the species is one of those that stand quite alone. The singular
manner in which the chesnut- coloured teeth are continued over
the base and margins, and collected into a thickened irregular
sort of platform in the middle, is not even suggestively approached
in any other species.
244
The specimen, the only one in the colonies, which I now exhibit
to the meeting, I judge to be a superior and slightly differently
marked specimen to that described by Gray, from the fact of it
being quite as highly enamelled, and the spots fully as round
and definite in character, as any specimen I have seen of the
well-known C. vitellus.
EXHIBITS.
By the President. — A named set of Fungi of Australia, chiefly
from the Collection of the Hon. W. Macleay.
By Mr. Masters. — A new species of Serranus and a new i^m's
from the Fiji Islands, and two heads of Malicolo Chiefs, showing
the skulls lengthened out as is done during infancy. The profiles
had been reproduced with prepared clay.
By Mr. J. A. Tenison- Woods. — A Turlinaria crater from Torres
Straits, which was attached to a Pearl Oyster of very large size.
By Mr. Hobson. — The beautiful Cyprcea described in his paper.
■*-<♦-
245
WEDNESDAY, APRIL 30m, 1870.
The Vice-President, "W. J. Stephens, Esq., M.A., in the Chair.
The Minutes of last meeting were confirmed.
The Chairman announced the presence of Dr. Smith as a
Visitor.
Mr. William A. Haswell M.A., B.Sc, was elected a Member.
DOXATIOXS.
From the Medical Society of Victoria ; Part IV. of the first
volume of the Society's Proceedings.
Notes by T. S. Ralph Esq., "Ona case of Soft Cancer with
Hydatids."
tapers read.
On Australian Amthitoda.
By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.
[Plates VII.— XII.].
The Edriophthalms of Australia, as of the Southern Hemisphere
generally, have suffered considerable neglect at the hands of
naturalists. Milne-Edwards in his " Histoire naturelle des
Crustaces," (1837), describes but one species of Australian
Amphipod ; Prof. Dana in his great work on the Crustacea of
the United States Exploring Expedition describes six species
from the Australian coast ; among the species described by
Stimpson in papers published in the Proceedings of the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (1855) are two from Australia ;
finally Mr. C. Spence Bate in his valuable " Catalogue of the
Amphipoda in the Collection of the British Museum" (1862),
adds four new species to the list of Australian forms.
246 OX AUSTRALIAN AMPHEPODA.
The present paper contains descriptions of thirty-seven new
species, comprising, as might be expected, several interesting
new generic forms.
It would be premature until a more complete series has been
obtained to offer any generalisations on the relations borne by
the Australian region — as regards this group of Crustacea — to the
other zoological provinces. I am confident however, from what
I have already observed that the edriophthalmous fauna of
Australia will prove on further investigation to be an exceptionally
rich one, and will be found to possess a well-marked distinctive
facies.
Of the specimens from which the descriptions and drawings
were made, some, including all the Tasmanian species, are in
the collection of the Hon. William Macleay, of Elizabeth Bay,
Sydney, by whom they were kindly lent me for examination ;
others were obtained during the dredgings carried on in Port
Jackson during the last few months under the auspices of the
Trustees of the Australian Museum, and were lent me for
investigation by Mr. E. P. Pamsay, the Curator of that Institution
to whom I here take the opportunity of expressing my thanks ;
the remainder were collected by myself with the valuable assistance
of Mr. Greorge Masters, Curator of the Macleay Museum, Sydney.
GROUP NORMALIA.
Fam. OBCHESTIDiE.
Genus Talitrus, Latr.
Talitrus sylvaticus, sp. nov. (Plate VII., fig. 1.)
Coxro of third pereiopoda much broader than the others. Eyes
round. Superior antennae nearly equal in length to the cephalon
and first segment of the pereion ; first segment of the jjeduiicle
compressed ; second segment the longest ; third very short ;
flagellum rather shorter than the peduncle. Inferior antenna)
BY "WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 247
equal in length to the cephalon and pereion ; peduncle with three
articuli visible, the third nearly twice as long as the second ;
flagellum longer than peduncle, finely fringed with cilia. Mandibles
powerful, very deep ; furnished with a large and prominent molar
eminence crossed by about a dozen dentary ridges ; cutting edge
armed with four teeth, that nearest the molar surface bifurcated,
the next two simple, prominent, the fourth inconspicuous ; between
the first of these teeth and the molar eminence are several pointed
curved ciliated spines. Maxillipedes resembling somewhat those
of T. locusta ; the plate of the first articulation armed with three
short blunt teeth, that of the second articulation ending in a single
tooth ; carpus and propoclos with one or two setce. Anterior
gnathopoda pediform, the propodos tapering distally. Posterior
gnathopoda imperfectly subcheliform ; the carpus and propodos
long and narrow (longer in the female than in the male) the short
dactylos situated at a little distance from the extremity of the
propodos.-1' Anterior pereiopoda subequal. Pereiopoda of the
third pair much shorter than the fourth and fifth ; bases of fifth
pair broad, finely serrated along the posterior margin. Last pair
of pleopoda short. Telson consisting of a disc-like, dorsally-
concave plate, bordered with hairs, and cleft in the middle line
posteriorly.
Colour usually dark slate ; occasionally dull yellow.
Length five and a half lines.
The habitat of this species of Talitrus is peculiar. It is
abundant on moist ground in wood and scrubs of New South
Wales ; I have received specimens, obtained by Mr. Greorge
Masters, from Eootyhill (a point about 30 miles from the coast)
where it is very common ; how much further inland its range may
extend I have no exact data to enable me to determine ; probably
*These appendages instead of being- habitually folded up under the pereion,
as in T. locusta and other species of the genus, are in constant and active
use as organs ancillary to the process of mastication,
248 OX AUSTRALIAN AMPIIIPODA.
it is confined to a maritine belt of moderate breadth, as I am
informed that it is not met with in the far interior. I have never
observed it on the sea-shore.
Genus Talorchestia, Dana.
Talorchestia diemenensis, sp. nov. (PL VII., fig. 6.)
Superior antennae equalling the cephalon in length. Inferior
antennre equal in length to the cephalon and first three segments
of the pereion, the third joint short, the fifth the longest ; flagellum
subequal with the peduncle, fringed with short hairs. Anterior
gnathopoda in the male with the carpus broad distally, the
propodos quadrangular, twice as long as broad, the palmar border
transverse, slightly sinuous, the dactylos short ; in the female
with both carpus and propodos narrower than in the male, the
palmar border with a deep mesial notch, the dactylos well-
developed. Posterior gnathopoda in the male large, the propodos
compressed, irregularly cordif orm with the palm oblique, defined
by a rounded tooth ; in the female small, imperfectly subchelif orm,
the propodos narrow, nearly thrice as long as broad, parallel-
sided, with the palm oblique, the dactylos rudimentary. Pereiopoda
setif erous ; third pair much shorter than fourth and fifth. Telson
triangular, blunt.
Length three lines.
Sab. Tasmania, (M.-M.)
Talorchestia quadrimana, PI. VII., fig. 3.
Orchestia quadrimana. Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci. Host, ii.,
204; U. S. Exploring Exped. p. 879, pl. 59. f. 7 ; Spence Bate,
Cat. AmpTi. p. 31, pl. v., fig. 3.
From the locality whence Dana obtained his specimens, and
from his description lam inclined to place the common Talorchestia
of New South Wales under this heading, though the form of the
posterior gnathopoda, as shown in Dajaa' s figure, is totally unlike
that of those organs in any of the specimens I have examined.
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 249
Male. — Coxae deep. Eyes large, round. Inferior antennae
exceeding- in length the cephalon and two first segments of the
pereion ; peduncle and flagellum subequal, the fifth joint of the
former longer than the fourth. Superior antennas equalling in
length the third and fourth segments of the peduncle of the inferior
pair. Mandibles very powerful, resembling in general form those
of TalitruB sj/lraticm, the cutting edge with several strong curved
teeth, between which and the grinding tubercle are seven slender
ciliated spines ; the molar tubercle broad, crossed by numerous
very fine, acute transverse ridges. Maxillipedes non-unguiculate,
the edges of the two terminal segments and of the lateral plates
armed with numerous seta?. Anterior gnathopoda subchelate,
carpus and propodos subequal, armed with setae ; propodos sub-
triangular, palm transverse, hairy, defined by a rounded elevation,
superior border with five setiferous serrations. Posterior
gnathopoda with the propodos large, varying in size ; usually
about four times as long as that of the anterior pair, sub-quadrate,
the palm transverse, excavated, armed with a few minute teeth.
First pair of pereiopoda rather longer than the second ; third pair
much shorter than fourth and fifth ; fifth the longest, its basos
much broader than that of the others ; three posterior pairs armed
with setae, set on lateral serrations. Posterior pleopoda with the
ramus slender. Telson triangular, blunt, cleft.
Female. — Anterior gnathopoda subpediform, the propodos
narrowing distally, its superior border serrated, setiferous, its
lower border setiferous, entire. Posterior gnathopoda with the
carpus and propodos narrow, the dactylos rudimentary, not
reaching to the extremity of the propodos. Colour white, with
irregular light-red spots.
Length six lines.
Hob. Sandy beaches, coast of New South Wales (Manly, Bondi,
Kiama) ; found under masses of decaying sea-weed above the
reach of ordinary tides.
250 ON AUSTRALIAN AMPHIPODA.
Genus Orchestia, Leach.
Orchestia Macleayana, sp- nov. (PL VII., fig. 2.)
Male. — Inferior antennae as long as the cephalon and first four
segments of the pereion ; the peduncle stout and longer than the
flagellum. Superior antennas about one-third of the length of
the inferior pair, slightly exceeding the cephalon in length ;
flagellum and peduncle subequal. Anterior gnathopoda with
the carpus triangular, longer than the propodos ; the propodos
broader at its distal than at its proximal end, the palm transverse.
Posterior gnathopoda with the propodos membranous, large,
cordiform, thrice as long as that of anterior pair ; palm oblique,
undefined, waved. First pair of pereiopoda longer than second.
Second pair with, the meros broader than that of first pair. Three
posterior pairs increasing progressively in length, the fourth pair
much longer than the third and the fifth slightly longer than the
fourth ; basos of the fifth with a tooth on its posterior margin.
Posterior pleopoda short. Telson triangular, blunt.
Female. — Posterior gnathopoda with the propodos shorter than
the carpus, oval ; dactylos rudimentary.
Length four and a half lines.
Hab. Sandy beaches, Port Jackson ; Kiama, New South Wales;
found among decaying sea-weed.
This species is very nearly allied to 0. dispar, Dana (U. S.
Exploring Exped., p. 878. pi. 59, f. 6 ; Spence Bate, Cat. Amph.
p. 32, pi. v., fig. 5) but is distinguised from it by the form of the
last pair of pereiopoda.
Grenus Allorchestes, Dana.
Allorchestes rupicola, sp. nov. (PI. VIII., fig. 1.)
Eyes large, subreniform. Superior antennas as long as the
cephalon and two first segments of the pereion ; third segment of
the peduncle short ; flagellum longer than peduncle. Inferior
antennas as long as the cephalon and first three segments of the
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 251
pereion ; flagellum and peduncle subequal. Anterior gnathopoda
of moderate size, the carpus with a projecting ciliated process on
its inferior border ; the propodos ovoid ; palm oblique, convex,
denned by a blunt tooth. Posterior gnathopoda large ; the
propodos more than twice as long as that of the anterior pair,
ovoid, its proximal border with a deep notch, its superior border
strongly convex, palm scarcely oblique, convex, armed with an
obscure tooth. Pereiopoda of the two anterior pairs subequal.
Three posterior pairs of pereiopoda increasing progressively in
length from before backwards. Posterior pleopoda short. Telson
nearly semicircular, divided.
Length four-and-a-half lines.
Sab. Shallow rock-pools a little above high-water mark, Clark
Island, Port Jackson; Botany Bay.
This species is distinguished from A. Gaimardii ( ' Ampliitlioe
Gaimarditj Edwards, Hist, des Crust, iii. 37 ; Allorchestes compressa,
Dana, Proc. Amer. Acad. Set'. Bost. ii. 205 ; Allorchestes Gaimardii,
U. S. Explor. Exped. p. 181, pi. 60, fg. 1 ; Spence Bate, Cat.
Amph. p. 41, pi. Q,fig. y.y which seems to be its nearest ally,
chiefly by the form of the anterior gnathopoda.
Allorchestes longicornis, sp. nov. (PL VII., fig. 4.)
Inferior antennae as long as the cephalon and the whole of the
pereion ; third segment of peduncle short ; fifth the longest ;
flagellum more than twice as long as the peduncle. Superior
antenna) with the peduncle as long as the third and fourth segments
of the peduncle of the inferior pair ; first and second joints sub-
equal ; third smaller ; flagellum twice as long as the peduncle.
Anterior gnathopoda with the carpus sub -triangular, having a
small hairy process on its ventral aspect ; the propodos equal in
length to the carpus, rather longer than broad, its dorsal border
nearly straight, its palmar border strongly convex ; palm oblique,
defined by a small tooth. Posterior gnathopoda with the propodos
twice as long as that of the anterior \ air, heart-shaped, nearly
2 32 ON AUSTRALIAN AMniirODA.
twice as long as broad ; palm nearly longitudinal, defined by a
sharp tooth. Third pair of pereiopoda much shorter than the
fourth and fifth.
Length about five lines.
Hal. Kiama, New South Wales, under large stones between
tide marks.
Allorchestes crassicornis, sp. nov. (PL VII., fig. 5.)
Inferior antennae as long as the cephalon and first three segments
of the pereion ; peduncle stout ; third segment much longer than
the others ; flagellum very stout, rather longer than the peduncle.
Superior antennae exceeding in length the first and second
segments of the peduncle of the inferior pair ; the segments of
the peduncle all of nearly equal length, the third slightly shorter
than the other two ; flagellum half as long again as the peduncle.
Anterior gnathopoda with the carpus sub -triangular, having a
short hair-bordered process on its ventral aspect ; the propodos
oblong, twice as long as broad ; palm transverse, not defined.
Posterior gnathopoda with the propodos two-and-a-half times as
long as that of the anterior pair ; palm oblique, defined, armed
with a row of short spines. Third pair of pereiopoda shorter
than the others ; fourth and fifth pairs subequal.
Length about five lines.
Hal. Kiama, New South Wales, between tide-marks.
This species is well characterised by the unusual stoutness of
the inferior antenna}.
Fam. GAMMAKIDiE.
Sub-fam. STEGOCEPHALIDES,
Genus Stegocephalus, Kroyer.
Stegocephalus latus, sp. nov. (PL YIIL, fig. 2.)
Cephalon short, about half as long as first segment of pereion.
Pereion dilated. Pleon slightly compressed. Superior antennae
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., 1 253
as long- as the cephalon and first segment of the pereion ; first
joint of peduncle compressed ; third joint longer than second ;
flagellum as long- as third joint of peduncle, composed of few
(seven or eight) articuli ; appendage very short. Inferior antenna)
nearly as long as the superior ; flagellum very short, of six articnli.
Gnathopoda sub-pediform, similar; anterior pair with the basos
much shorter than that of the posterior pair ; Loth hairy, with
the carpus and propodos of equal length, the former sub-triangular,
the latter narrow. Posterior pereiopoda with the meros produced
and pointed at its postero-distal angle, and the carpus rather
short, with two teeth at its distal extremity. Three posterior
pairs of pleopoda stout ; the rami of all three equal, short. Telson
small, squamiform, slightly cleft.
Length about five lines.
Hub. Tasmania (M.-M.)
This species — of which the Hon. William Macleay has two
specimens in his collection (obtained, I believe, by Mr. W. F.
Petterd in Tasmania, probably in shallow water) belongs without
doubt to the same genus as the rare Arctic form Stegocephalus
ampulla. It seems to differ from it mainly (1) in the greater
relative length of the peduncle in both the superior and inferior
antennas, (2) in the subchelate form of the anterior gnathopoda,
(3) in the shortness of the rami of the three posterior pairs of
pleopoda.
Genus Amaryllis, (novum).
Superior antennas with a well-developed appendage. Mandibles
with a palp. Maxillipedes with well-developed squamiform plates.
Anterior gnathopoda sub-pediform. Posterior gnathopoda
imperfectly subchelate. Pami of the fourth and fifth pleopoda
stylif orm ; those of sixth pair broad-lanceolate. Telson squamiform,
cleft.
Amaryllis macrophthalmus, sp. nov. (PI. VULL, fig. 3.)
Eyes vertically elongated, sub-crescentic. Superior antenna)
equal in length to the cephalon and first five segments of the
254 ON AUSTRALIAN AMPIIIPODA.
pereion ; first joint of the peduncle as long as the cephalon ;
second and third joints short ; flagellmn longer than peduncle, of
about thirty segments ; appendage of seven segments. Inferior
antenna) with the peduncle nearly equal in length to that of
superior pair ; flagellmn longer than peduncle. Mandibles with
a three- jointed palp ; cutting edge produced at each end ; a
pointed tubercle on the outer border in front of the insertion of
the palp ; squamiform plate bordered with short spines. First
pair of maxilla) having the two internal plates armed with a
number of compressed chitinous teeth, each furnished at its
extremity with a series of denticulations. Palp of maxillipedes
non-unguiculate. First pair of gnathopoda slender ; the carpus
and propodos narrow, the latter tapering towards its distal end.
Second pair rather stouter ; carpus cylindrical ; propodos long,
narrow, its lower border convex its upper straight ; palm trans-
verse, dactylos short. Anterior pereiopoda subequal. Meros,
carpus and propodos of posterior pereiopoda serrated. Rami of
fourth and fifth pairs of pleopoda styliform, slightly curved at
the extremity, the inner ramus of the fifth pair rather longer and
broader than the outer. Sixth pair of pleopoda a little shorter
than fifth ; the rami lanceolate, with smooth borders and slightly
curved at the tip. Telson squamiform, deeply cleft.
Length nine-and-a-half lines.
Kab. Tasmania (M.-M.)
Amaryllis brevicornis, sp. nov.
This species is nearly allied to the preceding, being distinguished
from it mainly by the greater shortness of the antennse, which
are not longer than the cephalon and first three segments of the
pereion ; the flagellum of the superior pair containing only
eighteen articuli, and the appendage five.
Length four lines.
JLib. Port Jackson. Common among alga3 and polyzoa in the
sub-littoral zone.
BY WILLIAM A. II A SWELL, M.A., B.SC. 255
Genus Neobule, (novum).
Superior antenna) simple. Mandibles without an appendage.
Maxillipedes with a squamiform process on the basos only.
Gnathopoda subehelate ; second pair the larger ; coxa) of anterior
pair well-developed. Fourth pair of coxa) wide, excavated behind,
to receive the anterior part of the fifth pair. Posterior pleopoda
biramous. Telson squamiform.
Neobule algicola, sp. unic. (PI. VIII. , fig. 4.)
Eyes round. Superior antenna) as long as the cephalon and
first two segments of the pereion ; first segment of the peduncle
longer and stouter than the others ; third scarcely distinguishable
from the articuli of the flagellum ; flagellum rather longer than
peduncle. Inferior antennae equal in length to the superior pair ;
peduncle and flagellum subequal. Anterior gnathopoda with the
carpus sub-triangular ; the propodos longer than the carpus,
oblong ; the palm transverse, concave. Posterior gnathopoda
with the propodos similar in shape to that of the anterior pair,
but larger. Third pair of pereiopoda shorter than the fourth and
fifth ; fifth pair longer than the fourth, its basos broader than
that of the preceding pairs. Kami of posterior pleopoda extremely
short. Telson small, entire.
Length about three lines.
Sab. Kiania, New South Wales ; among sea-weed between
tide-marks.
Sub-fam. LYSIANASSIDES.
Genus Lyslanassa, Edwards.
Lysianassa nitens, sp. nov. (PI. VIII., fig. 5.)
Superior antennas short, equalling in length the cephalon and
the first segment of the pereion ; flagellum about half as long as
the peduncle, of ten articuli ; appendage of six articuli. Inferior
256 ON AUSTRALIAN AMFIIIPODA.
antenueo subequal with superior pair ; peduncle stout ; flagellum
rather longer than the peduncle. Anterior gnathopoda stout,
pediform. Posterior gnathopoda much more slender than the
anterior pair ; propodos nearly twice as long as broad ; palm
transverse, excavated ; dactylos short. Pereiopoda subequal,
short and rather stout. Pami of posterior pleopoda lanceolate,
both bordered with hairs on one margin. Telson simple. Colour
pearly white.
Length three lines.
Sab. Port Jackson. Common among sea-weed, etc., in the
sub-littoral zone.
Lysianassa amnis, sp. nov.
Nearly allied to the preceding ; distinguished from it by the
length of the inferior antenna) which are longer than the body.
Hah. Port Jackson.
Genus Glycera, (novum).
Superior antenna) slender, rather long, provided with an
appendage. Mandibles with a palp, the incisive edge not toothed ;
no accessory plate ; anterior margin with a prominent tubercle.
Maxillipedes with large squamiform processes on the basal joints.
Four anterior pairs of coxa) deeper than their respective segments;
the fourth pair slightly produced inferiorly and posteriorly.
Gnathopoda filiform, slender ; anterior pair smaller than the
posterior, imperfectly subchelate ; posterior pair subchelate.
Posterior pleopoda biramous ; the rami broad-lanceolate. Telson
double.
The length of the superior antenna) would almost seem to
exclude this remarkable form from the Lysianassides ; the rest Of
the structure however, appears to shew that its nearest affinities
are with the present group.
Glycera tenuicornis, up. imic. (PI. VIII. , fig. 6.)
Eyes long-oval, nearly meeting above. Superior antenna) as
long as the cephalon and first three segments of the pereion, first
BY WILLIAM A. HA8WELL, M.A., B.SC. 257
joint of peduncle very stout, longer than the others, second and
jliird joints very short ; flagellum longer than peduncle, slender ;
appendage nine-jointed. Inferior antenna) longer than the
superior pair ; peduncle subequal with that of the latter ; flagellum
thrice as long as the peduncle. Anterior gnathopoda long,
filiform ; basos narrow, compressed ; ischium meros and carpus
all sub -cylindrical and slender ; propodos about one third of the
length of the carpus, irregularly ovoid, narrowed clistally, its
ventral border armed with curved seta3. Posterior gnathopoda
elongated, slender, but stouter than the anterior pair ; propodos
nearly twice as long as carpus, sub-quadrate, nearly as broad as
long, the palm concave, the ventral and distal angle prominent,
acute. Third pair of pereiopoda much shorter than the rest ;
the basos circular, serrated posteriorly. Basos of following pairg
oval, non-serrated ; meros, carpus and propodos hairy . Fourth
and fifth pairs of pleopods with the rami slender, styliform ; ram1
of the last pair broad-lanceolate, acute. Lateral halves of the
telson broad-lanceolate, pointed.
Length four lines.
Hob. Howick Group, N.-E. Australia (M.-M.)
Sub-fam. AMPELISCADES.
Grenus Ampelisca, Kroyer.
Ampelisca australis, sjj. nov. (PL YIIL, fig. 6.)
Superior antennae as long as the cephalon and the first segment
of the pereion; first joint of peduncle short, stout; second longer
and narrower ; third not distinguishable from the articuli of the
flagellum ; flagellum slender, composed of elongated articuli .
Inferior antennae about twice as long as the superior ; third
•segment of the peduncle short, stout ; fourth narrow and elongated
(as long as the cephalon) ; fifth rather shorter than fourth ;
flagellum equal in length to the first two segments of the peduncle,
of about ten slender articuli. Maxillipedes with the dactylos stout,
258 ON AUSTRALIAN AMPHIPODA.
as long as the propodos ; the plate of the ischium furnished along
its inner margin with a series' of eight short, broad, compressed
spines, succeeded towards the apex by long and slender spines.
Ghiathopoda non-subchelate ; the anterior pair with the meros,
carpus and propodos of nearly equal length, narrow, furnished
with long simple hairs ; posterior pair similar, but shorter and
slightly stouter ; dactylos two-thirds of the length of the propodos.
Two anterior pairs of pereiopoda with the carpus very short,
about one-fifth of the length of the meros ; the propodos nearly
twice as long as the carpus, narrower ; the dactylos as long as
the carpus and propodos, nearly straight. Posterior pereiopoda
with the dactylos very small, directed backwards ; meros of the
third and fourth pairs shorter than the carpus ; carpus and
propodos subequal, fringed with long hairs ; basos of last pair
narrower than that of third and fourth, its posterior edge with a
blunt projection, armed with long bristles ; the meros very short
and broad ; the carpus longer than the meros and slightly narrower;
the propodos shorter than the carpus, narrowed towards the
dactylos, which is long, slender and slightly curved. Sixth pair
of pleopoda longer than the fifth pair, with the rami broad-
lanceolate, the outer armed on one border, and the inner on both
with slender setse, the longest of which are about half the length
of the ramus, Telson squamif orm, cleft, rounded posteriorly.
Length four and a half lines.
Hal. Port Jackson, at depths of about five or six fathoms.
Sub-fam. PHOXIDES.
Genus Phoxtts, Kroyer.
Phoxus villosus, sp. now (PI. IX. fig. 2.)
Rostrum as long as the remainder of the cephalon, blunt.
Eyes small, oval. Superior antennse equalling in length the
cephalon and rostrum ; first segment of the peduncle twice as long
a,s broad, second scarcely two-thirds of the length of the first and
BY WILLIAM A. 1IASWELL. M.A., B.SC. 259
much narrower, provide 1 below with a fasciculus of short hairs ;
third joint half the length of the second, scarcely distinguished
from the articuli of the flagellum ; flagellum nearly as long as
the peduncle ; appendage nearly as long as the flagellum, of
about fifteen articuli. Inferior antenna) rather longer than the
superior pair ; fourth joint of peduncle broad, its upper surface
straight, its lower convex and provided with two ridges armed
with longish hairs ; fifth joint as long as the fourth and of
similar shape, but narrower, armed with hair below ; flagellum
as long as the last two segments of peduncle. Coxa3 fringed with
slender hairs. Gnathopoda hairy. Anterior pair with the
propodos ovoid, twice as long as broad ; the palm oblique, defined
by a strong tooth. Posterior pair with the propodos similar to
that of the anterior, but rather broader, with the palm slightly
less inclined to the long axis of the propodos, and the defining
tooth larger. Two anterior pairs of pereiopoda sub- equal, hairy,
their meros and carpus broad. Three posterior pairs serrated
and hairy ; fourth pair much longer than the others, longer than
the pereion ; basa of the third and fourth pairs much longer than
broad ; fifth pair very small, the basos dilated posteriorly, broader
than long, its posterior margin armed with fine serrations. Rami
of sixth pleopoda broad-lanceolate ; outer longer and broader
than inner, serrated; inner smooth; both armed with seta?.
Telson with the halves broad, compressed, truncate, bordered
with a few hairs.
Length seven lines.
Dredged in Port Jackson.
Phoxus Batei, sj). nov. (PI. IX. fig. 3.)
Rostrum as long as the rest of the cephalon, straight, obtuse.
Eyes distinct, long-oval. Superior antenna) with the peduncle
extending beyond the extremity of the rostrum ; first joint of the
peduncle nearly as broad as long ; second as long as the first, but
of only about half the breadth ; third joint about one-fourth of
260 ON AUSTRALIAN AMPlIirODA.
tlie length of the first ; fhgellum longer than the last two segments
of the peduncle ; appendage two-thirds of the length of the
nagellum, consisting of about, six articuli. Inferior antenme
rather longer than the superior; the penultimate joint of the
peduncle broad, its superior border straight and smooth, its
inferior border convex, serrate and hairy ; last joint shorter and
narrower than the penultimate, serrate, armed with hairs and
with two slender spines ; nagellum as long as the two last segments
of the peduncle. Coxse bordered with a few hairs. Gnathopoda
similar, subequal : propodos twice as long as broad ; palm very
oblique, defined by an acute tooth. Two anterior pairs of
pereiopoda subequal, stout. Fourth pair of pereiopoda longer
than the third ; fifth pair shorter, with the bason very broad, but
scarcely so broad as long, serrate on its posterior border. Fourth
and fifth pairs of pleopoda armed with short acute spines. Sixth
pair with the rami unequal ; the outer broad-lanceolate truncate,
serrate, bordered with hairs ; the inner about half as long as the
outer, narrower, armed with long hairs. Halves of the telson
slender.
Length four and a half lines.
Uab. Port Jackson, (dredged.)
This species is at once distinguishable from the preceding hy
the larger size of the eyes and the form of the fifth pereiopods. I
have named it after Mr. Spence Bate, F.K.S., to whom every
student of the Amphipocla is so much indebted.
Sub-fam. GAMMABIDES.
Genus Pherusa, Leach.
Pherusa kevis, sjj. nov. (PL IX., fig. 4.)
Eyes round. Superior antennse equal in length to the cephalon
and first six segments of the pereion ; first two segments of the
peduncle subequal ; third scarcely half the length of the second ;
nagellum much longer than the peduncle. Inferior antennce longer
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., L.SC. 2G1
than the superior pair ; fourth segment of the peduncle the longest .
flagellum nearly twice as long as the peduncle. Anterior
gnathopoda with the carpus and propodos subequal, their ventral
border armed with serrations beset with fasciculi of fine hairs ;
propodos rather longer than broad, palm transverse, not defined.
Posterior gnathopoda with the carpus triangular, as long as the
propodos, which is oblong, more than twice as long as broad,
twice as long as the propodos of the anterior pair, with the palm
oblique, undefined ; both carpus and propodos bordered ventrally
with a row of hair-bearing serrations. Third pair of pereiopoda
rather shorter than the fourth and fifth, all three bordered with
setae. Eami of posterior pleopoda styHforra. Telson triangular,
pointed.
Length four and a half lines.
Sab. Kiama, New South Wales.
Genus Leucothoe, Leach.
Leucothoc commensalis, sp. nov. (PI. X., fig. 3.)
Body large and thick. Coxae of the second pereiojjoda deeper
than the rest. Eyes ovoid, black. Superior antennae nearly as
long as the cephalon and first three segments of the pereion, one.
fourth longer than the inferior pair ; first segment of the peduncle
very stout, occupying about one-third of the total length ; second
rather narrower and slightly longer than the first ; third short ;
flagellum as long as the second segment of the peduncle. Peduncle
of inferior antennae equal in length to the two first segments of
the peduncle of the superior pair ; flagellum very short.
Maxillipedes stout, pedif orm. Anterior gnathopoda rather shorter
than the posterior ; proximal part of carpus dilated, irregularly
heart-shaped ; distal prolongation slender, uniform in thickness
to near the end, where it tapers to a fine incurved point ; propodos
about three times as Jbroad as the distal process of the carpus,
which it equals in length, slightly narrowed distally, armed
R V
2G2 ON ATJSTKALIAN AMPHIPODA.
internally with, a row of about fifteen short hairs ; dactylos fully
one-third of the length of the propodos. Posterior gnathopoda
having the distal process of the carpus nearly half as long as the
propodos, parallel- sided, incurved ; propodos equalling in length
the cephalon and the first three segments of the pereion, rather
more than twice as long as broad, with three small teeth and a
row of fine serrations on its palmar border, and aconical tooth on
the opposite border at the base of the dactylos ; dactylos not quite
half as long as the propodos, uniformly curved. Pereiopoda
subequal. Three posterior pairs of pleopoda slender, nearly
smooth, the protopodite of the fourth pair longer than that of the
fifth and sixth, that of the fifth the shortest. Telson elongated ;
the apex moderately acute.
Colour of larger variety brick-red, or greenish, sometimes light
pink with innumerable minute crimson dots.
Length six or seven lines.
This species is one of the commonest Amphipods in Port
Jackson and other parts of the coast of New South "Wales. One
variety — the larger — is found in the pharynx of a common large
tunicate, scarcely one of which can be opened without one or
more of these crustaceans being found in its interior ; it is also
common in the cavities of large sponges.
Another variety, distinguished from the first by its smaller
size, the greater slenderness of the pereiopoda, and its mottled-
crimson colour, inhabits the pharynx of various transparent simple
ascidians, and is also found in other situations.
Leucothoe diemenensis, sp. nov. (PI. IX., fig. 5.)
Body broad. Coxae of the second pereiopoda rather deeper
than the others. Eyes round, large. Superior antennae equal in
length to the cephalon and the two first segments of the pereion ;
first two segments of the peduncle subequal, last short. Inferior
antennae with the peduncle equal in length to that of the superior
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 263
pair ; the fiagellum about half the length of the last segment of the
peduncle. Anterior gnathopoda large, in form nearly resembling
those of L. commensalis. Posterior gnathopoda very large ; carpus
closely applied to the propodos, its palmar process nearly half as
long as the latter, bifurcate at the extremity; propodos exceeding
in length the cephalon and first three segments of the pereion,
long-oval, with two or three denticles towards the proximal end
of the palmar border ; dactylos more than half as long as the
propodos. Pereiopoda subequal. Sixth pair of pleopoda the
longest. Telson lanceolate, acute.
Length six and a half lines.
Ilab. Tasmania, (M.-M.J
Leucothoe gracilis, sj). no v. (PL X., fig. 2.)
Coxa) of the second pereiopoda not deeper than the others.
Superior antennae equal in length to the cephalon and the two
first segments of the pereion ; first joint of the peduncle stout ;
second equal to the first in length, but narrow ; third about half
the length of the second ; flagellum scarcely so long as the second
segment of the peduncle. Peduncle of the inferior antennae equal
in length to that of the superior pair ; flagellum shorter than the
last segment of the peduncle. Anterior gnathopoda large, hardly
distinguishable in form from those of Z. commensalis; carpus
equal in length to the cephalon and first two segments of the
pereion. Posterior gnathopoda very large, as long as the
cephalon and pereion, similar in shape to those of L. commensalis;
propodos equalling in length the cephalon and two first segments
of the pereion. Two anterior pairs of pereiopoda (wanting).
Three posterior pairs subequal, very small and weak. Three
posterior pairs of pleopoda long ; the fourth and sixth subequal ;
the fifth shorter. Telson triangular, pointed.
Length five lines.
Hab. Tasmania, (M.-M.)
264 ON AUSTRALIAN AMPIIIPODA.
This species is mainly characterised by the uniformity of the
anterior coxte and the feebleness of the pereiopoda.
Genus Melita, Leach.
Melita australis, s}). nov. (PL IX., figs. 6 and 7.)
Four anterior segments of the pleon with their posterior dorsal
border concave, and armed with two to six acute teeth. Eyes
small round. Superior antennae three-fourths of the length of
the body ; first joint of the peduncle stout, shorter than the second,
flagellum longer than the peduncle. Inferior antennae two-thirds
of the length of the superior pair; flagellum shorter than
peduncle. Anterior gnathopoda with the carpus and propodos
of equal length ; the former sub -triangular ; the latter quadrate,
the palm defined by a small spine ; the dactylos curved. Posterior
gnathopoda unequal in the male; the right resembling the anterior
pair in form, but longer, the palm net defined, the left with the
meros produced posteriorly into an acute spine, the propodos six
times as long as that of the anterior pair, subtriangular, with the
apex rounded, the base (palm) oblique, slightly concave, and armed
with three teeth, the antero- inferior angle produced into a stout
palmar process grooved internally for the lodgement of the dactylos
when the hand is closed ; dactylos geniculate at base, slightly
curved at apex. Three posterior pairs of pereiopoda large serrate,
hirsute, the third pair shorter than the others. Fourth pair of
pleopoda longer than the rest ; last pair with the inner ramus
rudimentary, the outer long floliaceous, serrate. Telson two-
branched, hirsute.
Length four lines.
Hab. Port Jackson (very common) ; Tacking Point, (M. -M.)
The size of the larger posterior gnathopod and the form of the
teeth on the palm vary considerably.
Melita (?) Eamsayi, sp. nov. (PI. X., fig. 1)
Posterior border of the three first segments of the pleon armed
with short hairs ; fourth and fifth segments with an acute mesial
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 265
tootli and a few hairs. Superior antenna) as long as the cephalon
and pereion ; first two segments of the peduncle elongate, second
longer than the first ; third segment very short ; flagellum rather
shorter than the peduncle ; appendage seven-jointed. Inferior
antenna) with the peduncle equal in length to that of the superior
pair ; first segment the shorter, second the longest ; flagellum
about equal in length to the last segment of the peduncle.
Anterior gnathopoda with the carpus and propodos subequal,
hairy ; the latter broad ; palm oblique, armed with a few short
denticles. Posterior gnathopoda unequal : right the largest, its
carpus closely applied to the propodos ; propodos more than thrice
as long as that of the anterior pair, oblong, slightly longer distally
than proximally, its length equal to nearly twice its least breadth;
palm nearly transverse, defined by a strong, pointed, slightly
curved tooth, and armed Tvith three other large compressed teeth :
left with the propodos about two-thirds of the length of that of
the right, of similar shape, but having the palm rather more
oblique, slightly convex, minutely crenulated, armed with a single
small defining tooth. Three posterior pairs of pereiopoda serrated
and hairy, rather shorter than the fourth and fifth. Posterior
pleopoda (wanting). Telson with each division armed terminally
with a sharp tooth and a few long hairs.
Length five lines.
Ilab. Port Jackson (dredged).
I have named this species after Mr. E. P. Eamsay, Curator of
the Australian Museum, Sydney, to whom I am indebted for the
loan of specimens of this and of several other species herein
described.
Genus Megamosba, Spence Bate.
Megamcera Mastersii, »p. nov. (PL XI., fig. 1.)
Eyes rather small, oval. Superior antenna) more than half the
length of the body ; first two articulations of the peduncle sub-
equal ; third small ; flagellum as long as the peduncle ; appendage
266 ON AUSTRALIAN AMPHIPODA.
short, of four segments. Inferior antennae with the peduncle
rather longer than that of the superior pair ; flagellum as long as
the last segment of the peduncle. Anterior gnathopoda with the
carpus and propodos sub-equal, both armed with hairs below ;
the latter having the dorsal border nearly straight, the palmar
border strongly convex and armed with four small teeth. Posterior
gnathopoda having the meros, carpus and propodos hairy behind,
the meros armed behind with a sharp tooth, the carpus slightly
produced at its postero-distal angle, closely applied to the propodos;
propodos nearly twice as large as that of the anterior pair ; its
dorsal border gently convex ; palm well-defined, toothed. Coxae
of the two anterior pairs of pereiopoda much deeper than those
of the three posterior pairs. Basos of posterior pereiopoda long-
ovate, serrated on the borders ; meros broad, strongly convex,
produced to an acute point at its distal and posterior angle ; meros
and carpus armed at their distal ends with a few bristles. Fourth
and fifth pairs of pleopoda sub-equal ; sixth pair with the
protopodite short and broad, the rami broad-lanceolate, and armed
along the borders with about twenty bristle-bearing serrations.
Telson triangular, blunt, with three small teeth at the extremity,
and a notch armed with a single seta near the distal end of the
inner border.
Length five lines.
Hob. Port Jackson.
Megamcera diemenensis, sp. nov. (PL XL, fig. 3.)
First four segments of the pleon each with a pair of strong
spines on its posterior margin near the middle dorsal line. Eyes
reniform. Superior antennae more than half the length of the
body ; first segment of the peduncle stout, as long as the cephalon
and the first segment of the pereion, second segment narrower
and longer ; third segment short ; flagellum longer than the
peduncle ; appendage short, of four articuli. Inferior antennae
with the peduncle nearly equal in length to the two first segments
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 267
of the peduncle of the superior pair ; flagellum shorter than the
peduncle. Anterior gnathopoda small ; carpus and propodos
sub- equal, hairy ; propodos irregularly ovate ; palm straight,
oblique, undefined. Posterior gnathopoda large ; meros armed
behind with a short spine ; carpus short, closely applied to the
propodos ; propodos four times as long as that of the anterior
pair ; broad proximally, becoming narrower towards the distal
end ; daetylos curved, bent on the inner side of the propodos when
closed. First and second pereiopoda sub-equal. Three posterior
pairs very broad ; meros expanded posteriorly, and, together with
the carpus and propodos, serrated and armed with setae ; third
pair shorter than the fourth and fifth ; basos of fifth pair much
broader than that of the others. Rami of the posterior pleopoda
sub-equal, twice as long as the protopodite, foliaceous, armed
with setae along the margins. Telson with the halves laterally
compressed, each terminating in two acute spines, and armed
with a few short setae.
Length nine lines.
Hah. Tasmania ( If. -31. J
Genus Mcera, Leach.
Moera rubro-maculata, (PL X., fig. 4.)
Gammarus rubro-maculatus, Stinvpson, JProc. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Philad., July 1855.
Coxae shallower than their respective segments, fifth pair deeper
than fourth. Superior antennae half as long as the body, the
peduncle rather shorter than the flagellum ; first two segments
rather long, third short ; appendage of seven segments. Inferior
antennae a little more than half the length of the superior pair ;
flagellum less than half the length of the peduncle. Anterior
gnathopoda rather large, hirsute below ; carpus broad, triangular;
propodos irregularly ovate, as long as the cephalon. Posterior
gnathopoda much larger than the anterior pair ; meros with a
268 ON AUSTRALIAN AMPIIIPODA.
sharp spine behind ; carpus hairy ; propodos as long as the
cephalon and two first segments of the pereion, ovate, its palm
strongly convex, defined by a small tooth, its dorsal border nearly
straight. Two anterior pairs of pereiopoda sub-equal, their
coxa) little more than half the depth of their respective segments ;
meros produced anteriorly at its distal end. Three posterior pairs
of pereiopoda hairy, the third pair the shortest, the fourth the
longest ; basos narrow, its posterior border serrated and armed
with a sharp tooth at the distal end. Lateral plates (epimera) of
the three anterior segments of the pleon serrated posteriorly.
Fourth pair of pleopoda longer than fifth, both provided with
seta3 on the protopodite and rami. Last pair of pleopoda very
large, biramous, the rami foliaceous, long- ovate, emarginate ;
their margins serrate, the serrations and the extremity armed
with seta3. Telson of two short, cylindrical rami, each with one
or two setaa. Colour light pink, striped and spotted with crimson.
Length six lines.
Hah. Port Jackson ; common at low-water mark and in depths
of a few fathoms.
Mcera spinosa, sp. nov. (PL X., fig. 5.)
Posterior margin of the three anterior segments of the pleon
armed with a few acute teeth or spines. Ooxaa much shallower
than their respective segments. Lateral plate of the third segment
of the pleon serrated posteriorly. Eyes long-oval. Superior
antennre more than half the length of the body ; first segment of
the peduncle as long as the cephalon and the first segment of the
pereion ; second rather longer ; third very short ; flagellum as
long as the peduncle ; appendage nearly half as long as the
flagellum. Inferior aiitennpe more than half as long as the
superior pair ; third segment of the peduncle equal in length to
the first segment of the pereion ; fourth twice as long as the third ;
fifth as long as the cephalon ; flagellum as long as the fifth
segment of the peduncle. Anterior gnathopoda hairy ; carpus
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL. M.A., B.SC. 269
rather longer than the propodos ; the latter ovate ; palm oblique,
notched. Posterior gnathopoda with the propodos large, ovate,
more dilated in the male than in the female, palm defined by
a strong, acute tooth, and armed in the male with two other
prominent teeth. Two anterior pairs of pereiopoda sub-equal.
Third pair rather shorter than the fourth and fifth ; basos of the
three posterior pairs produced at its postero-distal angle ; meros
carpus and propodos serrated and hairy. Fifth pair of pleopoda
much shorter than the fourth. Sixth pair large, with a stout
protopodite and two broad-lanceolate rami ; the latter serrated
and armed with setae. Telson double, each half ending in a sharp
spine, and armed with a bundle of stiff seta).
Length eight lines.
Hah. Tasmania fM.-M.J
Fam. COEOPHIIDiE.
-.
Sub-fam. PODOCEKIDES.
Genus Amphithoe, Leach.
Amphithoe cinerea, sp. nov. (PI. XL, fig. 4.)
Eyes round, projecting, almost colourless. Superior antenna)
more than half of the length of the body ; first segment of the
peduncle shorter than the second ; third joint very short ; flagellum
much longer than the peduncle. Inferior antennae shorter than
the superior pair ; flagellum shorter than the last two segments
of the peduncle. Anterior gnathopoda with the propodos long-
ovate, armed with hairs, the palm oblique, undefined. Posterior
gnathopoda with the propodos broader, but rather shorter than
that of the anterior pair, hairy ; palm oblique, convex, devoid of
teeth, but with a tubercle near its distal end. Two anterior pairs of
pereiopoda sub-equal, stoutish. Third pair with the basos sub-
circular ; basa of fourth and fifth pairs oval. Posterior pleopoda
rather short, the rami not extending so far as those of the fifth
pair ; the outer ramus short, armed with' two hooks ; the inner
270 ON AUSTRALIAN AMPHIPODA.
slightly longer, broader, compressed, armed with, a few short
seta). Telson sub -triangular, blunt.
Colour ashy-grey.
Length eight lines.
Hal. Port Jackson.
Amphithoe grandimanus, sp. nov.
Nearly allied to the preceding ; distinguished by the size and
form of the posterior gnathopoda, Which are very much larger
than the anterior pair, with the propodos broad, irregularly ovoid ;
the palm oblique, deeply excavated, its border waved, defined
posteriorly by a strong tooth.
Length eight lines.
Uab. Port Jackson.
Amphithoe setosa, sp. nov.
Eyes small, round, red. Superior antennae nearly as long as
the body ; first two segments of the peduncle sub-equal, third
about one-third of the length of the second ; flagellum twice as
long as the peduncle. Inferior antennae nearly as long as the
superior pair ; ornamented with long hairs ; flagellum as long as
the last two segments of the peduncle. Anterior gnathopoda
rather large ; meros produced into an acute process at its infero-
distal angle ; carpus sub -triangular, longer than the meros or
propodos ; propodos ovate ; palm oblique, undefined. Posterior
gnathopoda larger than the anterior pair, fringed with long
slender hairs ; meros and carpus short, both slightly produced at
the infero-distal angle ; propodos more than twice as long as the
carpus, rather longer than that of the anterior pair, ovate, swollen ;
palm oblique, defined by a small tooth. Colour light brown with
minute black dots.
Sab. Eock-pools at Botany Bay.
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 271
This species differs from A. cinerea, in the greater length
of the superior antennae, the presence of long hairs on the lower
antennas, and the greater size of the posterior gnathopoda.
Genus Microdeuteropus, Costa.
Microdeuteropus australis, sp. nov. (PL XI., fig. 5.)
Superior antennas longer than the cephalon and pereion ;
peduncle armed with a few hairs ; first segment nearly as long as
the cephalon, stout ; second twice as long as the first, slender ;
third very short ; nagellum longer than peduncle, a few short
hairs on each articulus. Inferior antennae nearly two-thirds of
the length of the superior pair ; peduncle armed with a few hairs,
the second joint the longest ; nagellum shorter than the last
segment of the peduncle, armed with hooked setae. Anterior
gnathopoda large, sub-chelate; meros small, narrow; carpus
large, armed with a few scattered hairs ; propodos smaller than
the carpus, irregularly quadrate, rather longer than broad, armed
with a few hairs ; palm short, scarcely oblique, deeply excavate,
minutely denticulated, bounded by a triangular tooth ; dactylos
stout, a row of acute denticles on its inner border. Posterior
gnathopoda smaller than the anterior pair ; carpus and propodos
sub-equal, serrated on their ventral border, armed with fasciculi
of hairs ; propodos ovate, half as broad as long, palm not defined,
nearly transverse ; dactylos stout, about one-third of the length
of the propodos, armed on its inner border with a series of acute
denticles. Second pair of pereiopoda longer than the first;
dactylos in both long, slender. Posterior pereiopoda (wanting).
Posterior pleopoda biramous, the rami shorter than those of the
preceding pairs, lanceolate, with a few short, nearly straight setae
along the borders and at the extremity. Telson large, armed
with a few short hairs.
Length three and a half lines.
Sal. Port Jackson.
2.2 ON AUSTRALIAN AMPIIIPOPA.
Genus Xenociieika, (novum).
Char. gen. Body slender Coxce small. Superior antenna) very
long, longer than the inferior pair, with a secondary appendage.
Mandibles with an appendage. Both pairs of gnathopoda non-
subchelate, armed with very long hairs ; carpus of posterior pair
broad, plate-like, applied to the anterior (dorsal) border of the
meros. Posterior pleopoda biramous. Telson simple.
Xenocheira fasciata, sp. unic. (PL XL, fig. 6.)
Ej^es round. Superior antennae as long as the cephalon and
pereion; first joint of the peduncle stout, rather longer than the
cephalon ; second rather longer and narrower than the first ;
third not one-half of the length of the second ; flagellum longer
than the peduncle, slender ; appendage short, of five segments.
Inferior antennae with the peduncle longer than that of the
superior pair ; fourth segment the longest ; flagellum shorter
than the last segment of the peduncle, of nine articuli, each armed
with one or two curved spines and a few hairs. Maxillipedes
non-unguiculate ; the borders of the ischial scale and of the palp
armed with a close fringe of long hairs. Anterior gnathopoda
sub-pediform, stout ; carpus triangular, short ; propodos nearly
twice as long as the carpus, narrow, its superior border slightly
convex, its inferior straight ; dactylos terminal, large, its inner
border armed with a series of sharp denticles. Posterior gnathopoda
with the ischium sub -triangular, articulating with both meros
and carpus ; the latter broad, squamiform, with a close fringe of
long hairs ; the former narrow ; propodos narrow, subequal with
that of the anterior gnathopoda ; dactylos very short. Pereiopoda?
Fourth and fifth pairs of pleopoda armed with a few acute spines.
Posterior pleopoda with the rami narrow, bordered with a few
setiferous serrations and armed terminally with a small number
of slender hairs. Telson scale-like, very short.
Length three and a half lines.
Hal. Port Jackson.
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 273
Genus Haplociieiea, (novum).
Body not much compressed laterally. Upper and lower antennae
subequal ; superior pair without an appendage ; inferior sub-
pediform. Both pairs of gnathopoda simple, fringed with long
hair. Posterior pleopoda biranious, with unequal rami. Telson
single ?
ipj
Haplocheira typica, ap. nov. (PI. XI., fig. 2.)
Superior antennae as long as the cephalon and first three
segments of the pereion ; first and second segments of the peduncle
of nearly equal length, first stouter than second ; third half as
long as the latter ; flagellum as long as the last two segments of
the peduncle, hairy. Inferior antennae subequal with the superior
pair; peduncle armed with a few hairs, longer than that of the
superior pair, fourth and fifth joints subequal ; flagellum shorter
than the last segment of the peduncle, composed of four articuli,
each armed with pointed, slightly hooked spines and a few short
hairs. Anterior gnathopoda with the propodos long and narrow ;
the meros, carpus and propodos fringed with long slender hairs.
Posterior gnathopoda longer and more slender than the anterior
pair, bordered like the latter with numerous long delicate hairs ;
ischium and meros small ; carpus and propodos of nearly equal
length — the latter tapering distally ; dactylos small. Pereiopocla
short, stout; three anterior pairs subequal, fourth and fifth longer.
Fourth pair of pleopoda armed on the protopodite and each ramus
with a row of spines which are acute and slightly curved at the
tip ; fifth pair shorter than the fourth, armed with similar but
shorter spines ; sixth pair with the rami short conical unequal,
the outer armed with a few short stout spines, the inner terminated
by a few hairs. Telson cleft, armed with short blunt spines.
Colour dark grey.
Length three and a half lines.
Ilob. Port Jackson ; under stones at low-water mark.
274 ON AUSTRALIAN AMPHIPODA.
Sub-fam. COKOPHIIDES.
Genus Cyptopiiiitm, Dana.
Cyrtophium parasiticus, sp. nov. (PI. XIL, fig. 1.)
Superior antennae exceeding the body in length, hairy ; the
flagellum shorter than the last segment of the peduncle. Inferior
antennae nearly'once and a half the length of the body, armed
with long hairs ; third and fourth segments of the peduncle
subequal ; fifth shorter. Anterior gnathopoda hairy ; propodos
shorter than the carpus, ovate. Posterior gnathopoda very large ;
propodos as long as the cephalon and the three first segments of
the pereion ; palmar border with a shallow excavation near the
middle of its length, armed distally with fine denticles. Pereiopoda
subequal. Protopodite of the fourth pleopoda stout ; inner ramus
longer and stouter than the outer, both armed with a few setae.
Fifth pleopoda (wanting). Sixth pleopoda short, foliaceous, ovate.
Telson simple, squamiform, blunt.
Length, inclusive of antennae, four-and-a-half lines.
Pound clinging in considerable numbers on the surface of a
species of Cucumaria, (C. pentagona, Quoy et Gaim.) dredged in
a depth of three or four fathoms in Port Jackson.
Genus Icilius, Dana.
Icilius australis, sp. nov. (PI. XIL, fig. 2.)
Pereion ovate, first two segments very short. Eyes red, very
prominent. Superior antennae much smaller than the inferior
pair, nearly as long as the body with a uni-articulate appendage ;
third joint of the peduncle shorter than the others ; nagellum
longer than the peduncle. Peduncle of inferior antennae very
stout, as long as the superior pair. Maxillipedes unguiculate,
hairy, provided with squamiform plates. Gnathopoda subequal,
slender, unguiculate, provided with long hairs ; the carpus rather
longer than the propodos. Last pair of pereiopoda longer than
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A.. B.SC. 275
the others. Fifth pleopoda with the inner ramus larger than the
outer. Inner ramus of sixth pleopoda foliaceous, outer small,
long- ovate.
Length about three lines.
Hah. Port Jackson. (Dredged.)
The nearest ally of the present species appears to be Icilius
elliptieus, (Dana, U. S. Explor. Exped., p. 844., pi. 56., fig. 4.
Spence Cate, Cat. Amph., p. 285., pi. 47., fig. 10.) obtained in
the north of Borneo, with which it is sufficiently closely connected
to be placed in the same genus. The geographical distribution
of this genus will be a matter of great interest.
GROUP ABERRANTIA.
Fam. CAPKELLIDJE.
Genus Proto, Leach.
Proto Nova>Hollandrte, sp. nov. (PL XII., fig. 3.)
Animal smooth, constricted at the joints. Superior antenna)
about one-third of the length of the body ; basal joint of peduncle
thick, shorter than the others ; second joint the longest ; flagellum
shorter than the second and third segments of the peduncle.
Inferior antenna) more than half the length of the superior ;
peduncle more than twice as long as the flagellum. First pair of
gnathopoda with the propodos broad, the palm oblique, slightly
convex, armed with a series of short spines, and defined by a
strong tooth surmounted by a spine. Posterior pair with the
propodos ovate, swollen, three times as long as that of the first
pair. First pair of pereiopoda slender, as long as the second and
third segments of the pereion, with a slight tooth on the posterior
margin of the propodos. Second pair much larger than the first
or third, rather longer than the cephalon and the first two
segments of the pereion, the carpus, propodos and dactylos short,
the propodos armed with four spines and a row of serrations on its
276 ON AUSTRALIAN AMrillPODA.
anterior border. Third pair very slender, equal to the first in
length. Fourth and fifth pairs sub-equal, of the same length as
the second, but stouter ; a few spines on the carpus and propodos.
Length about seven lines.
Hub. Port Jackson.
Genus Pkotella, Dana.
Protella australis, sp. nov. (PI. XIL, fig-. 4.)
Cephalon armed above with a single short, anteriorly-directed
spine. Superior antennae nearly as long as the body ; peduncle
stout ; the second joint the longest ; flagellum as long as the last
segment of the peduncle. Inferior antennae as long as the first
two segments of the peduncle of the superior pair ; flagellum very
short. First pair of gnathopoda with the propodos sub-triangular,
broad at the base, which is nearly straight, with straight, gradually
converging lateral borders ; dactylos more than two-thirds of the
length of the propodos. Posterior gnathopoda with the propodos
longer than the cephalon, oval ; palmar border armed with a
fringe of hairs and with two strong conical teeth near the apex
and another near the base. Posterior pereiopoda sub equal ;
propodos with a tooth on its anterior border.
The form of the posterior gnathopoda , varies in different
individuals, and the cephalic spine is sometimes rudimentary.
The female of this species differs from the male only in possessing
the ovigerous plates.
Length seven lines.
Ilab. Port Jackson.
Grenus Caprella, Lam.
Caprella tenuis, sp. nov. (PI. XIL, fig. 5.)
Cephalon elongated, the upper border terminating anteriorly
in an inconspicuous acute tooth. First segment of the pereion
longer than, second and third sub- equal with, the cephalon ; the
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 277
rest shorter. Superior antennae as long as the cephalon and the
first two segments of the pereion ; flagelluni as long as the last
two segments of the peduncle. Inferior antennae longer than the
peduncle of the upper pair, ornamented below with a fringe of
long hairs. Propodos of anterior gnathopoda ovate, swollen.
Propodos of posterior gnathopoda two and a half times the length
of that of the anterior pair, narrow ; the palm defined by an
obscure tooth. Branchire longish-ovoid. Pereiopoda stout, short,
increasing in length from before backwards ; the third pair as
long as the fourth and fifth segments of the pereion.
Length six lines.
Hah. Port Jackson.
Explanation of the Plates.
Plate VII.
Fig. 1. — Talitrus sylvaticus; a. — anterior gnatliopod; b. — posterior
gnatliopod of <$ ; b\ — posterior gnatliopod of%; c. — maxillipedes;
d. — mandibles.
Fig. 2. — OrcliestiaMacleayana; a. — anterior gnatliopod; b. — posterior
gnatliopod of $; d. — posterior gnatliopod of $ .
Fig. 3. — Talorehestia qiiadrimana; a. — anterior gnatliopod of $ ;
b. — posterior gnatliopod of $ ; c. — anterior gnatliopod of %
(connected wrongly with b. of fig. 2.); d. — maxillipedes; e. —
mandible.
Fig. 4. — Allorcliestes longicornis; a. — anterior gnatliopod; b. —
posterior gnatliopod.
Fig. 5. — Allorcliestes crassicomis ; a. — anterior gnatliopod; b. —
posterior gnatliopod.
Fig. 6. — Talorehestia diemenensis ; a. — anterior gnatliopod of <$ ;
b. — anterior gnatliopod of$ ; c. — posterior gnatliopod ofg; d. —
posterior gnatliopod of % .
278 ON AUSTRALIAN AMriTLTODA.
Plate VIII.
Fig. l. — AUorchestes rupicola; a. — anterior gnathopod; b. — posterior
gnathopod.
Fig. o. — Stegocephalus lotus; a. — anterior gnathopod ; b. — posterior
gnathopod; c. — maxillipedes.
Fig. 3, — Amaryllis macrophthalmus ; a. — anterior gnathopod; b. —
posterior gnathopod; c. — mandibles; d. — maxillipedes; x. —
posterior pleopoda and telson.
Fio-. 4. — Neobule algicola ; a. — anterior gnathopod; b. — posterior
gnathodod.
Fi >\ 5. — Lysianassa nitens ; a. — anterior gnathopod ; b. — posterior
gnathopod.
Fig. 6. — Ghjcsra teniiicornis ; a. — anterior gnathopod ; b. — posterior
gnathopod; c. — second maxilla ; cl. — mandible.
Plate IX.
Fig. 1. — Ampelisca australis; a. — anterior gnathopod ; b. — posterior
gnathopod ; c. — iteZsorc ; cl. — maxillipede.
Fig. 2. — Phoxus villosus ; a. — anterior gnathopod; b. — posterior
gnathopod.
Fior. 3. — Phoxus Batei; a. — anterior gnathopoda; b. — posterior
gnathopod.
Fio\ 4. — Pherusa Icevis ; a. — anterior gnathopod ; b. — posterior
gnathopod.
Fig. 5. — Leucothoe diemenensis.
Fig. 6. — Mel ita australis % ; a. — anterior gnathopod ; b. — posterior
gnathopod ; c. — posterior pleopod.
Fig. 7. — Molita australis $ ; a. — anterior gnatliopod ; b. — posterior
gnathopod fright J.
BY WILLIAM A. SASWELL, M.A., li.SC. 279
Plate X.
Fig. 1. — Mel 'it a (?) Ramsay i ; a. — anterior gnathopod ; b. — posterior
gnathopod (left.)
Fig. 2. — Leucothoe gracilis.
Fig\ 3. — Leucothoe commensalis.
Fig. 4. — Mosra ( GammarusJ ruhromaculata; a. — anterior gnathopod;
x. — posterior pleopod.
Fig. 5. — J/cc;y« spinosa ; a. — anterior gnathopod; b. — posterior
gnathopod.
Plate XI.
Fig. 1. — Megamcera Mastersii; a. — anterior gnathopod ; b. — posterior
gnathopod; c. — posterior pleopoda and telson.
Fig. 2. — Haplocheira typica ; a. — anterior gnathopod; b. — posterior
gnathopod.
Fig. 3. — Megamcera diemenensis.
Fig. 4. — Amphithoe cinerea ; a. — anterior gnathopod ; b. — posterior
gnathopod.
Fig. 5. — Microdeuteropus australis ; a. — anterior gnathopod ; b. —
posterior gnathopod.
Fig. 6. — Xenocheirafasdata; a. — anterior gnathopod ; b. — posterior
gnathopod ; c. — maxittipede.
Plate XII.
Fig. 1. — Cyrtopliium parasiticum ; a. — anterior gnathopod of £ ;
a $ . — anterior gnathopod o/? ; b $ .—posterior gnathopod of $ ;
x. — ifcfocw «Mf£ two posterior pairs of pleopoda.
Fig. 2. — Icilius australis ; a. — anterior gnathopoda ; b. — mandible ;
c. — maxittipede.
Fig. 3. — Pro/fo novos-hollandicc ; a. — propodos of second pereiopod ;
b. — posterior gnathopod; c. — anterior gnathopod.
Fig. 4. — Protella australis ; a. — anterior gnathopod; b. — posterior
gnathopod.
Fig. 5. — Caprella tenuis; a. — anterior gnathopod.
280
Note ox the Phyllosoma Stage of Ibacus Peronii, Leach.
By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.
I have had the opportunity lately of examining a specimen of
a glass-crab or Phyllosoma, which seems to be the young of the
highly specialised macrourous decapod Ibacus Peronii, and, as it
is somewhat rare to obtain these larvee at the stage when — though
still essentially Phyllosomce — they shew unmistakeably to what
species they belong, it is perhaps worthy of notice and description.
The specimen, (which was obtained in Port Jackson and is in
Mr. Macleay's Collection) is thirteen lines in length and eight in
greatest breadth. Its cephalic shield is of quadrilateral form,
with the angles rounded off ; anteriorly it presents a deep, broad,
mesial excavation at the bottom of which the anterior cephalic
appendages are inserted, its antero -lateral angles reaching as far
forward as the penultimate joint of the peduncle of the internal
antenna} ; posteriorly it is terminated by a concave edge. Its
dorsal surface is covered with a number of somewhat irregular
radiating ruga3, has a deep longitudinal mesial depression along
the centre of which runs an irregular ridge, and presents on
each lateral half, about midway between the lateral margin and
the middle line, a sinuous ridge terminating anteriorly in a
flattened triangular-pointed process situated immediately behind
and external to the base of the outer antenna?. This shield has
still an essentially larval character ; it aj:>proximates, however,
towards that of the adult in the possession of the three ridges
above mentioned. The eye-peduncles are very long ; the second
j oint and the eye itself are compressed. The antennules equal
the eyes in length ; the segments of their peduncle are subequal ;
the outer flagellum is stouter and somewhat shorter than the
inner, which is about half as long as the peduncle.
BY WILLIAM A. HAS WELL, M.A., B.SO. 281
It is in the structure of the antennae that this form shews its
parentage most unmistakeably. These organs, as in Ibacus and
the rest of the SeylJarina, have the first segment coalescent with
^he sternum of the antennary somite ; on its ventral surface is
a perforated tubercle representing the so-called " green-gland "
of the adult ; the second segment is short and broad ; the third
has a basal part, of similar form to the second seg ment, and armed
internally with a strong, curved, pointed spine, and an external
expanded foliaceous portion, of oval pointed form, and armed
along its outer border with three small teeth ; the fourth segment
resembles the basal portion of the third, and has a similar spine
on its inner surface ; the terminal segment is phylloid, oval,
pointed, armed on its inner border with four strong, triangular,
pointed teeth and on its outer with a single obscure denticle. The
structure of the antennae in Ibacus is almost precisely similar to
this, save that the form of the phylloid expansions is somewhat
altered, and the number of teeth on them increased.
The labrum is large and prominent. The mandibles are still
membranous. The first maxilla) have the exopodite rather longer
than the endopodite, and both armed with several setae, which
are longer on the latter. The second maxillae are large and
foliaceous ; the endopodite is a simple, blunt process, with a
crenated internal border ; the scaphognathite is large, the
exopodial portion which is slightly truncate anteriorly, is twice
as long as the endopodite ; the epipodial part is shorter than the
exopodite, broad and rounded. The first maxillipedes are
rudimentary consisting of a short process to which three
branchial (?) filaments are attached. The maxillipedes of the
second pair consist of four segments ; their extremity reaches the
front of the labrum ; the appendage on their second segment is
short. The third pair of maxillipedes, which have five articulations,
are about five times as long as the second ; their appendage is
about equal in length to that of the latter.
282 ON SOME NEW AUSTRALIAN ECHINI,
The thoracic shield is rather longer than broad, and excavated
posteriorly. The last pair of thoracic limbs are about two-thirds
of the length of the penultimate pair, and provided with a well-
developed dactylos.
The abdomen nearly equals the thorax in length ; the transverse
diameter of its segments is about three times the antero-posterior,
the former diminishing slightly posteriorly ; the abdominal
segments (as also the last segment of the thorax) have each, as
in Ibacus, a mesial dorsal carina ending on the posterior border
in a small conical tooth ; the pleura are very prominent, and
resemble those of the adult ; but they are more strongly curved
backwards ; those of the penultimate segment have two triangular
teeth (represented in Ibacus PeroniiJ on their posterior border.
The abdominal appendages have both rami slender and tapering ;
the endopodite has a small, tooth-like internal process. The form
of the telson agrees precisely with that of the corresponding
structure in Ibacus Peronii.
It is not unlikely tli«t the Phyllosoma Duperreyi of Guerin,
f Voyage de Dv/perrey, Zool., t. II., p. 2, p. 46 ; pi. 5, fig. 2 ; Mag.
cVJEnt., 1830, 4 me. livraison, pi. 12), which, like the present form
was obtained in Port Jackson, may be an earlier stage in the
development of the same animal — the antenna) and abdomen
being less highly specialised.
On some new Australian Echini.
By the Eev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.L.S., F.G.S., &c, Pres.
Lin. Soc, N.S.W.
[Plates XIII.-XIY.]
The following species were collected between Port Jackson and
Moreton Bay. They are new and extremely interesting, but the
observations I have to make on each I will reserve for the end
BY REV. J. E. TENISOX-WOODS, F.L.S. 283
of the diagnosis. These will show how very much there is yet
to be discovered on the Australian Coast. At the conclusion of
the paper I give a revised list of the Australian Echini known
to me, both recent and fossil.
Hemiaster (Khyxobrissus, Agass).
Test thin, easily separating into hexagonal plates, outline
somewhat angular, vertex not central, odd ambulacrum flush
with the test. Three independent fascioles, viz., peripetalous,
anal, and subanal. Primary tubercles with a raised, flat,
scrobicular circle. Spines of abactinal surface short, silk-like,
curved ; actinal surface long, curved. Posterior lateral ambulacra
passing gradually into the actinal surface.
Hemiaster (Khyxobrissus) apicatus. n. s.
Test thin, outline from above broadly oval, greatest breadth a
little below the lateral ambulacra. Vertex anterior a little above
the lateral petals. Seen in profile the test is high, swelling
roundly outwards for a little way above the anterior ambitus
and then slightly receding to the high vertex, whence it slopes
very gently, forming a level or almost level elevated ridge to the
anal edge, where it is truncated in outward direction to the
subanal fasciole, where it slopes inwardly forming an obtuse
angle in the middle and terminating in a point at the ambitus.
The anal system is an oval shallow depression in the rounder
posterior extremity. The opening is vertical, oval, pointed at
each end. Prom regular points at each side ridges extend to
the surrounding fasciole where they terminate in small round
protuberances. Immediately below this is the subanal fasciole
enclosing a broad almost orbicular subanal plastron which is
closely covered with secondary tubercles, rather larger, more
crowded, and with a well defined scrobicular circle in the lower
part. The anal fasciole is narrow, with a wavy inner edge and
scarcely apparent above the opening. The subanal fasciole is
284 ON SOME NEW AUSTRALIAN ECHINI.
much better defined, broad above, gradually narrowing below,
and joins in a beak the elongate actinal plastron. The central
line of the actinal plastron forms an angular keel which is
prominent for the posterior half only. The actinal surface is
slightly convex and gradually rounded and raised at the ambitus.
It is rather flat anteriorly, but slopes upwards from the keel on
the plastron posteriorly. At that end it is gradually rounded,
and without forming a distinct ambitus passes to the vertical face
of the anal end. The actinosome is very large transversly,
nearly equalling one-third the width of the test. It is crescentic,
the posterior lip a little prominent. The bare ambulacral
avenues are connected round the actinosome, forming a bare
anterior space extending into an obtuse point on each side of the
test and about one-sixth of the whole width from the edge. The
anterior lateral phyllodes become narrow gradually from the
actinosome and are scarcely apparent near the subanal fasciole.
Bound the mouth the pores are regular and close, situated on the
edge of a large oval scrobicular area. At the faint anterior
sulcus they are interrupted, and one or two pores are visible on
the sulcus itself. They become scattered and disappear a little
below the actinosome. Outside the phyllodes they are large,
close, with a distinct raised area, not perforate, and gradually
decreasing in size towards the ambitus, above which there are
nothing but miliaries. The abactinal surface is convex, with an
equal inclination upwards towards the peripetalous fasciole :
inside this it is suddenly much more raised towards the apex,
which is a conspicuous broad protruberance just about the
anterior transverse petals, and anterior to the reproductive
system. The whole abactinal surface is covered with miliaries
of uniform size. There is no anterior sulcus, but with a lens a
narrow zigzag interrupted grove may be traced along the mesial
line. Below the ambitus a faint wide depression is visible.
From the genital pores to the anal orifice there is a distinct
depressed slightly undulating sutural line. The fasciole is rather
BY REV. J. E. TE^ISON-WOODS, F.L.S. 285
broad and deeply impressed. It encloses a rhomboidal area
which has an obtusely angular anterior apex, a very broad
rounded posterior base, and is rounded at the ends of the anterior
petals. It re-enters slightly at about the same obtuse angle
above and below the anterior petals. All the petals are rather
broad, deeply sunken in the middle, and becoming flush with
the test at the ends. The depression extends beyond the line of
pores at each side. The anterior ones are the shortest. They
are at right angles to the mesial line, and extend about half-way
to the edge of the test. The posterior petals almost touch at the
genital pores. They do not diverge very much posteriorly, and
though longer are not quite so deep or so wide as the anterior
pair. The pores in all are large, wide, and conspicuous. There
are four rows in each petal, quite distinct and separated from
each other by a distinct raised broad ridge. There are about 15
pores on each row in the posterior petals, but they become rather
faint at the attenuated apical ends. There are 12 in each row in
the anterior petals, which are quite distinct, but a little smaller
at both ';he ends, which are rounded and not attenuate. The
whole of the test shows uneven undulations, the sutures of the
plates are faintly visible in places, and they form a double
zigzag diverging line of suture anteriorly from the apex.
Long. 64, lat. 58, alt. 35. Posterior petals, long. 19£, lat. 5.
Anterior petals, long. 15, lat. 6. Alt. of test at anal end, 30.
This very interesting urchin has been found only at Moreton
Bay, where it is sometimes washed ashore. It has never
been found alive or with the spines, and being very brittle
is nearly always broken in the surf. There is only one other
species of the sub-genus Bhynobrissus, which occurs in the
Chinese seas. The differences of this species from ours are : —
The apex is posterior and not elevated above the rounded outline
of the surface. The peripetalous fasciole is oval. The petals
are much smaller, narrower, and more divergent. The pores are
conjugate. The abactinal tubercles are not uniform, and are
286 ON SOME NEW AUSTRALIAN ECHINI,
larger and more conspicuous, and the whole test smaller and
more angular, almost pointed at the greatest diameter. There
are of course many other minor differences, but the two species
cannot possibly be mistaken for one another.
PhYLL ACANTHUS PARVISPINA, n. S.
Test elevated, solid, flattened at each end, but not swollen at
the sides. Poriferous zone, slightly undulating, rather broad ;
ambulacral area with a regular row of miliaries bordering each
side, and two or three rows of smaller and less prominent ones
in the central area. Primary tubercles, eight, but the two last
near the actinosome small and crowded. Mammary boss elevated,
with a large perforation, and with a rather deep groove round
the neck so as to give a hemispherical surface to the boss, which
is raised on a smooth conical mound. Scrobicular area, somewhat
squarely oval, margined by an irregular row of secondaries, and
then surrounded by a thickly packed mass of miliaries, which
decrease in size to the coronal sutures which are well and
distinctly marked, but not deeply, and the whole aspect of the
interambulacral space is solid and elevated. Actinosome large,
round, with the series of plates covered with short flat spines on
secondary tubercles. Auricles remarkably broad, stout, concave,
united below for some distance, but the arch not complete, leaving
a broad wedge-shaped opening. Anal system large. Genital
plates nearly square with the opening, small and exactly in the
centre. Madrepoin body twice the size of the others, with the
pore a third of the width from the edge. Ocular plates quite
excluded, crescentic in shape. Anal plates rather large on the
outer side, but numerous and gradually decreasing towards the
opening, which is also large. The whole system densely covered
with miliaries, which are rather larger at the edges of the plates.
Primary spines rather short, slender, tapering very slightly,
obliquely bevilled at the extremity, where they are very
conspicuously grooved for a short distance. The rest of the
BY REV. J. E. TENISON- WOODS, F.L.S. 287
shaft is a close series of small granulations in very regular lines,
at the base there is a smooth area which thickens gradually up
to a small very finely milled ring. The basal socket is broadly
concave. The whole of the base is surrounded by a close thatch
of short flat spines, and a finer row makes a short flat fringe
along the poriferous zones. There are no other spines except
the very small ones covering the miliaries which are like scales
on the wings of lepidoptera. The whole surface has a smooth
and velvety appearance.
The difference of this species from all others is that there are
eight primary tubercles, while in P. diibia and impcrialis there
are only six, and the number of these, according to Agassiz, is
very constant for every age and condition of growth. The
spines are entirely different from any described species. The
anal system is also quite different in the size of the genital
plates, their shape, the shape and size of the madreporiform
body, the smallness and position of the openings, the size and
disposition of the anal plates, and the whole size, shape, and
solidity of the test.
Found occasionally at Botany Bay, Port Jackson, and along
the east coast as far as Moreton Bay. The species has been
confounded with PhyUacanthus dubia, Brandt. So firmly do the
spines adhere to the test that they are always washed up quite
entire, and any attempt to remove the primary spines either
breaks them, or tears away the coronal plate to which they are
attached.
Height of adult specimen, 100; diam., 90; width of actinosome,
32 ; anal system, 28 ; length of largest primary spine, about 62,
width at base, 5, at tip, 2\ ; length of flat secondaries, about 10,
width about 2\} thickness 1 millim. The secondaries are very
finely grooved and bevilled at the edge.
The following is a revised list of all the Echini known to me
as occurring on the Australian coast. It will be observed that
288 OX SOME NEW AUSTRALIAN ECniNI,
several new habitats are added to the list given "by me in 1877,
in the second volume of the proceedings of this Society, p. 145 :—
Phyllacantlms annulifera, Lamarck.
(Jul ia, Brandt, Tasmania, Bass's Straits.
imperially Lam., Manly Beach ?
parvispina, nobis, Port Jackson to Moreton Bay.
Stephanocidaris bispinosa, Lam., habitat unknown.
Goniocidaris geranioides, Lam., North East Australia, within
tropics.
tuba Ha, Lam., Tasmania, South East Australia, Bass's
Straits.
Diadema setosum, Gray, East Australia, generally within the
tropics, but young specimens have been recently dredged up
in Port Jackson by Mr. Eamsay. It is common in the
Pacific, but its range has never been known out of the
tropics previously.
Centrosteplianus Rodgcrsii, Peters. This seems one of the few
urchins with a very restricted habitat. I have never heard
of it except at Botany Heads, Bondi, Manly Beach, and
seldom inside the heads of Port Jackson.
Astropyga radiata, Leske, extreme North East Australia only.
Ileterocentrotus mammillatus, Klein, North East Australia.
Echinometra Jacunter, Leske, North East Australia, as far south
as Moreton Bay, where it is not uncommon.
Stomopneustes variolaris, Lam., East Australia, Hab. unknown.
Strong ylocentrotus armiger, Agas., Australia, Hab. unknown.
curythrogrammiis, Yalenc, East Australia, Bass's Straits,
Tasmania, and as far as South Australia. It is very
common about Port Jackson.
tuberculatiis, Lam., Australia, habitat unknown.
Splicer echinus Australia, Agas., Port Jackson, Tasmania ?
BY EEV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.L.S. 289
Temnoplcurus toruematicus, Klein., all the coasts of Australia, but
rare outside the tropics.
Microeyphus maculatus, Agas., East coast of Australia.
zigzag, Agas., extra tropical Australia, and Tasmania.
Sahnacis bicolor, Agas., North East Australia, tropics.
sulcata, Agas., North East Australia, not uncommon in
Moreton Bay.
rarispina, Agas., North East Australia, tropics.
globator, Agas. I find that this is rather common in Port
Jackson. Sinnes few, scattered, short, stoutish, dull
green; violet on the base. The test when fresh is
conspicuously marked with pink on the raised edges of
the I. and A. spaces, the median sulcus is dull green,
and the deep furrows at the coronal sutures (almost
like Temnopleurus) are white.
Ilespilia globulus, Agas. I have reason now to doubt the
Australian habitat of this species.
Ambhjpneustes ovum, Lam., South Australia and Tasmania, rare
on East coast.
griseus, Blainville, not known on East coast.
formosus, Valenc, ditto ditto
pallidus, Lam., ditto ditto
Kolopncustes porosissimus, Lutken, South Australia and Tasmania.
inflatus, Lutken, Hab. unknown.
purpurascens, Lutk. Probably only a variety of first named
species.
Echinus magellanicus, Phillipi. I do not think this occurs in
Australia.
angulosus, Agas., South Australia.
darnleijensis, nobis, North East Australia.
Hipponoe variegata, Leske, East Australia, common.
Evechinus chloroticus, Verril, Port Jackson, rare and young
specimens only, to which my E. Austral ice must be
referred.
290 ON SOME NEW AUSTRALIAN ECHINI,
Fibular ia austral is, Desmoulins, Tropical Australia?
volva, Agas., North East Australia, Tropics.
Echinanthus Ustudinarius, Gray, Port Jackson and East Coast.
tumidus, nobis, Port Jackson ?
Laganum Bonami, Klein., South East Australia and Tasmania.
depressum, Lesson, East Australia ?
Peronella dccagonalis, Lesson, East Australia.
orbicularis, Leske, East Australia.
Peronii, Agas.
Echinarachnius parma, Lam., Australia generally.
Arachnoides placenta, Linne, North East Australia.
Maretia planulata, Leske, East Australia.
Eupatagus Valencicnnesii, Agas., North East Australia only.
Lovenia elongata, Gray, East Australia. The Port Jackson
specimens small.
Bregma australasicc, Leach, East Australia generally.
Echinocarclium australe, Gray, South East Australia, Tasmania,
West Australia ?
Hemiaster (RhjnocrissusJ apicatus, nobis, Moreton Bay.
Brissus carinatus, Lam., common in all extratropical Australia. It
is to this species and not to Lintlna australis the following
remarks in my previous list (loc. cit.) refer. u On one
occasion, thousands of them were thrown upon the beach
at Portland Bay, Western Victoria after a slight storm.
I have often seen it on the New South Wales coast and
it has been dredged in Bass's Straits at 30 fathoms.
There is a specimen in the Sydney Museum which
measures 150 mil. in length.
Linthia australis, Gray, North East Australia, Tropics. The genus is
distinguished by a /«£<?/•# ^fasciole as well as a perepetalous
one, while in Brissus it is perepetalous and subanal only.
Metalia stemalis, Lamouroux, East Australia ?
maculosa, Agas., Australia ?
BY REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.L.S. 291
Explanation of Plate XIII.
Fig. 1. — Hemiaster (Riiynobrissus) apicatus, abactinal system.
}f
2.—
>>
n
>)
half of actinal system.
»
3.—
}}
>>
>)
lateral view.
))
4.—
>?
))
a
anterior end.
5>
5.—
>>
)>
>)
posterior end.
Plate XIV.
Phyllacanthtjs parvispina, A. test with spines.
,, ,, B. denuded of spines showing anal
system.
On Doris Arbutus, Angas.
By Reginald Bligh Read, M.R.C.S., Eng.
[Plate XVII.]
Branchiae nine, tripinnate, totally retractile, (Angas, from
examination of only one small specimen -551 in. by '177 in.,
thought they were subretractile) united only at base, when
extended, the whole assume a melon shape ; at first sight they
appeared to be united at the summit, but in the tank under a
two-inch object glass x 20 diam., were seen to be totally separate.
In addition to the only specimen yet found, that by Angas, I
have obtained three, and in the same locality, Coogee Bay, the
largest of which measured "795 by -374 in. The number of
branchiae is not given by Angas. The stem of the tentacle is
perfectly transparent, whilst the summit of the tentacle is deeply
divided into about 1 1 laminae, coloured white, interspersed with
dark brownish spots. A ring of about 24 yellowish, white tipped
papillae surrounds each tentacle. The rim of the retractile cavity
of the branchiae rises, then these are expanded and on its edge
are set numerous tubercles arranged in pairs. Of some other of
our JNudibrancMateSf Angasiella Edivardsi, is interesting, being
292
placed between Boris and Triopia. Alder and Hancock mention
only two species of Triopa in Northern Seas. Here we have
Triopa Yatesi ; whilst Plocamophorus Imperialis, of our harbour,
differs very little from the only and typical species, P. ocellatiis,
Leuckart found in the Red Sea.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., etc., exhibited Photographs of
Natives of Port Darwin and Port Essington. Also Seven
Specimens of a new species of Splwria growing from the larva of
a Pielis from the Kurrajong; presented to the Museum by Mr.
Selkirk.
Mr. Brazier, C.M.Z.S., exhibited a magnificent JSfeoera latesulcata
(Woods) obtained at the Heads ; also four fine species of
Corals from Port Jackson.
Mr. Brazier also read the following note : — " Some weeks ago,
one of our members, Mr. Mackay, sent me a Leaf of an Aquatic
Plant taken in a fresh- water stream near Parramatta. The
deposit on it is the spawn and very young state of Limncea,
(Ampliipeplea). The minute Crustacean found on the same leaf
is an Amphipod.
Specimens of Pituri (Duboisia Uopwoodi) and of JD. myoporoides,
and the extract obtained from the latter by Dr. Bancroft, were
submitted by Mr. T. A. Tenison-Woods.
The Hon. William Macleay, P.L.S., exhibited a specimen of
Keterodontus yaleatus, and pointed out the difference between it
and Ileterodontus Phillipi.
Dr. Eead submitted plates of the Nudibranchiata referred to
in his paper.
-*-*-
293
WEDNESDAY, MAY 28th, 1879.
The President, the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G-.S. etc., in
the Chair.
DONATIONS.
Trans, of the Royal Society of Victoria, Vol. lo.
Trans, of the Zoological Station at Naples.
Trans, of the Royal Society, Tasmania.
Trans, of the Royal Academy of Natural History, Amsterdam,
13 Vols.
PAPERS PEAD.
Ox Hetebopsammia Miciielixii, of Edwards and Haime.
By Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., etc.
Plate XV.
In the enumeration of the Eupsamminae (first sub-family of
Madreporaria perforata) made by Messrs. Edwards and Haime in
their Monograph f Ann ales des sciences naturelles to in X. (848,/>. S'.hJ
the genus Ileteropsammia occurs. This was created by the authors
for the reception of certain peculiar corals which they say are
always parasitic upon shells, and which they envelope completely,
leaving only a small orifice for the head of the molluscs to which
they are subsequently indebted for their locomotion. The corals
were described simple, erect, fixed on a univalve shell, which
they completely enclose, continuing however to enlarge in the
basal portion during their lives. There is no epitheca. There
are no costa, but the exterior surface is very finely vermiculate
so as to be quite velvet-like in appearance. Columella spongy
and well developed. Septa thick, a little exsert, closely pressed
together.
294 OX IIETEROrSAMMIA MICIIELINII,
This genus is placed by tlie authors iu their synopsis of the
family, among the first and largest division, that is, the simple
corals. The species is thus defined. Corallum very short, with
a base wider than the calice, which is shaped in the form of a
figure of 8. The shorter axis is the highest part of the margin
which re-enters here, and the ends of the longer axis are rounded.
The greater axis exceeds the smaller by one-third. Columella
well developed, of a finely spongy tissue and of velvetty surface,
not projecting from the fossa, which is shallow. Five cycles of
septa, those of the three first orders nearly equal, slightly exsert,
rather narrow, thick, and of a spongy texture, those of the last
cycle larger than the penultimate, thin, uniting two by two close
to the columella, internal edge strongly concave about the middle
then becoming conspicuously convex below. Alt. 10 millim.,
major axis 18. minor 4. depth of fossa 3. Habitat Whampoa,
China.
The same species was also described by J. E. Gray in the
Annals for Nat. History, for May 1850 (vol. 5. 2nd Series, p. 410.)
as Heterocyathus eupsammides, of which the following is the
diagnosis. Coral polymorphous, base fiat, sides shelving, sinuous,
surface covered with very close irregular, denticulated, sinuous
ridges and pierced with numerous minute pores ; star irregular,
compressed or sinuous, lamina3 narrow, then cribellated on the
surface and with an oblong elongated, convex, cribellated centre.
Yah. star more or less contracted in the centre, forming two
more or less distinct roundish stars. Hab. Chinese seas.
From this description it would appear that Dr. Gray was in
possession of specimens wherein the calice was divided. If this
were the case, the coral would be no longer simple but compound,
and a totally different position in the family be required for the
species.
Through the kindness of Moiis. Theophile Saves, of Noumea,
I have recently received a very extensive series of this coral from
BY REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, P.L.S. 295
New Caledonia, and I find that in a large number of instances
the coral is compound. There arc two distinct calices often
widely separated, but 1 have every gradation, from the oval calice
passing to the figure of 8 outline until it is finally separated by
fissiparity.
If we refer to the synopsis of the Eupsammina as established
by Messrs. Edwards and Haime, we find that they Lave placed
Seteropsammta amongst the first great sub-division established
for simple forms. The second section includes those with an
epitheca (Astroidcs only), and those without, which embraces
Dendrophyllia, (now made also to include Camopsammia) which
increases by buds, Lolopsammia fissiparous, and Stereopsammia,
in which the columella is rudimentary or none.
The question now is whether the genus Heteropsammw can be
maintained. Naturally there is nothing to distinguish it from
Lobopsammia. This genus was established to receive the fissiparous
compound JEupsammiiKB. Only two species are known, and these
are both Eocene fossils. Messrs. Edwards and Haime make the
following observations on Lobopsammia. Coral compound.
Multiplication by successive fissiparity. Edge of calice irregular.
Always four complete and well developed cycles. In all other
respects like DendrophylMa. They remark that the genus entirely
depends upon the mode of growth, which in Dendrophyllia is
always by buds, but in this case by the successive division of the
calicies which are thus divided into nearly equal portions. The
only two known species are then described.
Though there is still a considerable distinction between the
fossil genus Lobopsammia and Heteropsammia, yet I do not see how
the latter can be kept distinct, if the former is to include all the
fissiparous Eupsammince. I therefore suggest that the coral of
Messrs. Edwards, Haime and Gray, be classified hereafter as
Lobopsammia MicheUnii. It is found in the Chinese Seas, in the
Indian Archipelago, on the Barrier Beef, and throughout the
296 OX HETEROPSAMMIA MICHELINII,
Pacific as far as New Caledonia. In the latter place it would
seem to be very common.
The species which I described the year before last as Heterop-
sammia elliptica, (See Proc. Linn. Soc, Yol. II., p. 339. PI. 6.,
fio\ 3a, b.) I am now convinced should be placed with BalanoplnjUia.
Though the peculiar vermiculate exterior is very much like
Heteropsammia yet the coral is not always parasitic and never in
the way described in Lolopsammia Miclielini. The species must
be known therefore as Balanophjllia cUiptica.
It remains now to enquire what is the nature of those
perforations which Mr. Edwards regarded as the mouth of a shell
and on which opinion he was followed by Dr. J. E. Gray. In
the Natural History Eeview for January, 1862, (No. V., p. 78.)
I find a notice of these corals by the surgeon of II.M.S. " Icarus."
His paper is entitled " Observations on some Australian and
Feegeean Heterocyathi and their parasitical Sipunculus. By
John Denis Macdonald, E.N., F.E.S." He says that in two
separate casts of the lead, on the Bellona Eeef, Lat. 21°, 51'., S.,
Long. 159°, 28', he obtained specimens of living polypi, referable
as Dr. Gray informed him to the genus Heteroeyathus,* and on
comparing them with others previously collected in the Feejee
Group he found that they were diiferent species of the same
genus. He describes the coral as simple, free depressed, broad
and flattened at the base, becoming smaller towards the calice
which is more or less oval in figure and comparatively shallow ;
the columella was spongy ; the septa were spongy or minutely
granular exteriorly, not compact within. In the specimens taken
at Bellona shoal, the calice was distorted with a central construction
as though a process of fission was going on. In one specimen
the opposite margins had met. The external surface was covered
with minute granulations, disposed in broken longitudinal lines,
* From this it would appear that Gray had not seen M. Edwards' correction
of his yenus.
BY REV. J. E. TENISOX-WOODS, F.L.S. 297
with porous channels between them. In the Feejean specimens
the calice was regular and the exterior surface coarsely granular
without any linear disposition like costee.
At Moreton Bay they dredged at a few fathoms what Dr.
Macdonald regarded as another species. The two specimens
taken had well-marked costce, which corresponded exactly with
the four cycles of septa.
I have very little doubt from the description and from the
figures, copies of which are here given, that the specimens were
(some of them) specifically identical with the Zobopsammia referred
to in this paper. The specimens from Moreton Bay are more
like the species of Psammoseris described by me* as P. cylieioides.
I will now give the observations of the author.
" The most remarkable circumstance connected with these
polyps, is the invariable presence of a little solitary Sipunculus
in a beautifully excavated burrow at the base of the corallum.
The uniform position of the opening and sinistral direction of
this burrow first observed in dead specimens led me to suppose
that it was in some way connected with the economy of the polyps
themselves, but having discovered its occupant to be one of the
coral perforating Sipuneulidce, which abound in the South Seas,
the riddle was quickly solved. The body of one of these parasites
taken from a Bellona Reef specimen, is about three-quarters of
an inch in length, terete but gradually increasing in diameter
from before backwards, and exhibiting a permanent curvature
forwards corresponding with that of the burrow."
On examining a large number of the corals of Lobopsammia, I
find that Messrs. M. Edwards and Dr. Gray were both in error
in supposing that the coral invested a shell. In the first place it
would strike any one as a remarkable fact that the aperture is
nearly always sinistral,! while the irregular shape would lead
* Proc. Linnean Soc , N.S.W., Vol III., (1878) p. 8.
f Out of 50 specimens, all were sinistral but one.
299, OX HETEROPSAMMIA MICIIELIXII,
one to believe that if derived from an enclosed shell it must have
been of many different species. The shape and size of the
corallum varies in a very extraordinary degree. But sinistral
shells are rare.
Again it has not been remarked though I have seen it indicated
in drawings, that the side of the corallum was perforated with a
line of somewhat irregular minute pores, and there are a number
of them scattered all over the surface. On making sections of
these corals I have found that the burrows are cylinders of only
about a turn and a half, nearly on the same plane. There is no
trace of shelly matter, but the perforation is direct into the
substance of the corallum. On passing a fine bristle into any
of the pores they are found to communicate with the main
burrow, no matter how far they may be from it. These would
appear to be perforated by the animal by the minute asperities
which beset the proboscis, and are disposed serially or irregularly
scattered.
I give the notes of Dr. Macdonald on the animal. " The
crested proboscis is about three times the length of the body and
crowned with simple ciliated tentacula. On the dorsal surface,
immediately behind the base of the proboscis is a little oval and
brownish callosity answering the purpose of an operculum when
the animal is retracted within its cell, and close behind this is the
anal aperture. The posterior extremity of the body is furnished
with a similarly constituted but slightly conical shield as the
opercular disk meets the rest of the dorsal surface at an angle
more or less obtuse, the proboscis appears to hold a subterminal
ventral position and protrudes itself somewhat perpendicularly to
the axis of the body. The surface of the latter is beset with
minute asperities disposed serially or irregularly scattered. These
become larger and more numerous towards the dorsal region, and
more definitely aggregated towards the extremities. They
constitute the before mentioned opercular and conical disks. As
they extend themselves on the proboscis they grow smaller and
BY REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.L.S. 299
begin to assume a more orderly arrangement, and finally form
into closely set rings of minute and recurved hooks reaching to
base of the oval tentacula."
Dr. Macdonald adds, this parasite is evidently closely allied to
the little animal from the Indian Seas, named Zithodermis cuneus,
by Cuvier, and which was the only species known to him. He
further adds that in the coral borers, which are identical with the
little animals here noticed, he found that the oesophagus was
encircled by a narrow collar, with a cephalic enlargement on
either side, from which tentacular nerves arose, and in contact
with which dark eye specks were distinctly visible, there is also
a single ventral nervous chord giving off lateral nerves at stated
intervals, but without any very apparent ganglionic dilatations.
I observed moreover that the cavity of the body was lined with a
ciliated membrane, which was reflected round the larger branches
of a transparent f probably water) vascular system, running along
the spirally coiled intestine, with its singularly constructed central
suspensary ligament. All this militates against the supposed
Ecliinoderm nature of Sipunculus, and give it radiating affinities
with Annelida, Polyzoa and Tunicata, though perhaps only of a
representative kind. The simple anatomy of the larval form,
the Atlas of Peron, if it be not indeed a permanent one is also of
great importance in this connexion. The editors of the Review
also express their opinion that the paleozoic Pleurodictyon is a
coral perforated in a similar way.
By referring to my figures of Psammoseris cylicioides in last year's
Proceedings, (PL 1.) it will be seen that one of the specimens is
clearly burrowed by the same Sipunculus, (fig. 2). All the other
specimens were noted on univalve shells much longer than the
corallum. Perhaps it is in this way that the animal seeks
protection from the boring intruder. I imagine that the asperities
on the body of the Sipunculus must give rise to filaments of
considerable length, because the perforations extend sometimes
300 ON HETEROPSAMMIA MICTIELINII,
a long way from the burrow.. They are of such extreme fineness
that only a very thin bristle will penetrate them.
The coral animal does not seem to suffer from the intruder, but
the base is swollen and distorted, sometimes projecting very
much at the aperture of the burrow, and often at right angles to
the major axis of the calice. In the only specimen in my
possession in which the curve of the burrow is not sinistral, the
whole base and sides are riddled with the smaller perforations
leading from the main passage. I counted no less than 24. As
the members of all this family of corals have their walls perforated
the filaments probably do no more than to enlarge the openings
they find. They have all a radiated circle of laminae round the
outer orifice, like- the groovings of the main aperture but much
more marked. I have never seen a specimen of Lobopsammia, no
matter how young or how small without these parasites, and from
the subsequent growth it would certainly seem as if the secretion
of strong matter were made in view of the requirements of the
parasite. Knowing how polyps can bear with indifference all
kinds of cutting and wounding, everything in fact except removal
from the water, it does not surprise us to find that these corals
can tolerate such exorbitant lodgers without injury to themselves.
Keferences to Plate XV.
Fig. 1. — Sipunculm heterocyathi, nat. size; a. — opercular disk; b.
caudal disk.
,, 2. — Ventral side enlarged ; a. and b. as before ; c. proboscis.
„ 3. — Dorsal view ; a. and b. as before ; c. anus.
,, 4. — Corallum seen from above, enlarged ; a. aperture of
burrow ; b. c. d. first, second, and third orders
respectively ; e. f . g. corresponding loculi ; h. h. h.
openings connected with the burrow.
,, 5. — Side view of corallum; a. aperture. After J.D. Macdonald
BY REV. J, E. TEXISOX-WOODS, F.L.S. 301
Fig. 6. — Lobopmmmia JL'fcJtelinif, Eclw. & H., nat. size ; li. h. li.
lateral perforations ; a. aperture.
,. 7. — Ditto, enlarged to show partial fission of calice.
,, 8. — Corallum with two calices established by fission.
Ox a New Species op Distichopoea.
By the Eey. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S.
The following- species of Bistichopora has not, I think, been
described, at least I can find no record of its description. It is
very common I should think in the Islands, as I have seen a
good man}- specimens of it at various times, amongst collections
of shells and curiosities from Solomon Islands, between Lat. 5° and
12° S. and Long. 154 and 163 E., and the Penrhyn Islands, Lat.
9° 12' S. 154° 35' W. Also from the Marshall Group. I cannot
however be sure of the locality in any case, as the information I
could procure was not only obtained second-hand, but also in
general, vague and indefinite. The species is particularly
interesting, as its habit is larger and stouter than D. coccinea,
Gray, which is our largest species from the Pacific. I have not
seen the descriptions of the species dredged by Pourtale in the
Atlantic.
DlSTTCHOPOPA LIYTDA, 11. S.
Corallum, in stout, solid tufts, three or four inches high,
flabellate or twisted, and gnarled like the branches of a tree, not
always spreading in the same plane, very solid and compact,
livid, tips of branches sometimes yellow or white, lateral furrows
and tips of smaller branches bright red or orange. Branches
almost cylindrical, stout, rugose, very finely vermiculate, many
projecting branchlets, the central stem often disproportionately
thicker than the branches and smooth. Lateralf urrows conspicuous ■
302 OX A NEW SPECIES OE DISTICIIOPOKA,
from their color. Gustropores large, irregular. Dactylopores
small, situate on a moderately projecting, broad margin. Stjde
very long and spinous. Ampulla) in slightly swollen, jmle, livid
masses, in -which the separate cells are not easily distinguished.
The position and character of the ampulla) renders it probable
that only male stocks have been seen by me since the female
gouangia, after the researches of Moseley are in swollen and
larger receptacles. At least this is true with regard to Distichopora
violacea, Pallas, which is the only member of the genus whose
soft tissues he was able to examine. It cannot be too often
impressed on collectors to preserve such specimens as these in
spirits when they are found in a living state. In reality very
little is known about this genus which for so long a time puzzled
naturalists. Mr. Moseley in his brilliant researches on the family
of Stylasteridce has established the connexion of Distichopora with
those interesting and wonderful Hydro-corallines. The mode of
reproduction is yet a problem. The organs have been most
carefully studied, but the way in which the ova are fertilized is
not yet known. Mr. Moseley's Croonian lecture published in the
Proceedings of the Royal Society for 1878 is one of the triumphs
of modern discovery in natural science. I hope it will not be
invidious for me to point out one or two slight omissions to those
students who may have recourse to it for reference. The species
of Dana, Distichopora gracilis is not mentioned (See report on
Zoophytes, second edit., p. 151 and Atlas pi. 60, fig. 4. &c). It
is also stated that Millipora violacea, Pallas, was classed by him
among his Madrepora, which is probably a misprint. The reference
to Plate 1. fig. 5. (p. 480, line four from top) is plate 35, fig. 5.
The following is a list of the species of Distichopora common in
the Pacific, and all of which may occur on the coasts of Australia
in the tropics. Those marked with an asterisk have been already
found.
^Distichopora violacea, Pallas, Elenchus Zoophytorum, first edition
Hague, 1766. p. 258, as a Millepora with reference to
BY REV. J. E. TEXISOX-WOODS, E.L.S. 303
Pumphius which is probably incorrect, as Humpliius
calls his species Lithodendrum saccharaceum rubrum.
Color violet.
Jbistichopora gracilis, Dana, loc. cit. Color pale rose.
eoecinea, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1860, p. 214. Color blood
red with yellow tips.
*rosea, Saville-Kcnt, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p. 281. Color
deep rose carmine.
Uvida, nobis. Color livid with orange pores.
I have never seen Dana's species, but the others are common,
D. eoecinea especially.
I am at present engaged on a review of the whole genns,
including its bibliography, which I hope to publish shortly. A
marked difference between the present species and I), eoecinea is
mat the latter lias a small line of branchlets projecting at right
angles from the main stem, while the stems of D. Uvida are smooth.
Notes ox the Anatomy of Birds.
Br William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.
II. — The Lumbar axd Sacral Plexuses oe Nerves/'1'
The lumbar plexus is constituted by the three last lumbar nerves. f
Prom the cord formed by the junction of the antepenultimate and
* In a previous paper on the anatomy of the brachial plexus (Pro. Linn. Soc.,
N.S.W., Vol. III. p. 409.) I omitted to mention, (1.) that the specialised
cutaneous muscle named expansor secundariorum by Mr. A. H. Garrod
is supplied by a branch from the Internal cutaneous nerve; (2) that a
special slender twig to the coraco-stemalis originates from the second
nerve of the plexus.
1 The determination of the posterior vertebras — as lumbar, sacral or caudal —
is made to depend on their relations to the nerves There is a difficulty
in applying this test to the distinguishing of the posterior cervical and
anterior dorsal vertebras— the relations of the nerves of the brachial
plexus to the first vertebra bearing a movable rib being cpiite inconstant.
304: NOTES ON THE ANATOMY OF BIKDS,
penultimate lunibars the long saphenous and obturator nerves take
origin. This cord is then joined by the last lumbar to form the
femoral or anterior crural nerve.
The obturator nerve, after giving off a branch to the obturator
internus muscle, passes through the foramen ovale, and finally
ends in the substance of the adductor magnus.
The femoral nerve gives off branches to the glutei, the sartorius,
the vastus externus, the rectus femoris*, the pectineus (ambiens),
and adductor magnus, in addition to cutaneous branches to the
inner side of the thigh and leg.
The sacral plexus is formed by the sacral nerves with a branch
(lumbosacral tordj for the last lumbar. The lumbo-sacral cord
and the first three sacral nerves join to form a stout anterior cord
from which the nerve to the quadratus femoris * (and gemellus?)
is derived. The two last sacral nerves join and give off a
tolerably large branch before joining the anterior cord. The
main trunk formed by the junction of the anterior and posterior
cords of the plexus, sooner or later divides into two distinct
fasciculi — the sciatic nerves — which run down the back of the thigh
close together.
The branch given off by the posterior cord of the plexus courses
over the obturator externus muscle, and then passes between the
biceps, adductores longus and brevis above, and the adductor
magnus below, at which point it breaks up into branches of
supply for the seniitendi.nosus, semimembranosus, adductor brevis
and adductor longus, in addition to some cutaneous branches,
and a slender nerve which runs backwards to the tail, usually
joining one of the caudal nerves.
*The muscle here named quadratus femoris has been sometimes regarded as
the equivalent of the obturator externus ; its nerve supply, taken in
connection with its ischial origin, would seem to indicate that the former
view of its homology is the correct one,
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 305
The sciatic nerves run parallel with the sciatic artery down the
thigh. The internal sciatic nerve gives off, while in the thigh, a
long cutaneous branch to the outside of the leg ; it then sends
off a communicating branch to the external popliteal nerve, and
a little lower down gives off a branch which runs down to the ham,
where it bifurcates — one division ending in the gastrocnemius
externus, the other passing deeper to supply the flexor perf oratus
sccundus secundi digiti and flexor perforatus secundus tertii digiti.
Soon afterwards the main trunk (internal popliteal nerve J bifurcates;
the outer branch breaks up into numerous twigs for the supply
of the inner group of superficial flexors of the toes ; the inner
sends off (1) a long slender twig which passes down the leg on
the surface of the flexor profundus digitorum, and the flexor
lomms hallucis, and afterwards in contact with the tibia to the
ankle, where it becomes cutaneous; (2) branches of supply for
the gastrocnemius interims and tibialis posticus muscles ; (3)
branches to the flexor longus hallucis and flexor profundus
digitorum.
The external sciatic nerve ( 'external popliteal) gives off in the thigh
a branch of supply for the biceps muscle. It subsequently gives
origin to a long branch, which, (after passing with the main
trunk of the nerve under the ligament of the biceps), runs down
to the foot beneath the superficial flexor muscles. A series of
branches then radiate from the main trunk of the nerve as it passes
beneath the tendon of the biceps in the back of the leg ; the first
of these passes to the front of the leg, the next two or three
supply the two outer superficial flexors, the peroneus longus, the
extensor communis digitorum and the tibialis anticus. The main
trunk finally divides into two branches which turn round the
outside of the fibula to the front of the leg.
Of these, the outer runs superficially over the ankle-joint giving
off in its course some small branches to the deeper structures on
the front of the tarso-metatarsus, and finally divides at the base
of the outer toe, supplying branches to both sides of that digit
306 NOTES ON THE ANATOMY OF BIRDS,
and the outer side of the middle. The other, after passing under
the ligament which binds down the tendon of the tibialis anticus
to the tibia, divides into two branches, which again re-unite after
one of them has perforated the tendon of the tibialis anticus close
to its insertion ; the nerve then again divides into several twigs
of which one goes to supply the surface of the middle toe and the
outer surface of the second, a second supplies the adjacent sides
of the hallux and second, a third the inner side of the hallux and
the inner surface of the tarso-melatarsus, while a fourth turns
round the inner border of the latter bone and enters the sole.
III. THE MYOLOGICAL ChAEACTEHS OF THE CoLTJMBID.fl2.
It is only of very late years that the characters afforded by the
muscular system have been applied to throw light on the
classification of Birds. Wiedemann (Anatomic und NaturgcscliicJite
der Vogel, 1810.) was the first to call attention to some of the
differences to be observed in the myology of the different orders.
It was Prof. Sundewall, however, who first attempted to use the
characters afforded by the myology for the furtherance of
classification (Brit. Assoc. Report, 1855^. Following in his foot-
steps Mr. A. H. Garrod (Proc. Zool. Soc, 1873,y elaborated a
scheme of classification based upon a consideration of the
peculiarities exhibited by certain muscles of the thigh in the
various orders and families, shewing the occurrence or non-
occurrence of certain muscles of that region — posterior part of
the Tensor fascia', the Semitendinosus, Accessory Semitendinosus,
Semimembranosus, Ambicns (PectineusJ, Femoro. caudal (Adductor
JongusJ, and Accessory Femoro-caudal (Adductor brcrisj, — to be of
great importance in working out a natural system of classification.
The same author has also called attention in various memoirs
to many other important points in the nryology of the class.*
* Vide, e.g., " On the Disposition of the Deep Plantar Tendons in Different
Birds," Proc. Zool. Soc 1875, p.p. 339—348 ; " On some points in the
Anatomy of the Columbre," P.Z.S., 1814 p.p. 249— 259.
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 307
M. Edmond Alix in his " JEJssaisur Vappareillocomoteur des Oiseaux"
(1871), in addition to a minute account of the muscular system
in general, gives a description of the differences in the arrange-
ment of the long flexors of the toes in various birds, and refers
to a few other varieties in the Myology.
The present paper is intended as a slight contribution to our
knowledge of this subject — consisting of a summary of the most
important points ascertained by a study of the myology of the
Pigeon family, a group whose anatomy appears to have been
singularly neglected. In the anatomy of the muscles of which
no mention is made in the following descriptions there is nothing
specially characteristic to be observed.
a. — Muscles of the Anterior Extremity.
1. — The latissimus dorsi, in all the genera of the family which
I have examined is specially remarkable on account of its being
devoid of any trace of a posterior belly — a character in which, so
far as I have accertained, the Columbidas are distinguished from
all other groups of birds (including the columbiform I) i dun cuius).
2. — The levator anguli scapula, arises from the first three ribs, or
the second, third and fourth, with their transverse processes, and
is not connected with the transverse processes of the posterior
dorsal vertebrae, as in most other birds.
3. — The bleeps flexor cub it i arises as usual by two heads, a
a coracoidal and a humeral ; these blend completely towards
the middle of the arm ; but there are two distinct tendons of
insertion — one attached to the head of a radius, the other to the
coronoid process of the ulna. This arrangement is not an
uncommon one, and is found in widely differing genera (e.g.
Athene, GrallinaJ. It serves, however, as an important point of
distinction from various families of birds : thus certain families
(Lariclte, Chionidce, Scolopacidce), have the muscle divided into two
parts — corresponding to the coracoidal and humeral heads in
the arrangement above described, — which remain separable from
308 NOTES ON THE ANATOMY 03? BIRDS,
origin to insertion; again in other cases (e.g., Anatidce and Gruidae),
one of the terminal tendons is inserted into the head of the radius
and the other bifurcates to become attached to both radius and
ulna.
A further peculiarity of this muscle in the Columlidm is that
it gives off a broad quadrilateral offset to aid in the extension of
the anterior alar fold. A vermiform muscle with a similar
function and more intimately related to the biceps is to be found
in most, if not all, Waders, and many Natatores (PJialacrocorax,
Larus, Anatidce), but Didanculus strigirostris is the only bird that
resembles the Columbidce in the flat expanded form of this tensor
accessorius as it may conveniently be designated.
4. — The tensor membranes anterior is alae consists of two separate
muscles — the tensor longus and tensor brevis. The tensor longus has
two distinct separate heads of origin ; the one consists of a broad
and flat fleshy belly, which takes origin from the approximated
ends of the coracoid, scapula and clavicle, — chiefly from the
coracoid — and arches over the shoulder- joint after the manner
of the deltoid of mammals (to part of which muscle in fact it
corresponds); distally it gives origin to the " elastic tendon"
of the anterior alar fold ; the other part of the muscle takes the
form of a small cone-shaped prolongation of the peetoralis major.
The tensor brevis may be described also as a small conical offset
from the peetoralis major ; it is however firmly connected with the
pectoral ridge of the humerus. In some birds (e.g. Larus,
Brucliigavia) the tensor brevis is rejoresented only by a fasciculus
of yellow elastic tissue ; in others it is altogether absent. In the
Psittacidce again the tensor longus is not independent of the
peetoralis major, and its tendon is connected by elastic fibres with
the cervical muscles.
5. — The extensor carpi radialis longior and the extensor meta carpi
radialis are so intimately blended as virtually to form one muscle.
This is not an uncommon arrangement, being characteristic of
BY WILLIAM A. nASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 309
insessorial birds, and the nocturnal Raptores ; it distinguishes
these, however, from the wading and swimming orders, in which
the bellies of these two muscles are separable from one another.
b. — Muscles of the Posterior Extremity.
1 . — The gluteus externus is absent. This seems to be characteristic,
besides the present group and its allies, of the Parrots, Kingfishers
Cuckoos, and the Passerines.
2. — The adductor brevis, adductor longus, semimembranosus, semi-
tendinosus and accessory semitendinosus are all present. The
significance of these muscles has been pointed out by Mr. A. H.
Garrod.*
3. — The Ambiens (Pectineus) and the flexor per -for -atus digitorum
have a peculiar and characteristic arrangement in this family. In
several genera of Columlidce as Mr. Garrod has pointed outf the
ambiens is altogether absent : where it is present, as occurs in the
majority of genera, its tendon on reaching the back of the leg,
in place of breaking up and losing itself among the fleshy fibres
of the superficial flexors, maintains its consistency, and joins a
strong tendon which, arising from the fibula, passes into a small
muscular fasciculus — the accessory or fibular head of the flexor
perforatus secundus tertii digiti. Such a definite relation of the
distal tendon of the ambiens to one special muscle is rare, if not
exclusively characteristic of the present group. In certain Anseres
( Erismatura, CasarcaJ however, an arrangement which, though
more complex, has a certain analogy with the above, is to be
observed : here the tendon of the ambiens after becoming connected
by a tendinous band with the head of the fibula, divides into three
parts, each of which developes a little muscular slip becoming
connected, one with the flexor perforatus primus secundi digiti, the
*" On certain Muscles of the Thigh in Birds and their value in Classification,"
P Z S , 1873, pp. 626—644, and 1874, pp. 111—123.
f " On some points in the Anatomy of the Columbse," P.Z.S., 1874, pp. 249
—259.
olO NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
second with the flexor perforatum primus tertii digiti, and the third
with the flexor perforates quarti digiti.
4. — The tendon of the flexor prof undus digitorum is united for a
short distance in the sole, by means of tendinous fibres, with that
of the flexor longus hallucis.
5. — A small muscle representing the lumlricales of mammals
takes origin from the under surface of the tendons of the flexor
profundus near the point where they separate, and divides
anteriorly into two pointed processes, which become inserted into
the proximal end of the cartilaginous sheath containing the flexor
tendons of the second and third toes. This muscle seems to have
hitherto escaped the notice of anatomists ; so far as I have been
able to ascertain it is peculiar to the Pigeons.
To sum up, the following are the points in the myology of the
Columlidce which seem to be specially characteristic of the
family : —
1. The absence of a posterior belly of the latissimus dorsi.
2. The expanded form of the tensor accessories.
3. The absence of the gluteus externus and the presence of the
adductores hrevis et longus, the semitendinosus and semimembranosus.
4. The special relation of the tendon of the ambiens (when
present) to the fibular head of the flexor perforatus secundus tertii
digiti.
5. The presence of lumlricales in the foot.
notes and exhibits.
On Euktiminaria ducalis.
By the Eev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S.
In the Proceedings of this Society last year, I described (Vol.
III., p. 126) what I considered to be a new genus of Polyzoa
under the above name. I mentioned that similar fossils had been
found in the chalk, and that M. d'Orbigny had suggested that
XOTES AXD EXHIBITS. 311
they were Comatulse without arms. I am now convinced that
this explanation of these bodies is the correct one. They are the
central disks of some unknown species of ComatulEc. I have
seen a central disk of an undescribed species, which though much
smaller and with very much fewer pores, yet is so similar in all
other respects that I do not doubt my Euktiminaria ducalis, the
Glenotremites paradoxus of Goldfuss, the Decamerus mysticm of
Hagenow, are all central disks of Comatuke. The central pores
on each of these organisms which bear so close a resemblance
to the cells of Polyzoa are doubtless connected with the water
circulation, like the madreporiform bodies in the Echinodermata.
They are not present in all the Coniatula), at least in this form.
Ox Heterodontus galeatus.
By William Macleay, F.L.S., &c.
At our last Monthly Meeting Mr. Masters exhibited a young
specimen of that very rare shark, Heterodontus galeatus, caught in
Port Jackson a few days before. It has been my good fortune
to become the possessor within the last few days of another, and
a very fine specimen of the same Fish. The specimen in question
was taken in a net at Camp Cove, Port Jackson, by Hastie the
Fisherman . It was an adult female of unusual size and in a perfectly
uninjured state. When I say unusual size, I mean of course
when compared with tire very few specimens as yet known or
seen. The total length was 3 feet 6 inches, the length of the
head, measuring to the first gill opening — 9 inches, the breadth
of the head 9£ inches. The circumference or girth of the head
at the middle of the supraorbital ridges measured 2 feet, and the
girth of the body in front of the first dorsal fin was exactly the
same measurement. The distance from the snout to the
commencement of the first dorsal was 1 5 inches, the expanse from
tip to tip of pectoral fins 2 feet 1 inch, and the width of the
mouth 6 inches. The prevailing colour of the upper part is a
sericeous brown, with black patches as represented in Plate 25,
Vol. III. of our Proceedings, but these patches, though very
312 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
black, are not by any means, well defined, as they get gradually
blended into the brown. The teeth weie of a beautiful clear
pinkish red, excepting the tips of the central cusps of the front
teeth and the longitudinal ridge of the back teeth which were
colourless and pearly. The stomach and bowels were well filled
with small fragments of Echini which had been evidently
swallowed in numbers, spines and all. The ovaries were full of
ova in different stages of development, the largest over 1 inch in
diameter, and of a greenish colour; the smaller ones mostly yellow.
There was no appearance of anything like the formation of the egg-
case, nor did the oviduct appear to have ever been occupied. The
animal was altogether thoroughly healthy, there were no Entozoa
nor indeed Parasites of any kind, except two specimens of a leech
fastened on the palate. The dorsal spines were very strong and
flattened above, presenting the appearance of having been much
worn down. From this circumstance, coupled with the nature of
their food, it may be inferred that the animal is in the habit of
forcing itself under rocks and large stones.
Mr. Brazier exhibited a specimen of Centrostephanus Rodgersii.
Dr. Cox exhibited several specimens of " Vegetable Caterpillars"
found by Mr. Selkirk at the Kurrajong.
-♦-#-
313
WEDNESDAY, JUNE 25th, 1879.
The Hon. William Macleay, M.L.C., F.L.S., in the Chair.
W. H. Archer Esq., was elected a Member.
DONATIONS.
Journal of the Eoyal Microscopical Society, Vol. II., part 2.
Transactions of the Philosophical Society of Adelaide for 1877
-78.
Native Plants of Victoria by Baron F. von Mueller, K.C.M.Gr.
papers head.
Notes on some recently described Birds from the Solomon
Islands, with remarks on some Australian birds mentioned
in Mr. E. B. Sharpe's Cat. of Bds., Vol. IV.
By E. P. Eamsay, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S. &c.
MONARCHA RTJEOCASTANEA, RaMSOAJ.
Since describing this Flycatcher from the Solomon Islands, I
find a note, in Sharpe's Cat. B. IV., p. 376. (just received) and a
figure, relating to the M. castaneiuentris of Verreaux ; fPomarva
castaneicentris, of Sharpe's Cat. Vol. IV., p. 435.) although my
species is very much smaller, it agrees well with Mr. Sharpe's
description in coloration. It appears that this bird is only known
in Europe by a single skin, in the British Museum, and the
habitat given is " Oceania"
Ornithologists will be glad to learn the more definite habitat of
this fine species, and also to know that it is by no means rare on
the Island of " Gaudalcanar." This bird had hitherto been
confounded with Myiagra castaneiventris, of Finsch and Hartlaub ;
314 NOTES ON SOME RECENTLY DESCRIBED BIRDS,
(Fauna centralpolyn : p. 93.) which, is quite a different bird, and
which is identical with Myiagra vanikorensis, Cassin, U. S. Expl.
Exped., p. 148. (See Sharpe's Cat. of Birds, Vol. IV., p. 376.)
Gratjcalus solomonensis.
Gxaucalus pusillus, Ramsay, P.L.S. of N.S.W., Vol. IV., p. 71.
As the species name " pusillus " has already been emphyyed
for more than one species of the Campophagidce I propose to change
the specific name of this bird as above.
It comes very near to G. lineatus, Swains, and G. maforensis,
Meyer ; but differs both in size and in the markings on the
undersurface, but chiefly in the different coloration of the sexes.
Macropygia rufocastanea, sp. nov.
Mderopggia, sp.; Ramsay, P. Linn. Soc. of N.S.W., Vol. IV. p, 73.
The whole of the upper and under surface of a rich deep
cinnamon rufous, slightly paler on the throat. Primaries blackish,
the inner webs of all margined with rufous at the base, feathers
on the chest and sides of the neck slightly forked, their median
portions black, and being but partly concealed gives to these
parts a mottled appearance, a few feathers on the crown in some
specimens, also showing their blackish partly concealed portions ;
an oblique subterminal ashy bar on the three outer feathers on
either side of the tail, on the fourth feather the bar is more
longitudinal and confined to the inner web, the remainder of the
tail feathers uniform in tint with the body. Bill black, the tip
reddish brown ; legs and feet orange red. Total length, 11 '5 in.
wing, 5-6 in. ; tail, 6-2 in. ; tarsus, 0*85, middle toe, fs.u.J 0-8
hind toe, fs.u.J 0*4. Bill from forehead, 0'75 ; from gape, 0'73
from nostril, 0*3.
Hal. Solomon Islands.
This species comes near to M. nigrirostris of Salvadori, and M.
rufa, but is quite distinct from either. With respect to M. rufa,
BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.L.S. 315
it is not improbable tliat it will prove to be only a phase of
plumage of If. Machinlayi, although, in the type specimen the bill
is stouter ; the coloration in all the species of Maeropygia I havo
met with varies considerably with age, and also frequently in the
sexes.
CAMPOPHAGIM3.
In Mr. Sharpe's Cat. of Bds., Vol. IV., I find our Campophaga
Jardinii of Gould, the Graucalus tenuirostris of Jard., placed in
the genus Edoliisma, a genus created for the reception of E.
milan by Jacquinot and Pucher, Voy. au Pole Sud., Zool. Ois. p.
69., 1853. The genus Lalage, (Boie, Isis 1826, p. 973.) is used
for all our small Campophagidce. Under the genus Symmorphus,
closely allied to Lalage, are two species, but neither descriptions
agree with specimens from New Hebrides and New Caledonia
in the Australian Museum. If Mr. Sharpe has taken his
descriptions from really adult birds, then there is undoubtedly
a third species yet to be described, but it is not inrprobable that
Mr. Sharpe's description of the ^ of S. noevius is from an immature
bird, and probably a § .
A specimen in the Museum Collection from the New Hebrides,
an adult £ , received in spirits, agrees with the description of 8.
leucopygius, <$ , except in the lores which are uniformly black, in
the while of the under surface the cheeks and under wing-coverts
being white, and the rump of an ashy grey tint ; adult males (S.
nevhis f) from New Caledonia have the upper tail coverts white,
and the head, neck, wings, back, and tail black, like the New
Hebrides bird.
Mr. Sharpe has cleared up the mystery respecting Lalage
leacomela, vel L. leucomelcena, the Campophaga leucomela of Vigors
and Horsfield.
I find as synonyms of this species Lanius haru, Less, and Garn.
Campophaga har u, Gould, Bds. Aust. II. pi. 61 ; C. rufwentris, Gray
316 XOTES OX SOME RECEXTLY DESCRIBED BIRDS,
C. polygrammica, Gray, and many others. Lalage humeralis, of
Gould takes the older name of Lalage tricolor, the CeMepyris
tricolor of Swainson.
MUSCICAPIDJE.
Petrceca leggii, Sharpe.
Under this name I find our common scarlet breasted robin,
the Petroica multicolor of Swainson ; {nee. Gmelin). It appears
that the true Petroica multicolor of Gmelin, the Red bellied Fly-
catcher of Latham, is the Norfolk Island bird, Muscicapaerythrog aster
of Latham, and Petroica erythrogasti a of Gould's Bds. Aust., fol.
Vol. III., pi. 4.
Petrceca ramsayi, Sharpe.
A new species distinguished from Petrceca goodenovii, ( Vig. and
Horsfield.) chiefly in having a scarlet instead of a black throat, it
comes from Western Australia.
The name of Petrceca bicolor must be retained for the Melanodryas
cucullata of Gould, as Mr. Sharpe informs us, the description of
P. cucullata " can never apply to P. bicolor."
Gerygoxe.
Mr. Sharpe divides the Gerygones into two genera ; Gerygone,
proper with the eigthth primary quill nearly equal to the second
and much longer than the secondaries ; the culmen exceeding in
length the hind toe and claw, and Pseudogerygone, in which " the
second primary quill is about equal to the secondaries, and the
nostrils linear, shut in by a membrane, bristles scanty." Under
Gerygone are G. albogularis and G. cinerascens, Sharpe, a new species
from New Guinea and Victoria Eiver, North Australia.
Under Pseudogerygone, are placed the Australian species P.
culicivora, P. magnirostris, P. fusca, P. Icevig aster, P. per sonata, P.
chloronota and P. Ifastersii, (Gerygone simplex, Masters) being a
BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.L.8. .'] 1 7
good species will also come under this division, with Gerygone
insular is, Ramsay, from Lord Howe's Island.
Next comes an Australian new genus, Heteromias, created
for the Pacilodryas ? cinereifrons, Ramsay ; this is a peculiar
anomalous form allied to the Pachycephalalincea,nd the Wood-robins,
Pacilodryas.
Under Pacilodryas of Mr. Gould are placed the Australian
species P. cerviniventris, P. superciliosa, Eopsaltria capita, of. Gould,
and Eupsaltria nana of Ramsay. I cannot see the affinity of the
two last with the genus Pacilodryas of Gould.
Maltjrus G-ouldi, Sharpe.
Among the Maluridco, — Australian AVrens, — the only correction
I find is that the Malurus longicaudus of Gould is not identical
with the bird under that name mentioned by Temminck, (Man.
d'Orn. 1820, p. lxviii., see Sundeval Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist,
xviii., 1846. p. 2-52 — o). The Tasmanian bird then, which also
occurs in South Australia and Victoria, (the JI. longicaudatus
of Gould,) will be known as Malurus gouldi, Sharpe.
Malurus dorsalis, Lew in.
This is the Sylvia dorsalis of Lewin, Bds. of New Holl., pi. 14.
the Malurus brownii, of Yigv and Horsf., and the M. cruentatus
of Gould.
A large series of specimens in the Australian Museum tend to
prove that so far from them being three distinct species, they
may all prove to belong to one and the same species. The N. S.
W. JI. nielanocepkalus are the lightest colored and have more of an
orange tint in the crimson of the back ; those from Rockingham
Bay, and the Gulf of Carpentaria, are a little smaller, and of a
darker tint, while those from Cape York, Port Essington, and
Port Darwin, are the smallest and darkest, the wings are more
or less brown in the younger birds, and become more or less black
318 NOTES ON SOME RECENTLY DESCRIBED BIRDS,
in the adults of those found north of Rockingham Bay. There
are several species of New South Wales birds represented in
North Australia by species differing only in intensity of coloring
and size ; for instance Pitta strepitans, Lopholaimus antarcticus,
Carpopliaga magnified, Astur novce-hollandice, Malurus lamberti.
Rhipidtjra.
Under this genus the Tasmanian form of R. albiscapa, is very
properly separated into a distinct species, under the name of
Rhipidura saturata. It is probable however, that this name will not
stand, having been used by Salvador^' already for R. maculipectus
of Gray. I therefore propose to distinguish this bird under the
name R. sharpei. R. saturata, Salvadori, is from Salvatti.f
Bhipidura tricolor, Vieillot.
This proves to be the oldest of the numerous specific names
given to our Rhip. motac ill o ides of Yig. and Horsf. ; pi. 86 of
Gould's Bds. of Australia.
a. R.motacilloides ; b. R. picata, Gould; c. R. melanoleuca; are
mentioned as varieties of this species.
Myiagra rubecula, Lath.
This is the Todus rubecula, of Latham, and the Myiagra plumbea
of Yig. and Horsfield, but not the M. nidida of Gould, as stated
by me in P.L.S., of N. S. Wales II., p. 182.
Under the genus Piezorhynchus, we find Gould's Monarcha
trivirgata, which not being identical with the Monarcha
(Drymophila) trivirgata of Temminck — must take the name of M.
gouldi, Gray. The true M. trivirgata, Temm. is from Timor. Mr.
Sharpe unites Monarcha, or as he calls it Piezorhynchus gouldi, the
New South Wales bird, with the Piezorhynchus albiventris, Gould,
of Cape York ; this is undoubtedly an error, as the birds from
* Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. xii , p. 323. (1878).
f Since writing the above I find Mr. Sharpe has altered the name of this
species to R. diemenensis.
BY E. T. RAMSAY, F.L.S. ,'J 1 9
these localities are quite distinct and must retain the names given
to them by Gray and Gould.
M. leueotis, Gould, is also placed in the Genus Piezorhynchm.
Under Mbnarcha, the Australian species described are Mbnarcha
melanopsis, the Mmcicapa melanopsts of Vieillot, — the M. carinata
of Yig. andHorsf., and of Gould's Birds of Aust., Vol. II., pi. 9-5.
Unfortunately an error occurs here, the young bird of 31.
mdanopsis being- described as a female — in the adults both sexes are
alike in plumage.
Mbnarcha canescens, Salvadori, a new species, said by D'Albertis,
to come from Cape York, most probably a New Guinea bird, in
coloration it is closely allied to the preceding.
It will be seen I have only referred to the Australian species in
Mr. Sharpe's Catalogue, as being of most interest to ornithologists
here ; and taking into consideration the poor material he has had
to work from, the greatest praise is due to Mr. Sharpe's ability
and untiring energy. I am sure all ornithologists will congratulate
Mr. Sharpe on the appearance of the fourth Volume of his work
" Catalogue of Birds " and trust the learned author may have
long life and health to complete so great an undertaking.
Ox some Additional New Genera and Species of
Amphlpodous Crustaceans.
By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.
[Plates XVIII.— XXIV.]
GROUP NORMALIA.
Fam. OECHESTIDiE.
Genus Allorchestes, Dana.
Allorchestes niger, sp. nov.
Eyes round. Superior antennas nearly as long as the cephalon
and the first two segments of the pereion ; first joint of peduncle
320 ON SOME NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OE AMPOTPODA,
short, about half the length of the cephalon ; second and third
shorter ; flagellum of nine articuli. Inferior antennae twice as
long as the superior pair ; flagellum much longer than peduncle,
the articuli nearly twice as broad as long at the proximal end,
becoming narrower and longer towards the extremity ; seta3 few
and short. Anterior gnathopoda with a lamellar, hair-bordered
process on the carpus ; propodos ovoid, twice as long as broad,
palm short, oblique, with a defining spine. Posterior gnathopoda
with the carpus small, triangular ; the propodos irregularly heart-
shaped with the palm oblique, defined by a triangular tooth, and
armed with a row of spines ; the dactylos with a small tooth at
its base on the inner side. Pereiopoda subequal, with a few
setae on the borders of the segments. Colour blackish purple or
brown. Length one-fifth in.
Hab. Among sea-weed on Clark Island, Port Jackson; common.
Fam. GAMMABIDzE.
Genus Cyproidia (novum).
Body broad. Pereion and pleon of equal length. Coxa) of
gnathopoda very small. Coxa3 of the first and second pairs of
pereiopoda enormously developed ; and cemented bogetherto form
broad and deep lateral shields, concealing almost entirely the
gnathopoda and pereipoda, and extending forwards to the sides
of the cephalon, and backwards as far as the posterior border of
the sixth segment of the pereion, excavated posteriorly for the
amalgamated shallow coxae of the third and fourth pereiopoda.
Coxa? of the last pair of pereiopoda very small. Antenna? subequal,
superior without an appendage. Mandibles with a palp.
Maxillipedes unguiculate ; both basos and ischium armed with
small squamiform plates. Gnathopoda subcheliform. Pereiopoda
slender. Posterior pleopoda biramous. Telson single.
Cyproidia ornata, sp. nor. (PL XYIII. fig. 1.)
Cephalon with a slight rostral prolongation. Eyes round.
Superior antennae nearly as long as the cephalon and the first two
BY WILLIAM A. HARWELL, U.A., I 32l
segments of the pereion ; first segment of the peduncle stout, half
as long as the cephalon ; second segment longer and narrower
than the first, ending distaHy in an upper, longer, and a lower,
shorter, blunt tooth ; third segment similar to the articuli of the
flagellum ; flagellum equal in length to the peduncle. Inferior
antennae about equal in length to the superior pair, inserted
considerably behind the latter ; second joint of the peduncle the
longest ; flagellum shorter than the last segment of the peduncle,
of four or five articuli. Mandibles with a three-jointed palp ; the
incisive edged armed with eight conical teeth. Maxillipedes with
the dactylos long, pointed. Anterior gnathopoda having the
carpus triangular, its distal and inferior angle produced and
armed terminally with a few spines ; propodos ovoid, narrowed
distally, longer than the carpus, palm not defined ; dactylos
slender, acute, about two-thirds of the length of the propodos, its
inner border armed in about a half of its extent with fine denticles.
Posterior gnathopoda with the ischium, meros, and carpus, each
produced distally and inf eriorly ; ischium short, its process longer
than its body, gently curved, armed with one ortwosetre ; meros
a little longer than the ischium, its process very short, armed at
the extremity with a few setce ; carpus large, the inf ero-distal
process longer than the body, pointed and nearly straight, armed
internally with a row of setae ; propodos a little longer than the
process of the carpus, oblong, twice as long as broad ; dactylos
short, stout. Pereiopoda subeqnal, slender, the basa very narrow.
Three posterior pairs of pleopoda biramous, devoid of seta3, the
rami styliform, slender, pointed and slightly curved. Telson
sub-conical, laterally compressed, subacute. Colour light pink,
with minute brown and red dots forming a lobed pattern on the
coxa). Length 3/20ths in.
Hal. Clark Island, Port Jackson, amongst sea-weed at low-
water mark.
Cyproidia lineata, sp. nov. (PL XV 111., fig- 2.)
Body very convex. Lateral plates rather deeper than the
pereion ; the division between the two constituent coxes geniculate.
$22 OX SOME XEW GENERA AND SPECIES OE AMPHIPODA,
Ceplialon with a slight rostral prolongation. Posterior segments
of the pleon compressed. Eyes large, round, red. Superior
antennae as long as the ceplialon and the first three segments of
the pereion ; peduncle stout, the second segment produced
above into a strong tooth at the distal end ; nagelluni longer than
the peduncle, tapering, of about seven articnli. Inferior antenna)
rather longer than the superior pair ; peduncle and nagelluni
subecjual. Anterior gnathopoda with the propodos oblong, more
than twice as long as broad, the palm oblique, short, armed with
a few very short hairs. Posterior gnathopoda with the carpus
produced inf ero-distally into a prominent, distally rounded j)rocess
armed terminally with a few hairs ; propodos ovate, narrowed
distally, palm oblique, defined by the distal process of the carpus,
armed with a few short bristles. Pereiopoda sub equal, slender.
Last three pairs of pleopoda successively decreasing in length
posteriorly 5 rami short, pointed, unarmed. Telson very large,
laterally compressed, blade-like, nearly as long as the last pair
of pleopoda, the upper border convex, the lower nearly straight.
Ornamented with numerous brown dots disposed in lines on the
lateral shields and the body. Length about l/10tli in.
Hal. Clark Island, Port Jackson.
Sub-family LYSIANASSIDES.
Genus Glycera, Haswell.
Glycera tenuicornis, mihi.
Glycera tenuicornis, HaswdJ, Proc. Linn. Soc, JY.S.JF., p. 257.
I
I have recently obtained a specimen of this peculiar species in
Port Jackson. The original habitat was the Howick Group of
Islands, off the North-east coast of Australia, so that its range
would appear to be very extensive.
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 323
Genus Lysianassa, Edwards.
Lysianassa australiensis, sp. nov. (PL XVIIL, fig. 3.)
Resembles L. nitons, mihi, but lias the e}Tes smaller, and the
propodos of the posterior gnathopoda narrower, with the dactylos
rudimentary.
There are two varieties of this form, the one with the inferior
antenna? short, and the other with these organs as long as the
body ; but I am unable to state whether or no these may be
sexual characters.
Sab. Port Jackson (common).
Sub-fam. STEGOCEPHALIDES.
Genus Montagua, Spence Bate.
Montagua Miersii, sp. nov. (PL XXIV., fig. 4.)
Coxae of the posterior gnathopoda and the two first pairs of
pereiopoda much deeper than their respective segments. Superior
and inferior antennae subequal in length, equal in length to the
cephalon and first three segments of the pereion ; the peduncles
stout, rather shorter than the flagella. Anterior gnathopoda
small, the propodos subquadrate, the palm nearly transverse.
Posterior gnathopoda with the propodos large, .cordif orm ; the
palm oblique, undefined. Pereiopoda subequal, rather stout.
Colour yellow with brown markings. Length about 3/20ths in.
Sab. Port Jackson.
I have named this species after Mr. E. J. Miers, F.L.S., of the
British Museum.
Montagua longicornis, sp. nov. (PL XXIY., fig. 5.)
Coxae scarcely so deep as in the preceding sj)ecies. Superior
antennae as long as the cephalon and pereion. Inferior antenna)
a little shorter than the superior. Anterior gnathopoda with the
propodos very small, subquadrate, the palm nearly transverse.
324 ON SOME NEW GENERA .VXD SPECIES OF AMPIQPODA,
Posterior gnathopoda with the propodos long-ovate; palm
undefined, fringed with long hairs. Length about 3 20ths in.
Hal. Port Jackson.
Sub-fam. rilOXIDES.
Genus QEdicerus, Kroyer.
(Edicerus latrans, sp. nov. (PL XIX., fig. 1.)
Rostrum curved downwards, acute. Eyes oval, very large.
Antennae subequal, as long as the cephalon and first two segments
of the pereion. Superior pair with the peduncle short, stout, the
first segment much larger than the other two ; flagellum more
than twice as long as the peduncle. Inferior pair with the
peduncle stout, the third, fourth and fifth segments subequal,
short ; flagellum more than twice as long as the peduncle.
Maxillipedes with fairly large squainiform plates and a stout
dactylos. Gnathopoda sub-equal, rather la'rge ; propodos ovoid,
narrowed slightly distally — that of the second pair rather larger
than that of the first ; dactylos about half the length of the
propodos. Two anterior pairs of pereiopoda subequal, sub-
foliaceous, armed with a few long hairs; dact}dos absent. Third
pair similar to the first and second, but with the coxae narrower
and hardly so deep. Fifth pair very much longer than the others ;
the basos ovate ; all the other segments narrow and elongate,
bordered with short hairs. Posterior pleopoda foliaceous, pointed,
bordered with long hairs. Telson squamiform, slightly cleft.
Ilab. Bondi Bay, New South Wales ; found burrowing in the
sand, the falling waves washing them out of their place of
concealment.
A species of the same genus {(Edicerus fossor), with precisely
similar habits, is described by Stimpson (Proe. Acad. Nat. Set..
Pliilad. 1855.) as found at Botany Bay.
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 325
(EcTicerus arenicola, sp. nov? (PI. XXIV., fig. 3 )
Ceplialon slightly produced. Third and fourth segments of tho
pleon with an obscure longitudinal ridge in the middle dorsal line.
Eyes rather small, round. Superior antennae as long as the
ceplialon and the first four segments of the pereion ; peduncle
stout; flagellum subequal with the peduncle, of 15 articuli.
Inferior antennte about equalling the superior in length ; flagellum
and peduncle subequal, the former composed of 14 articuli.
Gnathopoda subequal, hairy, larger in the male than in the
female, the carpus in both pairs subtriangular, produced at its
inferior and distal angle, rather larger in the posterior j)air ;
propodos ovate, dactylos rather more than half as long as the
propodos ; palm not defined. Two first pairs of pereiopoda
f oliaceous, dactylos absent ; third and fourth pairs subequal,
similar to the first and second, but with the basos broader, and
with a very small, conical dactylos ; fifth pair very long, the distal
segments slender, armed with a few short setpe. Posterior
pleopoda having the rami narrow, ovate, bordered internally
toward the apex with slender hairs. Length 3/10ths in.
Hob. Shark Island, Port Jackson ; found burrowing in sand
above high-water mark.
Seems to resemble closely the (Edicerus fossor of Stimpson ; and
may prove to be identical with that species.
Grenus Ueothoe, Dana.
Urothoe pinguis, sp. nov. (PL XIX., fig. 2.)
Body very thick. Eyes small, reniform. Superior antennaa as
long as the cephalon and first segment of the pereion ; peduncle
very stout, first segment the largest, third very small ; flagellum
as long as the peduncle, of fifteen articuli ; appendage two-thirds
of the length of the flagellum, composed of ten articuli. Inferior
antennso longer than the superior pair ; peduncle very thick,
fourth joint the largest, fifth about two-thirds of the length of
the fourth and more slender, both fringed below with long hairs ;
326 ON SOME NEW GENEEA AND SPECIES OF AMPHIPODA,
flagelluni as long as the two last segments of the peduncle.
Mandibles with a broad foliaceous palp. Maxillipedes with a
strong dactylos and with small, spine-fringed, squamiform plates
on both basos and ischium. Gnathopoda large ; anterior pair
with the carpus three-fourths of the length of the propodos ; the
propodos ovoid, swollen ; the palm not defined ; the dactylos half
as long as the propodos ; posterior pair larger than the anterior,
carpus small, subtriangular ; propodos ovate, palm defined by a
prominent angle ; dactylos rather more than half as long as the
propodos. First two pairs of pereiopoda subequal, sub-foliaceous,
the basos about thrice as long as broad, the meros ovate, hairy ;
the carpus broad, with a slight angular projection on its posterior
border to which are attached a number of long hairs ; propodos
nearly equal in length to the carpus, narrow ; dactylos small.
Third pair with its coxa extending forward nearly to the anterior
boundary of the fourth segment ; basos broader at its distal than
at its proximal end ; meros produced posteriorly, broader than
long, armed behind with five large, triangular teeth ; carpus as
long as the meros, but narrower, armed behind with four triangular
teeth ; propodos rather longer than the carpus, about half as
broad ; dactylos almost straight, acute ; all the segments except
the first and last fringed with long hairs. Fourth pair longer
than the third, hairy ; basos broadly ovate ; meros very large,
twice as broad as long, with seven teeth on its posterior border
carpus as long as the meros, not quite so broad, narrowing distally
propodos long, narrow. Fifth pair much smaller than the others
basos expanded posteriorly, the posterior border finely serrated
meros and carpus subequal, not expanded ; propodos equal in
length to the carpus, but narrower ; dactylos straight, acute.
Rami of posterior pleopoda lanceolate, serrated on the edges.
Halves of telson ovate, armed with a few hairs on the outer side
and a terminal spine. Length 2/5ths in.
Sal. Bondi, New South Wales, cast on the beach during a
storm.
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWSCLL, M.A., B.SC. 327
Genus Iphimedia, Kathke.
Iphimedia V ambigua, sp. nor. (PI. XXIV., fig. 2.)
Cejmalon with, a long, pointed rostrum. First segment of the
pereion broad ; the second to the sixth, inclusive, very narrow,
the seventh and the first three segments of the pleon very wide ;
the seventh segment of the pereion and the first three segments
of the pleon each armed with an acute spine on each side near
the middle dorsal line, and another at the postero-lateral angle ;
third segment armed in addition with an acute, curved spine
situated between the lateral angle and the dorsal spine. Coxre
of the gnathopoda and the two anterior pairs of pereiopoda deep,
that of the second pair of pereiopoda excavated behind for that
of the third pair, the latter together with the two following pairs
with a spine-like posterior angle. Antenna? subequal, the inferior
pair rather longer than the superior. Anterior gnathopoda
slender, filiform. Posterior gnathopoda slender, sub-ch elate.
Basos of the third pair of pereiopods armed on the posterior
border with an acute spine near the proximal end ; basos of the
fourth pair with two short spines, that of the fifth pair with the
posterior border serrate and armed with an acute spine near its
distal extremity. Last pair of pleopoda biramous, the inner
ramus longer than the outer, bi-articulate. Telson scale-like,
entire. Colour red with brown dots. Length 3/30ths in.
Sub-fam. GAMMABIDES.
Genus Atyltjs, Leach.
Atylus monoculoides, sp. nov. (PL XVIIL, fig. 4.)
Eyes very large, nearly meeting above. Superior antenna} as
long as the cephalon and first six segments of the pereion ; first
segment of the peduncle rather shorter than the cephalon, stout ;
second narrower and shorter, third scarcely distinguishable from
the articuli of the fiagellum ; nagellum nearly twice as long as
the peduncle ; articuli broader than long at the proximal end,
328 OX SOME NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OP AMPHIPOEA,
longer than broad distally, each armed with fasciculi of setae both
above and below, every second articulus slightly expanded at its
infero-distal angle and tipped with auditory cilia. Inferior
antenna) rather shorter than the superior pair ; third joint of
peduncle short, very stout, fourth and fifth subequal, the latter
rather narrower than the former ; flagellum as long as the last
two segments of the peduncle ; articuli very much broader than
long at the proximal end, becoming longer than broad towards
the extremity. Maxillipedes with a well-developed squamiform
plate on the ischium and a smaller one on the basos. Gnathopoda
ejual, similar, the propodos ovoid, narrower distally than
proximally, the palm not defined. Pereiopoda short and stout,
bordered with fine setae, the two last pair rather longer than the
third. Last three pairs of pleopoda with slender, acute, st}diform
rami, armed with a few fine seta) and slightly curved at the apex.
Telson triangular, blunt, cleft in rather more than half its length.
Colour light olive with a few red spots on the antenna) ; eyes
blue-black. Length ^ in.
Hab. Clark Island, Port Jackson, found about low- water mark
enclosed in masses of alga) and polyzoa.
Atylus lippus, sj). nov. (PL XX., fig. 1.)
Eyes roundish, the pigment scattered. Superior antenna) as
long as the cephalon and first five segments of the pereion ;
segments of the peduncle short and stout, the first the largest,
the third very small, scarcely distinguishable from the articuli of
the flagellum ; flagellum twice as long as the peduncle ; the
articuli longer than broad, each armed both above and below
at the distal end with a few setae, every fourth dilated inferiorly
and distally, and crowned with stout cilia. Inferior antennae
longer than the superior pair ; flagellum more than twice as long
as the peduncle ; the segments short, broader than long, ornamented
at the distal end with a fasciculus of curved setae both above and
below. Gnathopoda subequal, bordered with a fringe of short
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 329
liairs on the nieros, carpus and propoclos ; propodos ovate ; palm
undefined. Kami of posterior pleopoda f oliaceous, serrated on the
borders, the serrations armed each witn one or two short seta?.
Telson triangular, truncate, cleft in rather more than half its length.
Length ] in.
Hah. Clark Island, Port Jackson.
This species is characterised mainly by the irregular form of
the eyes, and the shortness of the peduncles of the antenna).
Leucothoe nova3-hollandia3, sjj. nov. (PL XX., fig. 2.)
Body thick. Pleon considerably shorter than the pereion.
Cephalon small ; first segment of the pereion very broad, tumid.
Eyes oval. Superior antenna) a little longer than the cephalon
and first segment of the pereion ; first two segments of peduncle
subequal — the second slightly longer than the first — the third
about one-third of the length of the second ; flagellum as long as
the last two segments of the peduncle, very slender. Inferior
antenna) subequal with superior ; flagellum very slender, rather
longer than the last segment of the peduncle. Maxillipedes with
a strong dactylos and well-developed squamiform plates — those of
the basa united together in the middle line. Anterior gnathopoda
large, complexly subchelate ; carpus much larger than the
propodos, irregularly triangular — the proximal (apical) and
superior angles rounded off, the iiif ero-distal angle produced into
an incurved pointed process, about one-half as long as the rest of
the segment ; propodos less than two-thirds of the length of the
carpus, rather longer than broad, terminating in a straight edge,
its dorsal border concave, ventral convex and closely applied to
the inf ero-distal process of the carpus ; dactylos absent. Posterior
gnathopoda simply sub-chelate, with a small meros, a sub-
triangular carpus, slightly produced at both of its distal angles ;
the propodos large, more than twice as long as broad, its dorsal
border convex in its proximal two-thirds, concave near the distal
end, ventral border slightly convex ; palm oblique, slightly
330 ON SOME NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF AMPHIPODA,
excavated, armed with a varying number of blunt teeth ; dactylos
more than half as long as the propodos. First and second pairs
of coxa) as deep as their respective segments ; third and fourth
rather deeper ; fifth scarcely half as deep as the fourth. Three
posterior pairs of pereiopoda subequal, rather short. Fourth
pair of pleopoda longer than the fifth and sixth ; fifth and sixth
subequal, with short, styliform, slightly curved rami. Telson
triangular, blunt. Colour light pink, uearly white. Length f in.
Genus Hapmomia f novum J.
Coxae not so deep as their respective segments. Superior
antenna) with an appendage. Inferior antennae longer than the
superior pair. Mandibles with a palp. Maxillipedes unguiculate
sub-pediform, provided with a squamiform plate on the basos
only. Ghiathopocla subchelate, unequal, posterior pair very large.
Pereiopoda stout. Posterior pleopoda biramous, the rami short,
conical. Telson single, elongate.
This genus, of which I have as yet observed but one species
has affinities with Eurystheus and Amathia, but is distinguished
from the former by the form of the telson and the stoutness of
fhe pereiopoda, and from the latter mainly by the large size of
the posterior gnathopoda.
Harmomia crassipes, sp. un. (PI. XIX., fig. 3.)
Superior antennae as long as the cephalon and first six segments
of the pereion, first and second segments of the peduncle subequal,
the second narrower than the first, third scarcely distinguishable
from the articuli of the flagellum, flagellum rather longer than the
peduncle. Inferior antennae longer than the superior pair ; peduncle
and flagellum subequal. Anterior gnathopoda small ; propodos
ovoid; palm oblique, undefined. Posterior gnathopoda much larger
than the anterior pair ; carpus sub-triangular ; propodos irregularly
ovoid, palm oblique, excavate, defined by a triangular tooth, and
armed with another of similar form near the distal end. Two
BY WILLIAM A. EASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 331
anterior pairs of pereiopoda subequal ; three posterior pairs with
the basa oblong, twice as long as broad, the other joints very
broad, the dactylos very stout ; fourth pair smaller than the fifth
and sixth. Eanii of the fourth pair of pleopoda as long as the
protopodite ; those of the fifth pair shorter ; those of the sixth
pair very short, conical, armed with a few straight setre. Telson
simple, conical, compressed. Colour brown. Length 3/20ths in.
Hal. Clark Island, Port Jackson.
Genus Eusirus, Kroyer.
Eusirus dubius, sp. nov. (PI. XX., fig. 3.)
Last segment of the pereion with a median posterior spine.
First two segments of the pleon each with five spines ; fourth
and fifth segments strongly keeled, the keel ending behind in an
acute tooth. Eyes round. Superior antennae equalling in length
the cephalon and first three segments of the pereion ; first segment
of the peduncle compressed from above downwards, nearly as
long as the cephalon ; second much shorter ; third scarcely
distinguishable from the articuli of the flagellum. Flagellum
longer than the peduncle, with a well-developed secondary
appendage. Inferior antennae half as long as the body ; the
peduncle longer than the superior pair ; third segment very short;
£he others long, the fifth rather longer than the fourth ; flagellum
slightly longer than the last segment of the peduncle. Maxillipedes
with a strong pointed dactylos, devoid of squamiform plates.
Anterior gnathopoda with the carpus closely applied to the
propodos, having a palmar process armed with a bunch of hairs ;
propodos ovate, longer than the cephalon. Posterior gnathopoda
larger than the anterior pair, the carpus and propodos of a similar
form ; the latter longer than the cephalon and first segment of
the pereion. Pereiopoda very long, the two anterior pairs slender,
the others broad, with the basa oblong, serrated behind. Posterior
pleopoda slightly shorter than the fifth pair, the rami broad,
332 ON SOME NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF AMPHIPODA.
lanceolate, serrated. Telson as long as the protopodite of the
posterior pleopoda, deeply cleft ; the halves compressed, ending
each in two acute spines, of which the outer is much more
prominent than the inner. Length about \ in,
JIab. Tasmania. (Macleay Museum.)
This species probably approximates near enough to>E. cuspidatus
and E. Helvetia to be placed in the same genus ; although the
form of the maxillipedes appears to be rather different.
Genus MraitA, Leach.
Mcera dentif era, sjp. nov. (PI. XX., fig. 4.)
Superior antennae equal in length to the cephalon and first four
segments of the pereion ; third segment of the peduncle two-thirds
of the length of the second ; flagellum as long as the last two
segments of the peduncle, of about ten articuli, each ornamented,
like the peduncle, with several longish hairs; appendage well-
developed, of five articuli. Inferior antennoe slightly longer than
the superior ; fourth and fifth segments of the peduncle sub-equal;
flagellum half as long again as the last segment of the peduncle
of about twelve articuli ; both peduncle and flagellum armed with
slender hairs, which are longer on the former. Anterior
gnathopoda small ; propodos ovate, palm not defined. Posterior
gnathopoda very large ; meros with a pointed process at its inf ero-
distal angle ; carpus short, sub -triangular ; propodos about six
times the length of the carpus, broad at the base, narrowing
distally ; palm two-thirds of the length of the propodos, concave,
with a low protuberance at its distal end, armed with fasciculi of
long hairs, and defined by a long spine-like tooth ; dactylos nearly
as long as the propodos. Rami of posterior pleopoda scarcely
larger than the others, lanceolate, armed with a few bristles.
Telson small, the segments conical. Colour light olive with
minute black dots. Length l/5th in.
Hal. Clark Island, Port Jackson ; among sea- weed.
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, Bff.A., B.SC. 3,30
Moera hamigera, <^. nov. (PL XXL, fig-. 1.)
Superior antennae as long as the cephalon and pereion ; second
segment of the peduncle longer and narrower than the first ; third
half the length of the second ; flagellum nearly as long as the
peduncle; appendage of four articuli. Inferior antenna) as long
as the first two segments of the peduncle of the superior pair ;
flagellum longer than the last segment of the peduncle. Anterior
gnathopoda small ; propodos ovate, hairy ; palm not defined.
Posterior gnathopoda unequal; left a little larger than the
anterior, and of similar form ; right very large ; meros produced
infero-clistally into a short pointed prominence ; carpus sub-
triangular ; propodos four times as long as the carpus, slightly
broader distally than proximally, greatest breadth about half the
length, upper and lower borders nearly straight ; palm oblique,
with three irregular teeth, the defining one sub-acute, the others
blunt ; dactylos short, hooked. Posterior pleopoda with the rami
ovate, serrated, armed with setae on the serrations and at the
extremity. Length h in.
Hah. Clark Island, Port Jackson.
Moera viridis, sp. nov. (PL XXI., fig. 2.)
Eyes round. Superior antennae as long as the cephalon and
the first five segments of the pereion ; second joint of the peduncle
slightly longer and narrower than the first, third short ; fiagellum
rather longer than the last two segments of the peduncle ;
appendage half as long as the flagellum, of five elongated articuli.
Inferior antennae inserted rather behind the superior pair, their
peduncle subequal with the peduncle of the latter, the flagellum
not longer than the last segment of the peduncle. Squamiform
plates of the maxillipedes bordered with curved spines. Anterior
gnathopoda small ; propodos ovate, palm oblique, not defined.
Posterior gnathopoda very large ; carpus irregularly triangular,
closely applied to the propodos which is very large (as long as
the cephalon and first three segments of the pereion) oblong,
334 ON SOME NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF AMPHIPODA,
rather broader distally than proximally, the palm transverse,
armed with three large compressed teeth; dactylos armed
internally with two teeth. Three anterior pairs of pereiopoda
subequal in length ; two posterior pairs longer ; basa of the three
last pairs more than half as broad as long, minutely serrated ;
mera broad, strongly convex behind ; meros, carpus, and propodos
serrated and hairy on the borders. Posterior pleopoda biramons,
the rami unequal, phylloid, the larger with three small notches
on its outer border, smooth on its inner ; the smaller with both
borders smooth, truncate and armed with a few straight hairs.
Telson with the segments compressed, terminating each in two
teeth, of which the inner is the more prominent, and armed with
several straight spines. Colour light green. Length £ in.
The female has the palm of the posterior gnathopoda straight,
and the meros of the two last pairs of pereiopoda narrower than
the male.
Hal. Clark Island, Port Jackson.
This species resembles M. truncatipes, Spinola, in the form of
the posterior gnathopoda and other points ; but differs from it in
the form of the posterior pleopoda. From M. quadrimanus, Dana,
to which it is also nearly allied, it differs in the form of the basa
of the three posterior pairs of pereiopoda. Prom Mcera Ramsay i,
Haswell, to which it also has a singular superficial likeness it
differs in the absence of spines on the pleon, and in the shortness
of the rami of the last pair of pleopoda.
Mcera approximans, sp. nov. (PL XXL, fig. 3.)
Pesembles M. dentifera, but has the posterior gnathopoda sub-
quadrate with the palm oblique, convex, defined by a small
conical tooth.
Ha b. Clark and Shark Islands, Port Jackson.
Mcera Pamsayi, mihi.
Melita(?) Eamsayi, Haswell, Proc. Lin. Soc. A\S.JF., p. 264.
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 335
The discovery of several specimens with the posterior pleopoda
complete has shewn that this species ought to be placed in the
present genus.
Genus Megamcera, Spence Bate.
Megamcera sub-carinata, sp. nov. (PL XXI., fig. 4.)
Fourth segment of the pleon dorsally carinate, the carina
projecting posteriorly in the form of a compressed tooth. Superior
antennae nearly as long as the cephalon and perion ; first two
segments of the peduncle subequal, the first rather stouter ; third
very short ; appendage minute ; flagellum longer than the peduncle
Peduncle of inferior antennae rather shorter than that of superior
pair; flagellum shorter than the last two segments of the peduncle.
Anterior gnathopoda stout, propodos small ; palm oblique,
undefined. Posterior gnathopoda large (in the male) ; meros and
carpus short, propodos ovate, narrower distally than proximally,
dorsal border nearly straight, ventral strongly convex, bordered
with hairs, palm defined by an obscure protuberance. Posterior
pleopoda with broad ovate rami, serrated externally, smooth
internally, emarginate, tipped with a few setae. Telson with the
segments compressed conical, emarginate, the extremity armed
with two acute teeth and a few bristles. Colour nearly white,
covered with minute brown dots, with two or three brown bands
on the antennae. Length 3/10ths in.
Hah. Port Jackson, (very common at low- water among algae,
etc), Botany Bay ; Port Stephens, (Macleay Museum).
Megamcera suensis, sp. nov. (PI. XXI., fig. 5.)
This species resembles the preceding in the form of the antennae,
the posterior pleopoda and telson and in the presence of a similar
pair of teeth on the fourth segment of the pleon, but differs from
it — besides other minor points — (1) in the possession of short
mesial teeth on the posterior border of the last segment of the
336 ON SOME NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF AMPHIPODA,
■pereion and first two segments of the pleon ; (2) in the direction
of the palm of the posterior gnathopoda, which is almost transverse.
Length 3/10thsin.
Ilab. Sue Island, Torres Straits (Chevert Exped.).
Megamoera Bceckii, sp. nov. (PL XXI., fig. 6.)
Eyes oblong. Superior antennae nearly as long as the cephalon
and pereion ; first two segments of the peduncle nearly equal in
length, third small ; flagellum longer than the peduncle ;
appendage composed of four elongated aiticuli. Inferior antenna)
scarcely two-thirds of the length of the superior pair; the flagellum
a little longer than the last segment of the peduncle. Anterior
gnathopoda with the propodos ovate, palm undefined, hairy.
Posterior gnathopoda having the carpus subtriangular ; the
propodos ovate, twice as long as broad, twice as long as that of
the anterior pair, the palm oblique, slightly excavate, with four
small teeth ; the dactylos rather more than one-third of the length
of the propodos. Posterior three pairs of pereiopoda rather stout,
serrated and bordered with setse. Eami of posterior pleopoda
short and broad, truncate, serrated and setiferous. Length
3/20ths in.
Hah. Clark Island, Port Jackson.
Grenus Wyvillea (novum).
Coxse scarcely so deep as their respective segments. Superior
antennae shorter than the inferior pair, appendiculate. Mandibles
with an appendage. Maxillipedes exunguiculate, squamiform
processes rudimentary. Gnathopoda subchelate, posterior pair
very large. Posterior pleopoda uniramous — the ramus large.
Telson simple, undivided.
I have named this genus in honour of Prof. Sir C. AVyville
Thomson.
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 337
Wyvillea longimanus, sp. unic. (PI. XXII., fig. 7.)
Eyes round. Superior antenna) rather longer than the cephalon
and first throe segments of the pereion ; first segment of the
peduncle short, thick ; second twice as long ; third rather smaller
than the second ; flagellum rather longer than the last segment
of the peduncle, of seven articuli ; appendage nearly one-fourth
of the length of the flagellum. Inferior antenna) stout, subpediform
with the peduncle equal in length to the superior pair ; flagellum
equal in length to the last segment of the peduncle, armed with
hairs which are slightly hooked at the points. Anterior
gnathopoda small ; propodos ovoid, narrowed distally ; palm
nearly longitudinal. Posterior gnathopoda very large ; carpus
short, subquadrate ; propodos elongated, four times as long as
broad, curved forwards, a blunt tooth at the proximal and another
at the distal end of the concave posterior border ; dactylos as long
as the propodos. Pereiopoda all short, broad, bordered with
seta), the two anterior pairs equal, shorter than the rest. Posterior
pleopoda with the outer ramus broad, lanceolate, armed on the
borders with a few setse, and terminating in two short, strong
seta). Telson conical, blunt. Length about £ in.
Hal. Port Jackson.
Fam. COEOPHIID^E.
Sub-fam. PODOCEELDES.
Genus Amphithoe, Leach.
Amphithoe quadrimanus, sp. nov. (PL XXL, fig. 7.)
Eyes small, round. Superior antenna? as long as the cephalon
and pereion ; flagellum thrice as long as the peduncle. Inferior
antenna) twice as long as the peduncle of the superior pair ; third
segment very stout, produced below at the distal end into a
rounded protuberance, clothed in common with the lower margins
of the fourth and fifth segments, with long pliunose hairs ;
338 ON SOME NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF AMPHirOlU,
flagellimi as long as the peduncle. Propodos of anterior
gnatliopoda sub-quadrate, a little broader distally tlian proximally,
palm nearly transverse, not denned. Posterior gnatliopoda with,
the meros and carpus both produced into a small tooth at their
inferior and distal angle ; propodos large, sub-quadrate, twice
as long as broad, palm nearly transverse, concave. Posterior
pleopoda reaching beyond the extremity of the preceding pair,
the outer ramus armed with three hooks, the inner foliaceous,
armed with slender straight spines, Telson armed with about
half-a-dozen slender spines. Length J in.
Ilab. Clark Island, Port Jackson.
Genus Podocerus, Leach.
Podocerus australis, sp. nor. (PI. XXL, fig. 8.)
Eyes small, round. Superior antenna) nearly as long as the
cephalon and first four segments of the pereion, armed below with
long hairs ; nagellum subequal with the last segment of the
peduncle, obscurely multiarticulate. Inferior antennae longer
than the superior pair, very stout ; flagellum much shorter than
the last segment of the peduncle, obscurely multiarticulate,
secondary appendage uni-articulate. Anterior gnatliopoda small,
the propodos ovate, the palm undefined. Posterior gnatliopoda
very large, carpus produced at its inferior and distal angle into a
long, curved, compressed, pointed process, which nearly equals
the propodos in length ; propodos large, thrice as long as broad,
convex dorsally, concave ventrally, the distal extremity armed
with an acute tooth near the insertion of the dactjdos ; dactylos
about two-thirds of the length of the propodos. Three anterior
pairs of pereiopoda very short ; two posterior pairs much longer^
Length l/5th in.
Hob. Port Jackson.
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 339
G-enus MiCRODEUTERorus, Costa.
Microcleuteropus Mortoni, sp. nov. (PI. XXII., fig. 2.)
Anterior gnathopoda large ; meros produced at its inferior and
distal angle into a long sharp spine which reaches beyond the distal
extremity of the carpus ; carpus larger than the propodos, oblong,
more than twice as long as broad, the upper border convex, the
lower straight ; propodos nearly as broad as the carpus at the
base, but narrowing slightly distally ; dactylos two-thirds of the
length of the propodos, minutely dentate on its inner border.
Last pair of pereiopoda longer than the others. Posterior
pleopoda short, the rami tipped with setae which are longer and
more slender than those on the preceding pairs. Telson conical,
tipped with about half-a-dozen setae similar to those on the
posterior pleopoda. Length 3/10ths in.
Sab. Clark Island, Port Jackson,
I have named this species after Mr. Alex. Morton, a very
intelligent and willing collector, to whose assistance I have
frequently been indebted.
Microcleuteropus tenuipes, %p. nov. (PI. XXII., fig. 1.)
Eyes round. Superior antennae as long as the cephalon and
first six segments of the pereion ; first segment of the peduncle
scarcely as long as the cephalon, second half as long again, and
much more slender ; third about one-fifth of the length of the
second ; flagellum longer than the peduncle, of about eighteen
elongated articuli, each tipped distally above and below with a
few short hairs. Inferior antennae about f our-fifths of the length
of the superior pair, sub-pedif orm, the peduncle ornamented below
with fasciculi of longish slender hairs ; flagellum shorter than the
last segment, ornamented with a few slender hairs on each articulus,
and with a few stouter hooked hairs at the apex. Anterior
gnathopoda with the carpus and propodos nearly equal in length,
the former sub-triangular, the latter ovate ; palm nearly
340 ON SOME NEW GENERA AND SrECIES OF AMrilirODA.
longitudinal, scarcely defined. Posterior gnathopoda similar in
shape to the anterior pair, but smaller, and with the palm directed
a little more transversely. Two anterior pairs of pereiopoda
short, stout ; third pair shorter than the fourth ; fifth much longer
than the fourth, slender. Fourth and fifth pairs of pleopoda with
stout, straight spines ; sixth pair with two or three spines like
those of the preceding pairs, and with two or three longer and
more slender spines or hairs, which are slightly curved at the
apex. Telson thick, truncate, armed above with two or three
slender spines. Length J in.
Hah. Clark Island, Port Jackson.
Microdeuteropus chelifer, sp. nov. (PI. XXII., fig. 3.)
Eyes small, round. Superior antenna) nearly as long as the
cephalon and the first six segments of the pereion ; flagellum
longer than the peduncle, appendage of three articuli. Inferior
antenna) sub-pediform, nearly as long as the superior ; peduncle
stout, much longer than that of the anterior pair ; flagellum
shorter than the last segment of the peduncle, obscurely multi-
articulate. Anterior gnathopoda very large ; carpus much larger
than the propodos, rounded proximally, becoming broader towards
the distal end, its distal border transverse, armed inferiorly with
two prominent teeth, of which the outer is longer and sharper
than the inner ; propodos much narrower than the carpus,
articulating with less than the upper two-thirds of the distal
border of the latter, twice as long as broad, convex above, concave
below, the inferior border armed with a small tubercle near the
proximal end, palm not defined ; dactylos with a few spine-like
teeth on its inner border. Posterior gnathopoda small ; carpus
and propodos subequal, the latter rather the longer, the former
ovate ; palm undefined. Two anterior pairs of pereiopoda stout ;
three posterior pairs with the basa long-ovate; the third pair
shorter than the fourth and fifth. Posterior pleopoda very small ;
BY WILLIAM A. HA.SWELL, M.A., B.SC. 341
rami short, sub-foliaceous, armed with slender hairs. Telson
conical, armed above with a few slender hairs. Length 1 '.3th in.
Sab. Clark Island, Port Jackson.
While M. australis, mihi, resembles the European species M.
Websteri, and M. tenuipes nearly approaches M. anomalies, the
present species finds its nearest ally in the commonest English
species — IT. gryllotalpa.
Sub-family COEOPHIIDES.
Genus Colomastix, Grube.
Colomastix Brazieri, sp. nov. (PI. XXII. , fig. 4.)
Eyes round, rather prominent. Superior antenna) as long as
the cephalon and first three segments of the pereion, sub-pedif orm,
extremely stout ; peduncle slightly compressed from above
downwards, trigonal ; first segment broader but shorter than the
second ; third half as long as the second ; flagelluni rudimentary,
of four small articuli. Inferior antenna) with the peduncle as
stout as that of the superior pair, slightly compressed ; flagelluni
of one articulus, armed with a few simple, straight hairs. Epistome
and labium veiy prominent. Anterior gnathopoda simple, filiform
exunguiculate, folded under the pereion, all the joints (except
the coxa) sub-cylindrical, slender. Posterior gnathopoda large,
carpus produced inferiorly, propodos ovate, palm oblique, toothed.
Two anterior pairs of pereipoda stout; three posterior pairs
sub equal, smaller than the first two. Sixth pair of pleopoda with
the outer ramus short, the inner twice as long, lanceolate, acute.
Telson conical, compressed. Colour light green. Length about
2/5ths in.
The female differs from the male in the smaller size of the
posterior gnathopoda, which have an undefined hairy palm, and
a very small dactylos.
Sab. Port Jackson, 2 — 10 fathoms.
A
/v
342 ON SOME NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF AMPHIPODA.
I have named this species after Mr. John Brazier, C.M.Z.S.,
from whom I obtained my first specimen.
Genus Cyrtophium, Dana.
Cyrtophium dentatmn, sp. nov. (PL XXII., fig. 5.)
Male. — Two last segments of the pereion, and two first of the
pleon projecting in the form of a tooth in the middle dorsal line.
Superior antennae as long as the cephalon and pereion ; first
segment of the peduncle short, second and third twice as long,
subequal, fringed below with long slender hairs ; a short, bi-
articulate appendage ; flagellum rather shorter than the last
segment of the peduncle, sex-articulate. Inferior antennae rather
longer than the body ; first segment of the peduncle short, stout ;
second twice as long ; third the longest ; fourth not half the length
of the third and slender ; flagellum scarcely as long as the last
segment of the peduncle, sex-articulate. Anterior gnathopoda
small, with the carpus and propodos subequal, the latter sub-
triangular, the palm nearly longitudinal, straight ; dactylos armed
•nternally with a few acute teeth ; meros, carpus, and propodos
with a few slender hairs. Posterior gnathopoda much larger
than the anterior ; meros with an acute spine on its posterior
border ; carpus small ; propodos long-ovoid, palmar border armed
with three prominent teeth, and fringed with numerous slender
hairs ; three setif erous notches on the dorsal border. Two anterior
pairs of pereiopoda subequal, bordered with setae ; three posterior
pairs subequal, longer than the others, setif erous ; basa long-
ovate ; dactyla large. Fourth and fifth pairs of pleopoda with
the rami unequal — the inner the longer — each armed with a few
straight spines. Last pair of pleopoda rudimentary with one or
two setae, almost concealed by the telsony'' Telson prominent,
conical, armed terminally with two slender spines. Colour grey
or red. Length 2£ lines. ^
Sal. Clark Island, Port Jackson.
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 343
OyrtopMum minutum, sp. nov. (PL XXII., fig-. 6.)
Anterior segments of the pleon slightly produced in the middle
dorsal line. Eyes very prominent.. Superior antennae as long
as the cephalon and the first six segments of the pereion ; flagellum
subequal with the last segment of the peduncle, of three articuli, of
which the first is much longer than the other two ; no appendage.
Inferior antennae equal in length to the superior pair ; flagellum
scarcely half as long as the last segment of the peduncle, obscurely
multiarticulate. Anterior gnathopoda very small, fringed with
long hairs ; propodos long-ovate ; palm undefined ; dactylos
nearly as long as the propodos. Posterior gnathopoda very large,
basos stout ; meros produced below into an angular protuberance ;
carpus sub-quadrate ; propodos ovate, dilated, dorsal border
strongly convex, palm defined by a prominent acute tooth, and
occupied distally by a rounded eminence ; ventral borders of
the meros and propodos ornamented with a close fringe of long
plumose hairs. Fourth pair of pleopoda with the outer ramus
much shorter and narrower than the inner ; both tipped with a
few short bristles. Fifth pair with the outer ramus styliform,
armed with one or two hairs at the apex, the inner foliaceous,
long-ovate, bordered internally with a few hairs. Nearly colourless,
with minute brown spots and a transverse brown band on the
cephalon at the base of the superior antennae. Length l/10th in.
JEal. Port Jackson,
Genus Icllitjs, Dana.
Icilius punctatus, sp. nov. (PL XXIII., fig. 1.)
Distinguished from I. anstralis chiefly by the greater breadth
of the rami of the three posterior pairs of pleopoda.
The eyes in this genus are truly compound. The mandibles
have their apex double — each half being armed with about six
teeth ; between the apex and the grinding tubercle is a row of
about half-a-dozen stout, non-ciliated spines; the grinding
344 ON SOME NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF AMPHIPODA,
tubercle is prominent and fringed with numerous cilia. The
inner lamella of the first pair of maxilla3 is short and narrow,
ciliated internally and armed distally with but three slender
ciliated spines which nearly equal the whole lamella in length :
the middle lamella is longer than the inner, its distal border is
straight and armed with about a dozen stoutish spines, which are
bifurcate near the extremity — one branch being very short, while
the other is longer and slightly incurved ; the inner border is
ciliated ; the external lamella is the most prominent, its distal
extremity is rounded, and is armed with short, stout, simple spines
with a few of more slender form extending also down about half
of the outer and less than one-third of the inner border — those
on the latter aspect being rather stouter than the rest. The
second pair of maxillae have both lamellae expanded, ovate in
outline, the inner rather shorter than the outer, armed at its
extremity and in about half of its inner surface with a series of
stoutish spines slightly curved at the tips ; the outer lamella is
armed at the distal extremity and in less than half of its inner
surface with two sets of spines — those of the one set similar in
size and form to those of the outer lamella, the others longer and
more slender. The basal j oint of the maxillipedes has its squamous
process oblong, with a straight, distal edge, and a rounded
external angle, and is armed at its distal extremity, and on the
distal and internal portion of its deep surface with small, curved,
ciliated spines. The squamous process of the ischium is much
longer than that of the basos, is long-ovate in general outline, but
has its inner border slightly concave about the middle of its extent,
while the outer border is strongly convex, the inner border is
armed with a uniserial row of slender non-ciliated hairs, which
are about equal in length to the breadth of the plate. The two
succeeding segments are very stout ; the meros is about half the
length of the carpus, and is armed with only two or three hairs,
while the latter is of irregular ovate form, more pointed at its
proximal than at its distal end, and fringed internally with a
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 345
series of very long, slender, non-ciliated "hairs. The propoclos is
of a clavate form, and furnished at the extremity with a dense
fasciculus of hairs similar to those on the carpus ; almost concealed
amongst these is the slender, pointed clactylos, which equals the
propodos in length. The two first pairs of pereiopoda are large
and prehensile in the male, the propodos being short and broad,
with a deeply excavated, spine-armed palm, and the dactylos
stout and long. The mode of locomotion when the animal is
removed from the water resembles that of the terrestrial Isopoda.
The present species lives in colonies on the surface of calcareous
sponges (particularly Veluspa polymojphaj, growing in a fathom
or two of water in Port Jackson. The surface of the body and
limbs is covered with numerous minute red or grey spots.
Gemis incertcd sedis.
Grenus Polychekia. (novum.)
Pereion broad; pleon compressed, more or less carinate.
Antennae sub-equal; superior pair without an appendage.
Mandibles exappendiculate. Maxillipedes with well-developed
squamiform process. Grnathopoda small, sub-chelate. Pereiopoda
all prehensile, with narrow basa. Posterior pleopoda biramous
with equal rami. Telson double.
Polycheria tenuipes, sp. nov. (PL XXIL, fig. 8.)
Eyes very large, red. Superior antenna as long as the cephalon,
and first six segments of the pereion ; first joint of the peduncle
short and stout ; second longer and narrower than the first ; third
inconspicuous ; flagellum rather longer than the peduncle, of
fourteen articuli. Inferior antennae rather longer than the
superior ; first joint of the peduncle short and stout ; second and
third longer, slender, subequal ; flagellum about equal in length
to the peduncle, of seven elongated articuli, each with a circlet of
a few delicate hairs. Anterior gnathopoda with the propodos
346 ON SOME NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF AMPHIPODA,
oval ; the palm nearly transverse, not defined. Posterior
gnathopoda longer and more slender than the anterior pair ; carpus
and propodos nearly equal in length, the latter narrower than the
former, with the palm transverse, the dactylos short. Pereiopoda
subequal, slender, all prehensile; basos narrow; propodos oblong,
palm transverse, waved ; dactylos short. Three posterior pleopoda
biramous, the rami unarmed, last pair with the rami broad-
lanceolate, with one or two hairs on the borders. Segments of
the telson broad-lanceolate, acute. Length 3/20ths inch.
Hal. Port Jackson, two fathoms.
Polycheria brevicornis, sp. nov.
Eyes rather small, round. Superior antennae as long as the
cephalon and first three segments of the pereion ; first segment
of the peduncle short and stout, second narrower than the first
and about twice as long ; third about one-fourth of the
length of the second ; flagellum equal in length to the second
segment of the peduncle, of eight articuli. Inferior antennae
equal to the superior in length ; flagellum as long as the last
segment of the peduncle, of six articuli. Anterior gnathopoda
with the carpus and propodos subequal, the latter ovate, with a
few serrations on the borders ; palm transverse, dactylos short.
Posterior gnathopoda with the carpus rather longer than the
propodos — the latter oblong, nearly three times as long as broad,
with a few serrations on the borders ; palm transverse, dactylos
short. Length 3/20ths inch.
Hob. Port Jackson.
GROUP ABNORMALIA.
Fam. CAPKELLIME.
Genus Cappella, Tjamarck.
Caprella echinata, sp. nov. (PL XXIIL, fig. 2.)
Male. — Cephalon rather longer than the other segments, armed
on its dorsal surface a little behind the eye with a very prominent
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWaXL, M.A., B.SC. 347
slender, acute spine, and at the posterior end with a second spine
of similar form, but shorter ; second segment with a pair of short
spines a little behind the middle of its dorsal surface ; the rest of
the segments unarmed. Eyes oval, red. Superior antenna) more
than twice the length of the cephalon ; flagellum nearly as long
as the peduncle. Inferior antennae nearly as long as the peduncle
of the superior pair. Anterior gnathopoda small, about two-
thirds of the length of the cephalon. Posterior gnathopoda very
large, more than four times as long as the anterior pair ; basos
long, slender, armed with a compressed tooth at the distal end of
its anterior border; carpus small; propodos very large, of irregular
form, constricted at the proximal end, broader distally, armed on
the dorsal border with three very large, compressed teeth, near
the middle, and a small blunt tooth at the distal end ; palm defined
by a short acute tooth, and armed about its middle with a sharp
spine which is separated by a deep sinus from a broad, compressed
process occupying the distal third of the palmar border. First
pair of pereiopoda more slender than the two posterior pairs ;
with the dactylos smaller ; dactyla of the posterior pairs nearly as
long as the propodos, palm defined by a small tooth. Length £ in.
Sab. Clark Island, Port Jackson.
Caprella cornigera, sp. nov. (PI. XXIII., fig. 5.)
Neck very long ; the other segments increasing in length to
the fourth ; fifth rather shorter than the fourth ; second, third,
and fourth segments each with a pair of cornua on the middle of
its dorsal border, and a short conical tooth at its posterior
extremity. Eyes small, round. Superior antennse half as long
as the cephalon and pereion ; flagellum as long as the last segment
of the peduncle, of seven articuli of which the first is very long.
Inferior antenna? very small, little longer than the first segment
of the peduncle of the superior pair ; flagellum as long as the last
segment of the peduncle, of four articuli. Anterior gnathopoda
small, propodos ovate, narrowing distally ; palm nearly
348 ON SOME NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF AMPHIPODA,
longitudinal, undefined. Posterior gnatliopoda very large ; basos
longer than the cephalon; carpus small, sub-triangular ; propodos
nearly as long as the basos, narrow, palm nearly longitudinal,
defined by a broad, low, triangular process, and armed near the
distal end with a sharp tooth. Pereiopoda short and broad, with
a well-defined, bristle-armed palm. Colour grey. Length ^ in.
Hab. Clark Island, Port Jackson.
Caprella inermis, sp. nov. (PI. XXIII. , fig. 3.)
Cephalon terminating anteriorly in a minute mesial tooth.
Neck very long ; first segment of the body longer than the head
and neck, the rest shorter. Superior antenna) as long as the
cephalon and first segment of the pereion ; nagellum shorter than
the last two segments of the peduncle. Inferior antenna) a little
longer than the peduncle of the superior pair ; nagellum shorter
than the two last segments of the peduncle. Anterior gnatliopoda
short ; propodos ovate, palm longitudinal, undefined. Posterior
gnathopoda very large ; propodos elongated, narrow ; palm
excavate, uniformly concave, occupying about one-third of the
entire length of the propodos, Branchia) sub -cylindrical. Last
pair of pereiopoda longer than the others. Colour green. Length
7/10ths inch.
Hah. Port Jackson.
Caprella obesa, sp. nov. (PL XXIV., fig. 1.)
Male. — Body stout, unarmed ; first two segments subequal, the
rest much shorter. Eyes small, round. Superior antenna) rather
exceeding in length the cephalon and two suceeding segments ;
peduncle very stout, flagellum equal in length to the last segment
of the peduncle. Inferior antenna) a little longer than the first
two segments of the peduncle of the superior pair, fringed below
with long hairs. Anterior gnathopoda small, palm longitudinal,
undefined. Posterior gnathopoda very large, basos broad, its
anterior border minutely toothed; propodos as long as the cephalon;
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 349
palm longitudinal, denned by a conical tooth and armed with two
others — of which the proximal is the smaller — towards the distal
end. Branchiae clavate. Pereiopoda suboqual, short and stout,
with a distinct palm. Colour red. Length A- inch.
Ilab. Clark Island, Port Jackson.
Explanation of Plates XVIII. — XXIV.
In all the figures a. — superior antennae ; b. — inferior antennae;
c. — mandibles ; e. — maxillipedes ; /. — anterior gnathopoda ; g. —
posterior gnathopoda ; h. — first pair of pereiopoda ; /., k., I., m. —
second, third, fourth, and fifth pairs of pereiopoda respectively ;
2). — sixth pair of pleopoda ; x. — telson.
Plate XVIII.
Fig. 1. — C}'proidia ornata.
2. — Cyx)roidia lineata.
3. — Lysianassa australiensis.
4. — Atylus monoculoides.
Plate XIX.
1 . — (Edicerus latrans, details.
2. — Urcthoe pinguis.
3. — Harmonia crassipes.
Plate XX.
1 . — Atylus lippus.
2. — Leucothoe novae-hollandiae ; g. — right, g . — left posterior
gnathopod.
3. — Eusirus dubius.
4. — Moera dentifera.
Plate XXI.
1. — Moera hamigera; g.— right,/.— left, posterior gnathopod.
2. — Moera viridis.
3. — Moera approximans, details.
4. — Megamoera sub-carinata.
5. — Megamoera suensis.
350 ON THE CYCLOSTOMATOUS POLYZOA,
Fig. 6. — Megamoera Boeckii.
7. — Amphithoe quadrimanus.
8. — Podocerus australis.
Plate XXII.
1. — Microdeuteropus tenuipes.
2. — Microdeuteropus Mortoni.
3. — Microdeuteropus chelifer.
4. — Colomastix Brazieri.
5. — Cyrtophium dentatum.
6. — Cyrtophium minutum.
7. — Wyvillea longimanus.
8. — Polycheria tenuipes.
Plate XXIII.
1. — Icilius punctatus, details.
2. — Caprella ecliinata.
3. — Caprella inerniis.
4. — Caprella cornigera.
Plate XXIV.
1 . — Caprella obesa.
2. — Iphimedia ambigua.
3. — CEdicerus arenicola.
4. — Montagua Miersii.
5. — Montagua longicornis.
On the Cyclostomatous Polyzoa of Port Jackson and
Neighbourhood.
By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.
1 . Idmonea radians, Lamk.
Petepora radians, Lamk., Hist, des An. sans Vert. 2nded. p. 279.
Idmonnee rayomante, M.-Ed., Ann. des Sc. JYat. 2e serie, t. ix.,
1!
BY "WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 351
Idmonea radians, Bush, Catalogue of the Cyclostomatous Polyzoa
in the Collection of the British Museum, p. 11, pi. vii., figs. 1 — 4.
" Zoarium usually procumbent, stipitate, sometimes suberect ;
branches dichotomous, radiating more or less regularly in a
circular form from the centre, very angular in front ; dorsal
surface perforated ; cells 1 — 4 in each series, the innermost the
longest, aperture (when quite perfect) bilabiate." (Busk.)
This species is extremely common on the shore near Sydney,
both in Port. Jackson and on the outer coast.
2. Idmonea milneana, D'Orbigny.
Idmonea milneana, D' Orligny, Voy. Amer. Mend., Polypiers,
p. 20, pi. ik., figs. 17 — 21 ; Bush, I.e., p. 12, pi. xi.
" Zoarium spreading, ramose, dichotomous, each longer branch
usually terminating in a pair of short forks ; tubes very slightly
exserted, flattened and even ; aperture wide, margin thick ; four
cells in each series. Surface finely dotted, slightly sulcate behind;
dorsal surface convex, usually marked with concentric lines of
growth." (Busk.)
I have some hesitation about placing under this heading a
species of Idmonea very commonly dredged in Port Jackson.
It seems to approach very near the above named species in general
form and habit of growth ; but the oral margins of the cells in
place of being thick as described by Busk in D'Orbigny's species,
are extremely thin and delicate. The "dots" on the surface
consist not of impressed dots but of close set minute granules,
which are seen under a higher power to be of compressed ovate
form, each marked by a mesial longitudinal groove. The colour
is light purple.
3. Idmonea Pedleyi, sp. nov.
This species which seems to be undescribed, is a near ally of
the preceding. The branches are more slender, and the terminal
352 ON THE CYCLOSTOMATOUS POLYZOA,
branchlets less expanded ; the cells are usually three in a transverse
row, they are prominent, usually less than half immersed ; their
wall is closely ringed, and the peristome is very thin. The whole
ventral surface is sparsely ornamented with dots which a higher
power resolves into minute spinules ; the dorsal surface is smooth.
Colour greenish.
Hal. Port Jackson.
I have named this species after my friend Mr. Perceval Pedley,
who first called my attention to it.
Genus Pustulopora, Blainville.
4. Pustulopora proboscidea, E. Forbes.
Pustulopora proboscidea, Johnston, Brit. Zooph, 2nd ed., p. 278,
pi. 48, figs. 4 — 6 ; Bush, I.e., p. 21, pi. xvii., a. right figure.
" Zoarium slender, branched alternately, cells slightly
projecting, four completing a whorl."
Found under large stones a little below low- water mark at
Cabbage-tree Bay near Manly, usually growing parasitically on
the stalk of a Tubularia.
5. Pustulopora intricaria, Busk.
Pustulopora intricaria, Busk, I. c, p. 22, pi. x., figs. 1 (pars)
and 4.
" Zoarium constituted of short clavate branches very irreqularly
disposed and united by frequent anastomoses, so as to form a
dense intricate growth ; cells slightly ventricose, deeply immersed,
sometimes produced into rather long, straight, projecting tubes ;
oosecia — ? " (Busk.)
Occurs plentifully in the littoral zone under large stones on the
coast of New South Wales,
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 353
6. Pustulopora parasitica, Busk.
Pustulopora parasitica, Bush. I. c, p. 21, pi. xvii., figs. 1 — 2.
" Zoarium about a quarter inch high, usually formed of 1 — 3
branches, short and truncate ; cells usually deeply immersed and
very slightly prominent, except in very young specimens. Colour
brown with white spots."
Port Jackson, parasitic on Catenicella ventricosa.
Genus Tubulipora, Lamarck.
7. Tubulipora flabellaris, Johnston.
Tubulipora flabellaris, Johnston, Brit. Zooph., p. 274, pi. 46,
figs. 5, 6 ; Busk, I. c, p. 26, pi. xxiv., xxv.
" Zoarium adnate, fan-shaped, often recurved on the sides;
cells decumbent, cells irregularly disposed, or obscurely serial."
Common on Laminaria in Port Jackson ; semingly identical
with the British and Scandinavian species above named.
Genus Discoporella, Gray.
Discoporella are very numerous in Port Jackson; a small-
leaved species of fucus growing on Clark Island and in other
situations is generally so closely covered with these polyzoa,
together with a species of Lepralia, that the stem is entirely
concealed. After a comparison of a considerable number of
specimens found on this fucus and in other situations, I am
inclined to regard them as consisting of at least five species which
I have determined as follows : —
8. Discoporella novre-zelandiae, Busk.
Discoporella novae-zelandia?, Bush, I. c, p. 32, pi. 30, fig. 2.
" Discoid, cupped ; cells tubular, projecting, connate in
uniserial radii ; peristome bifid ; central area (unoccupied by cells)
354 ON THE CYCLOSTOMATOUS POLYZOA,
depressed ; cancelli large, becoming smaller towards the
periphery." (Busk.)
Port Jackson on Fucus ; Botany Bay.
9. Discoporella ciliata, Busk.
Discoporella ciliata, Bush, I. c, p. 31, pi. 30, fig. 6.
" Discoid ; cells uniserial, 4 — 6 in each row ; diameter of mouth
less than that of interstitial cancelli ; peristome much produced
on one side, nearly vertical, divided into several (2 — 4) long acute
slender spines."
Common in Port Jackson on Fucus.
10. Discoporella porosa, sp. nov.
Zoarium orbicular, a little depressed in the centre. Cells
disposed very regularly in biserial or triserial rows, becoming
longer towards the centre, where they are very much elevated,
closely adnate in their whole length ; peristome angular, usually
a little produced on their outer side. Central arese occupied by
cancelli which are smaller than those between the rows of cells —
the latter all nearly circular, a little wider than the mouths of
the cells.
Found in Port Jackson.
This species seems to be a close ally of D. calif ornica, D'Orb.,
from which it appears to differ mainly in the smaller size of the
central cancelli.
11. Discoporella complicata, sp. nov.
Zoarium orbicular, slightly depressed in the centre. Cells not
disposed in regular rows, nearly totally immersed at the
periphery, a little elevated towards the centre ; mouth oblique,
nearly circular, peristome entire; wall of cell frequently
ornamented with a few acute spicules which are less than the
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 355
diameter of tlie cell in length. Central area and intermediate
spaces occupied by numerous polygonal cancelli, bounded by
slender trab eculrc, from the point of anastomosis of which frequently
arises a short perpendicular spinule ; cancelli smaller than the
mouths of the cells, and occupied in turn by a series of very
minute secondary cancelli.
Sab. On Fucus, Clark Island, Port Jackson.
12. Discoporella tridentata, sp. no v.
Zoarium strongly convex, of circular outline ; margin thin,
marked with radiating ridges ; cells free, distant, in radiating
rows ; peristome produced into three points, two (smaller) internal,
and one external. Whole surface divided into angular arese by
smooth, semicylindrical, anastomosing trabecule, the area)
punctate.
Common on Fucoids, Port Jackson.
Genus Crisia, Lamx.
13. Crisia punctif era, sp. nov.
Cells 9 — 14 in each internode, elongate, often projecting
considerably, with numerous punctations ; mouth circular, or
elliptical, usually with a small tooth-like thickening behind.
Branches arising from the third or fourth cell, usually the third ;
joints black. Radical tubes 4 — 5 jointed, punctated, arising
from the third or fourth cell, usually the third. Growing in close
tufts.
Hal. Manly Beach, Port Jackson, etc.
Allied to C. denticulata, but of thicker habit and much more
numerous punctations.
14. Crisia incurva, sp. nov.
Cells 6 — 1 1 in each internode, cylindrical, curved forwards,
annulated, with tolerably numerous small punctations ; branches
356
arising usually from the first to the fourth cell of the internode.
Joints light brown.
Hah. Port Jackson.
Perhaps scarcely distinct from C. tuhidosa, Busk.
EXHIBITS.
J. Brazier Esq., C.M.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of Fossil
Bulimics senilis, (sinistral var.) from Isle of Pines, also a new
Cardium from New Caledonia, and a Cyprcea Bregariana, dredged
at Isle of Pines by Lieut. Heurtel, French Navy.
WEDNESDAY, JULY, 30th, 1879.
The Vice-President, W. J. Stephens, Esq., M.A., in the Chair.
DONATIONS.
Seventh Annual Report of the Zoological Society of Philadelphia.
Compte Bendu, Societe Entomologique de Belgique, Nos. 60,
61, and 62.
Guide du Naturaliste Eevue Bibliotheque des Sciences
Naturelles.
papers read.
On a Species op Cormorant prom Campbell Island.
By F. W. Hutton, Professor op Zoology, Otago University.
In June 1878, a pair of Cormorants were received at the Otago
Museum from Campbell Island. They were both females, but
one was adult, the other immature. These birds I described in
BY F. W. IIUTTON, PROFESSOR OF ZOOLOGY. 357
the Transactions of the New Zealand Institute, Vol. XI., p. 330,
under the name of Pltalacrocorax magellcmivus, Ginl. I find how-
ever, that they differ from P. magellanicus in not having the white
spot under the ear, and in the bare skin in front of the eyes
being blue with crimson dots, instead of red. From P. purpurascens
Brandt, and from P. sarmientonus, King, the Campbell Island
bird differs in having a narrow white alar band, and in the feet
being flesh color, instead of brownish-yellow. I find it comes
nearest to P. nycthemerus, if not identical with that species.
Phalacrocorax nycthemerus, Cab.
Head, neck, back, rump, thighs and upper tail-coverts blue-
black ; shoulders, scapulars, and wing-coverts green-black, except
a very narrow bar of white, formed by some of the upper wing-
coverts ; chin, throat, and whole under surface of body (except
the neck) white ; wings and tail brownish black. Head crested,
a few linear white feathers above the eye and on the upper part
of the neck. Irides brown. Skin in front of eye dark blue, the
minute papillae crimson, sparingly clothed with small feathers
Bill dark brown passing into orange at the base of both mandibles;
gular skin bright orange. Legs and feet flesh-color, with the
soles and the joints on the upper surface black ; webs flesh-color,
shading into black towards the margin. A narrow strip of white
feathers runs along the centre of the chin pouch.
Immature. — The whole of the upper surface, neck, wings, and
tail dark brown, in places glossed with greenish, no white alar
bar ; chin, throat, and belly white. Skin before the eye, dull
orange with crimson spots ; bill brown passing into orange at
the base of the mandibles, gular pouch orange. Feet as in the
adult, but not so pink.
Length 28 inches ; extent 39 ; wing 10'5 ; tail 6 ; culmen 22 ;
bill to gape 31, depth at nostrils -52, breadth -43 ; tarsus 2-4 ;
outer toe (without claw) 3-8 j middle toe 2*85 ; inner toe 1-85 •
hind toe 1*25.
358 OX SOME FOSSILS FROM LEVUKA, VITI,
The following is an analysis of the species of Cormorants
belonging to the sub-genus Leucocarbo : .
Neck black in front.
A white alar fascia.
A white ear spot — P. magellanicus, Grril., Magellan Straits.
No white ear spot — P. nycthemerus, Cab., Campbell Island.
No alar fascia — P. bougainvillii, Less., Peru.
Neck white in front.
A white alar fascia.
Gular pouch naked — P. carunculatus, Gml., Falkland Isds.
Gular pouch with a median feathered line — P. cirrbaius,
Gml., New Zealand and Chatham Islands.
No alar fascia — P. verrucosus, Cab., Kerguelen Land.
On some Fossils from Levuka, Viti.
By the Eev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S., &c, &c.
The Hon. W. Macleay has lately received from Mr. Boyd, of
Levuka, a few fossils from the centre of the island, which have
been placed in my hands for examination. I am not able to
give any information as to the locality in which they are found,
so I reserve any details until we are placed in possession of fuller
particulars as to the deposit. I will merely note now that they
are of great interest, being probably tertiary, and possibly
belonging to an early formation of that period. They comprise
Corals and Mollusca as follow : Corals. — 1 . A Fimgia, small, thin,
the base not seen. The specimen is broken, but the whole disk
is not more than two inches across. As the matrix has not been
cleared away the genus is not quite certain, but I have little
doubt that it is a true Fungia, and if so it is the only fossil form
we know, as the fossils formerly described as Fungias by various
authors are known to belong to the genera Microbacia, Oyclolites,
&c. The fossil is tropical in character. 2. AFIabelhcm, decidedly
RY THE REV. J. E. TEXISOX- WOODS, F.G.S. 359
distinct from any described form living or fossil, but resembling
some of the spinous species of the China Seas. 3. A cast or the
internal septa, with a small portion of the wall of a doubtful
coral not unlike one of the genus Conosmilia, of Duncan. This
Coral may eventually be determined, but it is of so extremely
friable a structure that its details can not easily be worked out.
4. A Conus, not like any known to me as part of the Pacific
fauna. 5. An Oliva, like some of the common tropical forms.
6. A Natica, very like JV. Wintlei nobis of the Victorian and
Tasmanian Miocene. 7. Two species of Turritella, very near to
T. Sturtii, of the Tasmanian Miocene. 8. A Troplion of decidedy
Australian affinities. 9. A cast of a Turhonilla. 10. Two valves
of a Corhula, both broken, not unlike C. scaphoides, Hinds.
The matrix in which all these shells are embedded is a brown
slightly ferruginous sandy clay. The fossils are quite white and
much decomposed, so that they become pulverulent on the
slightest touch. This does not arise from weathering, as the
state is the same even when the clay is freshly broken.
The above list shows a tertiary and, as far as we can judge
from the Fungia and Oliva, a tropical fauna. Any tertiary
marine rocks from the Pacific are of high interest because of
their bearing upon the coral reef theory. It has already been
remarked by Dana and others that in some portions of the
Fijee group many marks of upheaval are to be seen, but these
were supposed to refer to a very modern physical change. These
fossils must claim a much more ancient origin. By many it is
supposed that the reef islands in the Pacific mark the site of some
former continent. But if we find in the centre of those islands
tertiary marine remains, the ancient continent theory will be
difficult to maintain. I await further information, and as I hope
fresh supplies of fossils, to give full details.
3fi0 on some post tertiary fossils from new caledonia.
On some Post Tertiary Fossils from New Caledonia.
By the Eev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S., &c.
I have received lately from Mons. Saves of Noumea, a small
box of fossils, which, are of uncommon interest. They comprise
bones and land-shells, and the following is a translation of his
letter concerning them : — "I found the accompanying fossils at
La pointe d' Artillerie, near Noumea, during the month of
February. There was a whole bed of these bones in extraordinary
quantities. The bed is in certain places from 10 to 15 centimetres
thick, and spread over an extent of about 20 metres. In one
very sheltered place which was perfectly vaulted over by enormous
rocks, these bones were completely uncovered and the small skulls
of many of the animals quite entire. How have they accumulated
in this way ? They could not have been brought by birds of
prey or they would not be so well preserved and entire. Land-
shells, especially Helix Lifouava and Cyclostoma Artense,
Montrouzier, are mixed up with the debris. You will notice the
abundance of rats' bones. It is said that no rat is indigenous to
New Caledonia, and that it was not known previous to the visit
of Capt. Cook. I shall be glad of all the information you can
give on the subject."
The bones in question are of different ages, some evidently of
very recent date, and some, which by their dessicated state must
have lain in the spot for a long period of time. They are mingled
together with fragments of limestone and land-shells of the species
named above and Helicina mediana. Glassies, Cyclostoma couderti,
Fischer and Bernardi, and Helix vetula, Glassies. The latter has
been found in a fossil state previously on the Isle of Pines,
Koutoumo, and Alcmene. None of the bones were entirely
deprived of their animal matter, and those of the rodents seemed
to be the most recent in appearances.
After a close examination, I find that the only mammalian
remains are those of rodents. They belong to a species of rat
BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S. 361
very nearly, if not entirely identical with the common domestic
rat. The other bones are entirely those of birds, several species
being represented and some of rather large size. There are a
few tarso-metatarsal bones of perching birds, and some of a
raptorial kind about the size of a kite. From this I should
conclude that the cave has been filled with bones brought by
birds of prey, though it seems rather strange to find them in
such quantities and spread over such a wide surface. It is well
known that rats are very favorite food with hawks &c, and I
remember finding a large quantity of rats' bones close by a nest
of one of our common swamp hawks. This was at Musquito
Plains, where a small and probably undescribed rat forms burrows
in great numbers close by the sandhills, which abound in several
localities.
Upon showing these fossils, if they may be called so, to Mr. J.
Brazier, he mentioned that he had found a similar deposit at an
island off New Caledonia with a large number of the remarkable
land-shells, Bulimus senilis, Gass. The history of this species is
worth recording here. It was sent home in 1868 to Mons. P.
Gruestier by one of Marist missionaries, the Rev. Pere Lambert.
It is a large, imperforate, heavy, thick, oval shell, of a chalky
white color, as it is always found dead and without any trace of
epidermis, having been exposed to the action of air or water or
buried. Suture compressed, a little jagged ; spire elongate,
conical, apex acute. Whorls from 6 to 7£, convex, the last about
three quarters of tne whole length. Aperture elongate, narrow,
auricular, angular above, very much reflected below, columella
solid, furnished with a thick plait, rounded, ascending, parietal
fold dentiform, conical descending, peristome very thick, joined
to the columellar callosity, labrum sinuous, broadly notched
towards the summit, lines of growth very distinct, forming a
stout varix, especially anteriorly, where it is in some specimens
25 millim. wide. Sometimes the specimens show traces of color,
but I have never seen any, and the specimens shown me by Mr.
362 ON SOME POST TERTIARY FOSSILS FROM NEW CALEDONIA,
Brazier were smaller than those figured by Mons. Glassies, (Faune
Conchyl. de la Nbuvelle Caledon. 2. part, p. 66, 113 pi. 2, fig. 15).
The original description was in the Jour, de Conchy., 1869, p. 71,
and the habitat given Baie du Sud.
When Mons. Glassies first saw these shells with the same
constant character, that is to say their dead appearance, he justly
concluded that the species or variety must be extinct. In answer
to enquiries addressed to the Eev. Father Lambert, the following
facts were furnished: To the south-east of the Isle of Pines
there is an islet called by the natives Koutoumo. The first
specimens oiBulimus senilis were collected there in large quantities.
The islet is of a marine formation. Its base is a white sonorous
(flinty ?) calcareous stone, over this lies a sandy vegetable loam
supporting a vigorous growth of pines, with which the whole
island is covered as well as with some other large trees. It is in
this loam, between the surface and the calcareous rock, that the
shells of Bulimus senilis, are found. They are also found in holes
which go to the level of the sandy loam. They are never found
alive, but exist in the Isle of Pines, the islet " aux Pigeons,"
champs de Yao, and probably many of the low islands to the
south. Where the sea has washed the soil in caverns and similar
places they are seen on the surface, but do not appear on the
vegetable soil, unless where by the falling of a tree they are
found entangled in the roots. They are very often completely
encrusted with coral or a calcareous matrix. Though coral is
abundant among them, yet marine shells are not often found,
and very few other land-shells. The Marist missionaries do not
say if the coral is in broken rolled masses or in fragments little
altered since their growth. In any case it would seem by this
strange mixture of land and marine remains, as if the island has
been covered for a very short time by the sea. It seems in fact
more like the result of a tidal wave than any prolonged sub-
mergance. That there has been some upheaval within recent
times is very evident from the coral rock here referred to, which
BY THE REV. J. E. TENISON-WOODS, F.G.S. 363
forms the base of the islands. It is somewhat remarkable that
we meet on every side evidence of upheaval in the Pacific, where
the general impression is that subsidence is taking place. The
coral reef or subsidence theory of Darwin seem to have been too
universally applied, and if it be the true explanation of the atoll,
barrier reefs, &c, the causes at work may be much more limited
and local than we are now inclined to think.
On the ClupeidjE of Australia.
By William Macleay, F.L.S., &c.
Herrings are so very rarely seen in the Sydney Fish Market,
that it is generally believed that the Australian Seas are barren
of this valuable group of Fishes, which form as we know a large
source of wealth in other countries.
It will scarcely be credited by many, that the very reverse is
the case. There is no sea on the Grlobe, I believe, favoured with
a more rich or varied supply of Fishes of the Herring tribe,
than that which washes our shores.
That they are seldom seen is due to the facts, that the shoals
do not as a rule enter the harbours on the coast, and that to fish
for them in the open sea would require appliances not at present
in the possession of our fishermen.
Our species, as might be expected, are different from those of
the Northern Hemisphere, but in excellence as edibles certainly
not inferior.
In giving, as I propose to do in this paper, a succinct account
of all the species of Clupeidce known at present to inhabit
Australian waters, with all that I have been able to ascertain of
their habits, haunts, and uses, I think it is desirable that I
should facilitate as much as possible the difficulties in the way
of local observers, arising from their not having ready access to
364 ON THE CLUrELLVE OF AUSTRALIA,
some of tlie authorities referred to for the descriptions of the
genera and species. I have, therefore, in addition to giving a
short synopsis of the generic characters, quoted in full the
description of each species, with the name of the authority,
excepting in instances where the descriptions or information
have been previously published in the Proceedings of our own
Society.
The Glupeidce may be briefly characterised as — Physostomous
scaly Fishes, with naked head and no barbels, abdomen more or
less compressed or serrated, no adipose fin, dorsal fin short, anal
sometimes long, dentition feeble.
Synopsis of the Australian Genera.
Engraulis. — Body compressed, mouth very wide, lateral ;
upper jaw projecting. Species — Engraulis Antarcticus, E. nasutus.
Ciiatoessus. — Mouth transverse, inferior, narrow, without teeth
upper jaw overlapping the lower, abdomen serrated. Species —
Chatoessus Erebi, C. Rwhardsoni.
Brisbania. — Mouth wide, opening upwards, maxillary large,
teeth small and numerous, last ray of dorsal fin elongate, abdomen
not serrated. Species — Brisbania Staigeri.
Clupea. — Mouth small, teeth minute or none, abdomen
serrated, anal fin short. Species — Clupea sagax, C. Sundaica, C.
hipselosoma, C. molaccensis, C. tembang, C. Novae- Hollandicc, C.
vittata, G Richmondia, G. Schlegellii.
Spratelloides. — Mouth anterior and lateral, abdomen not
keeled, dorsal fin opposite to ventrals, teeth none. Species —
Spratelloides delicatalus.
Etrumeus. — Mouth anterior and lateral, abdomen not keeled,
dorsal fin entirely in advance of ventrals. Species — Etrumeus
Jachsoniensis'.
Elops. — Upper jaw shorter than lower, abdomen rounded, an
osseous gular plate, scales small. Species — Elops saurus.
BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 365
Megalops. — Upper jaw sliorter than lower, abdomen rounded,
an osseous gular plate, scales largo. Si3ecies — Megalops cyprmoides.
Chanos. — Mouth small, toothless, abdomen Hat, gill membranes
entirely united, scales small. Species — Chanos salmoneus.
I shall now proceed to give a detailed account of each species
in the order in which I have placed them in the above synopsis.
*
1. Engraulis antarcticus, Casteln.
Proc. Zool. and Acclim. Soc. Victoria, Vol. 1, p. 186.
There is little doubt, I think, that this is identical with the
Fish mentioned by Grunther, Cat. Vol. 7, p. 386, as coming from
Tasmania, and which he makes out to be merely a variety of
Engraulis encrasicholas, the well known anchovy of Europe. Dr.
Grunther gives his variety a name (antipodumj, which looks very
much like a belief in its specific character. Count Castlenau
gives the following description of this Fish in the volume cited : —
" The height of body seven and one-quarter times in the total
length ; head, four and one-quarter in the same ; eye, three and
one-fifth in length of head ; the muzzle considerably longer than
the mandibula and embracing it, the upper jaw presents a line
of very minute and equal teeth, and the lower one has a similar
line of still smaller ones. The dorsal fin is placed at an equal
distance from the snout and the base of the caudal ; it is as high
as the body, and of fifteen rays — the first much shorter than the
others, and the second and fifth rather longer than the following ;
caudal fin strongly bifurcated, the lateral rays being about
one-third longer than the height of the body ; it is formed of
twenty long rays, and five or six shorter ones on each side ; anal
fin rather lower than the dorsal, having twelve rays of which
the first is short. From the posterior end of the anal the
distance to the lateral root of the caudal is contained three times
in the distance from its beginning to the end of the mandibula,
and twice from the superior root of the caudal to the anterior
366 ON THE CLTJPEIDjE OF AUSTRALIA,
one of the dorsal ; the ventrals are rather smaller than the
pectorals, are formed of only one simple ray, and five branched
ones, and are placed a little in advance of the dorsal ; the
pectorals are formed of fifteen rays."
" The colour of the upper parts is of a light greyish green
with purple tinges ; the head is brown, the lower parts are very
silvery ; there is a narrow, yellow, longitudinal streak from the
upper part of the operculum to the base of the caudal, and
below this extends a broad, longitudinal, silvery, and very
brilliant band, having sometimes a blue tinge ; the operculum
and throat are very iridescent ; the fins are diaphanous ; the tail
is yellow at its base, and obscure towards the extremity ; eye,
silvery. After preservation in spirits the Fish appears very
silvery, with the upper parts of a dark blue."
Count Castlenau also states that it is very common in the
Melbourne market throughout the year, and that it is known to
the fishermen by the name of " white bait."
This Fish is alluded to by both Mr. Hutton and Dr. Hector as
a New Zealand species, but they do not seem themselves to have
seen it, and they mention it (following Dr. Gunther) as a variety of
the European species, a supposition which Count Castlenau has
shown to be erroneous.
I have never seen this Fish or indeed any species of Engraulis
in Sydney, nor is sufficient information procurable from
Melbourne, where it is said to be so common, to enable me to
ascertain whether in point of excellence it at all equals its
congener, the Anchovy of the Mediterranean. But there is one
fact connected with its little known history, which while it proves
if correct its specific difference from the European species, may
also be taken as an indication of its inferior value in an economic
sense, it is the assertion that it is plentiful at Melbourne at all
seasons of the year.
Those species only of the Herring tribe which are gregarious and
periodic in their visits, such as the Herring, the Pilchard, the
BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 367
Sardine, and the Anchovy in Europe, can be looked upon as
large sources of national wealth, and if this habit does not
belong to the Melbourne Anchovy, it is probable that its fishing
may never become a matter of much importance. It is desirable,
however, that the history of the Fish should be ascertained. I
think it is not unlikely that the specimens seen so frequently in
the Melbourne Market may be young Fish, (the name " white
bait" seems to indicate so much,) and that the periodical haunts
of the large shoals have never yet been noticed.
2. Engbaulis nasutus. Casteln.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. III., p. 51.
This species is described by Count Castlenau (loc. cit.) from
one adult specimen, 7 inches long, sent to him from the Norman
River, Grulf of Carpentaria. Its special distinguishing character
seems to be a strong longitudinal ridge along the top of the head.
There is another species of Engraulis, said to have been
observed on the northern coast of Australia, but on insufficient
evidence, which I may here make mention of. It is the Engraulis
RusselUi, indicus, and balinensis, of the late Dr. Bleeker ; indicus
being the name given by him in his last work — (" Atlas
Ichthyologique.") the Engraulis Rrownii, Gm., of Dr. Cantor,
(Cat. of Malayan Fishes, page 303) and the Engraulis RusselUi of
Dr. Ghmther's Catalogue of Fishes. Dr. Bleeker places the
species in the genus Stoleplwrus, which he separates from Engraulis
on some very slight grounds. The fish is very common through-
out the seas of the East Indian Archipelago, and forms a very
large and valuable article of production and trade. Dr. Cantor
in his Catalogue of Malayan Fishes page 305, gives the following
interesting information respecting it : — " In the Straits of Malacca
as in the mouth of the Granges, this species is astoundingly
numerous at all seasons, two or three inches is the usual length,
five to six are very rarely seen. In fine weather swarms may be
seen swimming near the water's edge, and making very short
leaps closely above the surface of the sea. As Eussell observes,
368 ON TIIE CLUPEID.E OF AUSTRALIA,
they are highly valued for their delicate flavour when fried. In
Java, Sumatra, and the Straits of Malacca, large quantities are
preserved both for home consunption and exportation to India
and China. The delicious condiment is famed under the
denomination of "roode vischjes " or " Red Fish " flhan Merah of
the Malays) and is used as a relish. The following mode of
preparation, as practised at Bencoolen and Malacca, has been
communicated by W. J. Lewis Esq., Ass. Bes. Counsellor, Penang.
"After the heads have been removed, the Fishes (those of middling
size are preferred,) are cleansed, salted (in the proportion of one
to eight parts of Fish), and deposited in flat glazed earthern
vessels. In the latter they are for three days submitted to
pressure by means of stones placed on thin boards or dried
plantain leaves. The Fishes are next freed from salt, and
saturated with vinegar of Cocoa-palm toddy, after which are
added powdered ginger and black pepper (the latter mostly
entire), and some brandy and powdered " Bed Bice." After
having been kept for three days, a little more vinegar is added
before placing the fishes in well-closed jars or bottles. They
should be kept four or five months before being used. The
expense of a quart bottle of this condiment is about 30 cents,
the selling price one Spanish dollar. ' ' Eed Eice ' ' is the variety of
Oryza sativa, called glutinosa, steeped in an infusion of Cochineal."
This is the most important of the Anchovies of India and
Malacca, but there are in these seas several other species all
highly prized as food by the natives of the country.
3. Chatoessus Ereei, Gunther.
Cat. Fish, Yol. 7, p. 407, Chatoessus come, Bichards, Voy. Ereb.
and Ferror, p. 62, pi. 38, fig. 7—10.
The following is Dr. Gunther' s description of this species : —
"B. 5. D. 14. A. 21. L. lat. 45— 49. L. transv. 17— 21. The
dorsal filament reaches to the end of the anal fin, or to the caudal.
Scales not deciduous. The height of the body is contained twice
and one-fifth in the total length (without caudal), the length of
BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 369
tlie head four-times and one fourth. The diameter of the eye is
more than the length of the snout, and two-ninths of that of the
head. Snout projecting beyond the cleft of the mouth, which is
nearly transverse. Origin of the dorsal fin nearer to the end of
the snout than to the root of the caudal fin, and behind the base
of the ventrals. Coloration uniform."
This species was at first accepted by Count Castelnau as
identical with the species so well known in the Murray,
Murrumbidgee, and all the rivers rising to the westward of the
dividing range of Eastern Australia. Subsequent observations
however, satisfied him that the Fish of the rivers of the interior
was specifically distinct, and he has accordingly given it the name
of C. Richarclsoni. The present species C. JErebi, he has seen
from Western Australia, Dampier's Archipelago, the Norman
and the Brisbane rivers, at the last of these places said to be
known in the Market under the name of " Sardine." It is said
also to be found in the Clarence, Burnett, and Fitzroy, where it
is known as the Bony Bream. Whether all these localities are
correct, or whether some of them do not apply to the other
species mentioned below, is a matter I believe open to doubt. It
seems from all that I can gather of its habits to be a fresh- water
Fish, though sometimes found in the sea. As an article of food
it is said to be much relished in some places. Count Castelnau
states on the authority of Mr. Bostock of Swan River, that it is
known there under the name of " Perth Herring" quantities
being smoked with Banksia or sawdust, and sold in the fruit
stores. It is not probable however, that it will ever become an
important article of consumption, as it is evidently not gregarious
in its habits.
4. Chatoessus Eichaedsoni, Castelnau.
Proc. Zool. and Acclim. Soc, Victoria, Vol. 11, p. 144.
This species differs from the preceding according to Count
Castelnau in being of a more convex and less elongate form, and
370 ON THE CLUPEID.E OF AUSTRALIA,
in having the last dorsal ray niiicli shorter than in the other
species, in fact little less than half the length. It is found in all
the Western rivers which fall into the Murray. Count Castelnau
states that it is much esteemed as food in the Melbourne Market
and sells at a high price, the same author states that Blandowski
enumerates it among the Fishes he found in the Murray River,
that it is called by the natives " Mdnur ", and adds that it " leaps
frequently out of the water, and is easily caught by its elongated
ray in thin fine nets, laid by the natives horizontally on the water.
The Fish gets entangled in the twine and cannot escape. It is
most numerous in the Darling, but is also found about and below
the junction of the Murray and Darling Rivers. In June and
July it is considered a delicacy by the natives, and forms their
principal food during these two months. The young women are
not permitted to eat them, from a belief that if they did, all the
fishes in the river would die ; but in reality, because it is thought
to be an aphrodisiac, this Fish being very fat and nourishing.
It is also placed on the tops of graves, to point out the direction
in which he lives who caused the death of the inmate ; therefore
this Fish is much esteemed." My own experience, derived from
many years residence on the Murrumbidgee does not by any
means tally with Mr. Blandowski's, either as regards the
excellence or miraculous qualities of this Fish. The name in
the Wooradjerie language was " Ka-ee-ra," it was not common,
was considered too bony to be of much value as food, and
was certainly not regarded in a superstitious light. I never
tasted it but once, and then I found that though the flavour was
delicate enough, it was such a mass of bones as to make it useless
as an article of food. The average size of the adult Fish is from
ten to fourteen inches in length.
5. Brisbanta Staigeri, (Castelnau).
Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S. Wales, Vol. 2, p. 241, pi. 3.
This Fish is fully described and figured by Count Castelnau
in the proceedings of our Society for 1877. It is found in the
BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 371
upper part of the Brisbane River, and would appear to be far
from common. Nothing is said of its qualities as a food fish.
Its affinity seems to be more with Megalops than Chatoesstis.
6. Cltjpea sagax, (Jenyns).
Zool. Beagle, Fish, p. 134, Gunth., Cat., Vol. 7, p. 443.
Alosa melanosticta, Cuv. and Val., Vol. XX., p. 444.
This species which is almost identical with the English Pilchard
is thus described by Dr. Ghmther : — " The height of the body is
one fifth of the total length (without caudal), the length of the
head rather more than one-fourth. Lower jaw but slightly
prominent ; the maxillary extending nearly to the vertical from
the middle of the eye. No teeth on the palate or on the tongue.
Gill rakers very fine and long, closely set. Ventral fins inserted
below the posterior half of the base of the dorsal. Origin of
the dorsal fin nearer to the end of the snout than to the root of
the caudal. Abdominal serrature very indistinct; there are
about eleven abdominal scutes behind the base of the ventral
fins. Operculum with very conspicuous radiating strise, descending
towards the suboperculum. Scales slightly and finely striated,
the strise being most conspicuous on the margin. The scales
become very small towards the root of the caudal fin. A series
of more or less distinct round blackish spots along the side."
" Pacific Coasts of America ; Japan ; New Zealand."
Count Castelnau (Proc. Zool. and Acclim. Soc. of Victoria,
Vol. 1, p. 187.) points out that Dr. Gunther is right in his view
that this species is identical with the melanosticta of Cuv. and Val.
and is not the same, as stated by Professor M'Coy, as the
melanosticta of Schlegel. He also quotes the following account
given by Professor M'Coy of the appearance of this Pish in Port
Phillip : "A specimen was first brought to me in August 1864,
from a small shoal then seen for the first time in Hobson's Bay,
and quite unknown to the fishermen. * * * In the same
372 ON THE CLUPEIDiE OF AUSTRALIA.
month., iii the succeeding year they appeared in great abundance
in the Bay, and were caught by thousands for the market. After
remaining for a few weeks they disappeared until the same time
in 1866, when they arrived in such countless thousands, that
carts were filled with tliem, by simply dipping them out of the
sea with large baskets. Hundreds of tons were sent up the
country to the inland markets, and through the city, for several
weeks they were sold for a few pence the bucketful, while the
captains of the ships entering the Bay reported having passed
through closely packed shoals of them for miles." Professor
M'Coy has, I should think, been misinformed as to the year 1864
being the first appearance of this fish in Victoria, I have seen it
in Port Jackson years prior to that date, where it was known
under the name of " Sardine," but it is not unlikely that though
annually visiting our coasts, it may be an accidental occurrence,
a portion of the shoal actually entering the harbours.
The usual time, as far as I can ascertain from the Fishermen,
of its annual visit to the coast of New South Wales is in June
and July, earlier it would appear than in Victoria, but it is not
easy to fix the time within a few weeks. They are called by the
Fishermen u Mar ay" probably a native name, but I find that
the same name is sometimes used for other species of herring.
The shoals are described as enormous, covering miles of sea, and
accompanied by flights of birds and numbers of large fishes. These
shoals are generally observed from one to three miles from the
land, and are always proceeding in a northerly direction. The
same fish is reported by Dr. Hector to visit the East Coast of
Otago every year in February or March : " On the last occasion
(probably 1871) it was observed that the shoal was migrating
southwards and extended as far as the eye could reach, followed by
multitudes of gulls, mutton birds, barracoota, and porpoises. So
densely packed were they that by dipping a pitcher in the sea it
would contain half fish, so that if larger boats and suitable nets
were employed thousands of tons could be caught."
BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 373
There is much that is curious about the migrations of this fish.
All the shoals which pass here in winter are going north, the
shoals visiting Otago in summer are moving south. Are they
the same fishes returning to their homes in the Antartic Seas
after months of travel in search of spawning grounds ? If so,
how far north do they go ? and where are their breeding grounds ?
The species appears to be unknown in the warm seas of the
north of Australia. Dr. Bleeker makes no mention of it in his
elaborate works on the Fishes of the East Indian Archipelago ;
Dr. Cantor does not mention it in his " Fishes of Malacca," and
I never came across a specimen of it during my fishing excursion
in the " Chevert " along the North-Eastern Coast of Australia,
Torres Straits, and the South Coast of New Guinea. It must be
born in mind however, that it is found in California, Japan, and
other temperate regions north of the Equator, so that it is not by
any means certain that it may not penetrate into the tropical
regions of the Pacific. But, if so, it is most probable that the
course taken is outside the great Barrier Eeef .
7. Clttpea sundaica. Bleek.
Atlas Ichthyol. Clup., p. 105, PI. 271, fig. 5.
Glupea fimbriata, Bleek., not of Valenciennes.
The following is a translation of Dr. Bleeker's description of
this Fish : —
" Body, oblong, compressed ; height, 3 to 3£ times in the length
without, and 3f to 4 and one-fifth with, the caudal fin ; the width
of the body 2% to 3 in its height ; head, 4 to 4£ in the length
of the body without the caudal fin, and 5 to 5\ with it,
considerably shorter than the height of the body, as high as its
length, and its width 2 to 2£ in its length ; on each side of the
vertex a number of somewhat diverging striae extending
backwards ; the diameter of the eyes 3 to 3£ in the length of
the head, and from two-thirds to three-fifths of their diameter
374 ON THE CLUPEID^E OF AUSTRALIA.
apart, the palpebral membrane broader in front than behind,
and in part covering the pupil ; upper maxilla without teeth,
and reaching to the vertical from the anterior margin of the eye
and about 2£ in the length of the head ; the lower jaw scarcely-
prominent, the symphysis with denticles more readily felt than
seen ; no pterygoid teeth, those on the palate disposed in a long
row, and on the tongue in a median line ; prseoperculum obtusely
rounded ; operculum smooth, scarcely striated in the middle, in
height more than double the breadth, with the inferior margin
straight ; the ventral outline conspicuously more convex than
the dorsal ; the scales generally transversely striated on the basal
part, and longitudinally on the free part, and crenate-fimbriate,
numbering about 45 in a longitudinal series from the upper
angle of the branchial aperture to the base of the caudal fin,
and 11 or 12 in a transverse series under the dorsal fin; belly
very knife-shaped and serrated with about 30 spines, becoming
less conspicuous with age ; the dorsal fin situated about half-way
between the apex of the rostrum and the base of the tail, and
its middle third opposite the insertion of the ventrals, it is acute,
emarginate, and about half the height of the body, with a scaly
sheath at its base; pectorals, acute, about the length of the
head without the snout ; ventrals, acute, about half the length
of the pectorals ; anal fin much shorter than the head, low, not
much higher in front than behind, slightly emarginate and scaly
at the base ; caudal fin scaly at the base, profoundly bilobed, the
lobes equal and 4 and three-fifths to 5 times in the length of the
body ; colour, on the back bluish green, the sides and under
surface silvery, rostrum brownish, iris yellow, a broad
longitudinal golden fascia along the upper part of each side,
fins hyaline or yellow, dorsal fin above, and caudal behind,
margined with brown, a small black or blue mark at the anterior
base of the dorsal fin."
This species can be readily distinguished by an ordinary
observer, from Cfapea sagax, by its much deeper and more
BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 375
compressed body, its deciduous scales, and the bright golden
vitta on each side near the back. It is about seven inches in
length. My first acquaintance with it was about three weeks
ago, when a shoal seems to have visited the harbour, and I found
one morning the beach at Elizabeth Bay strewed with bushels of
them, left by a fisherman who had hauled his seine there during
the night, and taken away I believe as many as he conveniently
could. I find however, that it is a fish well known to the
fishermen, called by them "herring" and sometimes " Mar ay"
though that name more properly belongs to Clupea sagax. Like
that species also, it visits our coasts in winter in enormous shoals,
and also always travelling in a northerly direction. It seems
probable, however, from what the fishermen tell me, that its
breeding grounds are not far distant, as some of them are to be
found in the Hawkesbury, about Mullet Island, at all seasons of
the year, and the young fry of apparently the same species are
sometimes very abundant there. Dr. Bleeker gives Java and
Celebes as localities in which this fish is found, sometimes, he
says, they are caught in great numbers, and form a very
important part of the food of the population of these countries.
I can myself vouch for the excellence and delicacy of flavour of
these beautiful fishes. I look upon them as far superior to the
common herring of Scotland as an article of food, and I verily
belive that preserved in oil in the manner of sardines, they would
eclipse even these delicacies.
8. Clupea hypelosoma, Bleek.
Atlas Ichthyol. Chip. p. 104, PI. 267, fig. 2. Gkmth. Cat. Pish.
Vol. 7, p. 431.
This species is very like the last. It is proportionally deeper,
the maxillary bone seems to extend back under the eye further
than in the other, and there is no golden band along the upper
part of each side. I subjoin the specific characters given by
Dr. Gunther, Dr. Bleeker' s being unnecessarily elaborate.
376 ON THE CLUPEIDiE OF AUSTRALIA,
D. 18, A. 20,. L. lat. 44, L. transv. 12.
"The length, of the head is contained four times and one -
fourth in the total (without caudal), the height of the body
twice and three-fourths ; head nearly as deep as long ; scales
regularly arranged, firm, adherent, with the margins serrated
and irregularly crenulated ; abdominal and dorsal profiles
equally convex; lower jaw slightly projecting beyond the upper ;
snout short, maxillary extending nearly to below the middle of the
orbit. A narrow strip of teeth on the palatine and pterygoid
bones, none on the verner ; tongue with a median longitudinal
toothed ridge. Opercles smooth. Gill rakers very fine and
closely set, a little shorter than the eye. Eye as long as the
snout, contained thrice and one-third in the length of the head.
Ventral fin inserted below the posterior half of the dorsal fin,
which occupies the middle of the distance between the end of
the snout and the root of the caudal fin. There are thirteen
abdominal scutes behind the base of the ventral fin. Top of the
dorsal fin, a spot on the base of the anterior dorsal rays and the
extremity of. the caudal lobes, blackish. Amboyna."
It is not unfrequently seen in Port Jackson, where it is known
to the fishermen as the " herring/' and is considered quite equal
in an edible point of view to the "Ma/ray." Some fishermen
assure me that like the last species, C. sundaica, it is seen to pass
the Sydney Heads in the winter season in enormous shoals, and
that the two species are sometimes mingled together. I may add
that some of the fishermen have been in the habit of looking
upon them as the same species.
9. Cltjpea Moluccensis ? Bleek.
Atlas Ichthyol. Olup. p. 107, PI. 263, fig. 2.
Dr. Bleeker says that this Fish is common in the seas of the
Moluccas and Sunda. I have never seen a specimen of it.
Count Castlenau describes under this name in the Proc. Linn.
Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. 3, p. 395, a Fish of which he has seen
BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 377
specimens in the Sydney Market, and also one specimen from
Brisbane. It seems, however, to be very different in its deep
and compressed form from the species to which Dr. Bleeker gives
that name.
The Count's description is as follows : —
" The body is very compressed; height contained twice and
one-third in the total length, without the caudal ; head, three
times and a half in the same ; the lower jaw is larger than
the upper one, and when the mouth is shut the opening is
upwards ; snout very short ; maxillary very large, and extending
further than the anterior margin of the eye ; this is large, and
only contained twice and a half in the length of the head ;
dorsal, with seventeen rays ; caudal, very forked ; anal, low,
with eighteen rays, the ventrals are inserted a little behind the
pectorals ; mouth, very extensible ; tongue smooth ; the
serrature of the belly extends higher than the pectorals ; of a
beautiful azurine blue on the back, the rest very silvery ; head,
gilt ; fins, of a light yellow ; the dorsal with its extremity, and
a faint transverse band, black, seen in the sun there seems to be
a longitudinal white stripe on the body between the blue and
silvery/'
The proportions of the eye to the head given above would
lead me to believe that this is the Clupea Kunzei of Dr. Bleeker,
a species which Dr. Gunther does not recognise as distinct
from Moluccensis, but which Dr. Bleeker himself regards and
describes as very different. The great height of the body,
however, given by Count Castlenau — 2^ in the total length
exclusive of the caudal fin, — precludes the possibility of its
being Kunzei.
I have been unable to get information of any kind as to this fish.
10. Cltjpea Tembang. Bleek.
Atlas Ichthyol. Clup. p. 106, PI. 266, fig. 6.
Clupea giblosa of the same author.
378 ON THE CLUPEID.ZE OF AUSTRALIA,
The following is Dr. Gunther's description (Cat. Fish., Vol. 7,
13. 426):— B. 6. D. 18. A. 18-19. L. lat. 45. L. transv. 12.
" The height of the body is a little more than the length of
the head, which is one-fourth of the total (without caudal) ;
head, longer than deep ; scales, regularly arranged, rather firm
and adherent, with the margin very indistinctly striated ;
abdominal and dorsal profiles nearly equally convex ; lower jaw
projecting beyond the upper ; snout of moderate length,
maxillary not extending to below the middle of the orbit ; a
narrow strip of minute and deciduous teeth on the palatine bones,
none on the vomer ; tongue with a very narrow median band of
minute teeth ; cheeks with very fine radiating stride ; opercles,
smooth ; gill rakers, fine and closely set, shorter than the eye ;
eye shorter than the snout, a little more than one-fourth of the
length of the head ; ventral fin inserted below the middle of the
dorsal fin, the origin of which is considerably nearer to the end
of the snout than to the root of the caudal fin. There are
fourteen abdominal scutes behind the base of the ventral fin ;
back bluish, with dark longitudinal lines ; sides silvery."
This species has not much claim to be called Australian. I
have seen a few young specimens from Port Darwin, and I
procured in August, 1875, three specimens at Bramble Cay,
under circumstances explained in page 351 of the 1st Volume of
the Proceedings of this Society. Dr. Bleeker says that they are
sometimes extremely numerous throughout the entire East Indian
Archipelago, more particularly at Batavia, but though celebrated
for their excellence, and much prized as an article of food by the
Chinese and native inhabitants, they are seldom seen on the
tables of Europeans. Tembang, I may add, is the Malay name.
11. ClTTPEA N0VJE-H0LLAm)L33. (C. & V.)
Gunther Cat. Fish., Vol. 7, p. 431.
Meletta Novce-Hollandice, Cuv. and Vol. XX., p. 376.
This and the two following species are the Australian
representatives of the Sprat. They are mostly fresh water
BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 379
Fishes. Dr. Gunther describes the species thus : — B. 8. D. 16.
A. 16. L. lat. 48. L. transv. 11. Coec. pyl. 14. Yert. 47.
"The length of the head is contained four times and one-third
in the total (without caudal), the height of the body four times.
Scales regularly arranged, firm, adherent, smooth. Lower jaw
rather prominent, the maxillary narrow, extending a little
beyond the front margin of the orbit. A small patch of distinct
teeth anteriorly on the palatine bones ; none on the pterygoid
bones. A series of teeth along the median ridge of the tongue.
Opercles, smooth ; sub -operculum, narrow, tapering behind ; gill
rakers fine and closely set, half as long as the eye. Eye as long as
the snout, which is of moderate extent, two-sevenths the length
of the head. Ventral fin inserted below the anterior half of the
dorsal fin, the origin of which is nearer to the end of the snout,
than to the root of the caudal fin. There are fifteen abdominal
scutes behind the base of the ventral fin, their spines much
projecting. Silvery, dorsal and caudal fins brownish."
This is a beautiful little fish, about five inches in length, and is
well known as the "herring" in all the tributaries of the
Hawkesbury, but I have not heard of it in any other of our
East Coast rivers, and it is certainly never found in the Western
rivers. Angling for this Fish is a favourite sport in some of the
upper waters of the Nepean. It is of no great value as a food
Fish.
12. Cltjpea vittata, Castelnau.
Meletta Nova Hollandice, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. and Acclim. Soc,
Victoria; Vol. 1. p. 189.
Count Castelnau described this species under the belief that it
was the true C. Nova Hollandice, and on discovering his mistake
suggested the specific name vittata. He describes it thus : —
" Height four and a half times in the total length ; head five and
a half in the same ; eye as long as the snout, and contained three
and a half times in the head ; the lower jaw longer than the
380 ON THE CLTJPEID^ OF AUSTRALIA,
upper, mouth extensible ; no teeth on the palate ; maxillary
extending to below the front edge of the eye ; body compressed ;
forty-six scales on the longitudinal line ; sixteen rays to the
dorsal ; twenty to the anal ; the caudal has nineteen rays with
five short ones on each side ; the pectoral fourteen rays. The
height of the first ray of the dorsal is equal to the distance from
the end of the snout to the anterior (? posterior) edge of the eye ;
the other rays go on decreasing as they extend backwards, and
the last are only half the height of the first ; the caudal is very
strongly bifurcated, being twice as long on its sides, as at its
centre ; the ventrals are as long as the dorsal, and a little shorter
than the pectorals. The general colour is of a light green, with
a broad well-marked silvery streak on each side ; the belly is
white ; the operculum and throat are silvery and iridescent ; the
dorsal and caudal are yellow, and the other fins translucent ; the
eye silvery."
This fish, the Count tells us is at times abundant in the
Melbourne Market, it is about four inches long, and is known as
" The Smelt" It is probably entirely a fresh-water species.
13. Cltjpea Richmondia, n. sp.
I give this name to a species abundant in the Richmond River
and believed by Count Castelnau to be identical with G. JVovce-
Hollan&ice. It is however, evidently, a distinct species, agreeing
with Novce-Hollandice in the number of the fin rays, but very
conspicuously different in having a very broad silvery stripe on
the sides, margined above and below by a dark stripe. In size
too it is inferior.
14. Clupea Schlegelii, Castelnau.
Meletta Schlegelii, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. and Acclim. Soc, Victoria
Vol. 2, p. 93.
Height of body three times and one third in the length without
the caudal, or a little over three times and a half to the central
BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 381
end of this fin. Head contained four times in the length (with-
out caudal) ; eye twice and three-fourths in the head. The snout
is considerably shorter than the diameter of the eye ; the lower
jaw much longer than the other ; the maxillary extends to below
the first-third of the eye ; the cheeks and the two opercles are
finely striated ; the lower profile is rather more convex than the
upper one ; scales regularly arranged, rather firm ; they are
strongly striated with the margin finely crenulated ; dorsal of
nineteen rays, the end of this fin is at an equal distance from the
snout and the end of the tail. The caudal is deeply forked, of
sixteen long rays, with several shorter ones on each side, anal of
28 or 29 rays ; the ventrals are small ; the pectorals are nearly
twice as long, of sixteen rays. The general colour is bright and
silvery, with the back of a light purple ; the anterior part of the
head and fins are yellow; the operculum gilt. Length three inches."
The species conies from Port Darwin. The most distinctive
character seems to be the number of the anal rays, I know no
Clupea with such a number. Nothing seems to be known of its
history.
15. Spratelloldes delicatulus, Benn.
Gunth. Cat. Fish, Vol. 7, p. 464, Clupea Macassar 'tens is, Bleek.
Atlas, Ichthyol. Chip., p. 96, pi. 264, fig. 3.
The following is Dr. Grunther's description of the species : —
" <B. 6. D. 11. A. 9. S. lat. 35.' The height of the body is
one-sixth, or rather more than one sixth of the total length
(without caudal) the length of the head one-fourth. Snout rather
pointed, longer than the orbit, with the lower jaw slightly
projecting beyond the upper. Maxillary rather broad and
extending to the vertical from the front margins of the orbit.
Origin of the dorsal fin nearer to the end of the snout than to the
root of the caudal, ventrals inserted below the posterior third of
the dorsal fin. Back dark-coloured, sides and belly silvery, the
two colours sharply defined."
382 ON THE CLTJPEID/E OF AUSTRALIA,
Iii the second volume of the Proceedings of this Society, page
351 will be found an account of the large numbers of this Fish
seen by the members of the " Chevert Expedition " at Darnley
Island, in August 1875. There can be no doubt that it is a very
delicate and delicious fish, and might be utilized to great advantage
It is found in most parts of the Indian Archipelago. Dr. Bleeker
mentions that an allied species — Spr at ello ides gracilis is much used
in Celebes in the manufacture of the " Red Fish," ( 1 lean Met eh J
— mentioned a few pages back, when treating of the genus
Engraulis — and it forms a large article of export from Macassar.
16. Etrumeus jacksontensis, McLeay.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S. Wales, Vol. 3, p. 36, pi. 4, fig. 1.
This genus is readily distinguishable from the rest of the
Clupeidce, by the entire absence of compression or serration of
the abdomen, and the position of the ventral fins quite behind
the dorsal. The species is fully described by me, and figured in
the Volume of our Proceedings above mentioned.
I have never seen but one specimen, caught by Mr. Masters,
about fifteen months ago in the harbour. But I am told by some
fishermen that it is one of those known to them as "Mar ay," and
that it passes northwards every winter in enormous shoals. It
is said also to be very much appreciated as food by the few who
have had the opportunity of tasting it.
17. Elops saurus, Linn.
Gunth. Cat. Eish, Vol. 7, p. 470.
"B. 29-35. D. 23-24. A. 15-17. V. 14-18. L. lat. 108. L.
transv. 13/15."
"The length of the head is one-fourth of the total length,
(without caudal) and much more than the height of the body.
Lower jaw scarcely projecting beyond the upper. Maxillary
extending far behind the orbit, cheek covered by the dilated
BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F,L.S. 383
posterior part of the suborbital ring. Uniform silvery."
(Gunther.)
This very beautiful fish is only occasionally taken in Port
Jackson. It is probably less rare farther north, as it is chiefly
in tropical seas that it is found, and that in all parts of the world.
Sir John Eichardson gives a good figure of it in the Voy. Ereb.
and Terr., Fish, p. 59, pi. 36, fig. 3 — 5., under the name of Mops
machmta. Dr. Bleeker says of it, that though the flesh is good,
the fish is not in much request.
18. Megalops cyprinoides, Brouss.
Ghmth. Cat. Fish, Vol. 7, p. 471.
"B. 23-26. D. 17-20. A. 24-27. L. lat. 37-42. Vert. 28/29."
" Ventral fin inserted below the origin of the dorsal ; maxillary
extending to below, or even somewhat behind, the posterior part
of the orbit. From the East Coast of Africa, to Polynesia and
Australia; entering fresh waters. (Gunther)"
This is a species of very wide range. It is found in the
Hawkesbury, and I have specimens from Port Darwin. It is
considered identical with Megalops setipinnis of Richardson, and
the JElops cuddinga of Dr. Cantor, " Fishes of Malacca, p. 289."
The adult fish is about a foot in length, and Dr. Cantor says
that notwithstanding their numerous fine bones they are valued
for their flavour, and are rapidly multiplied and fattened for use
in tanks.
19. Chanos salmgneus, Bl.
Ghmth. Cat. Fish., Vol. 7, p. 473.
"B. 4. D. 13-17. A. 9-10. L. lat. 85-88. L. transv. 13/16.
Vert. 19/26."
''Uniform silvery."
These are all the specific characters given by Dr. Gunther of
this Fish, though it has synonyms without number. In fact the
384 OX THE CLTJPEIDiE OF AUSTRALIA.
species is very subject to variety, and it becomes consequently
difficult to find good definitions. The genus, however, is very
distinct and well defined. Count Castlenau has added the name
of this Fish to his list of Port Jackson Fishes, but it certainly
must be a very rare visitant. It is, however, common enough
on the Northern Coasts, and I have had specimens from Fiji,
always found in fresh water. This is the most prized of all the
Herring tribe for the excellence of its flavour, and in many parts
of India it is domesticated and kept in large tanks for the use of
the wealthier inhabitants. Its length is about two feet. If a
little of the enterprise exhibited in the efforts that have been
made to introduce the Salmon into our rivers, was expended upon
the cultivation of this Fish in our coast rivers north of the
Clarance, the result, 1 venture to say, would be much more
satisfactory.
In the foregoing pages I have enumerated all the species of
Clupeidm which I know, either of my own knowledge or on the
authority of Count Castlenau. to have been found in Australian
waters, but it must not be supposed that the list is likely to be
complete or nearly so. The Fishes of the West Coast are very
little known, and many discoveries are likely yet to be made on
the Northern, but pjrobably we may accept the above list as
enumerating with some correctness the species of the Southern
and Eastern Coasts.
Of the value of some of these Fishes in an economic point of
view, I have only a very few remarks to make. It is certain
that so far as the immediate vicinity of Sydney is concerned, the
two species — Glupea sag ax and Ckipea sundaica — annually in the
winter season pass the Heads, proceeding in a northerly direction
in enormous shoals, and there is reason to believe that two other
species — Glupea hypselosoma and ffirumeus Jachsoniensis — pass also
in large shoals about the same period of the year. That these
Fishes also are of great value as food, and that they might be
BY "WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 385
utilized to an almost unlimited extent in various ways, scarcely
admits of question. The establishment, however, of a new
industry, such as a Herring Fishery would be here, is always a
difficult and costly thing, and not to be undertaken with the
hope of immediate returns. The British Fishery Society,
established about the end of last century, for the prosecution of
the Herring Fishery in the North of Scotland, laboured for
many years before the Fishery became a complete success, and
tyiey were for many years largely assisted by the Government
with grants, bounties, &c. So it must be here, before much can
be done ; and until a liberal Government or a wealthy company
undertake the task of establishing Fisheries on our shores, all
we can attempt is to endeavour to make ourselves better
acquainted with the history and habits of the finny tribes. It is
most desirable that all those who have the opportunities, such as
fishermen, masters of coasting vessels, &c, should make notes of
where and when they came across shoals of fish — the hind of fish,
of which a specimen or two should be put into spirits for
identification — the direction in which the shoal is moving — the
apparent extent of it — whether they are full or spent fish — and
any other remarks occurring to the observer at the time. I shall
be very glad to receive and register all such observations, which
even if they are of no further use, will certainly help in the
solution of two points — where and how to fish to the best advantage
for the different species.
Notes on the Genus Cyprcea.
By James C. Cox, M.D., F.L.S., &c.
The various species of the genus Cyprcea are, as a rule, well
defined in their characters, but several which are found in our
neighbouring waters vary sufficiently in shape and colouration
to make it worth while to have these variations noted so as tor
386 NOTES ON THE GENUS CYPRjEA.
prevent a creation of new species from what are mere varieties.
In some species found at New Caledonia the altered shape of the
shell is so marked that it really amounts to a distortion, still this
has been found no excuse for creating these deformities or
varieties, as we choose to look upon them, into new species.
Take for instance the Cyprcea Eglantina of Duclos, which is,
undoubtedly, only a variety of C. Arabica ; again, the elongated,
distorted specimens of Moneta, from New Caledonia, were
described and named as a new species by Crosse under the name
of C. Barthelemyi, and is now only considered a variety, being
found in all stages of transition ; distorted specimens also of C.
annidus were named by Marie as a new species under the name
of C. knomeensis. C. Crossei of Marie can only be regarded as a
distorted variety of C. stolida ; and recently I have seen other
well marked species varying quite as much as those enumerated
from the fine collection of Mr. Eossitor, in New Caledonia ; the
species seem to vary more, especially in shape, from the last
named locality than any other. The colouration of the common
C. caunea is found to vary very much at the Mauritius ; during
some of the recent great tidal waves which visited that isle some
specimens were thrown up altogether devoid of their characteristic
markings.
I have now to record another well marked variety of one of
the larger well known species from Circular Head, in Tasmania.
The specimen produced is an almost pure white variety of Cyprcea
umlilicata of Sowerby ; it is quite devoid of all the usual
characteristic spots and colouration of that species, and, without
due caution, might be easily described as a new one.
Sowerby, in his Monograph, speaks of the species thus : —
" lactea fulvo — nebulosa maculis rotundis parvis fuscis ad
dorsum variegata."
The present specimen is quite devoid of any approach to any
such small round spots as quoted, and I have thought it worthy
Plate 7.
#fc a. ~^mJI( Mi.
Pfate8
lWL„(llia*JjM
Plate s
. a. !uJ. M.
Plate 10.
flifem d.^LJ'^
"h-a.^Jlkk
Plate 12.
iva.^^Jf id
,^%E^
Lin.SoCvVoL4
PI. 13
~^%m
2.
4.
B
fv, •'
' L.
Phyll acanthus parvispina
I ?7»0777 !^pC ■
Tervuscru ~WoooU ,Delt
■
Lin. Soc, Vol.4
PI. 15
CO
m^^uk
k^
4.
5".
•v\ r«>&
nig l
IfV-'-y- . I "
ft,''
tiihh^CL
\ SB
6>.
LI N. ,SoC,VOLIV.
Lin.SoC, Vol.f
PI.17
v. r i fci
.
■
wJ
;£
"
■'■• vv - - -^•..r^-^f^---/ .
X
/
Lin Soo.,Vol.+
PI. 18
Lin.Soc.VoI. 4-
P1.I9
WJ. H. del
Lin.Soc,VoI.+
PI.20
W-^-H-dal
Lin.Soc.,VdI.4-
PI.2
W.a.H.&l
LiN.5ocVol.4-
PI.22
WJ.H dd
Lin.Soc, Vol, 1
WA.H. del
Lin.SocVoI, +
PI 24-
W-A.H del
387
of placing this beautiful rare variety on record. I would suggest
that it be designated variety, alba.
EXHIBITS.
By Dr. Cox. — 1. A pure white variety of Cypma umbilicata
from Tasmania. 2 . Ovulum gigas from the Post Miocene formation
in Victoria. 3. The fruit of the Lisbon Lemon from a plant
with variegated leaves, showing the same kind of striations as
the leaves. 4. A peculiar malformation of the Navel Orange,
all the fruit of the tree partaking of the same character.
By E. P. Eamsay. — Several very large specimens of a fresh-
water Entomostracan, a new species of Lepidurus from the Hunter
Piver. Also a beautiful series of bones and teeth of a fossil fish
( Ctetiodon Ctenodus ?J from the Newsham Coal measures, received
from Dr. Barkas.
« »
WEDNESDAY, AUGUST, 27th , 1879.
The Vice-President, W. J. Stephens, Esq., M.A., in the Chair.
DONATIONS.
Societe Entomologique de Belgique, Compte Eendus, Nos. 63,
64, and 65.
Australian Medical Journal of Victoria, No. 7.
Verhandlungen des Vereins, fur Nalurwissenschaftliche
Unterhaltung zer Hamburg, 1878.
388 synonymy etc. of some shells.
papers read.
Synonymy of, and remarks upon Port Jackson, New Caledonian
and other Shells, with their distribution.
By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., Corr. Mem. Eoy. Soc, Tas., &c.
1. CORBULA SMITHIANA.
Corlula venusta, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p. 20, pi. l,fig. 29.
Sab. "Sow and Pigs" Eeef, 3 — 4 fathoms, sand bottom;
month of Lane Cove River, 4 fathoms, bottom broken shells.
Mr. Angas' name is preoccupied by Dr. Augustus Gould, he
having described a Corbula venusta from Hakododi Bay, Japan,
in the Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, (see
his Otia Conch ologica, p. 164.).
I have changed the name as above, in honour of Mr. Edgar A.
Smith, F.Z.S., the indefatigable worker in the Conchological
department of the British Museum.
2. CERiTnioPsis Angasi.
Cerithiopsis clatharata, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p. 16
pi. 1, fig. 12.
Cerithiopsis Angasi, 0. Temper., Cat. V., Mus., Godeffroy,
p. 108, No. 6882, 1874.
Hal. " Sow and Pigs " Reef, Port Jackson, New South Wales.
This name was changed by Mr. 0. Temper, it having been
preoccupied by the Messrs. A. and H. Adams, for a species from
the Navigator Islands.
3. Lampania angulifera.
Lampania angulifera, Sowerby, in Reeve Conch. Icon. Lampania
pi. 1, sp. 1.
Cerithium anguliferum, Sowb., Thes. Conch. Vol. III., Suppl.
pi. XII., fig. 328.
BY JOHN BRAZIER, C.M.Z.S., ETC. 389
Ha b. Between Balls' Head and Goat Island, Port Jackson,
New South "Wales, 15 fathoms, bottom broken shells, sand and
Balanns.
I only obtained one specimen, it is deposited in the British
Museum. Mr. Sowerby in Reeve. Conch. Icon., gives Australia,
and in the Thes. Conch, he, without reason, gives the Pehio
Biver. Lampania Cumingi is certainly from the Pehio Biver, but
not Lampania angulifera.
4. SCTJTELLINA CTNNAMOMEA.
Patella cinnamomea, Gld., Otia. Conch., page 9 — 242.
Scutellina cinnamomea, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1871, p. 97.
Scutellina ferruginea, A. Adams, Genera Moll. pi. 52, fig. 6, 6a.
Hob. New South Wales, ( Gould J. Middle Harbour, Port
Jackson, (Brazier J. Elizabeth Bay, Port Jackson, (Masters).
Noumea, New Caledonia, (R. C. RossiterJ. Isle Nou, near
Noumea, (M. RouxJ:
It is a thin brown species, very finely sculptured, and of very
rare occurence, the specimens from New Caledonia are somewhat
eroded on the outer surface ; in Port Jackson it is found under
stones, some five years ago Mr. Masters happened to turn a small
stone at Elizabeth Bay and obtained six living specimens, no
more have up to the present time been found there.
5. Paphia striata.
Hactra striata, Gmelin, p. 3257.
Crassatella striata, Lam. Anim. Sans. Vert. 2nd Edit. tome. VI.
p. 112.
Paphia striata, Schmeltz, Mus. Godeffroy, Cat. V., p. 166, 1874.
Hob. New Caledonia, New Britain, New Ireland, and other
islands in the north and central Pacific, and on the Australian
Coast from Moreton Bay on to Torres Straits.
390 SYNONYMY ETC. OF SOME SHELLS,
Mr. J. D. E. Schmeltz in the Godeflroy Catalogue mentions
Sydney as another locality. The collectors sent out to Australia
by the great German firm Messrs. Godeffroy & Son, may have
bought specimens in the shell shops about Sydney, but that
does not show that they inhabit the waters of Port Jackson ; it
is like buying Voluta fusiformis in London and saying that it was
found in the River Thames. I can positively assert that P. striata
never was found either in the Harbour of Port Jackson or any
part of the coast of New South Wales living or dead ; after 25
years of hard conchological work wading and dredging I can give
an opinion on the subject.
In the same Catalogue V., page 181 the author gives Lingula
anatina, Lam., Sidney (Sydney); this is another shell-shop species,
the only species found in Port Jackson is Lingula Mans, Swainson,
and very rare ; I found one living specimen in twenty-five years.
Lingula anatina is found rather common in mud flats at Moreton
Bay and New Caledonia.
We also find at page 173 Trigonia Lamar clcii, Gray ; Hafen
von Adelaide, Basstrasse, (Adelaide Harbour, Bass' Straits).
The metropolis of Trigonia Lamar clcii, which some recent writers
persist in calling pectinata, is Port Jackson and Bondi Bay Head,
four miles south of Sydney, in 25 fathoms.
At page 154, Cominella costata, Quoy and Gaimard, PortMackay,
Sidney. This is not found either in Sydney, or Port Jackson,
or Port Mackay, Queensland ; it is confined to King George's
Sound, South Australia and northern parts of Tasmania and
Islands in Bass' Straits. Another species Cominella alveolata, Kien,
is found in great numbers under stones at Jervis Bay, 70 miles
south of Port Jackson.
At page 148, Haliotis iris, Martyn, Yiti Inseln, (Yiti or Fiji
Islands). This well-known species is only found at New Zealand
and Chatham Islands.
BY JOnN BRAZIER, C.M.Z.S., ETC. 391
At page 140 Tritonium Quoyi, Keeve, Port Denison. It is found
in St. Vincent's and Spencers' Gulfs, South Australia ; Tasmania
and Islands in Bass' Straits.
I think that when foreign collectors visit Australia they should
keep true records of their species, with localities ; they appear
to know about as much of Australia as I do of the North or
South Pole.
6. Carditjm forntcatum.
Cardiumfornicattm, Sowerby, Conchological Illustrations, fig. 50
Cardiiim fornieatiim, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1840, p. 110.
Cardium foniicatum, Eeeve, Conch. Icon., 1845, pi. XX., species
110.
Sab. Bourail, New Caledonia, deep water, (Coll. Lieut.
Heurtel).
At the time I exhibited this specimen, some months ago, before
the Society, I considered that it was new to science, since then I
have gone to a great deal of trouble in reading up the descriptions
of the various species described by Mr. G. B. Sowerby in the
Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1840, and the
very good figure given in his Conchological Illustrations and the
figure given in Mr. Lovell Peeves Conchologia Iconica. I give
Mr. Sowerby's own words when described: — "It is a very
beautiful shell, in some respects resembling C. medium, but not so
angular, and having the ribs ornamented by vaulted imbrications
in the centre, and very minute crenulations raised into points at
the sides, unfortunately we possess no information respecting the
locality. Peeve in 1842 does not know the locality, but says that
the chief peculiarity of this remarkable shell, which is at present
unique in the collection of Mr. H. Cuming, consists in the ribs
having a double pattern of sculpture, being surmounted with a
close set row of small vaulted scales, whilst the sides are minutely
crenulated."
392 LIST OF LAND SHELLS FOUND ON THURSDAY ISLAND,
The specimen before me dredged at Bourail, New Caledonia,
by Lieutenant Heurtel, French Navy, answers in every respect
to the description of Sowerby. The interior is far before those
known to Reeve and Sowerby, it is of a fine rich salmon colour,
bordered with dark mauve, having the anterior edge white ;
posterior end bordered with light mauve, forming a margin round
the lower edge. The rich colour may be compared to the salmon
mauve and rose pink Ttigonia Lamarchii, Gray.
List of Land Shells found on Thursday Island, with
descriptions of the new species.
By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., Corr. Mem. Eoy. Soc, Tas., &c.
During a short visit paid by Mr. C. E. Beddome, in 1877 to
Thursday Island, one of the Prince of Wales Group in Torres
Straits, he obtained six species of Land Shells ; he sent me at the
time a number of specimens I herewith give the list and describe
two new species.
1. Helix (Thalassia) Kreffti.
Helix Kreffti, Cox, Catalogue of Australian Land Shells, 1864,
p. 21.
Helix Kreffti, Pfr. Mon. Helic. Viv. V., 1868, p. 243.
Helix villaris, Cox, non-Pfr. Mon. Aust. Land Shells, 1868, p. 2.
Helix (Thalassia) Kreffti, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W.,
Yol. 1. p. 118.
Very fine specimens were obtained at Darnley Island, Torres
Straits, during the Chevert Expedition to New Guinea ; when
described by Dr. Cox, he only had one specimen. The Thursday
Island examples (6), are of a pale horny green not having the
fine rich gloss that is found ou the Darnley examples.
by john brazier, c.m.z.s., etc. 393
2. Helix (Trachia) Delessertiana.
Helix Delessertiana, Le Guillou, Pevue Zool., 1142, p. 138.
Helix Delessertiana, Pfr. in Hon. Helic. Viv. 1848, Vol 1, p. 202.
Helix Delessertiana ( Vallonia), Cox, Cat. Aust. Land Shells, p.
18, 1864.
Helix Torresiana, Homb. et Jacq., Voy. au Pole Sud., Vol. V.,
p. 10, pi. IV. fig. 24.
Helix Delessertiana (Trachia J, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W.
Vol. 1, p. 123.
Le Guillou's specimens came from Warrior Island. During the
Chevert Expedition, we landed for about half a day, but did not
procure any living ones, it was very common in the dead state
along with Helix semieastanea and cyclostomata ; the season being
dry every thing appeared burnt up. I also found it plentiful at
Bet, Sue, Cocoa Nut, Dungeness, and Darnley Islands, all in the
Straits, the examples from Darnley were obtained at 600 feet
elevation, in clusters of stones at the roots of grass, found at
Cape York and Albany Island, North Australia, under decayed
wood and leaves near the sea.
The nine examples from Mr. Beddome do not differ in the least
from those found at the other Islands.
3. Helix (Patula) Spaldixgi. ■
Helix (Patula) Spaldingi, Braz., Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. W.,
1876, Vol. 1., p. 103.
Var. carinata. Shell turbinately depressed, whorls 4, periphery
carinated, irregularly finely striated, nearly obsolete on the last
whorl. Maj. 2f, min. 2 J, alt. If, lin.
The Thursday Island examples I distinguished as variety
carinata, the twenty-one specimens have the character of being
394 LIST OF LAND SHELLS FOUND ON THURSDAY ISLAND.
more conical and are in every respect a larger shell. The typical
form is found at Cape York and Albany Island, North Australia ;
also Bet, Sue, Cococa Nut and "Warrior Islands, Torres Straits ;
the type of the variety I have deposited. in the British Museum.
4. Helix (Planispira) Buxtoni, n. sp.
Shell umbilicated, depressed, thin, slightly shining, brownish
horn under a velvety periostraca ; faintly obliquely striated ;
suture distinctly impressed, covered with short, minute, sharp-
pointed stiff hairs ; spire small, apex slightly raised, granulated,
whorls 4£, convex, last large and rounded ; deflected in front,
base convex with a few minute scattered hairs ; umbilicus rather
wide outwardly, aperture diagonal, lunately rounded, peristome
flesh tinged, expanded, margins approximating, right thin,
columellar margin regular, finely granulated, broadly reflected,
but not covering the umbilicus. Diam. maj. 6, min. 4f, alt. 3
lin., width of umbilicus 1 lin.
There are two distinct varieties of this species, one is dark
brownish-horn, the other reddish-brown, the least rubbing will
remove the beautiful velvety periostraca with the short minute-
pointed hairs that gives the surface the appearance of being
granulated with minute lengthened grains. I wet the outer
surface of one specimen and removed the outer coating with the
point of a penknife ; this entirely alters the appearance, showing
the strise at the suture and umbilicus to be very much coarser,
other parts being quite smooth. They resemble dark varieties
of Helix Delessertiana with with the sculpture removed.
I received twenty-four fine specimens from Mr. Beddome in
their natural dirty black state, a little clear water and sponge
improved them, when dry they cling to the cotton in the box in
which they are placed, like Helix spinet, Cox, H hrevipila, Pfr.,
and a few other hairy Australian species. The type specimen I
have deposited in the British Museum.
BY JOHX BRAZIER, C.M.Z.S., ETC. 395
o. Bulimus Beddomei.
Bulimus Beddomei, Braz., MSS. Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., 1876,
Vol. 1, p. 127.
The only difference between this and B. Macleayi, Braz.,
described in these Proceedings 1876, Vol. 1., p. 108, is that the
specimens are a little smaller, thinner in structure, pale yellowish
brown, irregularly streaked with darker yellow, oblique-narrow
lines ; umbilicus smaller, the columellar margin expanded in a
thin reflected plate over the perforation.
Length,' breadth, lgthaper., width lin.
Thursday Island specimen 6 3f 3% 2% ,,
Port Darwin specimens 6 J 4 3£ 3 ,,
Mr. Beddome obtained his first specimens at Mount Ernest
Island, Torres Straits in 1875, on small trees only in one j)art of
the Island, the Port Darwin ones were obtained at Fannie, or
Fanny Bay in 1877 by Mr. Edward Spalding, the indefatigable
Zoological Collector who was collecting there for six months, for
the Hon. W. Macleay, F.L.S.; the specimens were found on trees
under the loose bark.
I have a specimen sent to me from the late Mr. Charles Coxen,
said xo have been got at the Andromache River, between Bowen
and Cape Palmerston, North East Australia ; it is so transparent,
like the Mount Ernest Island specimens, that I have every
reason to believe that it came from there. B. Macleayi, is also
found on trees at Yule Island, New Guinea, in the wet season ; in
the dry season at the roots of trees in crevices of coral forming
the East side of the Island, it was not found in any other part
of the island.
6. Helicixa reticulata.
Helicina reticulata, Pfr., Proc. Zool., Soc, 1862, p. 277, Mon.
Pneum. Vive. Supp. 1865, p, 235., Cox, Monog. Austral. Land
SheUs, 1868, p. 106, pi. 17, fig. 14.
396 NOTE ON AN UNDETERMINED SPECIES OF LALAGE,
The twenty examples received from Thursday Island do not
differ either in markings or sculpture from those found so
plentifully at Cape York and Albany Island, North Australia .
Note on an undetermined species of Lalage.
By E. P. Kamsay, F.L.S., &c.
Lalage.
Lores, and all the upper surface of the head, neck, back, wings,
and tail, black, with a faint greenish-metallic gloss, primary
coverts and shoulders black ; median coverts white, with black
shaft-line ; secondary coverts black, with white tips ; scapulars
more white than black ; inner secondaries black, with a white
margin, becoming very narrow towards the tips, a scarcely
perceptible line of white margining the median portion of the
outer web of some of the inner primaries ; wings below blackish-
brown, a band of black on the under margin, a few of the
feathers mottled with white, rest of the under coverts and the
basal portion of all the quills white on the inner webs, the white
on each ending abruptly about the middle of the feathers, except
on the primaries where it is of less extent. Chin, sides of the
face, below the eye, lower half of the ear-coverts, a linear spot
on the lower eyelid, and the whole of the under surface and under
the tail-coverts white ; the bases of the feathers of the body slaty ;
bill, black ; legs, bluish-black. Bump, ashy-grey, tipped with
white ; upper tail-coverts, dark bright ashen-grey, slightly darker
along the shafts ; tail black ; the outer three feathers on either
side largely tipped with white, the fourth with a very narrow
margin of white at the tip. Total length (in the flesh) 7 inches ;
wing, 3'3 ; tail, 3*2 ; tarsus, 1 inch ; bill from forehead, 0-75 ;
from nostril, 0*45.
BY E. T. RAMSAY, F.L.S. 397
This species comes near to L. airovirens, but is smaller, the
plumage soft and fluffy, the rump is of a bluish-grey tint, and
the outer three feathers on either side largely tipped with white ;
the wings short ; under tail-coverts long ; it agrees neither with
Mr. Sharpe's description of St/inmorphus navia, nor S. leucopygialis;
it is not improbable that S. nccvia is the ? of S. leucopygialis,
nevertheless, we have specimens of both species in the Museum.
I am inclined to the belief that all three belong to one and the
same species.*
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Figian Fossils. — Mr. Macleay read the following extracts from
a letter he had received from A. Boyd, Esq,, Waidau, Figi, in
answer to enquiries respecting the Figian Fossils described by
the Eev. J. E. Tenison- Woods at the last monthly meeting :
"Kespecting the fossils, I sent you all I had, and I fear it
would pay neither of us to go for more. I should have to make
a journey of some 120 miles to get to the place, and the cost of
carrying such heavy things to the coast, distant about 40 miles
by road would be great.
" I first met with these fossils on the summit of a hill 25 miles
from Nadi, called Kow-balann, 1,350 feet (approximate) above
sea level."
To this Mr. Boyd appends the following note : " The rock
containing them was called by the natives " Vatu-cakau,"
(chacrau), or literally " Beef Bock." Mr. Boyd goes on to say,
" Those you have however, were found further in the interior,
near the Government Camp, and about 200 feet above sea level.
The country is greatly broken up in hills and valleys, running in
no general direction, and resembling on an immense scale the
* Since the above was written I find a new species has been described from
the South Sea Islands, which is probably the same.
398 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
waves of the sea after a storm. The whole surrounding country
is volcanic, and covered with grass, a few small patches of forest
showing at intervals. On crossing the river "Wai-roro," the
head water of the "Siga-toko," the bottom of which is covered
with large water-worn pebbles of various colours, and passing
through a native town situated on a small flat on the bank, one
commences to ascend a road over what appears to have been
coral once in a state of ignition. Blocks of this, resembling in
appearance the dead coral now found above high water mark,
have been piled on one another. They are dark in colour and
hard and brittle as glass, taking a high polish in the track, from
the friction of countless feet. After ascending about a quarter of
a mile, a small flat is reached at the foot of a cliff, and there in
apparently unburnt coral, the fossils are found. In this cliff is
the limestone cave in which Notopterus Macdonaldii is found."
J. Brazier, Esq., C.M.Z.S., exhibited a Ca/rdiumfornicatus from
New Caledonia, and a Helix alholabris from New Bedford, United
States, sent alive through the post.
G. Masters, Esq., exhibited a specimen of a Cirrirjede, Paradolcpas
Neptuni, from the gills of a common Port Jackson Crab, JVeptunus
pelagicus, from which it was originally described. The same
species has recently been received from Fiji, infesting the gills
of another Crab, Scylla serrata, which is also common in Port
Jackson.
Dr. Head exhibited the proboscis of the Brazilian Sphinx
Macroglia cluentius, over 10 inches in length, which with probosces
of other genera of butterflies etc., were sent to him by Herr
Fritz Muller of St. Catherine, Brazil.
399
WEDNESDAY, SEPT., 4th, 1879.
W. J. Stephens, Esq., M.A., the Vice-President in the Chair.
The Chairman introduced Dr. Von. Haast, of the Otago Museum
and Mr. Cowlishaw as visitors.
DONATIONS.
From Baron F. Von. Mueller, K.C.M.Gr., " Eucalyptographia,"
1st and 2nd decades.
From the Microscopical Society of Victoria, Quarterly Journal
Vol. I., No. 1.
From the Poyal Society of New South Wales, Journal for 1878.
From the Conchological Society of Leeds, five numbers of the
Journal for 1879.
From the New Zealand Institute, Trans ictions for 1878.
From Verhandlungen Zoologisch — Botanischen Gresellschaffte
inWien, 1878.
taper s head.
List of Bkachiopoda or Lamp Shells found in Pout Jackson
and the Coast of New South Wales.
By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., Corr. Memb. Roy. Soc, Tas.
Some few months ago I sent Mr. Thomas Davidson, F.E.S., the
greatest living authority on the Brachiopoda, a series of various
rare species found in Port Jackson, and one from the Loyalty
Islands, having kept corresponding numbeis with my specimens.
I give my list below : —
1. Mag as Cumingi, Davidson, this I take to be the type.
2. Magas Cumingi ? Davidson, I take this to be a variety of
No. 1.
3. Terelratula pulchella, Sowerby, I take it to be that species as
per British Museum Catalogue and Thes. Conch.
400 LIST OF LAMP SHELLS FOUND IX PORT JACKSON, ETC.
4. Terebratuh sanguined, Cliera. and Davidson. Lifou,
Tuojdlty Islands.
5. Terelratulina cancellata, Koch., Sowerby, and Gray. I take
it to be that species from the description by Mr. Sowerb}^
in Thes. Conch. The British Museum Catalogue, by
Dr. J. E. Gray, gives but a brief desertion.
I herewith give Mr. Davidson's notes and remarks received
by last mail on the above mentioned five species.
1. Magasella Cumixgi, Davidson, (my No. 1).
"During many years after I had described and figured this
remarkable species, and indeed until fourteen months ago, no one
in Europe knew exactly where this shell lived. Mr. Cuming had
a specimen or two, one of which I described, and ho told me he
had been told it came from New Zealand seas, but the New
Zealand Naturalists with whom I corresponded told me they had
never found it in their waters.
It was only some fourteen months ago that while in Mr.
Sowerby's shop I saw several specimens of the Magasella (it is not
a Mag as, the loop and septum are those of Dall. Magasella) and
he told me he had received them from Port Jackson Heads ;
shortly after I found among the Challenger dredgings two separate
valves of the same shell, also labelled Port Jackson Heads, and
some months ago Mr. Tenison-Woods, sent me sev eral specimens
which he informed me he had procured from Sydney Harbour,
and that when the shell was alive it had a rose colour tinge, but
that it was difficult to procure living specimens, dead ones being
common enough. I am delighted to procure the full information
you kindly communicate on this species.
"I believe your No. 1 and 2. belong to the same species, or 2
is a variety of No. 1 . It is a beautiful shell and I cannot help
thinking that Peeves' Boucliardi a fibula, is only a large variety of
Magasella Camingii, I also think Magasella Cumingii may occur
in the Tertiary deposits of Australia.
RY JOHN BRAZIER, C.M.Z.S., ETC. 401
"Your No. 3., Megerlia pulchella, Sowerby. Is a species? with
which I am not fully satisfied, it may be distinct from Megerlia
sanguined, but most Naturalists seem to believe that it merges
into sanguinea and of which it may be a variety. I dare not yet
pass a positive opinion on the subject, and for the present the
name pulchella may be retained.
Your No. 4., is Megerlia sanguinea. This is a beautiful small
species, it seems to occur in a good many places. Mr. Tenison-
"Woods sent me specimens of the shell from Bird Island, North
Australia. It abounds near the Island of Zebu. I am extremely
pleased to have it through your kindness from Lifou, Loyalty
Islands, it was also dredged by the Challenger Expedition from
Reefs Tamboanga, you have added several localities which I
shall duly record in your name in appendix to Challenger Report.
"We come to No. 5., the last of the series, it is a Terebratidina,
one of that very variable and far spread genus, and of which too
many speecies have been created or proposed. Terebratulinas
were extensively dredged by the Challenger Expededition in
many places and many latitudes and often difficult to distinguish
one from the other. Your discovery of sj>ecimens of this genus
in Port Jackson waters is new, I believe, as I had never heard
or seen any from there before. I have been very pleased to see
specimens from there. Terebratidina cancellata was dredged, and
in great abundance by the Challenger Expedition, near the West
Australian Coast of Isle. The species of which I have
seen and handled nearly a 100 of all ages, when full grown is a
large shell, but not the largest of the genus, as my Terebratidina
Wyvillei, from St. Thomas, is four times as large as Terebratidina
cancellata. Your two specimens may be referable to Terebratulina
cancellata, but are small (compared with full grown specimens of
shell), and seem to differ somewhat with examples of equal
dimensions, they are comparatively more convex, and are evidently
a marked variety of cancellata, if not a distinct species. I am
very pleased to have them.
402 LIST OF LAMP SHELLS FOUND IN PORT JACKSON, ETC.
From what I can make out, the Australian species of recent
Brachiopoda would be, (or of which I have seen specimens)
Terebratulina cancellata. Terebratulina (the specimens you have
recently dredged in Port Jackson). Waldheimia australis.
Magasella Cumingii. Megerlia mnguinea. Megerlia pulchella.
Kraussina Lamarckiana. Kraussina Atkinsoni, Woods, M.S., a
smooth small species from Long Bay, Tasmania. Lingula exusta,
Moreton Bay. Lingula tumidula, and MwpMana occur in same
locality, and are of the same colour. I often ask myself whether
they are distinct species, or whether Lingula tumidula may not be a
very wide variety of Murphiana. This is a point which Australian
Zoologists must decide, as I have no opportunity of so doing, as
there are only two specimens of the form tumidula in the British
Museum ; the form Murphiana is common, I have two or three
specimens."
Mr. Davidson forgets to mention in his list to me Megerlia
Willemoesi, described by him from specimens obtained by the
Challenger off Twofold Bay, five examples of this interesting
species were dredged in lat. 36° 56' S., long. 150° 30' E., in 120
fathoms. Twofold Bay is in New South Wales, and not South
Australia, as quoted in the Proceedings of the Royal Society
England.
Lingula hians, Swainson, is also found in Port Jackson, very
rare, by Mr. G. F. Angas, F.L.S. ; recently by me, New Caledonia,
Port Curtis, North East Australia.
In reference to Bird Island being on the North Coast of
Australia — it lies outside the Great Barrier Reef at least 300 miles
off the North East Coast, exact position is 22° 10' 30" S. lat.,
155° 29' 21" E. long., any chart of the Western South Pacific will
show the position.
Having recently obtained a series of Kraussia Lamarckiana
under a large stone at outer Double Bay, Port Jackson, I intend
sending them to Mr. Davidson. I take the opportunity of showing
BY JOHN BRAZIER, C.M.Z.S., ETC. 403
them to members to night. I append the dimensions of the
various specimens numbering twelve rows in the series : —
No. 1. Long. 3, lat. 3]-, No. 2. Long. 21, hit. 2. V lines.
8 91 91 4
5.
7.
9.
11.
Til 9 G
11 li 8
1, ,. h „ io-
4 J >> 4 J
12.
2,
)}
o
U,
?>
H
1,
J J
1
3
4>
J)
1
1
•2)
>7
JL
Specimens from Point Piper are Long. 4, lat. 4 lines.
Note supplementary to a paper on the Australian Leucosiid-e.
By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.
A recent excursion to Queensland has enabled me to add a few
notes with respect to the occurrence of various species of brachyura
of the family Leucosiidce in Port Denison and neighbourhood. In
all I observed eight species of this family in that locality, and of
these two are now for the first time recorded as inhabitants of
Australian seas.
1. Leucosia pulcherrima, Miers.
Leucosia pulcherrima, Miers, Trans. Linn. Soc., 1877, p. 236,
pi. 38, figs. 4—6.
Found by Alex. Morton, at low spring-tide on a sand-spit,
Port Denison.
2. L.
Dredged in about two fathoms, in Gloucester Passage,
Queensland.
3. Myra afflnis, Bell.
Myra affinis, Bell, Trans. Linn. Soc., Vol. 21, p. 296, pi. 32, fig. 2.
404 ON THE GEOLOGY OF YASS PLAINS, ( THIRD PAPER.)
Large specimens of this species, having the carapace as much
as an inch and a half in length, are to be found at low-water on
sandy flats on the shores of Port Denison.
4. Myra australis, Haswell.
Myra australis, Has welly I. c, p. 50, pi. 5, fig. 3.
Common at depths of a few fathoms in Port Denison.
5. Phlyxia lambriformis, Bell.
Phlyxia lambriformis, Bell, I. c, p. 309, pi. 34, fig. 1.
Dredged in 20 fathoms, off Holborn Island, Queensland.
6. Nursia gracilis, Bell.
Dredged in 9 fathoms, Port Denison.
7. NURSILIA DENTATA, Bell.
Nursilia clentata, Ball, I. c, p. 309, pi. 34, fig. 6.
Dredged in 9 fathoms, Port Denison.
8. Oreophortjs nodosus, A. Milne-Edwards.
Oreophorus nodosus, A. Milne-Eduards, Anmles de la Soc, Ent.
de France.
Found under a cluster of madrepora, Stone Island; also
dredged in about 9 fathoms, Port Denison.
On the Geology of Yass Plains, (3rd paper.)
By C. Jenkins, Esqr., L.S.
It was suggested to me late yesterday that as at this meeting
there would probably be present an unusual number of Geologists,
it would be a suitable time to address to you a few remarks on the
subject of the Silurian beds in the neighbourhood of Yass.
BY C. JENKINS, L.S. 405
In the first paper that I had the honor to submit to you I
endeavoured to show that the two series of beds respectively
named by me the Yass and Hume beds, were unquestionably
upper Silurian.
I propose now to recapitulate the arguments I then used, and
add a few other remarks. You have to night the advantage of
having before you specimens of some of the rocks and fossils to
which I shall refer.
Whatever progress has been made in learning the Geology of
any particular country, it has been done by determining in the
first instance the order in which life succeeded life in that part of
the world, irrespective of what results may have been arrived at
in other near or far distant lands.
Such was the task I set myself, with regard to the beds about
Yass. This task I believe I have in some degree accomplished,
examining the strata thoroughly inch by inch from the top to the
bottom of the series.
The conclusion that I have arrived at is that the fossils of these
beds correspond more nearly with those of the upper Silurian of
England than with those of any other age.
I arrived at this conclusion from these beds containing in many
parts such an abundance of Trilo b ites of exclusively Silurian Genera,
without any admixture of Tr Hob ites of exclusively Lower Silurian
Genera.
I concluded also that at least one portion of the series was the
equivalent to the lower portion of the Upper Silurian or Llandovery
beds of Britain, (taking Sir Roderick Murchison's statement as my
guide) from the presence of Trilolites of Upper and Lower Silurian
genera, the number of Pentameri, including especially Peutamerus
oblong us t the encrinital stems of Lower Silurian type, and the
number of Petraia. One Cheirurus is undoubtedly the Cheirurus
ins ignis described by Professor Koninck, and determined by him
to belong to the horizon of the Llandovery beds.
406 ON THE GEOLOGY OF YASS PLAINS, ( THIRD PAPER).
The inclusively Silurian Genera referred to above are :
Cheirurus, Calymene.
SpJierenocJi us . Acidasp is .
jEncrinurus.
Professor Koninck's determination of some of the New South
Wales Fossils tends to establish these beds to be Upper Silurian.
Several fossils declared by him to be Silurian, are found in the
Yass and Hume beds. While those which he has described as
Devonian and referred to the neighbourhood of Yass, are only to
be found in the Murrumbidgee beds, which occur some 8 or 9
miles from Yass, overlying uncomf ormably the Yass beds.
Occurring in the midst of these Silurian fossils is found what I
believe to be undoubtedly a Calceola and also Atrypa desquamata.
Now both these have only been found in other Countries in
Devonian strata.
When Banaude found Goniatites, hitherto considered Devonian,
in the midst of his Silurian types, he suggested in explanation,
his theory of Colonies.
This explanation was approved of by Sir E. Murchison, and
considered by Professor Forbes to be highly philosophical. The
presence here of Devonian forms in the midst of typical Silurian
species may probably be similarly explained.
At any rate it has been specially laid down by Lyell, and is I
believe an universally recognised principle, that it is in the
highest organized forms that we must seek the type whereby to
characterize the age.
I think therefore the evidence derived from the Trilohites must
be considered decisive, notwithstanding the presence of these two
lower organized forms, usually regarded as Devonian.
The conditions under which the Yass and Hume beds were
deposited, were evidently similar to those which existed during
the formation of the Silurian of other countries. There is no
warranty for assuming that the deposits were formed in oceanic
BY C. JENKINS, L.S. 407
depths. But there is evidence that they were laid down in shallow
seas, during alternate sinking and rising of the land, sometimes
in an open sea, and sometimes in salt-water lagoons, while some
were evidently exposed during deposition, to the action of the
sun and wind. This evidence is afforded by the nature of the
rocks as well as by the mode of occurrence and condition of the
fossils.
The depth required for the formation of shale, such as these
beds contain, according to Dana, need not be more than a few
hundred feet.
The compact Limestone and Coral conglomerates, are such as
Dana describes as now forming in the Coral Islands, and would
not be produced at depths exceeding 200 feet.
The grits with their ripple marks, and the bands of Limestone
with sea-weed, all tell of shallow seas. The beds of unfossilif erous
shale, some finely laminated, such as could only be formed in
quiet water, and capable of retaining the slightest impression,
together with the brackish springs flowing from them, afford
evidence similar to that which eminent geologists have agreed to
consider, as indicating that the beds so characterised, were
deposited in salt-water lagoons only occasionally in communication
with the ocean, rather than in an open sea. Dana has shown
that such unfossilif erous deposits are now forming in some of the
lagoons of the Coral Islands.
In the Yass beds especially, the mode of occurrence of the
fossils, generally in layers, almost universally broken, worn, and
sometimes so rolled as to be almost unrecognizable, show the
stratum containing them was during its deposition subject to the
action of the waves. Some of the fossils in the Hume beds exhibit
a similar mode of occurrence, but in general in these latter beds the
fossils are more evenly spread through the strata, and the perfect
condition in which these are found show that they were deposited
beyond the reach of tidal action.
408 ON THE GEOLOGY OP YASS PLAIN'S, (THIRD PAPER.)
The alternation of gritty and sandy beds with shale and
limestone are sufficient evidence of the rising and falling of the
land, though the period we are now considering must have been
in this part one on the whole, of depression : must have been a
general gain of the water upon the land. From the position of
the Murrumbidgee beds further westward, this encroachment on
the land must have continued long after the period of the Yass
Silurian.
In conclusion I may remark that New South Wales has
undoubtedly a Geological history of its o^vn which if we are to
learn, it must be from a systematic examination of the rocks in
detail by Geological Survey, and not by adopting general
conclusions arrived at in other countries, which seem to agree
with random observations in this.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. Masters gave the following instance of the effect of heat
in the development of insects : — He stated that on the L4th of
this month, when on a visit to the garden and hothouses of the
Hon. James White, at Cranbrook, he had observed a number of
SchizorrMna dorsalis flying about, and struck by the appearance
of these beetles at a season of the year at least three months
earlier than their usual time ; he made inquiries and found that
the laiwae had been introduced in the tan used for plunging pots ;
the very rapid development of the insects was caused solely by
the heat of the beds. The larvte were also found to be very
destructive to the plants by passing from the tan to the flowerpots
by the hole in the bottom and eating the roots.
Dr. Cox exhibited fossil teeth of Diprotodon found between
Merriwa and Cassilis, at Dunlop's Paddocks, Bow Creek, three
NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 409
miles above Boggabri ; being the first recorded case of these
fossils being found on the eastern waters.
Also, a Mask which formed part of a Kite of peculiar construction
and shape, 16 feet across, made by the Maories, and to which a
special history belongs. And an elaborately carved box in which
the Maories used to keep the feathers of the now extinct Moa.
The above are the property of A. Macdonald Esq., of Pott's Point.
Dr. Hector stated that it is reported, that a box similar to the
above and actually containing Moa feathers was in the possession
of a Chief on the upper Wanganui, and was highly prized by the
Maories.
Mr. Brazier exhibited specimens of Magasella Cumingi, MegerUa
pulchella, and Terebratulina cancellata, from Port Jackson ; MegerUa
sanguinea from Lif ou ; thirteen series of Kraussia Lamarchiana from
Port Jackson ; and two splendid specimens of Cyprcea spadicea,
(Gray,) from California.
Mr. Masters exhibited a Boris, retaining all its original color,
preserved in glycerine with a little spirits of wine added.
Mr. Haswell showed six species of the Crabs described in his
paper.
The Hon. William Macleay, F.L.S., exhibited a general
collection of Silurian and Devonian Fossils from the neighbourhood
of Yass.
Mr. \V. J. Stephens, M.A., exhibited a large collection of
Trilobites from the Yass beds.
-++-
410
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBEE 29th, 1879.
The Vice-President, W. J. Stephens Esq., M.A., in the Chair.
DONATIONS.
From Baron F. von Mueller, K.C.M.Gr, "Eucalyptographia,"
decade 3, Melbourne, 1879.
From Dr. Julius von Haast, Geology of the Provinces of
Canterbury and Westland, Christchurch, 1879.
Journal of the Eoyal Microscoi)ical Society, Vol. 2, No. 5,
London, 1879.
Mitthielungen aus der Zoologischen Station zu Neapel, Leipzig,
1879.
Zweiter Nachtrag zum Bibliothekskatalog der Zooligischen
Station zu Neapel, Leipzig, 1879.
Eeport of the South Australian Institute, for 1878.
Archives Neerlandaises der Sciences Exactes et Naturelles,
Haarlem, 1879, Tome 14, parts 1 and 2.
Journal of Conchology, London, July, 1879.
papers read.
On the Mugilid^: of Australia.
By William Macleay, F.L.S., &c.
Some months ago I read a Paper before this Society on the
Clupeida of Australia, and I endeavoured in that communication
to direct public attention to the great value of our undeveloped
fisheries.
It is chiefly with the same object that I have now endeavoured
to bring together all the knowledge we possess of the Mug Hides
of Australia, a family of Fishes which is well represented on our
BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 411
Eastern sea-board. The Mug Hi dee are Ac; mtl LOpterygmous Fishes
of oblong form, with large scales, no lateral line, dentition feeble
or none, two short dorsal fins, and the ventral lias abdominal.
They are inhabitants of both fresh and salt water, some species
almost exclusively the former, while others seem as exclusively
to keep to the latter. It may be confidently said of nearly all of
them however, that like the Salmon they take to the sea at certain
seasons, unless accidently shut up in the rivers or lakes, and it is
equally certain that at the spawning season they enter the harbours
and estuaries of the coast in immense shoals, and push up the
rivers and creeks to deposit their spawn. The period of their
arrival in search of spawning grounds varies considerably, in each
.species, and to a certain extent in the individuals of the same
species, but it is always at the commencement of the cold season
here, (from the end of March to May,) and I believe I have good
grounds for saying (as will be shown hereafter), that the ova do
not germinate until the month of October.
The period at which the young Mullet leaves the rivers and
mud-flats is not so easily determined, and I suspect that the
analogy to the Salmon breaks down here, The fishermen to
whom I have spoken on the subject, all declare that the movement
of the shoals at the spawning season is simply out of one estuary
into another, and that they are not, and never are, deep-sea
Fishes. What makes this (the fishermen's view) the more likely
is that at that season the Mullet is extremely fat, and it is scarcely
possible that a fish which lives as Dr. Gunther informs us on the
organic substances contained in the mud of rivers and creeks,
sifted from the inorganic particles by the action of a pharyngeal
apparatus, can improve so rapidly in condition in the open sea
and a sandy or rocky bottom. I shall however have more to say
on this subject, when I come to the description and history of the
various Bpecies.
Dr. Gunther Cat. Brit. Mus., Vol. ITT., p. 409.) divi
family into three genera :
412 ON THE MUGILIB^ OF AUSTRALIA.
Mugil — without teeth in the jaws.
Agonostoma — small teeth, lower jaw rounded.
Mijxus — small teeth, lower jaw angular.
To these, Kner, in the Fishes of the No vara, page 276, has
added the genus Pseudomugil, founded on a small fish of Port
Jackson, which I have never seen, hut it is certainly not properly
one of the 3fugilid(c, and I shall not therefore include it in the
family.
MUGIL, Artedi.
This is the chief genus of the family, it is of world-wide
distribution, of numerous species, and of high reputation as a
food fish.
The following are the Australian species : —
A. Adipose eyelid, lips thin.
Mugil grakdis, Oasteln.
Proceedings of the Linn. Soc. of N. S. W., Vol. 3, p. 386.
The description given of this species by the Count de Castelnau
is so complete and elaborate that I can offer very little in addition.
The male is proportionally shorter than the female, and most
remarkably so about the snout.
This is the well-known "Sea Mullet " of the fishermen, the
largest and best of the species found on our Eastern Coasts. It
visits our harbours and inlets every year in enormous successive
shoals, at periods varying from the middle of March to the latter
end of May. These shoals always appear to be proceeding in a
northerly direction, but we have no evidence that they come from
deep-water, or that they are ever seen excepting close to the
shore. At the season of their appearance in these large shoals,
they are full of roe and in the finest condition, indeed I think
that in richness and delicacy of flavour a good Sea Mullet surpasses
even the Salmon.
BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 413
When " the Mullet are in " to use the expression of those who
are on the watch for them, considerable activity is shown amon^
the fishermen, but the benefit they derive from the bountiful
prof tision of these visitors is so limited, that I have known boat-
loads of the finest fish thrown away, because they were not worth
the trouble of conveying to market. Beyond the consumption of
the fresh fish in the city, no means have yet been devised for
utilizing this great food supply. The roes no doubt are eagerly
bought up and salted, and a few of the fish themselves are salted
and smoked, but the salting process is I think anything but
a success.
The object of these migrations being the search for spawning
grounds, the shoals after entering the harbour at once seem to
search every creek and cranny for the suitable conditions. In
this harbour no doubt the mud flats up the Parramatta Piver are
the favourite spots for the deposition of the spawn, but the
following note which I made a few days ago, would seem to
indicate that almost any muddy beach will suit their 2)urpose.
•' On the 16th of October, 1879, large shoals of very small fish
were seen alongside the boat jetty at Elizabeth Bay. Two of
them were captured in a butterfly net by Mr. Masters. They
proved to be the young of Jlugil grandis, and were respectively
16 and 18 lines in length. As the time of spawning is never
later than May, and as these fish could not have been more than
a day or two old, the inference is that the spawn had remained
in the mud near that spot during the winter, and until the
increasing heat of spring had caused the ova to germinate."
Among the niany and prolific breeding grounds of this Mullet,
there is none more important than George's Piver, and if no other
objections existed to the proposal of damming that river for the
purpose of providing Sydney with water, the closing up of such an
extent of the favourite spawning ground of this most valuable fish,
would of itself, be a sufficient ground of objection.
414 ON THE MUGILID^E OF AUSTRALIA,
Tins species of Mullet, as indeed is the case with all fishes, loses
very rapidly its excellence after the spawning season is over, they
are indeed still fat, but the delicacy and freshness are gone, and
they quickly contract an oily and muddy taste. In this state they
are often brought to the market throughout the winter, but they
are not to be compared with the same fish when it first conies in
to spawn ; in fact they are then as disagreeable as they were
formerly delicious. The date at which these fish return to the
sea, if they do so at all, is very doubtful, the favourite theory has
been that in this respect they resemble the Salmon, but as I
mentioned a few pages back, the evidence of the fishermen
generally points to a very different conclusion, and the feeding
habits of the Mullet are such as to strengthen the evidence in
favour of their views. The Mullets generally, according to their
observation, accumulate at the spawning season in large shoals
from the rivers, creeks, mud flats, and lakes in which they had
lain during the winter and early part of summer. Acting upon
the impulse which seems to compel movement at that time, the
shoals descend to the sea, but apparently merely for the purpose
of changing their ground, as they enter and run up the next
river or inlet in their course. Thus the full fish from Botany and
George's River enter Port Jackson and so on ; the movement
always being from South to North, and I have never heard of
anything resembling a return current of the spent fish. There
should be no great difficulty, one would suppose, with a fish so
well-known and such a regular visitant as the Mugil grandis in
arriving at something like accuracy as regards its history and
habits.
2. Mugil dobula, Gunth.
Cat. Brit. Mus., Vol. III., p. 420. Casteln., P. L. S., N.S. Wales
III, p. 387.
The following is Dr. Gunther's description :
"D. 4. 1/8. A. 3/8. L. lat. 40— 42. L. transv. 14.
BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 415
" The height of the body equals the length of the head and is
one-fifth of the total. The young spocimen has the body some-
what more elender. The least depth of the tail is two-fifths of
the length of the head. The lower profile of the head is rather
more convex than the upper ; the greatest depth of the head,
above the posterior margin of the operculum, is three quarters of
its length ; the interorbital space is slightly convex, and contained
twice and a third in the length of the head. The snout is broad,
moderately depressed, and longer than the eye ; lips thin ; the
maxillary is a little longer than the intermaxillary, and becomes
just visible behind the angle of the mouth ; the preorbital is not
emarginate and is minutely denticulated at its anterior edge and
at its extremity, which is obliquely truncated. The cleft of the
mouth is one-fourth broader than it is deep ; the margins of the
mandibular^ bones form an acute angle anteriorly ; the space at
the chin, between the mandibles and interopercles, is elongate-
lanceolate. Both lips are provided with a series of minute cilise.
There is a deep cavity in front of the vomer. The nostrils are
distant from each other, and the posterior is somewhat nearer to
the orbit than to the anterior. The eye is surrounded by a broad
adipose membrane, nearly entirely covering the iris. There are
three series of somewhat deciduous scales between the eye and
the prseopercular margin ; the angle of the praeoperculum is
rather produced posteriorly ; there are three pores on its inferior
margin and two on its posterior. The pectoral fin is inserted
somewhat above the middle of the body, and extends to the tenth
scale of the lateral line ; it is shorter than the head (the snout
not included); the root of the ventral is midway between the base of
the pectoral and dorsal. There are 22 or 24 scales between the
snout and the spinous dorsal. The origin of the latter corresponds
to the twelfth scale of the lateral line, and is exactly in the middle
between snout and base of the caudal ; the length of the first
spine is one half, or a little more than one half, of that of the
head. The distance between the origins of the two dorsal fins is
416 ON THE MUGILIDiE OF AUSTRALIA,
nearly equal to the length of the head. The soft dorsal is
considerably higher than long, as high as the spinous, and has
the upper edge slightly emarginate ; a few scales cover the
anterior rays. Caudal forked. The anal commences a litttle before
the opposite dorsal fin, is higher than long, and rather higher
and not more scaly, than the dorsal. Pointed scales of moderate
length in the axil of the first dorsal, of the pectoral, and of the
ventral. Colour greenish shining golden ; fins minutely dotted
with blackish."
Dr. Grimther mentions specimens of this fish in the British
Museum from Australia, and Aneiteum, and Count Castelnau
points out its indentity with the well-known " Hard-gut Mullet "
of the Sydney fisherman.
It is a much smaller fish than 31. grandis, but equally good, and
equally abundant in the spawning season. The shoals generally
make their appearance before those of M. grandis, and penetrate
higher up the rivers into fresh water.
3. MlJGIL CEPHALOTUS, C. & V.
(Translated from the German of Prof. Kner, " Yoyage of the
Novara," page 224.)
The height of the body is 5 — 5^ in the total length, and nearly
equal to the length of the head, in which the width of the fore-
head between the eyes is contained 2^ times ; the adipose eyelid
strongly developed, anteriorly and posteriorly; the upper lip
thin ; the edge of the inner and sub-maxilla3 thickly beset with
cilire, these last rectangular at the junction, and larger ; the
palate has on either side two longish patches of very fine velvety
teeth, and the tongue is rough ; prceorbital is long, and is thickly
dentated on its under and hinder edge. The angle of the
prasoperculuin springs close behind with a blunted point. The
first dorsal begins exactly in the centre of the length of the body,
and the ventrals are in the middle between it and the base of the
pectorals. The large scales of the top of the head are deeply
15Y WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 117
Concentrically striated, those of tlie trunk more regularly ctenoid.
The spur scale of the dorsal reaches beyond the end of the fin,
that of the pectorals measures two-fifths of the length of the fin.
All examples show a large bluish warty spot at the base of the
pectorals, and many alternate clear and clouded stripes along the
scale rows. Length 3 — 11". From Java, Manilla, and New
Holland.
1). 4. 1/8. A. 3/8. L. lat. 39-10.
I have never seen this fish, but Kner, who is an accurate
observer and an acknowledged authority, announces it as a Port
Jackson fish in his work on the Fishes of the Novara Expedition,
and there is no reason to suppose that he is wrong. AVe may
conclude however that it is not a common fish, and therefore
cannot be reckoned among the useful species.
4. Mugil augexteijs, Gunth.
Cat. Brit. Mus. Ill, p. 424, Journ. Mus. Grodef.
I). 4. 1/8. A. 3 9. L. lat. 28. L. transv. 10.
"The height of the body is contained four-times in the total
length, the length of the head four-times and two-thirds, the
caudal fin nearly five-times. An adipose membrane covers one-
half of the iris anteriorly and posteriorly. The upper profile is
strongly arched. The interorbital space is flat, and its width is
two-fifths or the length of the head. The snout is rather broad,
shorter than the e3*e, the upper lip being moderately thick,
truncated, and forming its front margin. The anterior margins
of the two mandibular}- bones form an obtuse angle, and the cleft
of the mouth is thrice as broad as it is deep. The free space
at the chin, between the mandibles is narrow, elongate, lanceolate ;
the maxillary is entirely hidden ; the prreorbital with a notch
anteriorly, and with the extremity truncated. There are eighteen
Males between the snout and the dorsal. The pectoral is as long
as the head, the length of the snout not included, and extends
418 ON THE MUGILID/E OF AUSTRALIA,
to the ninth scale of the lateral line ; it is inserted somewhat
ahove the middle of the depth of the body, and has no elongate
scale in its axil. The spinous dorsal commences nearer to the
tail than to the extremity of the snont above the tenth scale of
the lateral line. The second dorsal commences above the twentieth
scale, or above the middle of the anal fm ; both fins are scaleless.
Dorsal and anal fins of equal height, much lower than the tail
between them ; candal emarginate, black-edged."
Dr. Gnnther gives, in his Catalogue, from which the above
description is copied, Port Jackson and South Australia as the
habitat of this species, but in a subsequent mention of the same
fish in his work on the Fishes of the South Sea, published in the
Journal of the Godeffrey Museum, he mentions, the Fitzroy
River near Pockkampton, as another locality. I have never, to
my knowledge, seen a specimen of the fish.
5. Mugil occidentalis, Castehi.
Proc. Zool. and Acclim. Soc, Victoria, Vol. II., p. 135.
D. 4. 1/3. A. 3/8. L. lat. 44.
The following is Count Castelnau's description of this fish.
It is quite unknown to me :
" General appearance of Mugil Waigiensis and the head of the
same form ; height of the body contained four times in the total
length of the fish to the centre of the tail ; head not quite as long-
as the height of the body, contained nearly four and a-half times
in the same dimension ; snout longer than the diameter of the
eye, but contained nearly four times in the length of the head ;
the breadth of this, behind the eyes, is contained once and a-half
in the length of the head and the space between the e}res is
contained a little more than twice in the same dimension ; the
teeth are very numerous and rather largo for the genus, on both
of the jaws ; the space extending behind the eye and also the
adipose eyelid are covered with strong and numerous arched stria);
BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 419
the head is covered with scales of large size, but these become
very minute towards the lips ; the longitudinal line has forty large
scales, and three or four smaller ones near the caudal. From the
transverse line that would pass over the centre of the eye to the
root of the dorsal there are twenty scales ; the body is very high,
and its lower profile very convexed ; the scales number fifteen on
the transverse line ; they are plain, rather rugose, with a short
ridge that does not extend to the root, neither to the margin ; the
first dorsal is placed at equal distance from the extremity of the
snout and the upper base of the caudal fin ; it is formed of four
spines ; the first of which is the longest, and is equal to the space
between the eyes ; the second dorsal is placed behind the root of
the first at a distance rather less than the length of the head ; it
is formed of a spine and eight rays ; the first is not longer, of one
half of the height of the first ray ; the last is prolongated and
pointed ; there are a few very minute scales between the rays ;
the caudal is strongly forked ; it is scaly and formed of fourteen
long rays ; the anal is opposite to the second dorsal, and has the
same form ; it has three spines and eight rays ; the ventrals are
inserted at equal distance from the base of the pectorals and the
first dorsal ; the pectorals are short, broad and scaly ; their length
is contained one and a-half in the head ; they are very far from
attaining the vertical from the first dorsal, and their extremity
only covers the base of the tenth scale of the longitudinal line ;
they have fifteen rays. The eleventh and twenty-third transverse
lines of scales originate at the root of the first and second dorsal ;
there is a very large pectoral scale.
The fish seems to have been silvery with the upper parts of an
obscured grey ; the longitudinal lines are well marked on the
specimens preserved in liquor ; there is a large golden blotch
behind the eye ; the length of my specimens, which are said by
Mr. Bostock to be of the average size, are about twelve inches ;
but a dried one he also sent me is fourteen. This sort inhabits
420 ON THE MUGILID^ OF AUSTRALIA,
the rivers of Western Australia, all the year round, and is a good
edible fish."
B. No adipose eyelid.
6. Mugil Waigiensis, Quoy and Gaim.
Gunth. Cat. Brit. Mus., Vol III., p. 435.
D. 4. 1/7. A. 3/8. L. lat. 26—27. L. transv. 9. Caec. pylor. 10.
Vert. 11/13.
The height of the body is contained four-time and a-f ourth to
four-times and three-fourths in the total length, the length of the
head four-times and a-half . Head broad, flat above, the width
of the interorbital space being one-half of the length of the head.
Snout short, broad, depressed and obtuse. Lips thin , the angle
made by the anterior margins of the mandibulary bones is very
obtuse. The free space at the chin, between the mandibles, is
broadly lanceolate. The inferior extremity of the maxillary is
visible below the angle of the mouth. Eye without adipose
membrane. There are sixteen series of scales between the spinous
dorsal fin and the snout. The pectoral extends to the vertical
from the orign of the dorsal. The eight and seventeenth scales
of the lateral line correspond to the origins of the two dorsal fins.
The soft dorsal and the anal short and elevated, scaly ; caudal
very slightly emarginate. Pectorals blackish, entirely black in
immature specimens. ' ' — ( Gunther.)
" From the Bed Sea through the Indian Ocean and Archipelago
to the Coasts of Australia and to Polynesia," says Dr. Gunther,
to these localities Count Castelnau adds Port Jackson. It must
however, I think, be rather a rare visitant to the temperate regions
of New South Wales, but it is abundant in the Northern parts of
Australia at certain seasons, and is most deservedly looked upon
as the perfection of piscine excellence.
I have received specimens from Port Darwin and I found them
most abundant at Cape York in the month of July 1875.
BY "WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 421
7. Mugil Pekonii, Cuv. and Val.
Gunth. Cat. Brit. Mus., Vol. III., p. 452. Casteln. Proc. Linn.
Soc, N.S. Wales.. Vol. III., p.
D. 4. 1/9. A. 3/10. L. lat. 41. Csbc. pylor. 2.
Upper profile straight, snout longer than the eye, maxillary
not entirely hidden by the prreorbital ; no adipose eyelid, no
pointed scale in pectoral axil, caudal compressed, very high and
very strongly emarginate ; body compressed, its greatest height
being behind the centre. Colour very silvery ; back black, with
a blue tinge, fins dark, a bright golden spot on the opercle in
front of the pectorals, and another behind the eye.
This species was originally described by Valenciennes as
coming from the North West Coast of New Holland. This would
appear to be a mistake. Count Castelnau points out in the Proc.
Zool. and Acclim. Soc, of Victoria, Vol. II., p. 151, that the
locality from which the specimen named Peronii by Valenciennes
came, was Western Port in Victoria. It is not however found in
great numbers in that colony. In Port Jackson it is known as
the Flat-tail Mullet. Like M. (/ranch's and dohula, it is very plentiful
at spawning time, which I am told is rather later than that of the
others. It is a very fine fish, averaging about a foot in length.
The broad high tail, and the eye without adipose lid, make this
species readily recognizable from any of the others found in Port
Jackson
8. Mugil compresstjs, Gunth.
Cat. Brit. Mus., Vol., III., p. 451.
D. 4. 1/8. A. 3/9. L. lat. 28. L. transv. 10.
"Adipose ej'elid none ; upper lip rather thin ; the greatest depth
of the body is below the spinous dorsaJ, where it is contained
four-times and two-thirds in the total length. The extremity of
the maxillary is conspicuous behind and below the angle of the
422 ON THE mugilid;e of Australia,
mouth. The two anterior dorsal spines of nearly equal length
and strength."
Of this fish Dr. Gunther only says, " Habitat, New South
Wales ; a specimen one foot long, presented by the Medical
Officers R. A." I have never seen anything like it from any part
of New South Wales, but I have identified a Mullet I received
some months ago from Port Darwin as this species.
9. Mugil Pettardi, Casteln.
Researches on the Fishes of Australia, p. 32.
D. 4. 1/8. A. 3/9. L. lat. 46.
"No adipose eyelid, snout tapering, height of body four-times
in the total length, and more than the length of the head.
Anterior dorsal spines very strong. Caudal fin very large, with
the lobes elongate." Named by Count Castelnau after Mr. Pettard
who sent him the first specimens he received. It seems to be
abundant in the Richmond River, and attains a considerable size
(about a foot). Like all the tribe it is much prized for the table.
10. Mugil delicatus, All. and MacL.
Proc. Linn. Soc, N. S. Wales, Vol. 1, p. 341, pi. xv., fig. 1.
By reference to the volume indicated, a full description and
figure of this fine fish will be obtained. It was caught in the seine
in great abundance about the end of June, 1875, in the Bays about
Cape York, along with If. Waigiensis, by the crew of the " Chevert."
The fishes were then without roe, but probably had only just
deposited it, as they were in very fine condition. The scanty
inhabitants of Somerset, among whom some of the hauls were
distributed, were no less pleased than surprised to find themselves
surrounded by such delicacies ; though living almost among them,
they had never noticed the fish before.
BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 423
I now come to two species placed by their respective authors
in the genus Mugil, but which appear to me to differ considerably
in appearance from all others of the genus, though possibly the}'
would not fit well into the following genus Agonostoma. One of
them is thus described by Count Castelnau :
11. Mugil ventricosus, Casteln.
Eesearches on the Fishes of Australia, p. 32.
1 'Adipose eyelid not developed ; upper lip not particularly thick ;
anal fin with eight soft rays, lateral line with twenty-nine scales.
These characters would only allow this species to be placed with
Waigiensis, but it is very distinct by its form, &c. Height of the
body contained rather less than three times and a-half in the total
length of the fish ; the head is three times and a-quarter in the
same ; the general form of the body is oval and compressed ; the
upper profile regularly curved, and the lower one inflated on the
belly ; head broad, rather flat above ; the interorbital space is
contained twice and a-half in the length of the head ; this is
rather pointed, seen laterally the angle made by the anterior
margins of the mandibulary bones is very obtuse and emarginated
in front ; mandibules finely striated ; the free space at the chin
broadly lanceolate ; teeth very visible and numerous at the upper
jaw, the lower one rather crenulated on its edge ; eye rather large
contained three times and a-half in the length of the head ; the
anterior dorsal spine is large, and only contained once and a-half
in the length of the head ; the pectorals are contained once and
one-third in the same, and are inserted above the middle of the
depth of the body ; the ventrals are situated much nearer to the
perpendicular of the base of the pectorals than to the one of the
first dorsal ; the anal commences a little in advance of the opposite
dorsal fin, and both are scaly ; the least depth of the tail is
contained twice and a-half in the length of the head, or twice and
two-thirds in the thickest part of the body ; the colour after
having been in the liquor, is uniform silvery, with the upper part
/
424 ON THE MUGILID.E OF AUSTRALIA,
bluish ; the fins yellow. Two specimens about three and a-half
inches long. Nicol Bay, Western Australia.
Nota. — The position of the teeth would place this fish with
Agonostoma, but it is so absolutely similar to some species of Mugil
as to make me unwilling to put it in any other genus, the more
so as the cleft of the mouth agrees with Mugil, and not with
Agonostoma. I doubt very much also if this latter genus will be
maintained, as I think other sorts will form passages between
the two."
12. Mugil ckenidens, Kner.
Voy. Nov. Fische, p. 229, pi. 9, fig. 6.
D. 4. 1/8. A. 3/9. L. lat. 43—44. L. trans. 12—13. Ap. pyl. 2.
" Dentes crenati uniseriales intermaxillares, ciliati pluriseriales
in ambitu niaxilla) inferioris, vomer, os palatina, pterygoidea et
linguale dentibus velutinis obsita."
I will not give any further detail of this species, as it can
scarcely be confounded with any other, it is a small fish not 6
inches in length, and is rather rare I should say in Port Jackson.
Two other species of Mugil have been described as coming from
this country, one Mugil breviceps, by Steindackner in the Proceed-
ings of the Academy of Sciences of Vienna in 1866, the other
Mugil gelatinosus by Klunzinger in the Archiv. fur Natur, for 1872.
I have never seen these descriptions, and I cannot recognize or
accopt them as species. If Naturalists are desirous of describing
the Fauna of this country iu publications in places so remote as
Vienna or Berlin, they might at all events transmit a copy of such
publications to one of the scientific societies of this place.
Genus AGONOSTOMA, Gunther.
Small teeth in one at least of the jaws, the lower lip with the
margin rounded not sharp.
BY "WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 425
13. Agonostoma diemensis, Richardson.
Erebus and Terror, Fishes, p. 37, pi. 26, fig. 1 and 2. Casteln.,
Proc. Zool. and Accl. Soc, Victoria, Vol. 1, p. 161.
D. 4/10. A. 3/12. C. 14. 5/4. P. 15.
Upper parts greyish-blue with green tinges on the body, and
brown on the head ; the lower parts of the body are silvery, the
upper and pectoral fins are light grey, the caudal is yellow bordered
posteriorly with black, the anal white ; there are very fine
longitudinal lines on the sides ; eyes gilt. Count Castelnau states
" loo. cit" that this fish is very common at Port Phillip all the
year round, that it is called the "Mullet " there, and that it rarely
exceeds 12 or 13 inches in length. He points out also that Dr.
Gunther had made a mistake in referring this species to Agonostoma
Forsteri, a distinct New Zealand fish. This species is also
common in AVe stern Australia.
14. Agonostoma lactjstris, Casteln.
Proc. Zool. and Acclim. Soc, Victoria, Vol. 1, p. 142.
D. 4/9. A. 3/12. L. lat. 62. L. transv. 16.
Head not so pointed as in the last species ; height five and
a-half times in the total length, head five times in the same ; orbit
four and a-half times in the length of the head. The two first
spines of the dorsal are joined at the base ; the caudal is strongly
emarginate with the lobes pointed. Colour greyish-green on the
upper parts, white on the lower ; each scale with an obscure
margin, a reddish spot on the head ; the upper part of the head
and lips of a dark violet colour ; fins greyish, caudal with a black
posterior margin, eyes of a very bright orange.
This fish is known as the Lake Mullet, and is brought to the
Melbourne market from the Gipps Land Lakes. It is scarce.
In my paper on the fishes of Port Darwin, (Proc. Linn. Soc,
Vol. 2, p. 360, pi. ix., fig. 8.) I described a fish under the name of
Agonostoma Dariviniense. It is an Eleotris and not an Agonostoma.
426 ON THE MUGILID.E OF ATJSTKALIA.
Genus MYXUS, Gunth.
Small teeth in the upper jaw, sometimes also on the lower,
anterior margin of the mandibles sharp.
15. Myxus elongatus, Gunth.
Cat. Brit. Mus., Vol. III., p. 466. Kner., Yoy. Novara, p. 230.
D. 4. 1/8. A. 3/9. L. lat. 45. L. transv. 13.
"A single series of fine teeth in the upper jaw, none in the lower ;
vomer with a narrow cross band of teeth ; sometimes a very small
patch anteriorly on the palatine bones. Lips thin ; praeorbital
serrated anteriorly and inferiorly. The anterior dorsal spine
slender, its length being rather more than one-half of that of the
head. Eleven inches long."
Hah. Hobson's Bay and Port Jackson.
To the above description of Dr. Gunth er's I may add that the
small specimens I have seen taken in Port Jackson, have a distinct
black spot above the root of the pectoral fins, and a golden spot
near them on the edge of the operculum. They are known among
the Sydney fishermen as the " Sand Mullet " and " Tallegallann,"
and are not of much value as an article of food.
From the list of species of the Mullet tribe above enumerated,
it will be seen that while all parts of Australia abound with one
or more species of these very valuable fishes, Port Jackson and
its immediate vicinity is favoured by the annual visits of no less
than three of the very best kinds: — " M. grandis, dohda, and
Peronii." But of what avail is it ? We certainly do not manifest
any appreciation of our advantages, by our efforts to benefit
by them. In the magnificent display of all the productions
and manufactures of the Globe, now to be seen in the International
Exhibition in the Garden Palace, one looks in vain for any
evidence of the value of our Fisheries. We see Tunny, Sardines
and Anchovies from the Mediterranean. Salmon from America, and
Cod, Ling, Herring, &c , from Northern Europe, but in Australia
BY WILLIAM MACLEAY, F.L.S. 1-7
with a more bountiful natural supply than any, or all of these
countries, there is not a single exhibit of fish of any kind. It
is no doubt ovei'stepping the bounds of a Scientific Paper, entering
at any length into questions of an economic character, but if by
means of the publicity given to the papers read in this Societ}T, I
am enabled to call public attention to this all important subject,
I am sure the Society will not grudge me the opportunity.
I do not propose, however, to do more than point out that the
development of our fisheries is of such vast importance in a
national point of view, that it might well, here, as has been the
case in nearly all other countries, form a subject for the serious
attention of the Government. I do not mean that the Government
should become fishermen or fishmongers, but that it should use
the means, readily at its disposal, to bring together all information,
which we are now so defective in, as to the haunts, habits, uses,
&c, of the fishes of our Coast. For this purpose, I think a
Commission should be appointed, whose duty it would be to
enquire into, and report upon everything connected with our fish
supply, on fish culture, on the methods to be emplo}Ted in catching
the various fishes, on the best modes of preparing them for the
market, and on the best means of protecting valuable kinds from
unprofitable destruction, either by their human or their natural
enemies. Such an enquiry properly conducted, would necessarily
be productive of much good in accumulating information of a
reliable character upon subjects admittedly of National importance
even though the results on the development of our fisheries might
not be immediately apparent.
428 on tropical mollusca,
Tropical Mollusca recently dredged at Port Jackson Heads.
By J. Brazier, O.M.Z.S., C. M. R. S. Tas.
1. Typhis arcuatus.
Typhis arcuatus, Hinds, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1843, p. 19.
,, Japonica, A. Ad., Proc. Zool. Soc, 1862, p. 374.
,, arcuatus, Sowerby, Tlies. Conch., Yol. III., p. 320, pl^
384, f. 3, 4, 5.
,, arcuatus, Tenison- Woods, Papers and Proceedings Koyal
Society Tasmania, 1876, p. 132.
Hah. " Sow and Pigs' Reef," three fathoms. Outer North
Head of Port Jackson near the rocks, five fathoms, sand and shells
— f Brazier J. Cape of Good Hope. Dredged on the L'Agulhas
Bank, in from forty to fifty-four fathoms, [Hinds J.
Long Bay, Bruny Island, Tasmania, ten fathoms, sand, (Rev.
H. D. Atkinson J . Japan, (A. Adams J.
This very rare species was first obtained by Mr. Richard Brinsley
Hinds during the voyage of H.M.S. ' Sulphur,' and by Mr.
Arthur Adams at Japan, and recently as far south as Tasmania
by the Rev. H. D. Atkinson. My first specimen I obtained at
the " Sow and Pigs' Reef," in 1865, rather sea-worn and over-
looked by me until now, the second specimen recently obtained
is in good condition and measures five lines long, it is lighter in
colour than type specimens.
2. Nassa coronata.
Buccinum coronatum, Lam., Anim. Sans. Vert., tome 7, p. 276.
Nassa coronata, Reeve, Conch. Icon., pi. 3, sp. 30.
Hah. Outer Manly Beach, crawling on the sands at low- water,
only one specimen found (Brazier J.
During the Ch evert Expedition we obtained it at Palm Island,
Cape Grenville, and Home Islands, North-east Australia ; and
Bet Island, Torres Straits. It is also very common at Moreton
Bay in all varieties.
by j. brazier, c.m.z.s., etc. 429
3. Mitra Pacifica.
Mitra Pacifica, Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1845, p. 52.
Mitra Pacifica, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., parts xxxi. — xxxii., pi.
359, fig. 388.
Hob. Outer North Head of Port Jackson, five fathoms, sand,
stones, and broken shells, (Brazier). Lord Hood's Island
(Cuming).
The single specimen obtained on our coast is very much sea-
worn, it agrees well with fine living specimens that I have seen
from other Pacific Islands, it need never be confounded with Mitra
exasperata, Chem., allthough they approach near to one another.
4. Sekectus squamostjs.
Turbo squamosus, Gray, Voyage of H.M.S. 'Fly,' 1847, Vol. II.
p. 359, pi. 2, fig. 8.
,, laminiferus, Peeve, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1848, p. 49. Conch.
Icon., pi. 4, sp. 17.
,, foliaceus, Homb. et Jacq., Voy. Au. Pole Sud., de
l'Astrolabe et la Zelee, 1854, Tome V., p. 60, Atlas pi. 14,
fig. 34, 37.
Hah. Outer North Head of Port Jackson, ten fathoms near the
rocks, (Brazier).
The home of this species is Torres Straits, during the Chevert
Expedition it was found very common at Dungeness Island. Mr.
E. Spalding obtained it also at Port Darwin and Port Essington.
The specimen I obtained at the Heads is dead but in splendid
condition.
5. BuccrNULUs coccinatus.
Tornatella coccinata, Peeve, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1842, p. 60.
Solidula coccinata, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1854, p. 61.
Buccinulus coccinatus, Brazier, English Journal of Conch., 1879,
Vol. II., p. 198.
430 ON TROPICAL MOLLUSCA,
Hal. Inner North Head of Port Jackson, five fathoms, sand
and broken shells, f Brazier J. Mindanao, Philippines, twenty-
five fathoms, sandy mud, f Cuming. J Noumea, New Caledonia,
eight fathoms, sandy wad., {Brazier J. IsleAmede, New Caledonia,
deep water, ( Monsieur FalreJ. Fitzroy Island, North-east
Australia, found on the sands. Whale Island, Aneiteum, New
Hebrides, found on sandy mud-flats, (Brazier J.
I have been very lucky in dredging ten specimens, my first
haul was three dead ones, and on my second visit I secured seven
splendid living examples, the largest measured eleven lines long,
others from nine, eight, six, and the smallest five lines long.
During the Chevert Expedition, it was not found at any of our
dredging stations.
6. Tellina. striatula.
Tellina striatula, Lam., Anim. San. Vert., 2 ed., Tome YL, p. 201.
,, striatula, Hanley, in Sowerby's Thes. Conch., Vol. 1, p.
255, pi. 61, fig. 175.
Hal. Outer North Head of Port Jackson, twelve fathoms sand
and shells, {Brazier). Philippine Islands, {Cuming). New
Caledonia, {Rossiter).
One living example was obtained with a few broken valves,
including a valve of a species like Tellina robusta, Hanley.
7. Chione marica.
Venus marica, Linn., Syst. Nat., p. 1130.
,, marica, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. II., p. 719, pi. 157,
f. 108.
Chione marica, Desh., Cat. Bivalve Shells, British Museum, p. 129.
Sab. Outer North Head of Port Jackson, twelve fathoms, sand
and shells {Brazier). Philippine Islands, {Cuming). New
Caledonia, {Rossiter).
BY J. BRAZIER, C.M.Z.S., ETC. 431
The living specimen dredged at Sydney Heads is only five lines
long, those from New Caledonia are very fine and found in great
variety, both in deep water and on saiuly mud-flats at low water.
Note ox Oniscia Ponderosa, with its Locality.
By J. Brazier, C.M.Z.S., etc.
OxiSCIA PONDEROSA.
Oniscia ponder osa, Hanley, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1858, p. 255, pi.
xlii., fig. 9—10.
Sab. Penirihonen, north coast of New Caledonia, {R. C.
Ross iter).
When it was described by Mr. Hanley the locality of this very
rare and beautiful species was unknown. The specimen before
me I consider the grandest of the genus, and it is the first found
in Australian Seas ; much remains to be done in New Caledonia
with the dredge.
On the Australian Brachyura Oxyrhyncha.
By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc.
[Plates 25—27.]
Descriptions of several species of Australian Maioid Brachyura
occur in the works of Milne-Edwards, and the earlier writers on
the subject, and a few have more recently been described by
Dana, Streets, A. Milne-Edwards, Hess and Miers. These amount
in all to nineteen species, belonging to thirteen genera. I have
now to add thirty-seven species (of which seventeen appear to be
new to science), thus bringing up the total number to fifty-six
species, belonging to twenty-seven different genera. The greater
number of the new species are contained in the fine collection
432 ON THE AUSTRALIAN BRACHYURA OXYRHYNCHA,
obtained by the Hon. "William Macleay on the eastern coast and
in Torres Straits; the remainder are in the collection of the
Australian Museum, or were obtained by myself at Port Denison.
The arrangement followed is the modification of Prof. Dana's
classification of the group proposed by Mr. E. J. Miers *
Fam. I. INACHIDjE.
Genus Stenorhynchus, Lamarck.
1. Stenorhynchus curvirostris, A. Milne- Ed wards.
Stenorhynchus curvirostris, A. Milne-Edwards, Journal des Museum, Godeffroy,
Band i, Hft. iv.. p. 75.
Sab. Bass' Straits, (Godeffroy Museum).
2. Stenorhynchus brevirostris, mihi. Plate xxvii. fig. 5.
Stenorhynchus brevirostris, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soe., N.S. W., vol. iii.,p. 408.
Sab. Port Jackson, Port Denison.
3. Stenorhynchus fissifrons, mihi.
Stenorhynchus fissifrons, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. hi., p. 409.
Gastric region of the carapace armed with a short, blunt spine
and two tubercles placed in the form of a triangle, the base being
directed forwards, and the apex formed by the spine ; cardiac
region with a single short thick spine ; branchial regions each
with three rounded, larger, and three smaller, pointed tubercles
and a few rounded granulations ; hepatic regions elevated,
ornamented with two or three pointed tubercles. Eostral spines
short, acute ; frontal furrow extending as far back as the line
joining the posterior borders of the orbits ; upper orbital border
armed with three small, acute teeth on its outer surface ; wrist
with two tubercles on its outer surface, and two small teeth on its
inferior border ; hand with a row of short acute spines on its
* Proc. Linn. Soc. Zool., vol. xiv., pp. 634 — 673,
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 433
superior and inferior borders, the inuer surface smooth, the outer
surface obscurely tuberculated towards the middle.
Hah. Auckland (Macleay Museum) ; Port Jackson (Australian
Museum).
Genus Acilzeus, Leach.
4. Achams breviceps, sp. nov.
Female. Carapace smooth, hairy at the sides ; regions well-
defined ; cardiac region prominent ; a low angular elevation on
the hepatic region. Rostrum very short. Frontal region very
short, with a well-marked mesial furrow. Eye peduncles rather
long, as long as the front, Arm trigonal ; wrist smooth, rounded ;
palm compressed and longitudinally ridged ; ringers as long as
the palm, slightly incurved, acute, toothed, meeting throughout
the entire length of their inner edges. Second pair of limbs
three times as long as the post-frontal region of the carapace ;
dactylos filiform. Following pairs of limbs decreasing in length
backwards ; dactyli falciform. Length J in.
Hal. Port Jackson.
Genus Camposcia, Latr.
5. Camposcia retusa, Latr.
Camposcia retusa, Latr. R. An. 2e ed., t. iv., p. 60 ; Gnerin, Icon. Crust., pi.
ix., fig. 1 ; Milne-Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., tome i., p. 283, pi. xv., figs.
15, 16 ; A. Milne-Edwards, Now. Arch, du Mus., t. viii., p. 255, (1872).
Hah. Seas of Asia ; New Caledonia (Paris Museum) ; Cape
Grenville ("Chevert" Exped.); Port Denison (Australian
Museum).
Genus Oncinopus, De Haan.
6. Oncinopus angidatus, sp. nov.
Carapace triangular, much depressed behind. Gastric region
elevated ; cardiac region slightly elevated in the centre, with two
434 ON THE AUSTRALIAN BRACHYURA OXYRHYNCHA,
rounded tubercles ; hepatic regions with a rounded transverse
ridge. Front deeply incised. Lateral border with a low angular
elevation behind the eye. Anterior limbs slightly longer than
the carapace ; hand dilated in the male ; second pair of legs about
twice as long as the carapace, the meros, carpus and propodos
stout ; posterior legs more slender than the second pair, about
one and a-half times the length of the carapace. Length three-
fifths of an inch.
Hal. Port Jackson (very common) ; Cape Grenville (" Chevert"
Exped.)
This species differs from its very near ally 0. neptumus of Adams
and White, which it closely resembles in the form and proportions
of the limbs, chiefly in having the front rather less deeply incised,
and in the presence of a slight projection on the lateral border
of the carapace.
Genus Halimus, Latr.
7. Halimus tumidus, Dana.
Halimus tumidus, Dana, U.S. Explor. Exped., Crust., L, p. 165 ; Hess, Beitrage
zur Kenntniss der Decapoden Krebse Ost Australiens, Arch iv fur Nat. 1865,
p. 130.
Hob. Sydney (Dana ; Australian Museum).
8. Halimus spinosus, Hess.
Halimus spinosus, Hess, Archiv fur Nat. 1865, p. 129, pi. vi., fig. 1.
Halimus truncatipes, (?) Miers, Ann. and Mag . Nat. Hist. (5) vol. iv.,p. 3.
Hab. Sydney.
I have little doubt that a specimen in Mr. Macleay's collection
and others in the Australian Museum — all from Port Jackson —
belong to this species ; they have the square truncate terminal
joints of the ambulatory legs described by Mr. Miers as
distinguishing his H. trunicatipes, and otherwise exactly conform
to his description of that species.
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 435
9. Halimus las vis, sp. nov. ?
Carapace nearly smooth above ; five tubercles on the gastric
region ; no spine on the posterior margin ; lateral spines similarly
placed to those of II. spinosus but smaller — the last almost obsolete.
Basal joint of the antennae with a sharp tooth at its antero-internal
angle and a spine at its antero- external angle. Anterior limbs
(in the male) very large ; arm with a conical tooth at the distal
end of its upper surface, and three or four smaller ones further
back ; wrist very strongly carinated ; hand very large, swollen,
smooth, with two or three very small fasciculi of hairs ; fingers
acute, meeting only at their tips when closed, leaving a large
interval. Posterior limbs with the penultimate joint compressed,
but not truncate as in JEL. spinosus.
Sab. Tasmania, King George's Sound, W. Australia.
This species differs from S. aries and S. spinosus in wanting
the spine on the posterior border of the carapace, and from S.
auritus probably in the large size of the anterior limbs in the male.
From H. tumidus it differs in the absence of the spines on the
outer border of the basal joint of the antennae.
10. Microhalimus deflexifrons, sub-gen. etsp. nov. Plate xxv. fig. 2.
Carapace sub-triangular, nearly smooth, the lateral margins
with three very minute spines on the hepatic regions, three others
on the branchials, a similar minute point towards the middle of
the latter region, and another in the middle of the posterior border.
Gastric region very prominent, two small tubercles in front
opposite the eyes ; three rounded tubercles on the cardiac region.
Eostrum obliquely deflexed, of two slender, acute, divergent
cornua. Orbits not well-defined, with two spines behind the eye
— the anterior very small, occupying the posterior angle of the
upper orbital border, the posterior much larger than the anterior
and separated from it by a considerable interval. Basal joint of
the external antennae enlarged, about twice as long as broad,
436 ON THE AUSTRALIAN BRACHYTJRA OXYRHYNCHA,
armed with an acute spine, directed forwards and outwards, at
its antero-external angle, the proximal joints of the flagellum
rather stout, and inserted underneath the outer border of the
rostrum so as to be partially visible from above. External
maxillipedes with the third joint slightly produced and auriculated
at its external angle. Anterior limbs, in the female, with the
arm and wrist finely tuberculated, the latter non-carinate, the
hand narrow, compressed, smooth, the fingers slender, acute ; in
the male larger than in the female, with the wrist not tuberculated,
provided with a strong denticulated longitudinal carina on the
outer surface, the hand much larger than in the female, and the
fingers stouter, the immovable finger being armed with a stout
tooth. Ambulatory legs of moderate length, decreasing in length
posteriorly, the penultimate joint very slightly dilated and
compressed, the terminal joint falciform. The carapace and
ambulatory limbs covered with hooked hairs which are stiffer
above the orbits, on the rostrum and on the penultimate joints of
the legs. Abdomen consisting of seven segments in the male,
five in the female. Length three-fifths in.
Hob. Port Jackson (Australian Museum).
This genus finds its nearest ally in Halimus from which it is
distinguished by the deflexed rostrum, and the absence of
prominent spines on the carapace.
Genus Xenocarcinus, White.
11. Xenocarcinus tuberculatus, White.
Xenocarcinus tuberculatus, White, Append. Jukes' Toy. Fly, p 36, (1847) :
Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 119, (1847) ; List Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 123, (1847) ;
Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 2) I. p. 221, (1848) ; E.J. Miers, Crust.
Erebus and Terror, p. 1, pi. 2, fig. 1 ; A. Milne-Edwards, Nouvelles Archives
du Museum, tome viii., p. 253.
Hab. Cumberland Group (White) ; Viti and Loyalty Islands
(Paris Museum.
I have not seen this species, nor the next.
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 437
12. Xeuocarciiius depressus, Mien.
Xenocarcinus depressus, Miers, Crust. Erebus and Terror, p. 1.
Hob. Cape Howe (Brit, Mus.)
Genus Huenia, De Haan.
13. Huenia bifurcata, Streets.
Huenia bifurcata, Streets, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1870, p. 107, E. J.
Miers, Catal. Crust. N. Z., p. 3.
Hah. New Zealand (Mus. Philad. Acad.) ; Port Jackson
(Macleay Museum ; Australian Museum) .
14. Huenia proteus, De Haan.
Huenia proteus, De Haan, Crust. Japan, p. 95, pi. xxiii., figs. 4 — 6 ; Adams
and White, Vogage of H.M.S. '* Samarang," Crustacea, p. 31, pi. iv.,
figs. 4—7.
Hob. Japan (De Haan) ; Mindanao ; China (H. M. S.
"Samarang") ; Palm Islands and Percy Islands ("Chevert"
Expedition).
Genus Menjethuis, Milne-Edwards.
15. Memethuis monoceros, Latr. (sp.)
Pisa monoceros, Latr., Encycl. t. x., p. 139.
Mensethuis subserratus, Adams and White, Voy. of H. M. S. " Samarang,"
Crust, p. 18, pi. iv., figs. 1 and 2.
Mengethius monoceros, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch, du Mus., t. vii. p. 252#
Hob. Bed Sea, Philippines, etc. ; Port Denison, Queensland.
I have followed Dr. A. Milne-Edwards in combining' 21.
subserratus, Adams and White, with M. monoceros, Latreille.
16. Gonatorhynchus tumidus, {gen. etsp. no v.) PI. xxv. fig. 4.
Carapace sub -triangular, rounded behind ; surface finely
granulated, covered with hooked hairs which are much closer on
the rostrum and over the orbit ; gastric region with a few irregular,
smooth tubercles ; hepatic regions prominent, with a few small,
438 ON THE AUSTRALIAN BRACHYURA OXYRHYNCHA,
pointed tubercles ; anterior portion of the cardiac region rounded,
separated, together with tlie urogastric region, from the branchial
by a broad, low, sinuous ridge which broadens out anteriorly to
form a smooth, pear-shaped elevation on the inner part of the
branchial region, and breaks up behind into a number of small
rugae ; branchial regions dilated, each with two ovate flattened
tubercles situated close together towards the centre, and three
spinous tubercles towards the lateral margin. Rostrum slightly
deflexed ; cornua triangular, pointed, slightly divergent. Eyes
non-retractile ; orbits incomplete, the upper orbital border ending
behind in a minute acute tooth, and followed by two convergent
spines separated by open fissures. Epistome short. Basal joint
of the external antennae about twice as long as broad, concave
from side to side, with a thin outer lip, slightly notched in front,
more prominent behind, forming the lower rim of the orbit ; a
small tooth at the antero-internal angle. External maxillipedes
with the third joint produced and rounded at its antero- external
angle, the internal angle acute. Arm (in the male) with a dorsal
ridge ; wrist carinate above ; hand slightly dilated, smooth ;
fingers slender, pointed, two-thirds of the length of the palm,
the mobile finger with a large rounded tooth near its base and a
row of denticles in its distal half ; immobile finger with the inner
border concave proximally, with a single, small tooth near the
base, straight distally and armed with a row of small denticles.
Ambulatory legs covered above with slender hairs, terminal joint
slender, hooked, armed below with a row of fine denticles ; first
pair longer than the body, the rest successively decreasing in
length — the last pair shorter than the post-frontal region of the
carapace. Abdomen, in the male, with all the segments distinct.
Length of carapace and rostrum fourteen lines, breadth nine and
a-half lines.
Hal. Port Jackson.
Fam. II. MAIIDJE.
Genus Egeria, Latr.
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 439
17. Egeria araclinoides, Humph, (jtp.)
Cancer araclinoides, Humph., pi. viii., fig. 4 ; Inachus longipes, Fab. Su.pp. p.
358 ; Macropus longipes, Latr., Hist. Nat. des Crust., t. vi., p. Ill ;
Egeria araclinoides, Latr., Encyc. pi. 281, fig. 1 ; Leptopus longipes,
Lamarck, Hist, des Anim. s. vert., t. v., p. 235 ; Latr. Regne Anim., 2e.
ed., t. iv., p. 62 ; Egeria araclinoides, Milne-Edivards, Hist. nat. Crust.,
tome i., p. 291.
Hal. Coast of Cororuandel (Milne-Edwards) ; Darnley Island,
Torres Straits (Chevert Exped.)
18. Egeria Herbstii ? Milne-Edwards.
Cancer longipes, Herbst, pi. 16, fig. 93 ; Leptopus longipes, Guerin, Iconog.
Cr., pi. 10, fig. 3 ; Egeria Herbstii, Milne-Edivards, Crust, tome i., p.
292 ; Egeria longipes, Adams and White, Crust. " Samarang," p. 7.
Hab. Seas of Asia (Milne-Edwards) ; Pnillipines (Adams and
White) ; Torres Straits ("Chevert" Exped.); Port Denison
(Mr. Alex. Morton).
The specimens which I refer doubtfully to the above species,
belong to a species common on the coast of tropical Australia.
They differ from Griierin's figure of Leptopus longipes in having
the ordits widely open above, and the eyes very large and thick,
in the less orbicular form of the carapace, and the presence of
spines at the distal extremity of the third joint of the ambulatory
legs.
Genus Miceopisa, Stimpson.
19. Micropisa crassipes, A. Milne- JSdwards.
Micropisa crassipes, A. Mihie-Edwards, Journal des Museum Godeffroy, Band
i., Heft, iv., p. 78.
Hah. New Holland (Museum Grodeffroy).
Genus Ciilorolibinia, Lockington.
20. Chlorolibinia gracilipes, Miers.
Chlorolibinia gracilipes, Miers, Ann. and Mag. N. H. (5) 19, p. 7, pi. iv., fig. 4.
440 ON THE AUSTRALIAN BRACHYTJRA OXYRHYNCHA,
Hal. Papua (H.M.S. "Herald"); Cape Grenville ("Chevert"
Expedition).
Genus Paramithrax, Milne-Edwards.
Sub-genus Paramithrax, Miers.
21. Paramithrax peronii, Milne-Edwards.
Paramithrax peronii, M.-Edtv., Hist. Nat. Crust., t. i., p. 324 ; Jacquinot et
Lucas, Voy. au Pole Sud., Zoology, iii., Crust, p. 10, pi. 1, fig. 3 (1853);
Miers, Cat. Crust. N. Z., p. 5,(1876).
Hab. Indian Ocean, Akaroa (N. Z.) (Hombron et Jacquinot) ;
Australia, (Brit. Mus.)
22. Paramithrax sternocostulatus, A. Milne-Eowards.
Paramithrax gaimardii, Miers, Cat. Crust. N.Z., p. 6, (1876).
Hab. New Zealand (Brit. Mus.) ; Port Jackson (common).
23. Paramithrax barbicornis, Latr. (sp.)
Pisa barbicornis, Latr., JSncycl. x., p. 141, (1825) ; Paramithrax barbicornis,
Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust, i., p. 324, (1834) ; Miers, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist. (Ser. 4) xvii., p. 219, (1876), Catal. Crust. N. Z.t p. 6, pi. i.,
fig. 2, (1876).
Hab. Australia (Mus. Paris( : New Zealand (Brit. Mus.)
There is in the Macleay Museum an adult male specimen of
the species referred to P. barbicornis by Mr. Miers ; but without
the locality marked ; and others from Port Jackson, Jervis Bay,
Tasmania and Fiji, may prove to be young of the same.
Sub-genus Leptomithrax, Miers.
24. Leptomithrax australiensis, Miers.
Leptomithrax australiensis, Miers, Ann. and Mag. N. H. (4th series) vol. 17,
No. 99, p. 220.
Hab. Tasmania, (Brit. Mus.)
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL. M.A., B.SC. 441
25. Leptomithrax spinulosus, sp. nov. Plate xxv., fig. 3.
Carapace much, longer than broad, covered with short spinules
and curled hairs. Lateral margins with eight pointed spines,
the first two close together, separated by a wide interval from the
third. Posterior border with two short spines. Rostrum of two
acute, divergent spines, the points slightly bent outwards. Post-
ocular spine acute, with two accessory spinules on its posterior
margin. Basal joint of the antennae ending in two very long
pointed spines, the inner one inclined downwards, forwards and
slightly outwards, the outer forwards, outwards and slightly
upwards, a row of tubercles on its outer border and two or three
on its inner. Anterior limbs equal in length to the carapace and
rostrum, arm covered with short spinules above, with two rather
longer spines, one on the distal end, the other towards the middle ;
wrist covered with small tubercles, hand compressed, smooth ;
fingers acute, smooth, nearly straight. Ambulatory legs and
under surface of body covered with a short, close pubescence, the
former in addition with a row of fasciculi of curled hairs on the
third, fourth, and fifth joints. Length two and three-quarter
inches ; breadth two inches.
Hab. Tasmania, (Australian Museum, collected by Mr. Kendal
Broadbent).
A large specimen from King George's Sound, in Mr. Macleay's
collection, differs from the Tasmanian species above described
mainly in having the spines on the carapace all shorter and blunter
and the anterior limbs very large, with the hand much dilated,
and the fingers meeting only at the tips when closed.
Genus Cyclomaia, Stimpson.
26. Cyclomaia margaritata, A. Milne-Edwards.
Cyclomaia margaritata, A. Milne-Edwards, Now. Arch, du Mus., t. viii., p.
236, pi. x., figs. 2 and 3 (1872).
Rah. New Caledonia; Sandwich and Viti Islds. (Paris Museum);
Abrolhos, Western Australia (Macleay Museum).
442 ON THE AUSTRALIAN BRACHYURA OXYRHYNCHA.
Genus Hyastenus, White.
27. Hyastenus diacanthus, Be Haan. fsp.J
Pisa (Naxia) diacantha, De Haan, Crust. Jap., p. 86, pi. xxiv., fig. 1 (1839);
Hyastenus diacanthus, A. Milne- Edivards, Nouv. Arch, du Mus., t. viii,,
p. 250; Miers, Cat. Crust. N. Z., p. 9 (1876). Hyastenus verreauxii.
A. Milne- JEdwards, Nouv. Arch, du Mus., t. viii., p. 250.
Hah. Japan (De Haan) ; New Zealand (Brit. Mus.) ; Port
Jackson ; Port Denison ; Port Darwin ; Torres Straits.
This species varies to a remarkable extent in the length and
degree of divergence of the rostral cornua, and the length of the
second pair of legs. The specimens from Port Denison are much
smaller than those from Port Jackson and have the rostral cornua
relatively shorter and stouter ; those from Torres Straits are still
smaller (7 lines in length) and have the surface of the carapace
(in the dried condition) smooth and pearly.
28. Hyastenus oryx, A. Milne-Edwards.
Hyastenus oryx, A. Milne- JEdwards, Nouv. Arch, due Mus., t. viii,, p. 250,
pi. xiv., fig. 1.
Sab. New Caledonia (Paris Museum) ; Darnley Island, Torres
Straits (" Chevert" Expedition) ; Port Denison.
Genus Naxia, Milne-Edwards.
29. Naxia, serpulifera, Milne-Edwards.
Pisa serpulifera, Guerin, Icon. Crust., p. viii., fig. 2. Naxia serpulifera,
Milne-JSdivards, Hist. Nat. Crust., t. i., p. 313.
Had. New Holland (Paris Museum) ; Port Essington (Macleay
Museum).
Genus Chlorinoides, f novum J.
Carapace sub-triangular, armed with long spines. Eostrum
consisting of two long, slender, divergent cornua. Eyes retractile ;
orbits well-defined, open below, with two fissures above. A long
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 443
curved supra-orbital spine. Basal joint of the antennae with a
spine at its antero- external angle. First pair of legs slender, as
long as the carapace ; second pair more than twice as long as the
first ; following pairs shorter than the second.
This genus is nearly related to Chlorinus aculeatus of Milne-
Edwards, C. longispina of De Haan and C. acanthonotus of Adams
and White, (which seem to require to be generically separated
from C. her os, of Leach) ; it differs from these mainly in the
presence of a spine on the basal joint of the antennae, and the
much greater length and slenderness of the ambulatory limbs.
30. Chlorinoides tenuirostris, sp. nov. Plate xxvi., fig. 1.
Carapace armed in the middle line with a row of four long,
pointed spines, of which two are on the gastric region and two
on the cardiac ; ten shorter spines or tubercles on the lateral
portions of the gastric region ; five more or less prominent spines
on the hepatic and pterygostomian regions — one close to the
anterior angle of the buccal orifice ; three longer and four shorter
spines on the branchial region, a tubercular eminence towards its
inner boundary. Rostral cornua slender, acute, two-thirds of the
length of the carapace, divergent from their base. Spine at the
distal end of the base of the antennae, prominent, sub-acute,
directed forwards and outwards ; a compressed blunt spine
situated below the orbit, arising from the base of the antennae,
in front of the orifice of the green gland and directed downwards
and outwards ; another, much shorter, immediately on the outer
side of the orifice of the green gland. Anterior legs as long as
the carapace, slender, sub-cylindrical; third joint with a small
spine at the distal end of its upper surface ; hand very slightly
dilated in the male. Second pair nearly two and a-half times as
long as the carapace and rostrum ; third joint in this and the
following pairs with a prominent acute spine above at the distal
extremity. Abdomen tuberculated. Length, including rostrum,
about one and a-half inch.
Hab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits.
444 ON THE AUSTRALIAN BRACHYURA OXYRHYNCHA,
Genus Micippoides, A. Milne-Edwards.
31. Micippoides longinianus, sp. nov. Plate xxvi., fig-. 5.
Carapace elongate-triangular, gastric region dilated, armed
with eight tubercles, of which two are in the middle line behind,
(the last spiniform) and six (smaller), paired, in front ; cardiac
region prominent, with two or four large tubercles placed close
together ; two prominent flattened tubercles on the posterior
margin, a short spine in the middle line immediately in front of
these and forming with them an equilateral triangle ; branchial
regions dilated, with a few low tubercles. Rostrum inclined
obliquely downwards, more strongly deflexed in the female than
in the male — consisting of two rather short, triangular, pointed
cornua. Eyes retractile ; orbits with a single broad fissure above,
separating the upper orbital margin from the post-ocular spine.
Basal joint of the antennae broad, divided by a narrow mesial
furrow, bilobed at the extremity. A flattened prominence of
irregular outline on the sub-hepatic region and two smaller ones
behind one on the pterygostomial region, and the other on the
margin of the branchial region above the insertion of the first
pair of limbs, a fourth small circular and flattened projection
immediately external to the base of the antenna?. Anterior
limbs very large in the male, more than once and a-half the
length of the rostrum, smaller in the female ; arm with a few
scattered tubercles ; wrist with two irregular keels above in both
sexes ; hand compressed, longitudinally furrowed ; fingers about
half the length of the hand, meeting only near their tips, leaving
a narrow interspace. Second pair of legs as long as the carapace,
following pairs decreasing in length. Abdomen and ambulatory
limbs covered closely with short hairs.
Sab. Port Jackson, (Australian Museum etc.).
The nearest ally of the present species seems to be Micippoides
angustifrons of Dr. A. Milne-Edwards (of which there is a specimen
from Eiji in Mr. Macleay's collection) ; and I have ventured to
BY WILLIAM A. IIASWELL. M.A., B.SC. 445
place it in the same genus, though the greater length of the basal
joint of the antenna) affords a well-marked distinctive character.
Genus Micippa, Leach.
32. Micippa parvirostris, Miers.
Micippa parvirostris, Miers, Ann. and Mag., N. R., (5th series) vol. iv., No.
19, p. 13, pi. iv.,fig. 9).
Hah. South Australia, Port Lincoln (Mus. Zool. Soc.) ; Port
Jackson (Australian Museum).
The male has the anterior limbs much larger than the female,
with the hand very broad.
33. Micippa spatulifrons, A. Milne-Edwards.
Micippa spatulifrons, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arcli. du Mus. t. viii.,p.
Hob. New Caledonia (Paris Museum) ; Cape Grenville
("Chevert" Expedition).
34. Micippa inermis, sp. nov. Plate xxvi., fig. 3.
Carapace uniformly tuberculated. Postrum nearly vertically
deflexed, with a deep longitudinal mesial furrow ; ending in two
sub-triangular horns curved slightly outwards and separated by
a wide triangular notch. Upper orbital border very prominent,
ending behind in a blunt spine ; fissures of the upper orbital
margin deep. Lateral borders of carapace with a row of short
spinous tubercles. Anterior legs (in the female) slender, smooth,
about equalling in length the post-frontal region of the carapace ;
fingers slender, sub-cylindrical, slightly curved, meeting only
towards their tips when closed. Ambulatory limbs stout,
decreasing in length posteriorly, each with a small tooth at the
extremity of the upper surface of the third joint. Body all covered,
with the exception of the anterior legs, with long soft hair.
Length fourteen lines ; breadth one inch.
Hab. Gloucester Passage, Queensland, about five fathoms.
446 OX THE AUSTRALIAN BRACHYURA OXYRHYXCHA,
35. Micippa superciliosa, .<?/;. nov. Plate xxvi., fig. 2.
Carapace granular, hepatic regions depressed. Rostrum nearly
vertically deflexed, terminating in four teeth, the inner pair
triangular, sub-acute, separated by a wide interval, the outer
rather longer, directed forwards and outwards, acute, curved
backwards at the tips. A short triangular, prrcocular tooth ;
upper orbital border produced, almost tubular ; orbital fissures
shallow, the first narrow, the second open. Lateral borders
armed with six slender spines which increase in length posteriorly.
Anterior limbs (in the male) as long as the body ; wrist and hand
covered with minute granules arranged for the most part in
irregular transverse rows ; hand somewhat dilated ; fingers smooth
meeting only near their apex, leaving an oval interspace between
them at the base. Length seven lines ; breadth (exclusive of the
spines) half an inch.
Hal. Darnley Island, Torres Straits (" Ohevert " Exped.).
In the form of the orbits this species shews a transition towards
Criocarcinus.
36. Micippa curtispma, sp. nov. Plate xxv., fig. 1.
Carapace granular ; gastric and anterior portion of cardiac
regions much elevated towards the middle line ; posterior portion
of the cardiac region with a low mammiform elevation bounded
behind by a narrow semicircular groove ; hepatic regions much
depressed ; an obscure pointed tubercle about the middle of the
lateral margin ; posterolateral and posterior margins with five
small teeth on each side. Rostrum quite perpendicularly deflexed,
the apex slightly inflexed, terminating in four rounded lobes, the
two internal narrower and projecting further forward than the
two external, separated from one another by a triangular interval,
and from the outer pair by a shallow open sinus. Orbital fissures
linear. Anterior limbs very small, the arm carinated above, the
carina armed distally with two acute teeth ; wrist and hand smooth
BY "WILLIAM A. IIASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 447
— the latter compressed, fringed with hairs, the third joint with
sharp minutely toothed anterior and posterior borders. Length
five lines ; breadth four lines.
Bah. Port Denison, five fathoms.
Genus Paramicippa, Milne-Edwards.
37. Paramicippa spinosa, Stimpson:
Paramicippa spinosa, Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phdad., p. 218, (1857)
Miers, Cat. Crust., N. Z., p. 9 (1876).
Bab. Port Jackson, (very common) ; New Zealand (?) (Brit.
Mus.)
38. Paramicippa afiinis, Miers.
Parramicippa afiinis, Miers, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) 19, p. 13.
Bab. Bass's Straits, (Brit. Mus.)
I have seen no specimen of this species.
Genus Schtzophrys, White.
39. Schizophrys aspera, Milne-Edwards.
Mithrax aspera, Milne-Edwards, Hist. nat. Crust., t. i., p. 320; Pnone afiinis,
De Haan, Faun, jap., Crust, p. 94, pi. xxii., fig. 4; Mithrax spinifrons,
A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 4eserie, t. vii.,p. 263, (1867) ;
Schizophrys aspera, Stimpson, Amer. Acad, of Sc. and Arts, January,
1860; A. Milne-Edwards, FLeclierches surlafaune carcinologique de la
Nouvelle Caledonie, Nouv. Arch, du Museum, tome, viii., p. 231, pi. x.,
% 1-
Bab. Zanzibar, Madagascar, New Caledonia (Paris Museum) ;
Maurice, Ousinia, Borneo (Stimpson) ; Sue and Darnley Islands,
Torres Straits ("Chevert" Expedition).
Genus Parathoe, Miers.
40. Parathoe rotundata, Miers.
Parathoe rotundata, Miers, An. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), 4, 19, p. 16, pi. v.,
fig. 2.
448 ON THE AUSTRALIAN BRACHYTTRA OXYRHYNCHA,
Hob. Fiji ; Port Curtis (Brit. Mus.)
I have seen no specimens of this species.
Fam. III. PERICERIDJE.
Genus Tiarinia, Dana.
41. Tiarinia rnammillata, sp. nov.
Carapace sub -triangular, broad behind, ornamented above with
pointed and mammiform tubercles, a cross formed by six of these
on the gastric region ; cardiac region with a prominent eminence
crowned by three rounded tubercles placed close together. Cornua
of the rostrum about half of the length of the post-frontal region
of the carapace, slender, pointed, contiguous throughout their
length. Orbit with a prominent pointed, slightly curved spine
above and in front, and a compressed spine behind. Anterior legs
in the male as long as the post-frontal region of the carapace ;
third joint with four small teeth on its upper surface, the terminal
one rather longer than the others ; hand compressed, smooth ;
fingers half the length of the hand, inner edges armed with teeth
in their distal half. Second pair of legs a little longer than the
first pair ; third joint armed above with a row of half a-dozen
small tubercles ; third joint of the two following pairs with two
or three tubercles ; that of the last pair smooth.
Hah. Port Darwin (Macleay Museum) ; Woodlark Islands,
(Australian Museum).
42. Tiarinia , sp.?
Carapace ornamented above with numerous mammiform
tubercles which become elongated iuto short spines towards the
lateral and posterior borders. Postral cornua long, closely
approximated in the greater part of their length, divergent at the
tips, each armed externally with three acute spines projecting
outwards and slightly forwards — the central one the longest.
Upper orbital margin with a curved sub-acute spine at its anterior
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 449
extremity. Anterior legs having the arm ornamented with a row
of five prominent tubercles on its upper border, an irregular row
of small flattened tubercles on its outer surface, and two or three
on the under surface ; wrist and hand smooth ; fingers meeting
throughout nearly their whole extent, toothed, spoon- excavate.
Third joints of the ambulatory limbs ornamented above with
prominent tubercles; fourth joint of the first pair with a short
tooth at its anterior and distal angle, that of the following pairs
each with four low tubercles above.
Hah. Cape Grenville; Darnley Isld., Torres Straits ( " Chevert"
Exped.)
43. Tiarinia cornigera, Lair. fsp.J
Pisa cornigera, M.-Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust t. i., p. 335; Adams and White,
•' Samar." Crust., p. 18.
A specimen from Port Darwin in the Macleay Museum probably
belongs to this species,
Fah. PARTHENOPLDM.
Genus Lambrus, Leach.
44. Lambrus longimanus ? Linn, (sp.)
Lambrus longimanus, Leach, Linn. Trans, t. ii., p. 310 ; Desmarest. Cons.,
p. 85 ; Milne- Edwards, Hist. nat. Crust., tome i., p. 354 (1834) ; Miers,
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5th series) Vol. 4, No. 19, p. 20 (1879).
LLab. Ponclichery, Amboina, etc. (Milne-Edwards) ; Java Sea
(Adams and White), Dunk Island (MacGillivray), Isle of France
(Brit. Mus.) ; Darnley Island, Torres Straits (" Chevert " Exped.)
Port Denison, Queensland (Australian Museum).
45. Lambrus turriger ? Adams and White.
Lambrus turriger, Adams and White, Crust. "Samarang," p. 26, pi. v. fig. 2.
Hah. Philippines (iidams and White) ; Darnley Island, Torres
Straits (" Chevert " Exped.)
450 ON THE AUSTRALIAN BRACHYURA OXYRHYNCHA.
Adams and White's figure was obviously from a young specimen.
The specimen from Darnley Island in the Hon. William Macleay's
collection, has the carapace half an inch in length ; it differs from
the figure in the voyage of the " Samarang" in the rather greater
relative length of the anterior limbs, and the less relative breadth
of the front, and is probably an adult specimen of the same
species.
46. Lambrus harpax, Adams and White.
Lambrus harpax, Adams and White, Crust. "Samar." p. 25, pi. ri., fig. 3.
Hah. China Sea; Coast of Borneo (H. M. S. "Samarang");
Percy Island, Palm Island ("Chevert" Expedition), Port
Denison.
This species is liable to considerable variation ; there are two
extreme varieties connected by intermediate forms from the same
localities. Variety a. has the characters of Adams and White's
description and figure ; variety b. has end of the ridges above the
eyes produced into an elongated spine directed forwards and
upwards ; a third spine directed upwards and backwards from
the point of bifurcation of the dorsal carina, and a fourth on the
cardiac regions placed nearly vertically ; the outer border of the
hand is produced at its proximal end into a prominent rounded
lamella.
47. Lambrus hoplonotus, Adams and White.
Lambrus hoplonotus, Adams and White, Crust. "Samar." p. 35, p. 7, fig. 3.
A. Milne- Edwards, Reeherches sur lafaune carcinologique de la Nouvelle
Caledonie, Nouvelles Archives du Museum, tome p. 258.
Hah. Eastern Seas (H. M. S. " Samarang ") ; Darnley Island,
Cape Grenville ("Chevert" Exped.) ; Port Denison.
Adult specimens which I refer to this species have the intra-
ocular space relatively much smaller than in Adams and White's
figure, the front more prominent, and the spines on the outer
surface of the hand longer and more acute ; but young specimens
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, H.A., B.SC. 451
resemble the figure so nearly that I have little doubt that they
may be referred to this species.
48. Lambrus afnnis, A. Milne-Edwards.
Lambrus affinis, A. Milne-Edwards, Fanne ccircinologique de la Nouvelle
Caledonie, Nouvelles Archives du Museum, i. viii., p. 261, pi. xiv., fig. 4.
ITab. New Caledonia (Paris Museum) ; Port Darwin (Macleay
Museum, collected by Edward Spalding).
The Australian specimens differ from those described and
figured by Milne-Edwards in having two rounded teeth on each
lateral border of the rostrum.
49. Lambrus nodosus, Jacquinot and Lucas.
Lambrus nodosus, Jacquinot and Lucas, Voy. au Pole Sud., Zool. iii., p. 13.
Hal. New Zealand (Hombron et Jacquinot) ; Port Denison
(Australian Museum, collected by Alex. Morton).
50. Lambrus spinifer, sp. nov. Plate xxvii., fig. 1.
Carapace deeply sulcated, armed with four prominent spines in
the middle line, one on the gastric region and three on the cardiac ;
two short spines on the posterior margin ; hepatic regions with
an angulated, tuberculated marginal ridge separated by a deep
groove from the posterior part of the lateral margin of the
carapace, and continuous in front with a slight longitudinal ridge
running forwards to the outer angle of the orbit ; lateral margin
of the carapace with a row of seven flattened, slightly serrated
teeth, generally increasing in length posteriorly ; postero-lateral
margin with two prominent spines of which the anterior is the
larger ; a prominent spine about the middle of the branchial region ;
infero-branchial region armed anteriorly with a row of about
nine short blunt, serrated teeth, and behind with a prominent
flattened tooth situated behind the insertion of the anterior legs,
and a tuberculated ridge just above the base of the ambulatory
legs. Front obliquely depressed, prominent, ending in one
452 ON TIIE AUSTRALIAN BRACHYURA OXYRHYNCHA,
mesial, longer, and two lateral, shorter, teeth. Anterior legs two
and a half times the length of the carapace and rostrum ; a row
of seven to twelve conical or compressed teeth on the anterior
margin of the arm, four or five conical teeth or more elongated
spines on its upper surface, and three more or less prominent spines
on its posterior border ; hand with a row of four to six larger and
four or five smaller triangular spines on its outer border, and
about ten of similar shape on its inner ; fingers stout, only slightly-
crossed at the tips when closed. Posterior limbs having the third,
fourth and fifth joints armed above with a toothed ridge, most
prominent on the third joint, which is armed also below with two
rows of small tubercles. Length 1^ inch.
Hah. Cape Grenville, Darnley Island ("Chevert" Exped.)
Port Denison.
This species is allied to L. validus, De Haan, but is distinguished
from it by its longer rostrum and the form and arrangement of
the lateral spines. Its nearest ally, however, is L. long is}) inns,
Miers, from which it differs merely in the form of the rostrum.
A variety fintegrifronsj with the front almost entire, broad and
triangular, of which there are specimens both from Torres Straits
and Port Denison, appears to approach very nearly to Mr. Miers' s
L. latirostris, if not identical with it.
51. Lambrus (Parthenope) calappoides, Adams and White.
Parthenope calappoides, Adams and White, Zool. of H. M. S. "Samarang"
Crustacea, p. 34, pi. v., fig. 5.
Hah. Eastern Seas (H. M. S. " Samarang ") ; Darnley Island,
Torres Straits (" Chevert " Expedition).
52. Lambrus (Parthenope) Sandrockii, sp. nov. PI. xxvii., fig. 2.
Carapace sub-triangular in outline, ornamented with circular
tubercles which are more numerous in the central regions, where
they are covered with minute granules ; fewer and smooth on the
branchial regions ; spaces between the tubercles punctate. Eront
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL. M.A., B.SC. 453
short, strongly deflexed, ending in a rounded knob, deeply
channelled above — the channel interrupted just in front of the
eyes by three small rounded tubercles on either side. Antero-
lateral margins with a rounded eminence crowned by a tubercle,
on the hepatic region, followed by a sharp projecting rim formed
by nine closely approximated compresssed lobes granulated on
their outer borders, the ninth longer than the rest, and with an
accessory tooth on its posterior border ; postero-lateral angle
armed with a prominent blunt spine with three or four short,
blunt branches ; posterior border with two compressed triangular
teeth, of which the outer is much the larger, near the postero-
lateral angle, and two tubercles on either side above the insertion
of the abdomen. Arm with seven or eight irregular compressed
triangular teeth on its posterior, and three on its anterior border,
four prominent tubercles situated in a longitudinal row on its
upper surface ; wrist with a few depressed tubercles ; hand with
numerous, mostly granulated tubercles, irregularly scattered on
the upper surface, forming several irregular rows on the posterior
(external) surface, a row of seven or eight on the anterior
(internal) border and another of about half a-dozen on the lower
border ; fingers stout, minutely granulated, movable finger with
a crest of laciniated teeth above. Ambulatory limbs compressed,
carinated, an irregular number of teeth on the carinae ; terminal
joint very long and slender.
Hah. Port Denison, Queensland (3 or 4 fathoms).
This well-marked species is in many respects intermediate
between Parthenope tarpeius of Adams and White, and Parthenope
calappoides of the same authors ; it differs, however, from the
former in the less flattened tubercles, the presence of the postero-
external spine, and the acute lateral margins, the form of the
front and other minor points ; and from the latter in the more
even surface of the carapace, the absence of the deep pit on the
front and the shape of the anterior limbs. Named after Mr. Gr. F.
Sandrock, Collector of Customs at Bowen, Queensland, through
whose assistance I obtained my first specimen of the species,
454 OX TIIE AUSTRALIAN BRACIIYTJRA OXYRTIYNCHA,
Genus Cryptopodia, Milne-Edwards.
53. Cryptopodia fornicata, Fair. fsp.J
Cancer fornicatus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. t. ii., p. 453 ; Herbst, pi. 13, figs. 79—80.
(Ethra fornicata, Lamk., Hist, des An. s. vert. t. vi., p. 265 ; Desmarest,
Consid. p. 110. Cryptopodia fornicata, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust,
t. i., p. 362 ; Adams and White, Zool. of R. M. S. " Samarang ," Crustacea
p. 32, pi. vi., fig. 4.
Hob. Indian Ocean (Paris Museum) ; China Seas (H. M. S.
" Samarang") ; Brook Island; Cape Grenville (" Chevert ") ;
Port Denison.
54. Cryptopodia spatulifrons, Miers.
Cryptopodia spatnlifrons, Miers, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iv., 19, p. 26,
pi. v., fig. 10,(1879).
Bab. Shark's Bay, Western Australia (H. M. S. " Herald ") ;
Port Jackson (Australian Museum).
The Port Jackson variety of this species, of which I have only
seen one specimen, has the surface ornamented with numerous
small circular brown spots.
Genus Zebrida, White.
55. Zebrida longispina, sp. nov. ? Plate xxvii., fig 3.
This species, of which a single specimen was dredged by the
Hon. William Macleay, resembles the type species of this peculiar
genus in the colouration and markings of the carapace, but differs
from it in having all the spines both on the anterior border of
the carapace, and on the legs much longer and all pointed at the
extremities. It is possible that these differences may turn out to
be due to difference of age, as the correspondence in the arrange-
ment of the brown markings on the carapace and limbs is very
striking.
JIab. Darnley Island, Torres Straits.
BY "WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.SC. 455
Genus Gonatonotus, Adams and White.
56. Gonatonotus pentagonus, Adams and White.
Gonatonotus pentagonus, Adams and White, Zool. " Samarang " Crust, p. 33,
pi. vi., fig. 7.
Hab. Coast of Borneo (H. M. S. " Samarang") ; Port Denison
5 fathoms (Mr. Alex. Morton).
57. Gonatonotus crassimanus, sp. nov. Plate xxvi., fig. 4.
Carapace and limbs covered with miliary granulatious. Rostrum
deeply cleft anteriorly, the cornua straight — the cleft continued
on the dorsal surface of the carapace into a mesial groove which
reaches nearly half-way towards the posterior border. Branchio-
cardiac groove very deep. Anterior limbs once and a-half as
long as the carapace, second and third joints each with a small
compressed tooth on its anterior margin ; fourth joint armed with
a prominent slightly curved tooth ; hand with two strong blunt
teeth above, fingers stout, acuminate, armed with a few triangular
teeth. Posterior limbs carinate above, the carina on the third
joint with two inconspicuous tubercles, and ending distally in a
tooth-like process. Length five and a-half lines ; breadth four
and a-half.
Sab. Port Jackson (Australian Museum).
This species marks a transition towards Eumedonus, being only
distinguishable from that genus by the straight rostrum. It
differs from G. pentagonus in the more deeply cleft rostrum t as
well as in the greater length of the lateral process, and other points.
Genus Habrovia, Adams and White.
58. Harrovia tuberculata, sp. nov. Plate xxvii., fig. 1.
Dorsal surface of carapace with eight tubercles crowned with
bundles of hairs, four of them on the gastric region in pairs, the
anterior pair situated far apart, the posterior close together ; two
close together in the same transverse line on the anterior part of
456 OB THE AUSTRALIAN BRACHYTRA OXYRHYXCHA,
tlie cardiac region ; one on each branchial region. Antero-lateral
margins with two teeth, situated close together, the anterior low.
triangular, blunt, the posterior, occupying the lateral angle, more
prominent, triangular, acute. Supra-orbital tooth pointed,
proj ecting slightly beyond the front. Ambulatory limbs compressed:
third joints of the second, third, and fourth pairs with a tooth at
the distal end of the upper border ; upper border of the third joint
of first pair with two small tubercles towards the middle above,
that of the second and third pairs each with a single tubercle in
the same situation Abdomen (of niale^ with lateral fringes of
hairs. In other points resembling Harrovia albo-lineata.
Hah. Darnley Island (" Chevert'? Exped.)
Of the genera mentioned above only three — viz., Stenorhynchus,
Adieus, and Zambrus. — all of which are found in European seas —
extend beyond the Oriental Eegion of Prof. Dana. Of the genera
confined to the region, many have a wide range within its limits ;
these are especially Camposcia, Menathius, Jficippa, Paramicippa,
and Cryptopodia ; while others, though seemingly confined to the
"West Pacific, extend between, or at all events are common to Xew
South Wales and Japan, having in some cases representatives
in Xew Zealand, Eiji. Xew Caledonia, Borneo, the Philippines,
and the coast of China. Among the rarer genera Zebrida has
hitherto only been observed in Borneo; Xenocarcinus in Xew
Caledonia, tropical Australia, and perhaps in the Indian Ocean ;
Harrovia in Borneo and the Philipines ; Gonatonoius only in Borneo;
Jlicippoides in Eiji ; while CMorinoides and Gonatorhynchus are,
so far as at present known, peculiar to Australia.
So little is known of the marine zoology of the south of
Tasmania and the west coast of Australia that it is impossible to
treat with any degree of minuteness of the geographical
distribution of genera within the Australian province. Two
BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, M.A., B.8C. 457
well-defined faunas are, however, readily separated, and contrasted
— viz., the temperate and the tropical, as represented, on the
northern, eastern, and southern coasts. Only six genera of the
present group — viz., Oncinoptu, Stenorhynchux, Huenia, Hyaxtemus,
Cryptopodia and Gonatonotux seem to be common to the two
contrasted zones, which may be regarded, as separated by the
parallel of about 25° of south latitude. Characteristic of the
northern region are the genera Egeria, Campoxcia. Xenocarcinus,
Jfen&thius, Parathoe, Chlorolibinia, Xaxia, Tiarinia, Schizophrys,
Lambrux, Zebrida, Harrovia and Chlorinoidex ; and of the southern
Achaux, Halimus, Paramithrax, Paramicippa, Jficippoides and
Gonatorhynchm.
Xone of the Australian species extend beyond the Oriental
Region, though one of them — Campoxcia retu*a — ranges at least as
far west as Mauritius. Three extend as far north as Japan — viz.,
Huenia proteus, Hyastenus d ('acanthus, and Schizophrys aspera ; while
ten connect tropical Australia with Xew Caledonia, Borneo, the
Philippines or China, viz., Henctthms moHOtseros, JEgeria Herbxtii,
Lambrux longimanu*. L. turriger. L. harpax. L. hoplonotus, L.
calappoides, L. affinis, Cryptopodia fornicata and Gonatonotus
pewtag&nm. Of species common to Australia and Xew Zealand
there seem to be eight, viz., Stenorhynchus fissifrons, Huenia
bifurcata, Paramithrax peronii, P. barbicornis, P. sternocostulatus,
Hyaxtenu.x diacanthus, Paramicippa spinosa, and Lambrux nodosus,
though it is not unlikely that the list may subsequently require
modification, as in many of the earlier collections ''Xew Zealand n
and "Australia " appear to have been regarded as almost inter-
changeable terms.
Explanation of Pla:
Plate XXT.
Fig. 1. Mieippa eurfispina, la — rostrum.
,, 2. Microkalimui -. twice the natural size.
458 ON" TIIE AUSTRALIAN BRACTIYURA OXYRIIYNCHA.
Fig. 3. Leptomithrax spinulosis, natural size.
,, 4. Gonatorhynchus tumidus, natural size.
,, 4a. Buccal and antennary region of the same.
Plate XXVI.
Fig. 1. Chlorinoides tenuirostris, natural size.
,, la. Buccal and antennary region of the same.
„ 2. Micippa superciliosa, twice the natural size.
,, 2a. Rostrum of the same.
,, 3. Micippa inermis, natural size.
,, 3a. Rostrum of the same.
,, 4. Gonatonotus crassimanus, natural size.
„ 5, Micippoides longimanus, natural size.
Plate XXVII.
Pig. 1. Lambrus spinifer, natural size.
,, 2. Lambrus sandrockii ', natural size.
„ 3. Zebrida longispina, natural size.
,, 4. Harrovia tuberculata, natural size.
„ 5. Stenorhynchus brevirostris, natural size.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
On three rare Sharks found in Port Jackson, by William
Macleay. — A few days ago Mr. Masters purchased a fine female
adult specimen of Alopecias vulpes, 8 feet long ; a species of Shark
which is known in Europe under the names of The Fox and the
Thresher. I was aware that it had been previously seen in these
seas, and specimens have been occasionally caught on the New
Zealand Coast, but it seems to be extremely rare. The specimen
in question was shot I believe near the Heads of Port Jackson.
It was quite free from Entozoa or Upizoa, an unusual thing in
Sharks, and the ovaries contained no visible ova.
NOTES AXD EXHIBITS. 459
A few days after I procured the above, I had brought to me a
fine adult specimen — also a female — of the great Sea Shark
Carclxarodon Rondeletti. It was a very bulky, heavy fish, measuring
8 feet 6 inches in length (reported in the Papers as 16 feet), and
was, like the other, wonderfully free from parasites of any kind.
It was also without young or even enlarged ova.
The third Shark, also got about the same time, was a fine, full-
grown specimen of Pristiophorus cirratus. It was caught by a
boy in the harbour, purchased from him by Mr. Ebsworth and
presented by him to my Museum. It also was a female, and the
oviducts contained three large eggs, (the size of a hen's egg) on
one side, and two on the other, all of the same size. I have
never heard of an instance of the capture of this species of Saw
Fish in Port Jackson until now.
J. Brazier Esq., C.M.Z.S., submitted Mr. E. C. Eossiter's
Onixia ponclerosa, New Caledonia ; two specimens of Helix
Thomsonii from Tukan Bessi, and sent by Mr. Thomson of New
Bedford. Also the species mentioned in his paper.
-♦-•-
WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBEE 26th, 1879.
W. J. Stephens, Esq.. M.A., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Mr. Lamont Young, C.E., F.GKS., Geological Surveyor, was
introduced by C. S. Wilkinson, Esq., F.Gr.S.
DONATIONS.
From Dr. Hector — The New Zealand Tourist, by Thomas
Bracken.
From Harwood College. — Bulletin of the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology, Vol. 5, Nos. 11 to 14.
460 NOTES ON THE ABERCROMBIE CAVES,
Dr. Bancroft. — Diseases of Animals and Plants, Brisbane, 1870.
From Melbourne University. — Calendar for 1879-80.
From Mr. C. Pickering. — Chronological History of Plants, by
C. Pickering, M.D.
Report of the Salmon Commission, Tasmania.
From Professor Liversidge. — International Congress of
Geologists at Paris, 1878.
From Professor Owen. — On the Extinct Animals of the
Colonies of Great Britain.
papers read.
Notes on the Abercrombie Caves.
By C. S. Wilkinson, L.S., F.G.S., Government Geologist.
I desire to lay before you a brief description of the Abercrombie
Caves, and of the geological features of the country in their
vicinity.
These caves are situated on the Grove Creek, about 40 miles
in a southerly direction from Bathurst, and 8 miles from the
gold mining township of Arthur or Trunkey.
The Grove Creek takes its rise in the Dividing Range which
forms the watershed between the Maequarie River and the
Abercrombie River, and flows almost due south for a distance of
18 miles to Thompson's Creek, which in about two miles further
joins the Abercrombie River. Its valley gradually deepens until
it reaches that of Thompson's Creek, where it is about 100 feet
deep. The Caves occur two and a-half miles from Thompson's
Creek, at a point where a mass of marble limestone, about 200
yards wide, stretches like a huge dam across the valley. Through
this barrier of limestone the Grove Creek has by the solvent
action of its water, aided by the sand and gravel swept along
during floods, eroded a large passage or archway, similar to the
BY C. S. WILKINSON, L.S., F.G.S. 461
Easter Cavern and Grand Archway of the Binda or Fish River
Caves. This natural tunnel is about 200 yards in length, 20 to
60 yards wide, and 50 feet high. Its interior is ornamented with
numerous stalactites and stalagmites of most grotesque and
fanciful forms — from projecting ledges the pendant stalactites
resemble cascades, others hang in folds like curtains, while below
the fluted stalagmites rise to meet them. The vaulted and craggy
roof of the cavern is colored in places with light tints of pink and
green, mottled with white, caused by some minute fungoid or
other vegetable growth, producing a very pleasing effect ; and
the beauty of the whole scene is still further enhanced by the
admission of daylight from the upper and lower entrances of the
archway ; and about these entrances, and even within them, may
be seen different varieties of ferns, some sheltered in crevices in
rocks, and others clinging to the moist walls or hanging gracefully
from broken ledges of the white marble limestone. Through
this decorated and beautiful natural arch the Grove Creek flows
over a gravelly bed, leaving here and there a quiet pool of clear
water ; but the debris of drift timber left upon the craggy walls,
shows that a great volume of water must at times flow through
the tunnel. The gravel contains a little gold, but not in sufficient
quantity to pay for its extraction. The limestone is full of corals
encrinites &c, and is interbedded with Silurian shales and sand-
stones, which compose the high and rugged ranges rising steeply
on both sides of the creek, and in which occur numerous quartz
reefs, some of which have been worked for gold. The limestone
has become so crystalline in structure as almost to obliterate all
traces of the fossils ; but when polished (and it takes a high
polish) these may be plainly seen. It occurs, as it does in many
other parts of this Colony, in irregular lenticular masses which,
in places, are several hundred yards in thickness, and then in a
short distance they suddenly thin out : these are no doubt the
remains of coral reefs which once grew in the Silurian ocean, but
are now some 2,000 to 3,000 feet above the sea level.
462 NOTES ON THE ABERCROMBIE CAVES,
From the large Arcli or Tunnel, several smaller caverns branch
off, which I had not time to examine closely. One of these is
entered from the east side and near the upper entrance to the
Archway : after a few yards it divides into several passages which
a little further in are found filled up with red earth containing
fragments and logs of wood. But this red earth is perforated in
all directions with the burrows made by wombats. These animals
still inhabit this cave, but by what way they enter it is not known ;
for it is impossible thaithey could climb the rocks or enter by the
passage we did, so that they must have some entrance from the
side of the valley, which it would be important to discover. I
have no doubt that some fossil bones might be found in this red
earth deposit, which I purpose shortly to examine. There is a
small but interesting stalagmite in this cave ; it stands in three
tiers with fluted sides.
We can only arrive at the geological age of these caves from a
consideration of the formation of the physical features of the
surrounding country. To quote from my former notes on this
district, the general geological features of this country consists of
Silurian shales, sandstones, conglomerates, and limestones, with
occasional intrusive masses of greenstone trap, and at Mulgunnia
the estate of Mr. Warden T. Smith, P.M., near the Grove Creek,
there is a small outcrop of granite, covering these rocks are
patches of pliocene tertiary rounded quartz pebble drift, overlaid
by basalt. These patches of drift are the remnants of the beds of
those ancient watercourses, which in Pliocene times drained the
surface of this country. Streams of lava from volcanoes now
extinct, flowed into the old valleys, burying the water-channels,
subsequently long continued denudation eroded fresh channels
through these rocks, deepened the valleys, and thus gradually
formed the present physical features.
Now the bed of Grove Creek is several hundred feet below the
level of the old Pliocene channel ; so that we may form some
conception of the enormous time, that must have elapsed since
BY C. S. WILKINSON, L.S., F.G.S. 463
the Pliocene channel was cut through, for the valley to have been
eroded several hundred feet deeper, and this before the drainage
water began to pierce the bed of limestone in which the caves
are. There can therefore be no doubt that these caves were
formed subsequently to the Pliocene period, and towards the close
of the Pleistocene period.
They were discovered about 35 years ago, by the late Surveyor
General Davidson, when he was engaged upon the survey of the
Grove Creek ; and were visited a few days afterwards by the late
Mr. W. 0. Wentworth, and then by Governor Fitzroy. No doubt
in the future they will be resorted to by many tourists.
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Note on Sco?nber antarcticus, by William Macleay. F.L.S., &c. —
The Mackerel has been rather abundant lately in the Harbour,
and I am informed that, about a fortnight ago, the sea outside
the Heads was literally alive with them. They were apparently
young fish, and all seemed to be migrating in a northerly direction.
It is much to be desired that Fshermen and others who have the
opportunity of observing the movements of these and other useful
fishes, should make notes of the date of such appearances, and
communicate the same to me or some member of this Society,
as it is only by a combination of observations that a knowledge
of the habits of fishes can be ascertained with certainty.
J. Brazier Esq., C.M.Z.S., exhibited the typical Voluta Angasi,
of Lamarck, obtained by Mr. W. T. Bednall, at Port Lincoln,
South Australia. The variety Voluta Angasi, (Sowerby) procured
by Eev. H. D. Atkinson at Circular Head and Barren Island,
Bass's Straits, also the variety V. Kingi, (Cox), obtained by Mr.
A. Simson at Barren Island.
Mr. J. Hobson exhibited a number of entomological specimens
in spirits from the Solomon Islands.
♦-♦
464 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA,
WEDNESDAY, DECEMBEE 31st, 1879.
The Hon. W. Macleay, M.L.C., F.L.S., in the Chair.
Mr. Andrew Goldie, from New Guinea, was present as a
visitor.
Lamont Young Esq., C.E., F.G.S., Geological Surveyor, was
elected a member of the Society.
DONATIONS.
Erom Baron E. von Mueller, K.O.M.G., "Eucalyptographia,"
Decade IV.
Erom Royal Society of London, Proceedings of the Society,
Vols. XXVI., to XXIX.
Erom Societe Entomologique de Belgique, Compte Rendus,
Nos. 66 to 68.
PAPERS READ.
CONTRIBUTIONS to the ZOOLOGY of NEW GUINEA.
Part VI.
On some new and rare Birds, from South East Coast of
New Guinea, &c.
By E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Cors. Member Royal
Society of Tasmania, &c.
Immediately on Mr. Goldie's return he kindly placed at my
disposal, his large and interesting collections, made during the last
six months of the present year. I find among them, specimens of
nearly all the species represented in his three previous collections,
with a few additional species of great interest, which I now
proceed to enumerate.
On this last trip, Mr. Goldie has succeeded in penetrating into
new and unworked fields, and has been rewarded by the
acquisition of some remarkably interesting species, a complete
list of which will be given hereafter.
BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., ETC. 465
Lieutenant Richards, R.N., has also very kindly allowed me
to examine a fine collection made by him at the Solomon Islands
and Duke of York groups, from which I have described a few
species appearing to me to be new. His fine collection and the
careful data have afforded me much useful information in the
preparation of a revised list of Birds of Duke of York Group,
which I hope shortly to lay before the Society.
AsTTJR BRACHYURTJS, ap. 710V.
Head and the whole of the upper surface dark blue slaty-grey,
lighter on the cheeks ; a collar of rich rufous round the back of the
neck, throat and all the under surface ashy-grey, becoming white
on the abdomen and under tail coverts ; wings blackish slate-blue
above, freckled and barred with the same tint on the inner webs,
which are ashy at the base and on the under surface washed
with fawn color, about 1 0 bars on the quills ; tail dark bluish
slate-grey above, ashy on the under surface, the centre and outer
tail feathers without bars, the rest crossed with 10 to 12 blackish
bars ; feet and legs yellow ; bill and claws black, cere yellowish ;
total length 13 in., wing 8 in., tail 6 in., tarsus 2'5, mid toe, s. u.
1-6, first joint 7*5, second 0-5, third 0'5, hind toe, s. u. 8-5; its
claw above the curve, 1 in.
The long mid. toe of this species gives it more the look of an
Accipiter than of an Astur.
Hah. Thirty miles inland.
? Astur spilothorax, Salvador!.
The whole of the upper surface dark bluish-slate color, the
base of the feathers on the head and nape being white ; cheeks
bluish ashy-grey ; throat and all the under surface white, each
feather striped down the centre with blackish ashy-brown,
forming narrow lines on the throat, flanks and thighs, and under
tail-coverts, and broad lanceolate shaft lines on the chest, breast
and sides ; under wing-coverts white, or slightly tinged with buff,
466 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA,
also with remains of linear shaft lines ; quills of the wings and
tail barred by 8 to 10 blackish-brown bars, which do not reach
the margin of the inner webs, margin and bases of the inner
webs white, or faintly tinged with buff on the primaries, all the
tail feathers barred except the centre two ; central portions of the
scapulars white, with remains only of the bars. Bill, 0*9 ;
culmen, 1 in. ; length, 13 in. ; wing, 7-5 ; tail, 6*5 ; tarsus, 2*3;
bill and claws, black ; base of lower mandible, cere, and legs,
orange-yellow ; sex, <$ ?.
Hob. Inland from Port Moresby, about 40 miles.
I have given a description of this bird, as I am not quite
convinced that it is altogether identical with the Astur spilothoraz
of Count Salvadori.
NlNOX TERRICOLOR, S]). flOV.
All the upper surface of the body, head, wings, and tail dark
uniform earthy-chocolate brown, the basal portion of the feathers
of a dull, dark-slaty hue ; the wings and tail of a slightly lighter
tint, barred with the same hue as the back, the bars extending
quite across both webs and edging the inner webs of the quills,
which become white at the base, except on the first four or five
primaries, which are brown to the base ; the whole interspaces
thus enclosed forming a row of oval blotches, gradually becoming
smaller towards the tips of the feathers, which are brown ; the
tail feathers similarly marked, the interspaces white at the base,
brown at the tip, bars on wings and tail at 8 to 10, a few scattered
spots of whitish on the scapulars, remains of the white inter-
spaces ; throat scantily clothed with dull brown feathers ; lores,
with stiff feathers, black at the tips ; sides of the neck, chest,
sides of the body and breast, dark reddish-chocolate brown ; the
abdomen and the flanks tipped with the same tint, the concealed
portions of the feathers barred with fulvous-white — at the tip in
the margins only ; legs of a lighter tint of chocolate-brown, in-
clining to fulvous ; under tail-coverts fulvous; margins of the wings
BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., ETC. 467
below, dark fulvous and chocolate-brown, barred indistinctly,
outer series barred with dark brown and white ; total length, 9*5
to 10 in. ; wing, 6-5 ; tail, 3 '8 ; tarsus, 1 in. ; culmen, 1 in. ;
bill from cere to tij), 0*5.
JTab. Goldie Eiver, 30 miles inland.
? Tanysiptera mympha, juv.
The young bird is of a uniform dull brown, the chest and
upper tail-coverts vermilion-red ; wings, blackish with the outer
webs of the quills bluish, and the tips of the coverts light rufous-
brown ; two centre tail feathers blue, with white tips ; bill coral
red ; legs and feet, reddish-brown. This may eventually prove
to be the young of a more allied species.
Sab. Goldie Eiver, 30 miles inland.
? Ehectes ( Oreoica ?J brunnciceps, Salvadori.
Upper surface dull earthy-brown ; the upper tail-coverts and
tail darker, and of a rich rufous-brown, hind neck and cheeks
rufous-brown ; all the under surface pale rufous, deeper rufous
on the sides of the neck and chest ; head with erect crest, inclining
to rufous-brown ; bill, black ; legs, dull-brown ; length, 8'6 ;
wing, 4-4 ; tail, 3*5 ; tarsus, 1-5 ; bill from forehead, 1 in.
Mr. Goldie informs me that this bird has a loud ringing bell-
like note, from which it became known to his party as " Bell-bird."
The bill is comparatively short, strong, laterally compressed,
somewhat wedge-shaped, like that of Oreoica. length of bill, 1
in.; culmen, 1*05; height of mandibles at nostrils, 0*4 ; breadth,
0-25 ; length from nostril to tip, 0*55 ; from tip of upper mandible
to gape, 1*1 in. First quill half the length of the fifth, which is
longest ; fifth, sixth, and seventh nearly equal ; the second quill
distinctly shorter than the longest secondary.
Hob. Goldie Eiver, 30 miles inland,
468 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA,
PlEZORHYNCIIUS MELANOCEPHALUS, Sp. 110V.
(? Piezorhynchus vidua, Trist.)
The whole of the head and throat black, with slight blue -black
gloss ; back, wings, and tail, black ; the three outer feathers of
the latter tipped with white ; greater coverts of the wings white,
slightly margined at the tips with black ; lesser coverts white,
margined with black ; a few of the scapulars margined or tipped
laterally with white ; a broad white band across the nape, tipping
the black ear-coverts with white ; uropygius and upper tail-
coverts, white ; chest and remainder of the under surface white ;
margins of the wings below, black ; under surface of the quills,
blackish; bill black ; legs, lead-color; total length, 5*5 to 6 in. ;
wing, 265 ; tail, 2-7 ; tarsus, 0*7.
" £ iris, feet, and bill, Hack; "MaMra Saviour, San Christoval,
May 2\st, 1879."— (Richards. J
Sab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands.
Sericornis ? eulvi-pectoris, sp. nov.
General color above earthy-brown, almost black on the head
and lores, browner on the outer webs of the tail ; wings, blackish-
brown, brown on the outer webs ; all the under surface,
f ulvescent, almost white on the throat, deepening into rich fulvous
(or light cinnamon) on the chest, breast, and flanks, and under
tail-coverts ; the centre of the abdomen white ; under wing-coverts
like the breast ; bill, dark brown above, lower mandible whitish ;
legs, light-yellow ; total length, 4*4 ; wing, 2*4 ; tail, 1*9; tarsus,
0-95; bill. 0'7.
I have placed this bird provisionally in the Australian genus
Sericornis, as coming nearest to that genus ; the description is
taken from what I believe to be a young bird. Only one
specimen was obtained.
Hah. Goldie Eiver, 30 miles inland.
BY E. P. RAMSAY, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., ETC. 469
Myzomela forbesi, sp. nov.
The whole of the upper and under surface and margins of ihe
shoulders below, jet black ; under wing-coverts and margins of
the inner webs of the quills, except the tips, white ; on the front
of the head a somewhat square shaped patch of rich crimson.
A specimen, said to be the female of this species is exactly the
same in plumage, but without the crimson on the head.
Total length from tip of the bill, 4*4 inches ; wing, 2'4 ; tail,
1*7 ; tarsus, 0*6 ; bill from forehead, 0*8, from nostril, 0*5, from
gape, 0*75.
Hub. "Woodlark Island.
I have named this species in honor of W. A. Forbes, Esq.,
F.Z.S., from whose valuable monograph on this family I have
derived much useful information.
Among the Honey-eaters is another species of a jet black color
from the Groldie River, probably identical with 31. nigrita, of
Gr. E. Gray, and what at present I take to be a specimen of
Glycichaera fallax of Salvadori.
? Drepanornis d'albertisi, Sclater.
A female only of this (?) remarkable species was obtained,
which differs but very little from Mr. Gould's drawings of the
original, nevertheless from the much lighter tint of rufous on the
upper coverts and rump, and dark brown head and neck above.
I am inclined to think it may represent a distinct species, when
specimens of the male bird are received from this new locality, a
better comparrison can be made.
Hal. Dense scrubs inland from Port Moresby, Goldie Eiver.
Manucodia comrii, Sclater.
One of the most remarkabe features in the collection, is a series
of this fine species, adults, males and females, the true habitat is
D'Entracasteaux Island.
470 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ZOOLOGY OF NEW GUINEA,
The following are the measurements of some of the specimens :
Inches. Inches. Inches, Inches.
s
S 1
?
17-8
16-5
16-
9-2
9-2
8-7
60
5-9
6-0
6-6
6-5
6-2
2-25
225
205
2-3
2-2
21
2-2
2-15
2-05
• •
1*5
1-4
1-3
?
16-0
8-5
6-2
2-05
2-05
2-0
1-3
Sex
Total length
Wing
Tail, outer feathers
Tail, centre curved feathers
Tarsus
Bill, from forehead
Bill, from gape
Bill, from nostril
There are also two species of Cassowarys, one ? Casuarius
uniappendiculatus, the other probably C. beccarii. The helmet of
the one I believe to be C. uniappendiculatus, adult, resembles
that of the Morruh C. bennettii.
In a future paper I hope to give a complete list of the collections
made by Mr. Groldie, numbering about 1400 skins.
Chalcophaps helviventris, Salvadori.
Several specimens of this very distinct species.
Ptilopus nana, Temm.
Four specimens of this dove were obtained.
Otidiphaps nobilis, var. cervicalis.
This species differs from Dr. Grey's description of $ nobilis, in
having a white or ashy patch in the nape, and in the uropygium
and upper tail-coverts being of a rich metallic green and not purple.
I have only the original description to go by, which has probably
been taken from a mutilated skin.
All Mr. Goldie's specimens of this magnificent bird are alike,
both males and females ; he informs me that they were obtained
only with great difficulty in the dense scrubs far inland, and
always on the ground, in habits they resemble the Gource.
Hob. Groldie River.
NOTES AKD EXHIBITS. 471
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.
Mr. Ramsay displayed a very extensive series of the new and
rare birds described in his paper, including a species of Donacola
from New Britain, a Piezorhynchus from San Christoval, an
Astur from New Britain, and one from New Guinea inland
from Port Moresby, and from the same locality a new Rhectes,
a JI>/zomeIa and a Sericornis, &c, &c.
Dr. Cox exhibited a fine Crustacean (AstacopsisJ found by the
Hon. E. K. Cox, in a small creek near the top of Mount Wilson,
and three Fish (Galaxias), from the same locality.
J. Brazier Esq., C.M.Z.S., exhibited a Chione calophylla with a
small pearl found therein. Also two valuable books — " Donum
Bismarckiana," Berlin, 1871; and " Uber die familie der
Rissoiden von Mohrenstein," Wein, 1860.
Mr. Masters showed specimens of Heterodontus philippii and
H. galeatus, and pointed out the difference between them. He
also drew attention to a cluster of Barnacles which had attached
themselves to the dorsal fin of the latter.
+ »
ANNUAL MEETING, WEDNESDAY, JANUARY 28th, 1880.
The President, the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S.,
&c, in the Chair.
The Secretary having read the minutes of the last Annual
Meeting, the President delivered the following address :
peesident's addkess.
In delivering to you the customary address at the close of our
scientific year, I have thought it desirable to call your attention
to the work which is going on in the Australian Colonies in the
department of natural history. Before I do so, I wish to make
472 president's address.
some observations on a prevalent opinion, that the natural sciences
are immensely more popular in the present day than ever they
have been at any previous epoch in the world's history. I
question, however, if the opinion is quite correct in the ordinary
sense of the word popular. If we mean that there are more
students of the scientific aspect of the subject, or that such works
address a larger section of the reading public, it is certainly not
correct. That books on natural history are more numerous is
true, and that they are cheaper and of a better class is also true.
This is in keeping with the general inprovement which has taken
place in all departments of literature. There has grown up
likewise a class of books on the subject which was unknown
before the present century, or even in the beginning of it. These
are what are called popular books, meant for those who have no
time or no inclination for more than light reading. But the
scientific students are still few, and those who interest themselves
in their labours are confined to a very small circle. We find this
especially the case in our efforts to advance a Society like our
own, which aims at purely scientific investigation.
The sympathy and support we get is of the most limited kind.
Our public journals are prof use in their references to the scientific
tendencies of the age. Scarcely a meeting or a public discussion
is there in which some vaunting allusion is not made to the
progress of knowledge, and our intellectual achievements. This
as far as it goes, is a sign of some sort of appreciation in which
the labours of a few are held. But we have to be content with
this. The self-sacrificing workers must find the reward for their
labours in the pleasure their studies give them — a pleasure, let
it be admitted which in most cases compensates them for all else.
The public generally will scarcely encourage them by even an
interest in their work. All this is strongly evidenced by a
reference to the past volumes of this Society. We find on
inspecting their tables of contents that scarcely more than a
dozen contributors have supplied the investigations which are
president's address. 473
there recorded. Each year has seen a rapid increase in the
number of papers read, and the subjects treated, but this has
only been by increasing the labours and studies of the few real
students of nature in the Colonies. This does not surprise one
so much as that the results of our work are so entirely unknown.
Well, not unknown entirely, because, I suppose, there is not one
of you who do not receive from time to time letters of encourage-
ment and sympathy from the greatest living naturalist in Europe
and America. But in the Colonies they are unknown, and will
probably remain unknown in our generation. I do not refer to
this in terms of complaint, for the remedy is out of our reach,
but I do so that we may fairly estimate what is the scientific
spirit of the present day. Science and scientific study are not
popular. Scientific results, when they benefit mankind, are
appreciated and admired, men of science, when their reputation
is established hold a high and honourable position ; but the
labour by which all this is acquired has very few votaries indeed.
It is necessary to bear this in mind when estimating what is being
done amongst us in the present day in the Colonies of Australia.
It may be thought that the result is very small, and in such an
untrodden field, where laurels are so easily gathered, the workers
are few. People are accustomed to think that we are making
great strides. They point to the popular books and their elaborate
get-up as a good indication of what a harvest is being gathered.
Yet how few are aware of the worthless character of a large
proportion of our popular scientific literature.
In one respect there is a gain. If we compare, for instance,
such a book as " De Montfort's Conchology " with any modern
work on the subject, how vast is the improvement. Who would
think, from the rude style and almost barbarous illustrations,
that De Montfort wrote barely fifty years ago. All the modern
works share the improvement in externals, but here the gain
begins and almost ends. With very few exceptions popular
books teach nothing solidly, and a good deal very incorrectly.
474 president's address.
Some may urge that the place which the natural sciences occupy-
in our University education, is at least an evidence of popularity.
But the place they take is a small one. The little that has to be
known of these matters at matriculation, seems to me insufficient
to create a taste for them, and with the exception of those whose
professional studies require it, they are not followed subsequently.
The circumstances of young colonies are so peculiar and
exceptional that it would not be fair to compare our literature or
our studies with those of any old established country. Of course
we should suffer much by the comparison. Our habits and our
institutions are not those of a studious people. Men of real
learning have no place amongst us, and are consequently rarely
to be found. This is why, perhaps, sO much of the public
utterance of our speakers and writers are greatly below the
standard in breadth and depth. It would be out of place for me
to remark this, even casually, were it not that it trenches on the
fact I am now referring to. Natural sciences have become
strangely mixed up with some of the most important questions of
religion and philosophy. They have been so mixed, to some
extent, in every age, but never so much and so injuriously as
now, and the problems are being worked out carefully and well
by those who are the real masters of the points in dispute, and
with a cautious yet most untiring spirit of inquiry and with a
conscientious determination to record facts without prejudice or
favour. Of these the most illustrious has been Dr. Charles
Darwin. Differing as many of us do from the conclusions at
which he has arrived, I cannot help adding my humble tribute
of admiration for his philosophical methods of inquiry in which
he has set so beautiful, so illustrious an example. With such
methods and in such hands the interests of truth are safe in the
long run. Charles Darwin has revolutionised the science of
zoology more by his ingenious and conscientious methods than by
his conclusions. What the ultimate conclusions will be it would
be premature to predict ; but how they will be established cannot
president's address. 475
be a matter of doubt. As an instance of this, I may refer to the
magnificent paper of the Eev. Professor Henslow, lately published
in the Transactions of the Linnsean Society of London. The
learned professor has been following up Darwin's observations
on the self-fertilization of plants. It will be remembered that
Dr. Darwin's observations on the varieties of the common primrose
led to the discovery of certain provisions to secure cross fertiliza-
tion. The facts thus revealed were so new, so startling, and at
the same time so full of interest, that the field was entered upon
with ardour by nearly every botanist in Europe. As a matter of
course the conclusions of Dr. Darwin were pushed to the extreme.
Even the most eminent naturalists were led into extravagant
assertions, which, at best, were only supported by a slender array
of facts, and some even roundly asserted that self-fertilization
never took place. These were not men of eminence, but their
opinions were eagerly seized by those whose knowledge was too
slight to discriminate, and whose prejudices were too strong for
caution. By no one were these excesses more deplored than Dr.
Darwin, whose love of his favourite theory is great, but whose
love of true science is greater. When Professor Henslow
commenced his investigations he states that he adopted Dr.
Darwin's views about the self-fertilization of flowers. What has
induced him to abandon them is beautifully seen in the facts
which a long and patient inquiry has revealed. So far as he has
gone he finds self-fertilization the rule and not the exception.
The whole paper is a monument to his conscientious care and
industry. It is a delightful instance of the perfection of those
methods of inquiry of which Dr. Darwin is the illustrious author.
In the meantime, Darwinism, or the doctrine of develoj)ment
or evolution, as it is variously termed, is being vigorously handled
by those whose speaking and reading hardly give them time for
reflection. It has also become the prey of the metaphysician.
There the naturalist might well be content to leave the philo-
sophical question which underlies the whole subject. It is out of
476 president's address.
the reach of all the methods which he can bring to bear upon it.
Those who believe, as I do, that there is a Creator of all things,
visible and invisible, cannot be affected by opinions necessarily
formed independently of real knowledge. If however, there is
any opinion forced upon my mind by whatever study I have been
able to give to nature, it is that there is almost infinite variety in
everything created. The hundred thousand or more known species
of plants, the bewildering multitude of forms of animal life, the
countless stars, the epochs of past creations imbedded in the
rocks, the metals and their combinations, the gems and their
forms of crystal and colour, the amazing, the endless aspects of
all matter, unite in one testimony the infinite variety of nature.
There is a plan in all, a unity in all. The recognition of that
plan is the daily labour of naturalists ; but while they perceive
this, they recognise also the endless variation of the means. No
two species are made alike, no two produce their seed by exactly
similar contrivances. There are plants which produce no seed,
and plants whose methods of reproduction have eluded all inquiry.
There are sexual distinctions in animals, and a large section where
these distinctions are dispensed with. There are animals which
reproduce their young according to what we call, from our limited
experience, the normal condition of the fertilization of the ova,
and then whole generations succeed in which all this is set aside.
I might go on to much greater length in giving illustration of
what is so familiar to us all, but no one will doubt that the
principle which we have discovered universally prevalent in
nature is unity and variety.
I can well believe that there is much truth in evolution. If
to-morrow the evidence of its occurrence were established on
indubitable grounds, it would be one more beautiful illustration
of the plan of nature. But to say that it takes place, or has
taken place in every case because we find it true in many, is an
assertion which we need not trouble ourselves to discuss. And
this I think will be the upshot of what we see so hotly contested
president's address. 477
in our own clay. As in the case of most schools of thought, the
truth will be found to lie between the two extremes. The grand
truth looming in the future seems to be development through the
most varied means, one of which may be evolution. But we
cannot help deploring that questions on which the vital
interests of modern society certainly hang, should have been
prejudiced so much by ignorance of the natural sciences. The
hottest disputants have been men whose knowledge was derived
from very imperfect sources. Sweeping assertions, unjustifiable
conclusions, false inferences, and an unfair use of facts, have all
been used as weapons under the banner of a pretender miscalled
science. This could not have happened were the general public
more acquainted with the subject — nor, indeed, we may be sure,
would such a standard ever be raised. Can we hope that such a
consummation will be reached, if not in our own time, at least at
some future day ? Perhaps the existence and success of our little
Society is an earnest that we can. Still I would remind our
members that a good deal rests with ourselves. We can do much
to make the natural sciences a little more popular. We can
influence, we can encourage those outside — and, above all, we
can help each other. I hope it will not be considered an
inrpertinence if I refer to two things which rest with ourselves.
It is somewhat sad to think how much science is delayed by the
jealousies and bitterness of scientific men. I would not refer to
this if I had not in my mind a keen recollection of the opposition
and rebuffs I met with myself in early days. It is therefore with
the most pleasant feelings I glance over the history of this Society,
and see how smooth and untroubled has been its current during
that history. I trust this will be one of its constant traditions.
The other point to which I refer is the helping hand which we
can extend to the students of science, especially to beginners,
and to the public generally. There are, I am convinced, a great
number of lovers of nature through the length and breath of this
land who would be its students could they but see a way to begin.
478 president's address.
I am sure, also, that most valuable observations are made and
would be recorded, but are now lost. The work that we can do
for science by encouragement, and by taking a little trouble for
those who wish to be observers, would be more than what our
own observations would effect. I am fully aware of the great
extent to which this has been done already, but I would venture
to suggest that it should take a more systematic form. If we
were to form a special committee, to whom all enquiries should
be referred, and then let it be widely known that any specimens
forwarded to our secretary for examination would be attended to
and information returned to the sender. We have amongst our
working members enough of specialists to do this work, and on
whom we could rely, will appear more plainly as I proceed. Thus
I am sure we should gather an immense amount of observations,
and what is more important would awaken a wide-spread interest
in the natural sciences, and tend to make them truly popular.
The educational value of our Society would be increased, and no
doubt we should, in consequence, be able to count upon an
increased support and sympathy both from the Government and
public.
I turn now to review what is actually being done amongst us
at the present time. We have, I am happy to say, a fair
proportion of naturalists in all the various colonies, and the
different special departments seem to be pretty equally divided
amongst them. The increase in their numbers of late years has
been very great. Previous to twenty years ago they might be
counted on the fingers, and whatever they did was scattered
through the scientific serials of Europe, or attached as appendices
to works on the Colonies. A few Government papers contain
some valuable early records, and a few more occur in long
forgotten works. How few for instance, have seen Dr. Lindley's
papers on the flora of West Australia or Stutchbury's remarks
on the Natural History of Port Jackson. Would any library in
Australia be likely to contain the proceedings of the Natural
president's address. 479
History Society of Metz, with Arthur Morellet's descriptions, or
how difficult it would be to obtain Menke's Latin pamphlet on
the Mollusca of New Holland, published in Hanover. A valuable
pamphlet of Menge's on the Mineralogy of South Australia is as
difficult to meet with as an Elzevir Sallust. I have never been
able to meet with Leschenault de la Tor's Notice of the vegetation
of New Holland (Paris, 1824), and I don't think a copy of
Meinicke's Das Festland Australien (Prenzlau, 1837) is to be
found in Australia. But now our workers are amongst ourselves,
and our work for the most part is to be found in Australian
publications which are easily accessible. Time will not permit
me to refer at any length to the learned Societies of the various
Colonies, but I cannot help specially noticing the advance and
improvement of two. Just as Professor Liversidge has infused
new life into the Royal Society of New South Wales, so Professor
Tate has done for the almost defunct Philosophical Society of
South Australia. The Tasmanian Royal Society has improved
remarkably within the last few years in the number and value of
its original papers. In Melbourne the very useful Microscopical
Society, which had lapsed into inactivity, has been re-organized,
and rendered most effective and serviceable by the energy of its
secretary, Mr. Goldstein. This gentleman has long been known
to me as one of the most painstaking and conscientious observers
in marine zoology. His especial province has been on the animals
of our Polyzoa, a completely untrodden field. In conjunction
with Mr. Maplestone, of Portland, Victoria, he has observed and
drawn a considerable number of the forms inhabiting the cells of
Catenicettidce, about which nothing was previously known.
Altogether the "Proceedings of the Melbourne Microscopical
Society," which are nowpublished, form a valuable and interesting
addition to our colonial scientific annuals. The Royal Society of
Victoria still keeps up a certain position in the scientific annals
of the Colony. It is much to be regretted that the scientific men
in Victoria do not take a more active interest in a Society which
480 president's address.
might assist them so materially, for it has large resources, and a
valuable property. Up to this the greater part of the burden of
sustaining it devolves upon Mr. Ellery, F.K.S., the Government
Astronomer, and some few other gentlemen.
In referring to the labours of scientific men in the Colonies,
Baron von Mueller's efforts are too well known to need comment.
During the last year he has published the following works : —
1. Four decades of " Eucalyptographia," a descriptive atlas of
the JEucalypts of Australia &c. 2. " Forest resources of Western
Australia," with illustrations. 3. " The native plants of Victoria,"
succinctly defined. 4. Continuation of "FraginentaPhytographia"
for Vol. II. 5. " Suggestions on Forests." 6. " On Vegetable
Fossils of Auriferous Drifts." His work on the Eucalypts will be
one of the most beautiful and lasting monuments to his industry
and genius. It will help to clear up a portion of our floral
classification, which is confessedly obscure. It may not do all
that is to be done, but it will be a wonderful step in the advancement
of our knowledge. It is pretty certain, however, that the number
of our Eucalypts will, like our 300 species of Acacia, need
considerable reduction. As an instance of what climate will effect
in varying the species I may mention that the Eucalyptus citriodora,
with the powerfully lemon-scented leaves, and which grows on
the arid ridges of tropical North-east Australia, is no other than
the common spotted gum of the neighbourhood of Port Jackson.
Mr. Bailey, F.L.S., of Brisbane, was the first who drew my
attention to this remarkable instance of variation, which I have
been able to confirm by recent observations in North Australia.
In our own colony Dr. Woolls is continually seconding the
labours of Baron von Mueller. We must, all of us, wish that he
would turn his accurate and extensive knowledge of the New
South Wales flora to something more immediately benefiting the
Colony. I am sure I only echo the desire of every botanist on
this side of the continent, that he would give us a flora of New
South Wales, or a census of the flora of any locality with which
president's address. 481
he is acquainted. It would be a most valuable record, which no
one is more qualified to give. Mr. R. D. Fitzgerald's work on
the Australian Orchids still continues to give the public the fruits
of his careful and industrious observations, and the beautiful
illustrations from his graceful and artistic drawing.
The labours of F. M. Bailey, F.L.S., are not so generally
known, and on that account are deserving of some detailed
mention. Eesiding in Queensland, he has for many years devoted
himself to the flora of that colony. It is now some six years
since he published an excellent illustrated handbook of Queensland
Ferns, a work, apparently, of unpretending character, but full of
the most important and valuable observations. Of late years
Mr. Bailey has devoted himself to the elucidation of our Australian
Fungi, Lichens, and mosses, seconded by the most eminent
specialists of Great Britain, and including Messrs. Berkeley,
Broome, Stirton Leighton, and Mitten. As there has been little
or nothing known of these several departments, it will not surprise
us to learn that a large number of new species are being discovered.
Some of these were described last year in the transactions of the
Linneean Society of London, by Messrs. Berkerley and Broome.
I may mention that Mr. Bailey and myself have been engaged
during the past year in preparing a census of the Fungi of all
Australia. In making this examination we have found that while
in the tropics there are many indigenous species, a considerable
proportion are identical with those of India. Outside the tropics
the indigenous species increase, but there is also a marked
proportion of European species. In all the three divisions of
Lichens, Mosses, and Fungi, we find a much larger resemblance
to the flora of remote countries than in more highly organized
members of the vegetable kingdom. This is in accordance with
what is gradually being recognized as a principle or law throughout
nature. The more simple the organism, the more ancient its life
history, and the more universally distributed over the surface of
the globe. I am not sure that every naturalist would formulate
482 president's address.
the law precisely in these terms, hut all would readily admit the
facts upon which it is hased. It is for this reason that Mr.
Bailey's researches into the "lower orders" of our Australian
flora are replete with interest. The Crytogamic flora is also
included in his investigations, and he is just now engaged in the
publication of a work on the Queensland Ferns. I may mention
that he is employed by the Government as keeper of a Herbarium
which gives him special opportunities for observation. Though
the Government of Queensland does very little for science, yet
this is an extremely valuable exception.
It is very much to be regretted that we have no complete
Herbarium for New South Wales, the oldest colony of all, and the
one where it is most needed as a record. While the collections
of Cunningham, of Foster, of Solander, and Robert Brown are to
be found in Kew, we have not a single good public collection of
our native plants in this colony. It should be remembered that
as a record of what has been done by our great botanists, such a
collection is invaluable, and the time for giving it the greatest
interest and importance is rapidly passing away. There are good
herbaria now in Queensland, Victoria, and Tasmania, but in this
respect the colony of New South Wales is behind them all.
In connection with botanical observations, I must mention the
labours of Dr. Bancroft, F.L.S., of Brisbane. This most industrious
observer is labouring amidst very many difficulties to discover the
useful medicinal qualities of our plants. His success in the case
of Duboisia myoporides is well known. This is a plant of the
Solanum family, which possesses in its extract a property far
superior to belladonna for diseases of the eye. It also contains
many other valuable medicinal properties which are being worked
out. It is now known that the opiate used by the natives of the
interior is the dried leaves of another species of Duboisia, D.
Hopwoodii, or Pituri. Dr. Bancroft has pursued his inquiries
with such vigour, that he has now a long list of colonial drugs at
his disposal. Alstonia con&tricta is at present a marketable
president's address. 483
commodity in Europe. It is a bitter bark with tonic properties
superior to almost any in use, and perfectly safe. This is all the
more strange, as Alstonia belongs to the so-called dogbanes, one
of the most poisonous families of plants, though an Indian species
of the same genus is used in India as a tonic. This Queensland
tree grows rather abundantly on the Darling Downs on the edge
of the Acacia scrubs. The same observer finds in the native
pepper of Queensland f Piper Novae Hollandice) an aromatic extract
which in large doses produces the symptoms of narcotic poisoning
on the lower animals. He has also discovered very curious
properties in Xanthium strumarium, a weed so nearly allied to the
Bathurst burr as to be easily mistaken for it, and having all the
destructive characteristics of its congener. An extract from this
plant is deadly poison, and produces all the symptoms exhibited
by the administration of strychnine. Amongst other useful drugs
Dr. Bancroft finds in the Queensland cassia an excellent substitute
for senna, in ironbark gum a very useful astringent, and in
sassafras bark a valuable aromatic. But the most interesting of
all Dr. Bancroft's observations are those which he has made on
some of the animal parasites affecting the human subject in
Queensland. This department of medical science is all the more
interesting and important when it is remembered how fearfully
some parts of the Colonies of South Australia and Victoria have
been scourged by hydatids, and how the influx of Chinese has
awakened such just apprehensions of the spread of leprosy. I
will give Dr. Bancroft's discovery in his own words : — " Another
parasitic disease spreading in the colony is the blood worm
Filaria sanguinis, of Lewis, known now to be associate I with a
numerous list of morbid conditions. This is an embryoo ic worm
about 100th of an inch long. The parent of it is located on
lymphatic vessels or in cysts measuring from three to four inches
long and about as thick as a coarse hair. It was first discovered
in Brisbane and was named by Professor Cobbold, Filaria
Bancrofti. It is now considered to be the cause of the elephant
484
leg of India, and there are grounds of belief that it causes leprosy.
In Amoy a very large number of Chinese are afflicted with the
parasite, and the learned Dr. Manson discovered that this mosquito
in sucking the blood of a diseased person swallows the embryonic
worm that floats in the blood." Dr. Manson found 120 of these
worms in the blood contained in one mosquito. Dr. Bancroft has
never counted more than 45 in any mosquito that he was able to
examine from diseased persons in Brisbane. He adds the following
conclusions as to its life history : — " The mosquito swallows the
blood infested with the parasite, and subsequently contaminates
the water with the same in laying her eggs. Persons drink of
the water containing the filarice, and becomes subject to one or
more of the diseased conditions known to be caused by this parasite.
The only protection against this frightful pest which gives a taint
to the blood, and which becomes hereditary, is to drink no water
which has not been boiled and filtered. The learned doctor
concludes that this parasite has been introduced into Queensland
by about fifty diseased Chinamen from Amoy, who between the
years 1853 and 1862 were admitted into the Brisbane Hospital.
The history of some of the cases were carefully recorded, and was
that of leprosy. According to Dr. Manson about one-tenth of his
patients haAfila/ria in their blood. These interesting observations
have the highest importance for the future well-being of the
Colonies. Even to trace the origin of a disease is a great step
towards its eradication ; and all must hope for Dr. Bancroft a
long career to pursue these inquiries so important to the health
of our young communities. His labours form a valuable illustration
of how the study of natural history may benefit mankind. As
far as his observations go the learned doctor finds that blood
worms are a numerous family in the neighbourhood of Brisbane.
He has discovered Filaria immitis in the heart of dogs. This is
a well-known species, which reaches ten inches in length. This
disease is also common in China, but it is not known whether or
no it will infest the human species, but in all probability it will.
president's address. 485
He has also found three species in the blood of a magpie called
by the natives " curwang," probably Grallina Australis, and
another in the Eegent bird, which takes up its abode in the heart.
This is a field for microscopy, which should be taken up, as the
blood of any animal infested with a parasite shows its state readily
on examination, even with low magnifying powers. It would be
of the utmost importance to find what birds are thus infested,
because none of them can be safe as articles of food.
The zoology of Australia has received a very valuable addition
to its literature in the Prodromus of the National History of
Victoria, by Professor M'Coy, of which three decades are already
published. It has been the endeavour of the distinguished author
of these publications to illustrate as many genera as possible of
the living fauna, and he deals at first usually with species of
special interest, of which good figures do not exist, or are not
easily accessible. Like all the publications issued by the Professor
from the National Museum of Victoria, they are most elaborate.
The drawings are in the very highest style of excellence, and the
descriptions full and complete. They leave nothing to be desired
except that we had more of them. While such publications do
great credit to the artistic skill of the Professor and his assistants,
they redound equally to the liberality of the Government of
Victoria. I have already referred to the successful efforts of
Professor Tate on behalf of the Philosophical Society of South
Australia. He has, ever since his arrival in Adelaide, been
indefatigable in trying to develops our knowledge of the zoology
and geology of the country. His papers comprise contributions
to most of the colonial scientific journals, and a particularly
valuable monograph of the recent and fossil margiiielUda. In his
annual address before the Society he has given a notice of the
general progress that has been made towards the knowledge of
the Natural History of South Australia. His account is exhaustive
but, to use his own words, we are brought faco to face witli the
fact that there are still many missing pages, even chapters, in its
486 president's address.
history, and our knowledge in many departments is mere technical
barrenness. No person need plead the want of a subject either in
South Australia or any other portion of the Continent, and it is a
source of great consolation to those who have been long, and, as
as it were, singlehanded, in the field, to hail the accession of such
an industrious and learned naturalist as Professor Tate. He has
succeeded in enlisting the sympathies of many, and the recent
papers by Messrs. 0. Tepper, H. H. Hayter, Gr. Scoular, W. T.
Bedwall, and Dr. Schomburgh are a proof of the new life he has
infused into the men of science of the Adelaide Colony. I refer
especially to the anniversary address of Professor Tate to the
Adelaide Philosophical Society, read at the close of last year's
session as a compendium of all that has been written on the
geology of South Australia, incorporated with the Professor's
personal observation, and with what he has been able to gather
by correspondence with colonial geologists. This is an elaborate
essay, of a character much like the late Rev. W. B. Clarke's
" Sedimentary Eocks of New South Wales," but with especial
richness of detail in paleontology, in which particular Mr. Clarke's
essay was defective. Professor Tate has made an attempt to
correlate all the Australian formations, but especially the tertiary
ones. It is the first detailed attempt that has been made. Some
of the conclusions arrived at differ from my own, at least those I
had formed, and published some years ago. The learned
Professor has however so thoroughly examined the subject that
I believe his system will prove the beginning of the correct
solution. An entirely satisfactory one must necessarily be distant
but it is encouraging to think it is in such good hands. Professor
Tate has also published a Zoologica et Palaeontologica Miscellanea,
containing a new genus of fossil Ufactridce, on the recent and
fossil KelliadcB (Lepton Lasea and Pythina J on some new pulmoniferce,
on a new phyllopodous crustacean, on the conchology of King George's
Sound, and on two new G aster opods from South Australia —
Trochocochelea and Mhalia. He has also issued from the Press a
president's address. 487
description of the Natural History of the country round the head
of the Australian Bight, which he terms the Bunda Plateau.
The latter paper is from the Transactions of the Adelaide
Philosophical Society, but I advert to it as one of the most
important publications of this year. This country has been
always one of singular interest, and has never been examined by
a really scientific man until visited by Professor Tate. In his
paper he gives the natural divisions of the country, which he was
commissioned by the South Australian Government to examine,
with a view to its adaptability to the artesian well system. He
made a journey with a party, all riding camels, spending six
weeks in the examination of the plateau. The result was not
satisfactory as far as artesian wells were concerned, but we have
from the professor a very elaborate account of the geology and
zoology of the district.
In Tasmania Mr. W. Legrand still labours amongst the Mbllusca ,
a sub-kingdom in which he has been for years a constant and
most painstaking observer. He has now two zealous coadjutors
in Messrs. Petterd and Johnston. The former has just published
a very creditable monograph of the land shells of Tasmania.
Mr. E. M. Johnston labours in almost every department of
natural history. His new observations in geology and important
discoveries in Tasmanian natural history are contained in the
u Proceedings of the Eoyal Society of Tasmania."
Turning now to the department of Geology I find that every
Colony is doing much towards the development of the knowledge
of our rocks and rock formations. Considering how much the
mineral resources of the colony are identified with this, and how
much accurate geological knowledge tends to develope these
resources, no activity on the subject would be excessive. In
North Queensland Mr. Jack has just completed valuable maps
and reports on the geology of the Bowen coal-field, the Charter's
Towers diggings, and the general geology of the North. It may
488 president's address.
be worth while to mention an Interesting fact which the examination
of the Bo-wen coal-field has brought out ; the deposition of the coal
in that locality, has been followed by an extensive outpouring of
volcanic rocks, and the beds of lava lying above the seams have
burnt away all the carbonaceous matters, and entirely destroyed
them. Mr. Jack is now away on a six months' prospecting tour
between the Normandy River and Cape York. This is an entirely
unexplored tract, and no doubt his investigations will result in
the discovery of new fields of industry and resources for the
colony of Queensland. Having just returned from a lengthened
examination of the coast line and part of the interior from Trinity
Bay to near Princess Charlotte's Ba}^, I hope to place some of my
observations before the Society during the ensuing year, and
some of them will, I think, be found of considerable interest. In
New South Wales the geology of the colony is receiving very
careful development at the hands of Mr. C. S. Wilkinson. Having
had the advantage and pleasure of some excursions in company
with this gentlemen, I can express in the most emphatic manner
my appreciation of the accuracy with which he is determining the
nature, extent, position, and history of our rock formations. Since
the lamented decease of the Rev. W. B. Clarke, we have no
gentleman so thoroughly acquainted with the sedimentary deposits
of New South Wales as the director of our Geological Survey.
In Victoria, the progress reports of the geological survey still
continue to give valuable knowledge of that Colony, whose
geology is now probably better known than any other part of
Australia. The discoveries made there of late years are replete
with interest, amongst which I should specify a mineral field
which is partly auriferous, at Bethanga, but which is in all respects
similar to the peculiar and valuable mineral deposits at Ravens wood
in tropical Queensland. Mr. Cosmo Newberry has discovered a
way of separating gold from poor sulphurets of antimony, which is
of great importance to fields where the ore is poor, and it reflects
the greatest credit on his industry and genius. It is found that
president's address. 489
poor sulphides {i.e. 6 per cent.) found with gold in excess of
antimony is added a bronze like metallic alloy, which is brittle
and which the amalgam will not touch. It forms into flaky
crystals which even after long continued grinding retain the
scale-like character and are thus easily carried away by water.
Mr. Newbury roasts the ore with salt or other chloride, and when
raised to a red heat exposes it to a jet of steam, by which the
gold is reduced to a bright clear state, easily affected by the
amalgam.
The researches of Mr. A.W. Howitt, F.GKS., on the microscopical
characters of the diorites and granite of Victoria are of the
highest interest. They show careful observation and extensive
knowledge of the subject, and are made in a department of
knowledge where hitherto very little has been done. Mr. Ulrich
has on several occasions drawn attention to the necessity of this
kind of study of our rocks. It has been shown that reefs become
richer near some dykes, but not all. By the examination of
carefully prepared microscopical sections he has shown that the
rocks which have a good influence are of one special variety.
They are homhlendic and true diorites, while all the rock masses
and dykes which are of augitic diahose have been proved to be
non-auriferous as well. Until Mr. Ulrich's observations, all
these rocks were classed and maj)ped as diorites, and they cannot
be distinguished except in microscopical sections.
I have thus passed rapidly over the principal fields of science
which are at the present moment receiving every elucidation from
our colonial workers. I have purposely abstained from any
reference to our own Society's work, as the journal of our
proceedings is a sufficient evidence of that. But I do not think
I ought to allow this address to conclude without an expression
of my humble appreciation of the labours of my colleagues in this
colony, from whom I have frequently received considerable aid
and always much kindness and sympathy. The zeal and public
490 president's address.
spirit of the Hon. William Macleay have made this Society what
it is, while his investigations in ichthyology and among the class
reptilia are worthy of a family that for many generations has
given most distinguished votaries to science, from the founder of
the Royal Linn?ean Society of London to the founder of the
Linnean Society which I am addressing to-day. I look with a
justifiable pride on the labours of others in their various depart-
ments when I bear in mind the circumstances and remoteness of
so young a Colony as ours. Mr. E. P. Ramsay, in ornithology ;
Mr. J. Brazier, in conchology ; Dr. Alleyne, Messrs. Stephens,
Haswell, Masters, Burton Bradley, Baron Maclay and Meyrick,
Dr. Cox and Dr. Read, have all in their various departments
helped to give a world-wide reputation to our publications. It is
with the greatest regret that I refer to the loss our Society and
science have sustained by the death of the Count de Castelnau,
the news of whose lamented decease has just reached us. The
pages of our proceedings and the pages of most of the colonial
scientific serials bear testimony to the labours and attainments of
this eminent man, whose life will no doubt form the subject of a
lengthened notice hereafter.
I regret very much that during the past year I could not take
a more active part in the business of the Society. My learned
and zealous predecessor in the presidency has set me an example
of assiduity, which I have not been able to follow, but I have
Consoled myself by knowing that Mr. Stephens has been able to
effect and has effected as much as Vice-President, as he did as
President, and I congratulate the Society on his continuance in
office. In conclusion, let me state that I think the time is
approaching when general essays may be written on the various
departments of Australian natural history and the geographical
distribution of our animal life. I think also that a general account
of the geology of all Australia is now also a possibility with
material for a tolerable accuracy of detail. Both these desiderata
will reveal strange facts about Australia, and will serve to confirm
PRESIDENT^ ADDRESS. 491
rather than remove the reputation it has ever had for its exceptional
and peculiar character. Of all the zoological provinces in the
world perhaps the Australian is the most interesting, the most
peculiar, and, may I not add, the most beautiful. We may-
compare it to an edifice — a temple, the plan of which has been
determined, but the details of whose structure we have not yet
made out in all their fanciful originality and proportional beauty.
When we have not only mastered the style and perfection of its
architecture, but also have penetrated the building, and seen its
perfect adaptability to the purposes for which it has been raised,
we shall be well repaid for our labours, and realize the benefit
which those who have helped to make it known have thus conferred
upon mankind.
At the conclusion of the address a vote of thanks was proposed
by the Hon. TV. Macleay, M.L.O., and seconded by W. H.
Archer, Esq., and carried unanimously ; and the address was
ordered to be printed.
The Treasurer then presented his financial statement, from
which it appeared that the receipts of the year were £521 14s. ;
expenditure, £400 9cl. Balance £121 13s. 3d.
The Hon. W. Macleay then proposed, and R. C. Walker, Esq.
seconded the re-election of the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G-.S.
etc., as President of the Society, which was carried nem. con.
The rest of the business of the Annual Meeting was postponed
to Wednesday, February 25th.
492
ADJOTJKNED ANNUAL MEETING,
WEDNESDAY, FEBEUAEY 25th, 1880.
The President, the Eev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S.,
&c, in the Chair.
The minutes of Meeting of 28th January were read and the
meeting proceeded to the election of Officers for the current year ;
which resulted as follows : —
President :
Eev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S. Etc.
Vice-President :
W. J. Stephens, Esq., M.A.
Hon. Secretary :
The Hon. W. Macleay, M.L.O., F.L.S., Etc.
Son. Treasurer :
H. H. B. Bradley, Esq.
Council :
Dr. Alleyne.
J. Brazier, Esq., C.M.Z.S., Corr. M.E.S., Tas.
P. Mackay, Esq.
E. Meyrick, Esq., B.A.
E. P. Eamsay, Esq., F.L.S.
C. S. Wilkinson, Esq., F.G.S.
«» »
)137-
-Fo
EEEATA.
Pag(
t* Polypelata
Read
, Poly petals
)>
140-
i)
Capparidse
1 1
Capparidece
j>
)•
>»
Violarea)
3»
Violariece
j>
142-
— »>
17th line
33
oxycarpum
>>
33
j>
28th line
»)
tiliaceus
n
144-
— j>
12th line
33
Zieria
»»
j»
)>
24th line
33
difformh
»>
147-
~ )>
29th line
)•
foveolatum
j>
150-
— >»
19th line
33
B alley i
33
153-
- >>
15th line
33
podalyriafolia
33
>>
j'
23rd line
ft
aulaeocarpa
'>
<»
)»
29th line
33
Alhizzia
3)
154-
— 5)
9th line, 2nd word
33
Endl.
33
)»
33
28th line, 2nd word ...
33
Brongn.
>>
155-
_ 3)
2nd line
33
var ice folium
S3
>>
33
8th line
33
MonoclilamydecB
33
»»
'J
13th line
33
Bruguiera
33
157-
~ 3>
26th line
33
Ly thrum
'3
160-
— >>
7th line
33
dictyophlebus
3»
161-
_ 3)
7th line, 3rd word ...
3)
Linn.
33
j>
33
10th line
33
vacciniifolium
JJ
»»
33
17th line
3)
Psychotria
>3
162-
~~ 33
2nd line
3)
geminifolia
33
j>
»>
10th line
)3
melitensis
33
>?
33
14th line
33
lanceolatus, Wit
3»
163-
— 3)
13th line
3"
Pterocaulon
>3
j>
Tat
:e the asterisk from Epalt
es australis
33
164-
-Take the asterisk from Helipterurn
polyphyllum
'J
169-
-For 13th line
Read,
Carissa
31
170-
~ 33
28th line
3)
Limnanthemum
33
>>
'3
15th line
33
Spreng.
)J
177-
-Take the asterisk from Polygonum strigosuni
33
179-
-For
■ 28th line, 2nd word ...
J)
Baillon
>•
9]
33
32nd line, 2nd word ...
33
Brongn
)'
180-
3>
1st line, 2nd word
)!
Miq.
»'
j>
33
2nd line, 2nd word ...
33
Miq.
)'
>y
33
7th line, 2nd word ...
3'
Brongn.
»3
37
ij
31st line, 2nd word ...
)3
Bad/on
33
•3
33
32nd line, 2nd word ...
3»
Baillnn
33
181-
)»
2nd line, 2nd word ...
33
Bail/on
3»
>»
3)
22nd line, 2nd word ...
3)
Baillon
>)
182-
33
2nd lino, 2nd word ...
3 3
Miq.
33
183-
31
2nd line, 2nd word ...
3'
Miq.
3)
>•
'3
19th line, 2nd word ...
33
G ij mnosper nice
184-
33
1st line, 2nd word
18th line
33
33
Miq.
cccrulea
184—
28th line take out Sm.
185—
<>
27th line, 7th word ...
>>
Bemaysii
186—
M
31st line
>>
Caleana
187—
)»
12th line
>>
ccerulea
188—
25th line
j>
ccerulea
191—
»)
15th line
>>
macrorrhiza
196—
}»
23rd line
5>
Baileyi
197—
»t
7th line
)>
trachyrhachis
198—
}1
2nd line
>>
triticeum
5>
))
11th line, 2nd word ...
)>
Willd
»l
Jt
27th line
>»
Arundinella
200—
>>
15th line
))
lepfofttachya
202—
>>
1st line, 2nd word ...
)J
Brongn,
>>
1 1
2nd line
»•
thalictroides, Brongn
j»
)'
11th line
)>
3 mile scrub
tt
))
22nd line, 2nd word . .
»>
Bailey
203—
>»
17th line
>>
serrulatuvn
Astur brachyurtts, sp. nov., page 465 — The Habitat is New Britain, where
it was collected by Lieut. Richards, R.N., August 15th 1879.
In the measurements, page 465, line 20 for " first-joint 7'5," read first-joint
0'75 ; ''hind-toe s.u. 8*5" read hind-toe (s.u.) 0-85 ; line 21, for "above
the curve," read along the curve.
Add. " Sex 9 » Iris scarlet, legs and feet, yellow ; bill, black ; New Britain,
August 15th, 1879." (Richards.)
Otidiphaps uervicalis, sp. nov , page 470, line 10 from the bottom, for Dr.
G-rey's description of £ nobilis, read Mr. Gould's description of O. nobilis
(Gould, Ann. and Mag., Nat. Hist., 4 Ser., vol. v., pp. 62, 63, 1870.
Page 468, for " Sericornis fulvipectoris, sp. nov.," read ? Sericornis, fulvo-
pectoralis, sp, nov.
INDEX TO VOL. IV.
Page
Page
Abrophyllum ornans
... 154
Adrastaea salici folia...
138
Abutilon otocarpum
.. 142
iEgialitis fluviatilis ...
93
,101
Acacia amblygona ...
... 153
Greoffroyi ...
101
aulocarpa
... 153
mongolus ...
92
,101
bruniades
... 153
iEgiceras majus
168
complanata ...
.. 153
iEgotheles Bennettii
*88
, 97
Cunningbaini
.. 153
iEsopus crebrecostatus
15
decurrens
... 153
semicostatus
14
doratoxylon ...
.. 153
iEscbynome falcata...
151
falcata
.. 153
Ageratum conyzoides
28
,162
fasciculi fera ...
.. 153
mexicanuin
28
glaucescens ...
.. 153
Agonostoma darwiniense
425
iinplexa
.. 153
diemensis
425
juniperma
.. 153
Forsteri
425
linifolia
.. 153
lacustris
425
longifolia
.. 153
Agropyrum scabrum
201
pauciglandulosa
.. 153
Ailuvoorlus Stonei
97
penninervis ...
.. 153
Ajuga australis
175
polybotrya ...
.. 153
genevensis
175
podalyria folia
.. 153
Akania Hillii
148
pugioniformis
.. 153
Albizza Lebbeck
153
spectabilis
.. 153
Alcbornea ilicifolia ..
181
Acalypha eremorum
.. 181
Alcyone affinis
96
nemorum...
.. 181
pusilla
96
Acanthurus triostegus
.. 64
Alisina oligococeum...
192
Accipiter cirrhocephalus
.. 95
Allorchestes coinpressa
251
Achseus breviceps ...
.. 433
crassicornis
252,
277
Achras australis
.. 168
Gairnardi
251
laurifolia
.. 168
longicornis
251
277
lnyrsinoides...
.. 168
niger . . .
319
Pohlmaniana
.. 168
rupicola
250,
278
Achyrantkes aspera . . .
.. 176
Alopecias vulpes
458
Aciantkus fornicatus
.. 187
Alphitonia excelsa . . .
...
146
Aci'osticbum aureum
.. 204
Alpinia ccerulea
184
spicatiun
.. 204
Alsophila australis ...
202
Achroea grisella
.. 242
Alternanthera clenticulata
176
Acronyckia Baueri . . .
.. 145
nana ..
176
imperforata
.. 145
nodi flora
176
laevis
.. 145
Alyxia pugioniformis
169
Acroticbe aggregata
.. 167
ruscifolia
169
divaricata...
.. 167
Amarantbus interruptus
176
Actaeomorpha erosa
.. 59
panniculatus
• • •
176
Actinotus Helianthi
.. 159
viridis ...
176
Actitis bypoleucos ...
.. 101
Amaryllis brevicornis
254
Adenostemma viscosum
.. 162
macrophtbalmus
253,
278
Adiantum a3tbiopicum
.. 202
Amblypneustes formosus
. . •
289
formosum
.. 202
griseus
. . .
289
hispidulum
.. 202
ovum
.. .
289
11.
Amblypnewstes pallidas
Amoora nitidula
Arnpelisca aust ralis . . .
Ampbitboe cinerea ...
grandimauus
quadrimanus
setosa ...
Anagalis arvensis
Anas casfcanea
superciliosa
Ancyloloinia Westwoodii
Andropogon aflrnis ...
boinbycinus
intermedins
lacbnatberus
pertnsus
refractns
sericeus
Aneilenia acuminatum
biflorum
gramineum
Auerastia mirabilella
psamatliella
sceletella ...
virginella...
Angasiella Edwardsii
Angopbora lauceolata
subvelutina
Anguilla aneitensis ...
Angnillaria dioica ...
Anisomeles salvifolia
Antbistiria avenacea
ciliata
Aotus lanigera
villosa
Apbanantbe pbilippinensis
A|>baDopetalum resinosurn
Apboinia latro ... 236,
pacbytera . . .
tripartitella
Apium australe
leptophyllum
Aponogeton elongatus
Aprosmictus cbloroptei'us
cyanopygius
Aracbnoides placenta
Araucaria Cunningbamii
Arauja albens
Arcatria gracilipes ...
granulosa ...
novem-spinosa
pulcherrima
Argemone mexicana...
Argyria argyraspis ...
Page
Page
• * •
289
Ariadna acerifolia ...
. 181
,
145
Aristida arenaria ...
. 199
257;
278
leptopoda ...
. 199
269,
279
ramosa
. 199
270
vagans
. 199
337,
350
Aristolocbia pubera...
. 183
...
270
Arses enado
. 98
167
Artamus leucopygialis
. 98
102
Artanema fimbriatum
. 172
102
Anthropodium dianellaceum .
. 189
208,
240
panniculatum.
. 189
198
Arundimella nepalensis
. 198
...
198
Asclepias curassavica
. 30
. . •
198
Asperula conferta ...
. 162
198
guninifolia
. 162
...
198
Aspidium cordifolium
. 203
198
decompositum
. 203
198
molle
. 203
190
tenericaule
. 203
190
unitum ...
. 203
190
Asplenium attenuatum
. 203
233,
242
falcatum
. 203
234
242
flabellifolium
. 203
233
nidus
.. 203
233
242
Prenticei
.36, 37
291
mi) brosum
.. 203
156
Astralium pagodus ...
.. 110
156
Astropyga radiata ...
.. 288
94
Astroticbe floccosa ...
.. 159
189
longifolia...
.. 159
175
Astur bracbyurus ...
.. 465
198
leucosomus
.. 95
198
nova? hollandia?
.. 318
149
Sbarpei
. 95
149
soloensis
.. 66
• • t
181
spilothorax
.. 465
154
Atalaya hemiglauca...
. 147
238,
242
multiflora ...
. 147
237
242
Atriplex cinerea
. 176
236
242
patula
. 176
159
Atrypa desquamata...
. 406
159
Atylus lippus
. 328
192
monoculoides 3
27, 349
'.'.'.94,
Avicennia omcinalis ...
. 174
94
Azolla rubra
.. 201
290
Backbousia citriodora
.. 157
183
myrtifolia
. 157
111
Baeckea stenopbylla...
.. 155
58
virgata
. 155
58
"Balanopbyllia elliptica
.. 296
58
Balogbia lucida
.. 181
58
Banksia semula
.. 179
32
139
collina
. 179
216
240
iutegrifolia ...
. 179
m.
Page
Page
Bank sia lati folia
... 17!)
Caesia parvi flora
189
Barklya syringifolia, . .
... 151'
Caladenia caerulia
187
Baza Rein war dti
...66,95
carnea
187
Bertya pinifolia
... 180
Cala?nas nicobarica ...
94,95,
101
Beyeria viscosa
... 180
Calamus Muelleri ...
191
Bidens bipinnata
... 164
Calantbe veratrifolia
185
pilosa
35, 164
Calcana major
186
Billardiera scandens
... 141
Callicarpa pedunculata
174
Blechnum cartilagineum
... 203
Callistemon lanceolatus
155
serrulatum
... 203
salignus
155
Blumea hieracifolia . . .
... 163
Callitricbe verna
155
lacera
... 163
Calocbilus campestris
186
Boerbaavia diffusa ...
... 177
paludosns
186
Bolbopbyllum aurantiaceum
... 185
Calornis cantoroides ..
...7
6,99
Boronia falcifolia
... 144
metal lica
...77,9
ledifolia
... 144
Calotis cuneifolia
163
polygalifolia
... 144
dentex
163
robusta
... 144
lappulacea . . .
163
rosmarinifolia
... 144
Campepbaga Boyeri
100
Bossisea ensata
... 149
Jardinii
315
rupicola
... 149
karu . . .
315
Bosistoa sapindiformis
... 144
leucomela
315
Botrychium ternatum
... 201
polygrammica ...
316
Bouchardia fibula ...
.. 400
rufiventris
89, 100
315
Brachycome microcarpa
... 163
Sloetii ...
100
Brachyloma dapbnoides
... 166
Camposcia retusa . . .
433
Brasenia peltata
... 139
Canavalia obtusifolia
152
Brey nia australasiae . . .
... 290
Cancellaria laticostata
17
oblongiflora
... 180
Cancer f ornicatus . . .
454
Brisbania Staigeri ...
364, 370
longipes
439
Brissus carinatus
... 290
Capparis lasiantba ...
140
Briza maxima
... 200
nobilis
140
minor
... 200
sarmentosa
140
Brugiera Rheedii
... 155
Caprella cornigera ...
347
350
Brunonia australis ...
... 166
echinata ...
346
350
Bryonia laciniosa
... 158
inermis
348
350
Buchnera urticifolia
... 172
obesa
348
350
Buecinulus coccinatus
... 429
tenuis
276
279
Buccinum coronatum
... 428
Caprimulgus macronrus
97
Bulbine bubbosa
... 189
Capsella didyma
140
semibarbata...
... 189
Caranx calla
63
Bulimus Beddomei ...
... 394
Carcharodon Rondeletii
459
Macleayi ...
... 394
Cardamine hirsuta ...
139
senilis
... 356
Cardium fornicatum
391
398
Burcbardia umbellata
... 189
medium
391
Burmannia disticha...
... 187
Carduus marianus . . .
23,
162
Bursaria spinosa
... 140
Carex acuta
196
Butoroides flavicollis
... 102
declinata
196
javanica . . .
84, 102
gracilis
196
Cacatua Ducorpsii . . .
... 68
in versa
196
galerita
...91, 96
longifolia
196
Cacomantis dumetorum
... 96
maculata
196
assimilis
... 96
paniculata ...
...
196
Csesalpinia sepiaria...
32, 152
pumila
...
196
IV.
Carex vulgaris
Carpesium cernuum. . .
Carpophaga magnifica
Mulleri
pacifica. .
pinon
pristinaria
rufigula
rufiveotris
spilorrhoa
Vanwickii
zoese
Carumbium populifolium
stillin gieei olium
Casearia esculenta . .
Cassia australis
concinna
laevigata
mimosoides . .
sophera
suffruticosa . .
Cassinia lsevis
Cassis exigua
nana
Cassytha filiformis . .
paniculata . .
racemosa . .
Castaneospermum australe
Casuarina equisetifolia
glauca
incana
suberosa . .
torulosa . .
Casuarius Beccarii . .
Bennettii . .
uniappendiculatus
Caustis flexuosa
Ceblepyris tricolor . .
Cedrela toona
Celastrus australis . .
Cunninghamii
dispermus
Celtis paniculata
Cenchrus australis . .
Centaurea melitensis
solstitialis
Centranthera hispida
Centropus Menbeckii
milo
spilopterus
Centrostephanus Rodgersii
Ceratochloa unioloides
Ceratophylluni demersum
Ceratopteris thalcictroides
Cerastium vulgatum
95,
95,
94,
32,
288
7,
Page
196
162
318
100
101
101
72
72
101
101
101
101
181
181
158
152
153
152
153
152
152
164
17
108
178
178
178
152
182
182
182
182
182
470
470
470
195
316
145
146
146
146
181
197
162
28
172
96
69
96
312
200
155
202
141
Page
Cerissaovata .. .. 169
Cerithiopsis Angasii . . 388
clatharata . . 388
Cerithium anguliferum . . 388
eusmilia . . . . 5
salteriana . . 5
Ceroprepis almella .. ..241
Ceyx solitarius . . . . 96
Chalcites plagosus . . . . 70
Chalcophaps chrysochlora 73, 95, 101
helviventris
jobiensis
Stephani
Cbalcopsittacus chloropterus
Chamseraphis spinesceus
Chanos salmoneus . .
Chatoessus Erebi
Richardsoni
Cheilanthes Sieberi . .
tenuifolia
Chenopodium ambrosioides
carinatum
murale
triangulare
Cheirurus insignis . .
Chilo leptogr immellus
parramattellus
schistellus
Chione calophylla . .
marica
Chlamydodera cerviniventris .
Chloanthes parviflora
Chlorinoides tenuirostris
Chlorinus acantbonotus
aculeatus . .
heros
lougispina
Chloris divaricata . .
truncata
ventricosa . .
Cblorolibinia gracilipes
Choretrum Candollei
Chorisandra cymbaria
sphserocephala .
Chorizema parviflorum
Chrysophyllum pruniferum .
Chrysopogon gryllus
parviflorus
Cicinnurus regia
Cinnyris aspazise
dubia
frenata
Cirsium lanceolatum
Cisticola lineocapilla
ruficeps
94,
470
101
101
96
.. 197
365, 383
364, 368
364. 369
.. '203
. . 203
35, 176
.. 176
.. 176
.. 176
. . 405
.. 207
206, 239
.. 207
.. 471
.. 430
97
174
443
443
443
443
443
199
199
199
439
183
194
194
148
168
198
198
97
100
83
100
28
98
98
83,
V.
Page
Page
Citriobatus multiflorus
. .
140
Cracticus mentalis . .
99
Citrus australis
, ,
145
Quoyii
96
Cladium articulatum
, .
195
Crambus apicistrigellus
209, 240
glomeratum
195
argyroneurus
214, 240
junceum . .
. ,
195
aurantiacus
.. 240
teretifolium
# #
195
aurosus
.. 240
Clanculus undatoides
..22,
bifractellus
210, 240
Claoxylon australe . .
181
bivittellus . .
.. 240
Cleisostoma tridentatum
. ,
185
concinellus . .
.. 240
Cleistanthus Cunninghamii
, ,
180
cuneiferellus
.. 240
Clematis glycinoides
, ,
138
dimidiellus
.. 240
microphylla
138
eneagrammos
214,240
Clerodendron tomentosum
, ,
174
grammellus
213,240
Clupea hipselosoma . .
364
, 375
halterellus . .
. . 240
Kunzei
64
hoplitellus . .
.. 240
macaseariensis
381
implectellus
210, 240
moluccensis . .
364
, 376
invalidellus
.. 240
novse-hollandiae
364
,378
lativittalis . .
. . 240
Hichmondia . .
364
380
longipalpellus
212,240
sagax
364
, 371
milvellus . .
.. 240
Schlegellii
364
, 380
opulentellus
.. 240
Sundaica
364
373
perlatalis . .
213,240
tembang
364
379
pleniferellus
212, 240
vittata
364
379
recurvellus . .
.. 240
Cnicus lanceolatum
162
relatalis
213,240
Ccelospermum panniculatum. .
161
torrentellus
.. 240
Collocalia spodiopygia
. ,
97
trivittatus . .
.. 240
Colluricincla brunnea
99
Crantzia lineata
.. 159
megarhyncha
99
Craspedia chrysantba
.. 164
Coloeasia macrorrhizse
. ,
191
Craspedopbora Alberti
94
Clomastix Brazieri . .
341,
350
magniiica
94
Columbella bemiothone
, ,
14
Crepis japonica
.. 165
Comesperma ericinum
. .
141
Crinum pedunculatum
.. 188
retusum
, ,
141
Crisia denticulata
.. 355
sphaerocarpum
, ,
141
incurva
.. 355
Cominella alveolata . .
. ,
390
punctifera
.. 355
costata . .
, #
390
tubulosa
.. 356
Commelyna cyanea . .
. .
190
Crossea parvula
4
Coinmersonia echinata
, #
143
Croton insularis
.. 180
Condonocarpus australis
, .
175
Verreuxii
.. 180
Conopopbila aibogularis
. ,
100
Crotalaria incana
.. 150
Conospermuni taxifolium
178
linifolia . .
.. 149
Couus pullulasceus . .
, #
3
Mitcheliii
.. 149
Convolvulus erubescens
9 #
171
trifoliastrum
.. 150
marginatus
. .
171
Cryptocarya australis
.. 178
Conyza segyptiaca . .
. .
163
glaucescens
.. 177
viscidula
# #
163
obovata
.. 177
Corbula Smithiana . .
388
triplinervis
.. 178
venusta
. ,
388
Cryptopodia fornicata
.. 454
Corchorus Cunninghamii
. ,
143
spatulifmns
.. 454
Cordyline terminals
. .
189
Cryptostemma calendulacea
27,165
Corvus orru
. .
98
Cryptostylus longifolia
.. 18
Corysantbes bicalcarata
. .
186
Ctenodon ctenodus . .
■ 's7
Cotula australis
, ,
164
Cuculus cauoroides . .
..89, 96
Cracticus cassicus . .
..
99 J
Cucumaria pentagoaa
.. 2,4
VI.
Cudrania javanensis
Cupania anacardioides
nervosa
pseudorhus
semiglauca
serrata
tomentella . .
xylocarpa . .
Curculigo ensifolia . .
Ouscuta australis
europea
Cyclomaia margaritata
Cyclopsittacus cervicalis
suavissimus
Cylichna exigua
Cynodon dactylon . .
Cyuoglossurn australe
latifolium
Cyperus Bowmanni . .
concinnus . .
congestus . .
difformis . .
distans
enervis
eragrostis . .
exaltatus . .
f ulvus
globosus . .
Haspan
lsevis
lucidus
pilosus
polystachyus
rotundus . .
tetraphyllus
umbellatus . .
unioloides . .
Cyprsea annulus
arabica
Barthelemyi
Bregariana
Crossei
eburna
eglantina . .
erosa
guttata
knomeensis
Lamarckii . .
moneta
stolida
spadicea
umbilicata . .
vitellus
Cyproidia lineata
ornata
35,
Page
182
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
188
171
171
441
92,96
96
19
199
171
171
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
386
386
386
356
386
243
386
243
243
386
243
386
386
409
386
243
321, 349
320, 349
Cyrtophium dentatum
minutum
parasiticum
Cyrtostylis reniformis
Dacelo Gaudichaudii
Leachii
Dampiera stricta
Danais erippus
Danthonia longifolia
Datura stramonium. .
Daucus brachiatus . .
Davallia dubia
pyxidata . .
Decamerus mysticus
Demiegretta sacra . .
Dendrobium semulum
gracilicaule
Hillii . .
linguiforme
monophyllum
Morti . .
pugioniforme
speciosum
striolatum
teretifolium
tetrogonum
Dendrochelidon mystacea
Dendrocygna vagans
Denhamia pittosporoides
Dentella repens
Derris scandens
Desmodium brachypodum
nemorosum
parvifolium
polycarpum
rhytidophyllum
varians
Deyeuxia Fosteri . .
Diadema setosum . .
Dianella caerulia
lsevis
revoluta
Dicseum erythrothorax
rubrocoronatum
Dichelachne crinita . .
Dichondra repens . .
Dichopogon strictus
Dicksonia davallioides
Dicrurus bracteatus
carbonarius
Didunculus strigirostris
Dillwynia ericif olia . .
juniperina
Dione afiinis
Dioscorea transversa
Page
342, 350
343, 350
274,279
187
97
97
166
30
199
31
159
202
202
311
102
184
185
184
185
185
185
184
184
184
185
184
89,97
102
146
160
152
151
151
151
151
151
151
199
288
188
188
188
77
98
199
171
189
202
91, 98
98
308
149
149
447
188
Vll.
Page
Page
Diploglottis Cunninghamii
. 147
Egeria longipes
439
Diptychophora dilatella 2
17, 240
Eleeocarpus cyaneus
143
prsematurella 217, 240
grandis . .
143
Discoporella ciliata . .
. 354
obovatus
143
complieata
. 354
Ekeodcndron australe
146
novee-zealandise .
. 353
Elatino americana . .
141
porosa . .
. 354
Elatostemma reticulatum
182
trident ata
. 355
Eleotris ophioceplialus
63
Dissiliaria baloghioides
. 180
Eleusiue indica
199
Distichopora cocciuea
. 303
Elops saurus
364,
382
gracilis
. 302
Endiandra pubens . .
. .
178
livida . . 2
01, 303
Engraulis antarcticus
364,
365
rosea . .
. 303
nasutus . .
364,
367
violacea 3
02, 303
Enhydra paludosa . .
. .
164
Dodonaea cuneata . .
. 148
Eopsaltria capito
94
317
triquetra . .
. 148
nana
94
317
viscosa
. 148
placens . .
. . 94, 98
Doodii aspera
. 203
Eos fuscata
96
caudata
. 203
Epacris microphylla
167
Dorcopsis luctuosa . .
. 87
obtusifolia . .
167
Doris arbutus
. 291
Epaltes australis
163
Drakea irritabilis
. 187
Ephestia elutella
234
242
Drepanornis D'Albertisii
. 469
ficulella
234
, 242
Drillia integra
11
interpunctella
242
stiza
12
sericaria . .
235
242
Drimys dipetala
. . 138
Epischnia neurophorella
232
, 242
Drosera Burmanni . .
. . 154
Equula edentula
63
indica
. . 154
Eragrostis Brownii . .
200
peltata
. . 154
diandra . .
200
spathulata . .
. . 1 54
leptoslachya
200
Duboisia Hopwoodi. .
. . 292
pilosa
200
myoporoides J
72, 292
Eranthemum lineare
173
Dysoxylon Muelleri
. 145
variabile
173
rufum
. 145
Erectliites quadridentata
165
Eohinanthus testudinarius
. 290
Erigeron canadensis
36
tumidus
. . 290
linifolius . .
36
, 162
Echinarachnius parma
. 290
Eriocaulon nanum . .
192
Echmocardium australe
. 290
Smitbii . .
192
Kchinocarpus australis
. . 143
Eriochilus autumnalis
187
Echinometra lacunter
. . 2S8
Eriochloa annuiata . .
196
Echinopogon ovatus
. 199
punctata . .
196
Echinus angulosus . .
. 289
Eriostemon diformis
144
darnleyensis
. . 289
myoporoides
144
magellanicus
. . 289
Erodium cygnorum. .
144
Eclectus polychlorus
.69, 96
Eryngium expansum
159
Eclipta alba
. 163
Erythrrca australis . .
170
platyglossa . .
. 163
Erythrina vespertilio
151
Ectrosia leporina
. 200
Etiella Behrii
206,
241
Edoliisoma hypoleucus
71
chrysoporella
241
mil an
. 315
sincerella
227,
241
Edoliosoma melas . .
99
zinckenella . .
206
plumbea
99
Etrumeus jacksoniensis
364,
382
schisticeps
99
Eucalyptus Baileyana
156
Egeria arachnoides . .
. 439
botryoides
156
Herbstii
. 439
coryinbosa
156
Vlll.
Eucalyptus crebra . .
hsemastoma
hemiphloia
maculata
melanophloia
microcorys
pilularis
planchoniana
resinifera
siderophloia
tereticornis
tesselaris
trachyphloia
Eucarphia cnephseella
ensiferella
neotomella
vulgatella
Eudynaiays cyanocephala
taitiensis
Euktiminaria ducalis
Eulabes Dumontii . .
Eulima Dana?
Eupatagus Valenciennesii
Eupetes ajax
nigrocrissus
Euphorbia alsinseflora
atoto
Drummondii
eremopbila
Macgillivrayi
peplus . .
Eupomatia Bennettii
laurina . .
Euroschinus falcatus
Eurycles Cunninghamii
Eurystomus crassirostris
Eusirus dubius
Eustrephus angustifolius
latifolius
Euzophera cosmiella
leucarma
microdoxa
subarcuella
Evechinus austral1' ee
chloroticus
Evodia micrococca . .
Evolvulus alsinoides
Exceecaria agallocha
Exocsetus niento
Exocarpus cuppressiformis
latif olia . .
Fasciolaria Tenisoni
Festuca bromoides . .
Fibularia australis . .
volva
Page
. . 156
. . 156
. . 156
. . 156
. . 156
. . 156
.. 156
.. 156
.. 156
.. 156
.. 156
. . 156
.. 156
227,241
.. 241
226,241
227, 241
96
.. 70
.. 310
99
2
.. 290
..90,98
98
.. 179
.. 179
.. 179
.. 179
.. 179
34
.. 139
.. 139
.. 148
.. 188
..71,97
331, 349
. . 188
.. 188
231, 242
230, 242
231,242
231, 242
.. 289
.. 289
.. 144
.. 171
.. 181
64
183
183
13
200
290
290
Ficus aspera
Cunninghamii
Page
182
. 182
macrophylla . .
rubiginosa
subglabra
. 182
. 182
. 182
Fimbristylis acuminata
dichotoma
. 194
. 194
diphylla
ferruginea
. 194
. 194
microcarya
. 194
monostachya
nutans . .
. 194
. 194
polytrichoides
Flagellaria indica . .
Flemingia parviflora
Elindersia Bennettiana
. 194
. 188
. 152
. 146
Oxleyana
Schottiana
. 146
. 146
Frenela Endlicheri . .
. 183
rhomboidea . .
. 183
robusta
. 183
Euirena glomerata . .
Fusus Ino .
.. 194
13
stylif ormis . .
Gahnia aspera
psittacorum . .
Galactia tenuifolia . .
12
.. 195
.. 195
.. 151
Galeola cassythoides
Galinsoga parviflora
Galium australe
. . 185
35, 164
.. 162
Galleria mellonella . .
. . 242
Gallinula ruficrissa . .
.. 102
tenebrosa . .
.. 102
Gambetta pulverulentus
Gammarus rubro-maculatus
.. 102
.. 267
Gardenia chartacea . .
.. lbO
Gastrodia sesamoides
.. 186
Geijera Muelleri
salicif olia
.. 145
.. 145
Geitonoplesium cymosum
Geodorum pictum . .
.. 188
.. 185
Geoffroyius heteroclitus
68
Geopelia humeralis . .
placida
Geranium dissectum
.. 101
.. 101
.. 144
Gerres argyreus
Gerygone albogularis
62
.. 316
cinerascens
98, 316
inconspicua
insularis . .
98
.. 317
simplex . .
.. 316
Gleichenia circinata . .
.. 202
dicarpa . .
dicbotoma
.. 202
.. 202
flabellata. .
.. 202
IX.
Glenotremites paradoxus
Glossodia major
Page
. 311
. 187
minor
. 187
Glossogyne tenuifolia
164
Glycera tenuicornis . . 256, 2'
JS, 322
Glyceria stricta
Glycichsera f allax . .
Glycine clandestina . .
. 200
. 469
. 151
tabacina
. 151
Glyciphila subfasciata
Glyphidodon septemfasciatus
Gmelina Leichhardtii
. 100
64
. 174
Gnapbalium collinum
. 164
japonicum
. 164
purpureum
Gomphocarpus fruticosus
Gompholobium latifolium
pinnatum
virgatum
. 164
. 30
. 148
. 148
. 148
Gonatonotus crassimanus
. 455
pentagonus
Gonatorhynchus tumidus
Goniocidarus geranioides
. 455
. 437
. 288
tubaria
. 288
Goodenia bellidifolia
. 165
grandiflora
hederacea . .
. 165
. 165
ovata
. 165
panniculata
rotundifolia
. 165
. 165
stelligera . .
. 165
Goura D'Albertisi . .
. 101
Gracula Krefftii
. 70
orient alis . .
99
Gratiola pedunculata
. 172
peruviana . .
Graucalus angustifrons
Boyeri . .
Dussumieri
. 172
. 99
89
. 71
hypoleucus
lineatus . .
. 71
. 314
maforensis
. 314
melanops
pusillus . .
solomonensis
99
71,314
314
strenua . .
99
tenuirostris
. 315
Grevillea Hilliana . .
. 179
robusta
. 179
Grewia latifolia
. 143
Gymnema micradenia
pleiadenia
Gymnocorax senex . .
. 170
. 170
. 99
Gymnostachys anceps
Heemanthus tigrinus
. 191
. 116
Hsemodorum coccineum .. 187
tenuifolium . . 187
Hakea saligna . . . . 179
Halcyon albicilla .. 97
chloris . . . . 67
leucopygia . . 67
Macleayi .. .. 97
sanctus . . . . 67, 97
Haleocharis atropurpurea .. 194
cylindrostachys .. 194
fistulosa .. 194
sphacelata .. 194
Haliaetus leucogaster . . 95
Habastur girrenera . . .. 95
sphenurus . . 95
Halimus auritus . . . . 435
laevis .. .. 435
spinosus . . 434, 435
truncatipes . . 434
tumidus .. 434, 435
Haliotis iris ... ... 390
Halopbila ovalis ... ... 192
Haloragis alata ... ... 154
ceratophylla . . . 154
heterophylla ... 154
micrantba ... 154
tetragona... ... 154
Haplocheira typica... 273, 279
Hardenber„ia monophylla ... 151
Harmomia crassipes ... 330
Harpullia Hilli ... ... 147
Harrovia alb )-lineata ... 456
tuberculata ... 455
Helicea pramlta ... ... 178
Heliciua reticulata ... ... 395
Helipterum polyphyllum ... 164
Helix albolabris ... ... 398
brevipila ... ... 394
Buxtoni ... ... 394
carinata ... ... 393
Cbapmani ... ... 115
cyclostoniata ... ... 393
Delessertiana . . . 392, 393
Gurgustii ... ... 114
Krefftii ... ... 392
semicastanea ... ... 393
Spaldingi ... ... 393
spinei ... ... 394
Thoinpsoni ... ... 459
Torresiana ... ... 393
villaris ... ... 392
Helichrysum apiculatum . . . 164
bracteatum ... 164
diosmifolium . . . 164
X.
Pa^e
Helichrysuni oxylepis ... 164
Hemarlhria compressa ... 197
Hemiaster apicatus... 283, 290
Hemicyclia australasica ... 180
Hemipodius melanotus 92, 101
Henicopernis longicauda ... 95
Henicopbaps albifrons 92, 101
Hernandia bivalvis ... ... 178
Herodias garzetta ... ... 102
Herpestes Mormiera ... 172
Heterocentrotus mammillatus 288
Heterocyatbus eupsanamide9 ... 294
Heierodontus galeatus 292, 311, 471
Phillipi 292, 471
Heteromias cinereifrons ... 317
Heteropogon contortus ... 197
Heteropsainmia elliptica ... 296
Micbelinii ... 293
Hibbertiaacicularis... ... 138
Billardieri ... 138
linearis ... ... 138
stricta ... ... 138
vestita ... ... 138
volubilis ... ... 138
Hibiscus divaricatus ... 142
heterophyllus ... 142
liliaceus ... ... 142
rbodopetalus ... 142
splendens ... ... 142
trionum ... ... 142
Hippocratea obtusifolia . . . 146
Hipponoe variegata... ... 289
Hirundo javanica .. ... 98
Hodgkinsonia ovatiflora ... 161
Holcus lanatus ... 35,199
Holopneustes inflatus ... 289
porosissimus ... 289
purpurascens ... 289
Homceosoma disticbella ... 242
• vagella ... 242
Hormogyne cotinifolia ... 168
Hovea acutifolia ... ... 146
heteropbylla... ... 149
longifolia ... ... 149
Hoya australis ... ... 170
Huenia bifurcata ... ... 437
proteus ... ... 437
Hyastenus diacantbus ... 442
oryx ... ... 442
Y erreauxii . . . 442
Hydrilla verticillata ... 184
Hydrocotyle asiatica ... 159
hirta ... ... 159
laxifolia ... 159
Page
Hydrocotyle tripartita ... 159
vulgaris ... 159
Hygrophila salicifolia ... 173
Hylochelidon nigricans ... 98
Hymenospermum flavurn ... 140
Hypericum gramineum ... 142
Hypoestes floribunda ... 173
Hypolaena laterifolia ... 193
Hypolepis tenuifolia ... 202
Hypoxia hygroinetrica ... 188
Iantbaenas albogularis ... 101
Ibacus Peronii ... ... 280
Icilius australis ... 274, 279, 343
ellipticus ... ... 275
punctatus ... 343,350
Idmonea milneana ... ... 351
Pedleyi ... ... 351
radians ... ... 350
Imperata arundinacea ... 198
Inacbus longipes ... ... 439
Indigof era australis... ... 150
Bayleyi ... ... 150
birsuta ... ... 150
linifolia ... ... 150
pratensis ... 150
trifoliata ... 150
Ionidium filiforme ... ... 140
suffruticosum ... 140
Ipbigenia indica ... ... 189
Ipbimedia ambigua... 327, 350
Ipomsea hederacea ... ... 171
palmata ... ... 171
plebeia ... ... 171
purpurea ... ... 171
quamoclit ... ... 171
Isacbne australis .,, ... 200
Iscbaernuni australe... ... 198
laxum ... ... 198
pectinatum . . . 198
triticcuni . . . 198
Ixora paretta ... ... 161
Jacksonia scoparia ... ... 148
Jasminum didymum ... 168
liueare ... ... 169
racemosum ... 169
simplicifoliuni ... 169
suavissiniuni ... 169
Juncus communis ... ... 190
pallidus ... ... 190
pauciflorus ... ... 190
prismatocarpus . . . 190
Jussisea repens ... ... 158
suifruticosa... ... 158
Justicia hygropbiloides . . . 172
XI.
Page
Page
peploides ...
.. 172
Lepidium ruderale ...
.. 140
procumbens
.. 172
Lepidosperma concavum
.. 195
Kennedya rubicunda
.. 151
exaltatum
.. 195
Kentia rnonostacbya
.. 191
laterale
.. 195
Keraudrenia Hillii ...
.. 143
Lepironia mucronata
.. 194
Hookeriana
.. 143
Lespediza cuneata ...
.. 151
Kibara macropbylla. . .
.. 177
Leptocbloa chinensis
.. 199
Knoxia coryuibosa ...
.. 161
Leptomeria acida
.. 183
Kraussina Atkinson!
.. 402
Leptomitbrax australiensis .
.. 440
Lamarckiana 4
t02, 409
spinulosus
.. 441
Kreysigia multiflora. . .
.. 189
Leptopus longipes ...
.. 439
Kyllinga cylindrica . . .
.. 193
Leptospermum flavescens
.. 155
intermedia
.. 193
myrtifolium
.. 155
lnonocephala
.. 193
scopariuin
.. 155
Laganum Bonami ...
.. 290
stellatum
.. 155
depressuui...
.. 290
Lepyrodia interrupta
.. 192
Lagenopbora Billardieri
.. 163
Leucopogon ericoides
.. 166
solenogyne
.. 163
juniperinum
.. 167
Lalage atrovirens
... 397
lanceolatus
.. 166
humeralis
.. 316
leptospermoides
.. 166
leucomela
.. 315
margarodes
.. 166
leucomelsena...
.. 315
meialeucoidefl
.. 166
tricolor
.. 316
neoanglicus
.. 167
Lambrus affinis
.. 451
Bichei . . .
.. 166
calappoides
.. 452
Leucosia Cbevertii . . .
.. 47
barpax
... 450
Leslii
.. 48
hoplonotus
.. 450
moresbiensi9
.. 49
integrifrons
... 452
neocaledonica
.. 46
longimanus
... 449
ocellata
.. 45
longispinus
.. 452
orbicularis...
... 44
nodosus
.. 451
Perryi
46
Sandrockii...
.. 452
pulcberrima
46, 403
spinif er
... 451
reticulata ...
45
turriger
.. 449
splendida ...
... 47
validus
... 452
unidentata
44
Lampania angulifera
... 388
Wbitei ...
... 45
Cumingii . .
.. 389
Leucotboe commensalis \
361, 279
Laraprococcyx lucidus
,.. 96
diemenensis \
362, 278
Meyeri
.. 96
gracilis ... \
263, 279
minutillus
... 96
novse-bollandiae \
329, 349
Lanius karu
... 315
Lindssea dimorpba ...
... 202
Lantana camara
29, 174
ensifolia
... 202
selloviana ...
... 174
Fraseri
... 202
Laportea gigas
... 182
incisa
... 202
pbotinopbylla
... 182
linearis
... 202
Lappago racemosa ...
... 197
micropbylla
... 202
Lasioeera canilinea ...
... 241
Lingula anatina
.. 390
Lavatera plebeia
... 142
exusta
.. 402
Laxmannia gracilis . . .
... 189
bians ... 1
$90, 402
Leda lucida
3
Murpbiana ..
.. 402
Leersia bexandra
.. 198
tumidula ...
.. 402
Leiostraca acutispira
3
Linnantbemum crenatutn
.. 170
Lemna minor
... 191
geminatum
.. 170
oligorrbiza . . .
... 191
indicum
... 170
Xll.
Page
... 290
... 143
35, 194
... 194
... 174
... 112
... 57
... 299
... 157
... 178
... 191
... 101
295, 301
... 170
35, 201
... 203
... 179
... 152
... 318
... 160
.. 160
... 160
... 160
... 160
... 160
... 160
... 160
... 68
... 68
... 99
... 150
... 290
... 190
... 172
... 201
... 201
... 201
... 169
... 169
... 256
... 3J3
255, 278, 323
... 167
.. 168
.. 168
.. 178
.. 181
Mackserkampkus alcinus . . 95
Mackserirkynckus flaviventer 90, 97
Macropus crassipes . . . . 87
longipes . . 439
Macropygia Mackinlayi . . 315
nigrirostris . . 314
rufa .. ..314
Linthia australis
Linum marginale
Lipocarpka argentea
microcepkala
Lippia nodiflora
Lita solanella
Litkadia sculpta
Lithodermis cuneus...
Lithrum salicaria
LitsaBa dealbata
Livistona australis ...
Lobivanellus miles ...
Lobopsammia Miekelinii
Logania pusilla
Lolium temulentum
Lomaria capensis
Lomatia silaifolia
Lonckoearpus Blackii
Lopkolaimus antarcticus
Lorantkus alyxifolius
celastroides
dityopklebus
exocarpi
linopbyllus
longiflorua
pendulus
quandang
Lorius cardinalis
eklorocercus . . .
kypsenockrous
Lotus australis
Lovenia elongata
Luzula campestris ...
Lycium australe
Lycopodiuoa carolinianum
laterale
Lygodium scandens...
Lyonsia lilacine
reticulata . . .
Lysianassa affinis
australasiensis
nitens . . .
Lysinema pungens ...
Maba f asciculosa . .
geminata
Macadamia ternifolia
Macaran^a tanarius
Macropygia rufocastanea
Macrosilia cluentius
Page
314
398
Mactra striata
389
Macrozamia Miguelii
184
Paulo -gulielmi
184
Madreporaria perforata
Magas Cumingi
293
399
Magasella Cumingi. . 400,
402,
409
Malaisia tortuosa
182
Mallotus claoxyloides
discolor
181
181
pkilippinensis
Malurus alboscapulatus
Brownii
181
98
317
cruentatus . .
317
G-ouldii
317
Lambertii . .
318
longicaudatus
317
longicaudus
317
melanocepkalus
Malva rotundifolia . .
33
317
142
verticillata
142
Malvastrum spicatum
142
tricuspidatum
Manucodia atra
142
97
Comrii . .
469
G-ouldii . .
94
Keraudreni
]]94,
Maretia planulata . .
Marlea vitiensis
290
160
Marrubium vulgare . .
34
Marsdenia coronata . .
170
Fraseri . .
170
rostrata . „
170
Marsilea kirsuta
201
Medicago denticulata
*32
150
Medicosma Cunningkamii
. ,
145
Megalops cyprinoides
Megamoera Bceckii . .
365
336
383
350
diemenensis
266
279
Mastersii
265
279
subcarinata
335
349
suensis . .
335
349
Megapodius Brenckleyi
Duperreyi
fuscirostris
75
101
101
Megerlia pulckella . .
sanguinea . .
Willemoesi
401
401
409
409
402
Melaleuca ericif olia . .
156
genistifolia
1.56
kypericifolia
leucadendron
155
156
linariifolia
156
nodosa . .
. ,
156
Xlll.
Melaleuca thymifolia
.. 1.36
Microtis ponifolia . .
Page
.. 186
Melania daktulios . .
24
Millettia megasperma
.. 150
scalariformis
.. 25
Milvus aflinis
95
"Wilkin sonii
.. 25
Mithrax aspera
.. 447
Melanocharis unicolor
.. 98
spinifrons ..
.. 447
Melanodryas cucullata
.. 316
Mitra alokiza
9
Melastoma malabathricum
.. 157
coarctata
8
Melia composita
. . 145
daphnelloides. .
7
Melichrus rotatus . .
.. 166
dictua
8
urceolatus
. . 166
exasperata
.. 429
Melicope erythrococca
.. 144
othone
8
neurococca
.. 144
pacifica
.. 429
Melidora macrorhyncha
.. 97
Mitrasacme alsinoides
.. 170
Meliotus parviflora . .
32, 150
indica . .
.. 170
Melita australis
264, 278
paludosa
.. 170
Ramsayi
264, 279
pygmsea
.. 170
Melithreptus albogularis
.. 100
Mcera approximans . .
334, 349
Melodinus acutiflorus
.. 169
dentif era
332,349
Melodorum Leichhardtii
.. 139
hamigera
333, 349
Melothria Cunninghamii
.. 158
quadrimanus . .
.. 334
Mena3thius monoceros
.. 437
Ramsayi
.. 334
subserratus
.. 437
rubro-maculata
267, 279
Mentha satureioides
.. 174
spinosa
268, 279
Merops ornatus
97
truncatipes . .
.. 334
Mesomelaena deusta . .
. . 195
viridis
333, 349
Meso-neurum brachycarpum
.. 152
Mollinedia Huegeliana
.. 177
Mespilia globulus . .
.. 289
Mollugo spergula
.. 159
Mesoprion aureovittatus
.. 61
Momordica balsamina
.. 158
MetaHa maculosa
.. 290
Monarcha aruensis . .
98
sternalis
.. 290
Brodiei
80
Micippa curtispina . .
.. 446
canescens . .
.. 319
inermis
.. 445
carinata . .
97, 319
parvirostris
.. 445
castaneiventris
.. 313
spatulifrons
.. 445
guttulatus
98
superciliosa
.. 446
melanopsis
.. 319
Micippoides angustifrons
.. 444
melanoptera
98
longimanus
.. 444
rufocastanea
79, 313
Micrseca albofrontata
..90, 98
Monococcus echinophorus
.. 175
flavigaster . .
.. 98
Monotaxis macrophylla
.. 180
flovovirescens
9S
Monotoca elliptica . .
.. 167
Microcyphus maculatus
.. 289
scoparia . .
.. 167
zigzag
. . 289
Montagua longicornis
323, 350
Microdeuteropus anomalus
. . 341
Miersii . .
323,350
australis 271,
279,341
Morinda acutifolia . .
.. 161
chelifer
340, 350
jasmin oides
.. 161
gryllotalpa
.. 341
Mucuna gigantea . .
.. 151
I\] ortoni J
539, 350
Mugil argenteus
.. 417
tenuipes 339,
341, 350
breviceps
.. 424
Websteri
. . 341
cephalotus . „
.. 416
Microglossus aterrimus
.91,96
compressus . .
.. 421
Microhalinius deflexifrons
. 435
crenidens
. . 424
Microlsena stipoides . .
. 198
delicatus
.. 422
Micromelum pubescens
. 145
dob ula
.. 414
Micropiza crassipes . .
. 439
gelatinosus . .
. . 424
Microtis parviflora . .
,. 186 1
grandis
.. 412
XIV.
Page
Mugil occidentalis . .
.. 418
Peronii
.. 421
Pettardi
. . 422
ventricosus . .
. . 423
waigiensis
418,420
Muhlenbeckia gracillima
.. 177
Mukia scabra
.. 158
Mulloides vanicolensis
62
Munia caniceps
.. 100
Muscicapa erythrogaster
.. 316
Mycteria australis . .
.. 102
Myelois oenobarella. .
228, 241
Myiagra castaneiventris
.. 313
ferro-cyanea
.. 78
nitida
.. 318
pallida
.. 79
plumbea . .
89, 98, 318
lubecula
.. 318
vanikorensis
.. 314
Myoporum acuminatum
.. 173
debile . .
.. 173
Myra aflinis
50, 403
australis
50, 404
carinata
.. 50
darnleyensis . .
52
mammillaris . .
50
Myrodes gigas
52
Myrtus acmenoides . .
.. 157
fragrantissima
.. 157
gonoclada . .
.. 157
aillii
.. 157
rhytisperma
.. 157
tenuif olia
.. 157
Mysine campanulata
.. 168
crassif olia . .
.. 168
variabilis
.. 168
Myxus elongatus
.. 426
Myzomela Forbesi . .
.. 469
nigrita . .
.. 469
obscura . .
.. 100
Naias tenuifolia
. . 192
Nasiturna pusilla
96
Nassa coronata
.. 428
peritrema
21
Tatei
20
•Nasturtium officinalis
33
palustre
.. 139
Naxia diacantha
.. 442
serpulif era
.. 442
Nesera latesulcata . .
.. 292
Nelitris panniculata
.. 157
Neobule algicola
255, 278
Nephelium connatum
.. 147
coriaceum
.. 147
divaricatum
.. 147
Nephelium foveolatum
Page
147
leiocarpum
tomentosuni
147
147
Nephopteryx euraphella
fornacella
217,
219.
241
241
infusella
218,
241
opimella
stenopterella
Neptunia gracilis
Neptunus pelagicus . .
Nicandra physalodes
218,
218,
241
241
153
398
172
Ninox albomaculata
. .
96
dimorpha
punctulata . .
terricolor
••
96
66
466
undulata
..89, !
Nicotiana suaveolens
172
Niso psila . .
Notekea longiflora . .
18
169
ovata
. .
169
Notholsena distans . .
204
Notopterus Macdonaldi
Notothixos cornifolius
398
160
incanus . .
160
subaureus
, .
160
Numenius cyanopus
uropygialis
Nursia gracilis
sinuata
• •
101
101
404
56
Nursilia dentata
56
404
Nycticorax caledonicus
Nympheea gigantea
Nyssanthes diffusa . .
erect a . .
102
139
176
176
Oberonia iridifolia . .
. ,
184
palmicola . .
CEdicerus arenicola . .
325
184
, 350
f ossor
, ,
324
latrans . .
324
, 349
CEnothera rosea
157
QEthra fornicata
454
Olax retusa
t i
146
stricta
146
Olea panniculata
Olearia hygrophila . .
Nernstii
169
162
162
Oncinopus angulatus
neptunus
••
433
434
Oniscia ponderosa . .
Onopordon acanthium
431,459
28
Opercularia aspera . .
diphylla
hispida
Ophioglossum pendulum
••
161
161
161
201
vulgatum
# #
201
XV.
Paee
Oplismenus compositus
.. 197
setarius
.. 197
Opuntia vulgaris
31
Orchestia dispar
.. 250
Macleayana
250,277
Oreophorus nodosus
... 404
Oriolus affinis
... 94
striatus
...94,99
Otidiphaps cervicalis
... 470
nobilis ...
... 470
Ottelia ovaliflora
... 184
Ovulum gigas
... 387
Oxalis corniculata
... 144
Oxylobium aciculiferum
... 148
scandens
... 148
trilobafcum
... 148
Pachycephala brunnea
... 99
collaris
99
fuliginata
... 99
orioloides
... 70
Pachymetopon squamosum
... 62
Pacilodryas cerviniventris
... 317
superciliosa
... 317
Panax elegans
... 159
Pandanus pedunculatus
... 191
Pandion leucocephalus
... 95
Panicum Baleyi
... 196
bicolor
... 197
crus-galli ...
... 196
decompositum
... 197
effusum
... 197
flavidum ...
... 196
folios um ...
... 196
gr.icile
... 196
indicum
... 196
lachnophyllum
... 197
leucophaeum
... 196
marginatum
... 196
maximum . . .
35, 196
melrtnanthum
... 197
Mitch ellii ...
... 197
parviflorum
... 196
pygmffium...
... 196
sanguinale...
... 196
semialatum
... 196
tenuissimum
... 196
trachyrachis
... 197
Papaver horridum ...
... 139
Paphia striata
... 389
Pappophorum nigricans
... 199
Paradisea Raggiana...
... 97
Paradolepas Neptuni
... 398
Paramicippa affinis ...
... 447
spinosa
... 447
Paramithrax barbicornis
Page
440
Q-aimardii
• • •
440
Peronii
..
440
sternocostulatus
440
Parathoe rotundata .
■ • ?
447
Parietaria debilis
. ••
182
Parra novee-guineee...
. • •
102
Parsonsia ventricosa
• •«
169
Parthenope calappoides
Sandrockii
452
452
tnrpf-ius...
. •«
453
Paspalum brevifolium
distichum
196
196
scrobiculatum
• i •
196
Passiflora Banksii ...
• • •
158
edulis
• • •
29
Herbertiana
. • •
158
Patella cinnamomea ..
• • #
389
Patersonia glabrata...
sericea . .
...
187
187
Pavonia hastata
• • •
142
Peltops Blainvillei ...
Pelicanus conspicillatus
Pempelia apotomella
caliginosella
224
221
97
102
,241
,241
diagramella
223
, 241
melanostyla
220
,241
oculiferella
222
,241
rufitinctella
224
,241
strigiferella
221
,241
Peneeus canal iculatus
...
38
esculentus ...
. ..
38
granulosus ...
...
41
Macleayi
Masterei
...
40
42
monoceros ...
...
38
novse-guineae
palmensis ...
semisulcatus
43
43
38
Penuisetum compressum
Peperomia leptostachya
Perameles moresbiensis
...
197
183
88
Pericampylus incanus
Peronella decagonalis
orbicularis
...
139
290
290
Peronii ...
. ..
290
Perotis rara
...
197
Persephona tuberculosa
Persoonia cornifolia...
...
60
178
linearis ...
...
178
media
. ..
178
Mitchellii
...
178
tenuifolia
•••
178
virgata ...
••»
178
XVI.
Petalostigrua quadrioculare ..
Petroeca bicolor
cucullata ...
Goodenoxii
Leggii _ ...
Ramsayi ...
Petroica erythrogastra
multicolor...
Petrophila sessilis ...
Peutamerus oblongus
Phseton fiavirostris ...
Phaius grandifolius ..
Phalacrocorax Bougainvillei .
carunculatus
cirrliatus
rnagellanicus
novse-hollandia?
nycthemerus
purpuraseens
sarmientosus
verrucosus
Phaseolus psoraleoides
Pherusa la3vis
Philemon novse-guinese
Philydrum lanuginosum
Philyra Itevis
porcellana ...
Phlyxia crassipes ...
erosa
granulosa . . .
lambriformis
orbicularis ...
quadrata
Ramsayi
Phoxus Batei
villosus
Phragmitis communis
i'hyllacanthus annul if er
dubia
imperialis
Page
180
31G
31G
316
316
310
316
316
178
405
84
185
358
358
358
357
102
357
... 357
... 357
... 358
... 152
260, 278
... 100
... 189
... 53
... 53
... 53
54
54
53, 404
... 54
... 53
55
259, 278
258, 278
... 200
... 288
2«7, 288
288
parvispina 286, 288, 291
Phyllanthus albiflorus
Ferdinandi
hirtellus
microcladus
minutiflorus
similis . . .
subcrenulatus
tbesioides
Phyllosoma Duperreyi
Phyllota pbylicoides
Pbysalis peruviana ...
Picris hieracroides ...
Piezorhynchus albiventris
180
.. 180
.. 180
.. 180
.. 180
.. 180
.. 180
,.. 180
.. 282
... 149
35, 172
... 165
... 318
Piezorliyncbus alecto ... 97
Gouldii ... 318
leucotis ... 319
melanocephalus 468
trivirgata ... 318
vidua ... 468
Pimelia altior ... ... 179
linifolia ... ... 179
pauciflora ... ... 179
Piper uovse-bollandise ... 183
Pipturus argenteus ... ... 182
Pisa diacantha ... ... 442
monoceros ... ... 437
Pisonia aculeata ... ... 177
Pithecolobium pruinosum ... 153
Pitta Macklotii ... ... 98
novae- guinese ... ... 98
strepitans ... ... 318
Pittosporum rhombifolium ... 140
revolutum ... 140
undulatum ... 140
Plantago debilis ... ... 175
lanceolata... 29, 175
major ... ... 18
varia ... ... 175
Platycerium alcicorne ... 204
grande . . . 204
Plectorbyncha stictocephalus... 100
Plectranthus parviflorus ... 174
Plectronia coprosmoides ... 161
latifolium ... 161
lucidum... ... 161
vaccinifolium ... 161
Pleogyne australis ... ... 139
Pleurotoma Clarae ... ... 11
consutilis ... 9
rhomboidalis ... 10
Plocamophorus imperialis ... 292
Plotus noYse-hollandise ... 102
Plumbago zeylanica .. . ... 167
Poa annua .. ... 29, 35, 200
csespitosa ... ... 200
Podargus marmoratus ... 97
papuensis... ... 97
Podiceps nova>-hollandiD3 ... 102
Podocarpus elata ... ... 183
Podocerus australis . . . 388, 350
Polanisia viscosa ... ... 140
Pollia crispata ... ... 190
macrophylla ... ... 190
Pollinia fulva ... ... 198
Polyaltbia nitidissima ... 138
Polycarpon tetraphyllum ... 141
Polycheria brevicornis ... 346
XV11.
Polycberia tenuipes
Polygala japonica . . .
Polygonum attenuatum
avieulare
lanigerum
lapatbi folium
minus . . .
orientale
plebeium
strigosum
subsessile
Polynemus plebejus
Polypodium confluens
irioides
proliferum
punctatum
rigidulum
scandens
serpens
tenelluui
Pomarea castaneiventris
Pomatogeton crispus
natans
obtusifolius
perfoliatus
tenuicaulis
Pomatostomus Isidori
Pomax umbellata ...
Porantbera micropbylla
Porpbyrio melanopterus
Portidaca oleracea ...
Porzana quadristrigata
Potbos Loureiri
Prasopbyllum brevilabre
fuscum
nigricans
rufum
Pratiaerecta
Pristiophorus cirratus
Protella australis
Proto njvse-bollandia?
Psarninoseris cylieioides
Psettus argenteus ..,
Pseudogerygone cbloronota
culicivora
fusea
laevigaster
magnirostris
Mastersii
personata
Pseudomorus brunoniana
Pseudorectes f errugineus
Psilotum triquetrum
Psoralea tenax
Page
345, 350
.. 141
.. 177
36, 177
.. 177
.. 177
.. 177
.. 177
.. 177
.. 177
.. 177
.. 63
.. 204
.. 204
.. 204
.. 204
.. 204
.. 204
.. 204
.. 204
.. 313
.. 192
.. 192
.. 192
.. 192
.. 192
.. 99
.. 161
.. 179
.. 102
.. 141
92, 102
.. 191
.. 186
.. 186
.. 186
.. 186
.. 166
.. 459
276, 279
275, 279
297, 299
63
316
316
316
316
316
316
316
182
9iJ
201
150
Page
Psycotria daphnoides ... 161
loniceroic.es ... 161
Pteris aquilina ... ... 203
falcata ... ... 203
geraniifolia ... ... 203
incisa ... ... 203
longifolia ... ... 203
paradoxa ... ... 203
tremula ... ... 203
umbrosa ... ... 203
Pterocauton sphacelatus ... 163
spicatus ... 163
Pteropus conspicillatus ... 85
Pterostylis longifolia ... 186
mutica ... ... 186
opbioglossa ... 186
parvifiora ... 186
rufa ... ... 186
Ptilopus aurantiifrons ... 100
coronulatus ... 100
G-estroi ... ... 100
iozonus ... ... 100
nana ... ... 470
perlatus ... ... 100
poliura ... ... 100
pulchellus... ... 100
Rivolii ... 94,100
superbus ... 73, 100
viridis ... ... 73
Ptilorbis magnificus... ... 97
Ptilotis analoga ... ... 100
germana ... ... 100
versicolor ... ... 100
Ptycbosperma Cunninghamii... 191
Pultensea ecbinula ... ... 149
eucbila ... ... 149
micropbylla . . . 149
myrtoides ... 149
petiolaris ... ... 149
retusa ... ... 149
ternata ... ... 149
villosa ... ... 149
Pustulopora intricaria ... 352
parasitica . . . 352
proboscidea . . . 352
Rallina tricolor ... ... 102
Rannunculus lappaceus ... 13b
parviflorus ... 138
rivularis ... 138
Ratonia anodonta ... ... 147
distylis ... ... 147
piriformis ... ... 147
tenax ... ... 147
Rectes brunneiceps ... ... 467
XV111.
Page
Rectes decipiens
91,99
Reinwardtsena Reinwardtii
... 101
Restio coniplanatus...
... 193
dimorpbus ...
... 193
gracilis
... 193
tetraphyllus ...
... 193
Retepora radians ...
... 350
Rhagodia hastata . . .
... 175
nutans
... 175
Rhipidura albiscapa
... 318
castaneothorax
... 98
diemenensis
... 318
maculipectus
... 318
inelanoleuca
... 318
motacilloides
... 318
picata
... 318
rubrofrontata
... 82
saturata ...
... 318
setosa
... 98
Sliarpei ...
... 318
tricolor . . .
... 318
Rhipogonon album ...
... 188
Elseyanum
... 188
Rhitidoceros plicatus
... 97
Rhodaninia argentea
... 157
trin ervia
... 157
Rhodomyrtus psidioides
... 157
Rhus rhodanthema ...
... 148
Rhynchosia ausfralis
... 152
minima...
... 152
Rhyncospora aurea ...
... 194
glauoa ..
... 194
Wallichiana
... 194
Rhynobri-sus apicatus
283, 290
Ricinocarpus pinifolius
... 180
Ricinus communis ...
... 34
Rubus moluccanus ...
... 154
parvifolius ...
... 154
rossefolius
... 154
Ruellia australis
... 173
Rutnex. acetosella ...
35, 177
Brownii
... 177
conglomeratus
... 177
Ruppia maritima
... 192
Saccolabium Hillii ...
... 185
Salicornia australis ...
... 176
Salinacis bicolor
... 289
globator ...
... 289
rarispina . . .
... 289
sulcata
... 289
Salvia coccinea
... 35
Samara australiana ...
... 167
Sambucus Graudichaudiana
... 160
xanthocarpa
... 160
Page
Samolus Valerandi ... ... 167
Sarcbochilus divitiflorus ... 185
Hillii... ... 185
olivaceus ... 185
Sarcopetalum Harveyanum ... 139
Sarcostemma australe ... 169
Sauloprocta Cockerellii ... 81
tricolor.. 82,95,98
Saussurea carthamoides ... 162
Scsevola hispida ... ... 165
Schedonorus littoralis ... 200
Sckizeea bifida ... ... 201
dichotoma ... ... 201
Schizophrys aspera ... ... 447
Scbzorrhina dorsalis ... 408
Schcenobius imparellus ... 239
Schceniclus albescens ... 92
australis ... 92
Schcenus brevifolius ... 195
Brownii ... ... 195
calostachyus ... 195
melanostachyus ... 195
nitens ... ... 195
scabripes ... ... 195
raginatus ... ... 195
Scirpus inundatus ,.. ... 194
maritimus ... ... 194
mucronatus ... ... 194
supinus ... ... 194
Scleria laxa ... ... 195
lithosperma ... ... 195
sphacelata ... ... 195
tesselata ... ... 195
Scomber antarcticus ... 463
Scutellina cinnamomea ... 389
ferruginea ... 389
Scylla serrata, ... ... 398
Seythrops novse-hollandiae ... 96
Selaginella Belangeri ... 201
uliginosa ... 201
Senebiera didyma ... ... 33
Senecio lautus ... ... 165
Senectus squamosus... ... 429
Sericornis fulvi-pectoris . . . 468
Sesbania aculeata ... ... 150
Sesuvium portulacastrum ... 158
Setaria glauca ... ... 197
macrostachya ... 197
Sicyos angulata ... ... 158
Sida rhombifolia ... 33, 142
subspicata ... ... 142
Siebera ericoides ... ... 159
Siegesbeckia orientalis ... 163
Silene gallica ... 35,141
XIX.
Siphonodon australe
Sipunculus ht-terocyathi
Sisyrinchium micranthurn
Siuin latifolium
Smilax australis
glycyphylla...
Solanuui avioulare ...
densevestituin
discolor
furfur ace ura
nigrum
pseudo-capsicum
sodoma3um
stelligerum
verbascifolium
Solidula coccinata ...
Soliva anthemifolia ...
Sonchus oleraceus ...
Sophora Fraseri
Sowerbaia juncea
Sorghum halepense...
plumosum...
Sparangium august ifoliuni
Spartothamnus juuceus
Spermacoce brachystema
multieaulis
Spermatophthora mesactella
Sphserechmus australise
Sphecotheres fiaviventris
Salvadorii
Spilanthes grandiflora
Spiranthes australis...
Sporobolus diander...
indicus . . .
virginicus
Spratelloides delicatulus
Sprengelia ponceletia
Squatarola helvetica
Stachys arvensis
Stackhousia spathulata
Statice australis
Stegocephalus ampulla
latus...
Stellaria media
Stenocarpus salignus
sinuatus
Stenorhynchus brevirostris
curvirostris
fissifrons
Steutotaphrum americanum
Stephania hernandisefolia
Stephanocidaris bispinosa
Sterculia discolor ...
diversifolia
Page
... 140
... 306
35, 187
... 34
... 188
... 188
... 171
... 172
... 171
... 171
... 171
... 171
31, 172
... 171
... 171
... 429
... 164
... 165
... 152
... 189
34, 198
... 198
... 191
... 174
... 161
... 161
225, 241
... 288
...94, 99
94
... 164
... 186
... 200
... 200
... 200
364, 381
... 167
... 101
... 175
... 146
... 167
253
252, 278
35, 141
... 179
... 179
... 432
... 432
... 432
... 197
... 139
... 288
... 143
... 143
Sterculia quadrifida... ... 11^
Sterna anglica ... ... 102
anosthaeta ... ... 102
Eergeri ... ... 102
gracilis ... ... 84
melanauchen ... 102
Stigmatops alboauricularis ... 100
Stipa aristiglumis ... ... 199
micrantha ... ... 199
Stomopneustes variolaris ... 288
Strix delicatulus ... ... 95
tenebrieosus ... ...88, 96
Strongylocentrotus armigcr ... 288
en tlirogrammus 288
tuberculatus ... 288
Sturnoides fulvipennis ... 76
Stylidium capilkre ... ... 165
debile ... ... 165
graminifolium ... 165
Styphelia viridis ... ... 166
Suoeda maritima ... ... 176
Sula cvanops ... ... 102
fiber ... ... 91, 102
fusca ... ... ... 84
Swa'nsonia Fniseri ... ... 150
gak'gifolia ... 150
procumbrns ... 150
Sylvia dorsalis .. ... 317
Syma toroton» ... ... 97
Symmorphus loucopygius 315,397
naevius 315, 397
Symplocos spicata ... ... 168
Syncarpia leptopetala ... 156
Synoicus cerviuus ... ... 101
Synoum glandulosum ... 145
Tabernaemontaua angustifolia 169
orientalis ... 169
Tachypetes aquila ... ... 102
Tadornaradjah ... ... 102
Taeniophyllum Muelleri ... 185
Tagetis gland ulifera 35, 164
lalitrus sylvaticus ... 246, 277
Talorchestia diemenensis 248, 277
quadrimana 248, 277
Tanysiptera galatea... ... 96
nympha ... 467
Salvadoriana ...94, 97
sylvia ... ... 94
Tarrietia actinoph\lla ... 143
argyrodendron ... 1 1;>
trifoliata ... ... 143
Tecoma australis ... ... 173
jasminoides ... 173
Tellina robusta ... ... 430
XX.
Page
Tellini striatula ... ... 430
Temnopleurus toruernaticus ... 289
Tepkrosa filipes ... ... 150
purpurea ... ... 150
Terebra Brazieri ... ... 24
venilia ... ...23,24
Terebratulina cancellata 401, 499
Wyvillei .. 401
Tetragonia expansa... ... 158
Tetratkeca thymifolia ... 141
Thalotia marginata ... ... 109
Thelymitra ixioides... ... 186
Therapon servus ... ... 62
Thesium australe ... ... 183
Thunbergia alata ... ... 173
Thysanotus tuberosus ... 189
Tiarinia cornigera ... ... 449
mammillata ... 443
sp. ? ... ... 448
Tigrisotna heliosyla... ... 102
Tillsea verticillaris ... ... 154
Tinionius Ruinphii ... ... 161
Todea barbara . . ... 2>)2
Todopsis cyanocephala . . 93
Tod us rubecula ... ... 318
Tornatellina coccinata ... 429
Tracliytnene incisa ... ... 159
procumbens ... 159
Ti'Mgia novse-hollandiae ... 181
Treraa aspera ... ... 18L
Tribulus terre.-tris .. ... 144
Trichoglossus Massena? ...94, 96
novse-hollandise... 95
subplacens ...91, 96
Trichornanes parvulum ... 202
vitiense ... 202
Tricoryne elalior ... ... 189
Tricostularia paludosa ... 195
Trifolium repens ... ... 150
Trif oris planata ... ... 6
Wilkinsoni... ... 6
Triglochin Maundii .. ... 122
procera ... ... 192
striata ... ... 192
tuberosum ... 192
Trigonia Lamarckii .. 390, 392
pectinata ... ... 390
Tringa albescens ... ... 101
australis ... ... 101
crassirostris ... ... 101
Triopa Yatesi ... ... 292
Tristanea conferta ... ... 156
laurina ... ... 156
suaveolens ... 156
Page
Triton Woodsii ... ... 15
Tritonium Quoyi ... ... 390
Trivia minima ... ... 4
Trocbocarpa laurina ... 166
Trophon poly phy Ilia ... 7
succinctus... ... 16
Tubulipora flabellaris ... 353
Turbinaria crater ... 116,244
Turbo foliaceus ... ... 429
laminiferus ... ... 429
squamosus ... ... 429
Turrsea pubescens ... ... 145
Tylopbora floribunda ... 170
Typhis arcuatus ... ... 428
japonica ... ... 428
Uraria lagopoides ... ... 151
Urena lobata ... ... 142
Urothoe pinguis ... 325,349
Urtica incisa ... ... 182
urens ... ... 34
Utricularia cyanea ... ... 173
exoleta ... ... 173
flexuosa... ... 173
pygma^a... ... 173
Vallisneria spiralis ... ... 184
Yandellia alsinoides ... 172
Velleia spathulata ... ... 165
Veluspa polymorpka ... 345
Venus marica ... ... 430
Verbena bonariensis . . . 30, 174
officinalis ... ... 174
venosa ... 30,174
Vernonia cinerea ... ... 162
Veronica plebeia ... ... 172
Vicia hirsuta ... 32,151
sativa ... 32, 151
Vigna lutea ... ... 152
vexillata ... ... 152
Villarsia reniformis ... ... 170
Vinca rosea ... ... 30
Vincetoxicum carnosum ... 170
ovatutn . . . 170
Viola betoniacse folia ... 140
hederacea ... ... 140
Viscum angulatum ... ... 160
articulatum... ... 160
Vitex lignuin-vitse ... ... 174
trifolia ... ... 174
Vitis antax-ctica ... ... 146
Vittadinia australis... ... 162
scabra ... ... 162
Voluta Angasi ... ... 463
fusiformis ... ... 390
Kingi ... ... 463
XXI.
Page
Pape
Walilenbergia gracilis
... 166
Xerotes elongata
.. 190
Waldheimia australis
... 402
filiformis
.. 190
Wedelia biflora
... 163
longifolia ...
.. 190
calendulacea
... 163
lnultiflora ...
.. 190
spilantboides
... 163
Xylomelum salicinum
.. 178
Westringia eremicola
... 175
Xyris complanata ...
.. 190
Wikstraemia indica . . .
... 179
gracilis
.. 190
Wyvillea longimanus
337,350
Zantboxylon bracbyacanthum
145
Xantbiura spinosmn
35, 163
Zebrida longispiua ...
.. 454
Xantborbtea arborea
... 190
Ziera granulata
.. 141
macronenia
... 190
laevigata
.. 144
Xanthotis filigera ...
... 100
Smitbii
.. Ill
Xenocarcinus depressus
... 437
Zornia diphylla
.. 151
tuberculatum
... 436
Zosterops longirostris
94,100
Xenocheira fasciata...
272, 279
luteus
.. 94
Zoysia pungens
.. 197
-*-♦-
F. W. WHITE,
MACHINE AND GENERAL PRINTER,
39 MAEKET-BT., SYDNEY.
Lin. Soc, Vol.4.
?l.Z5
S.S-edy field djsl.&tlxthu
Lin Sog\Vol.4
Pl.26
Lin.Soc.Vol 4
PL 27.
S.Sedy -field, del. al bJlv.
THE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
LINNEAN SOCIET
OF
NEW SOUTH WALES.
VOL. IV.
PART THE FIRST.
[With Six Plates.]
8 YDXEY:
PRINTED AXU PUB II SEED FOR THE SOCIETY BY
F. W. WHITE, 41 MARKET STREET,
AND SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
1879.
CONTENTS OF VOL. IV., PAKT I,
1 PAGE.
On softie Ternary Fossils. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S. 1
On some New Marine Shells. By the Rev: J. E. Texisox- Woods,
F.L.S., jfec .»....! 21
On some Freshwater Shells from New Guinea. By the Bey. J. E.
Texisox-Woods, F.L.S., &c 24
Oh some of the Introduced Blants of Queensland. By F. M. Bailey,
F.L.S., &c * , 26
On a New Species of Fern, Asplenimi Prentice,. By F. M. Bailey,
F.L.S , Arc \ 36
On the Australian species of Penteits. By William A. Haswell,
MA , B Sc ' 38
Contributions towards a Monograph of the Australian Leucosviche. By
W. A Haswell. M.A., B.Sc 44
Notes on some Fishes from the Solomon Islands. By William
Macleay, F.L.S., fee 60
Notes on the Zoology of the Solomon Islands, Part I. Ares. By E. P.
Ramsay, F.L S J&c 6->
Contributions to the Zoology of New Guinea, Part IV. and V. By E.
P. Ramsay, F.L.S., ,<ce 85
The proposed Zoological Station at Sydney. By N. be Miklouho-
Maclay 103
On some New Marine Shells from Moreton Bay. By the Rev. J. E.
Tenison-^Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S., &c 108
On Aranja erlbens, Don. By the Rev. J. E. Texisox-Woods, F.G.S ,
F.L.S., Sfc Ill
On a Micro-Lepidopterous Insect, destructive to the Potato. By E.
Meyeick, B.A, '. 112
On two New Species of Helix, from the Louisia'de Archipelago. By J.
; C.Cox, M.D.,.F,L.S., Arc. 114
0 y^T\ C'
_5V
0
u
£
&
PROCEEDINGS
OX THE
LINNEAN SOCIETY
OF
NEW SOUTH WALES.
VOL. IV.,
PART THE SECOND.
■ -
/
B&
SYDNEY :
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY BY
F. W. WHITE, 41 MARKET STREET,
AND SOLD BY THE SOCIETY,
1879.
■
ra~~'.
£%%&£&■
[Price 6 -1
?S6
CONTENTS OF VOL. IV., PART II.
PAGE.
On the Relations of the Brisbane Flora. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison-
Woods, F G.S , F.L.S, &c 117
A Census of the Flora of Brisbane. By F. M. Bailey, F.L.S., &c, and
the Rev. J. E. Tenibon-Woods, F.L.S., F.G.S., kc. 137
Descriptions of Australian Micro-Lepidoptera, Part II., (Crambites).
By E. Meyrick, B.A .205
Notes on Cyprcea Guttata. By James Hobson 243
Exhibits 244
ztiWr,
HI
t*m£>*
X
*?
§
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
LINNEAN SOCIET
<?
c,
• ■
OF
NEW SOUTH WALES
VOJL. IV.,
PART THE THIRD.
[With Eighteen Plates.]
-♦-•♦-
L I B R £jR Y
i
SYDNEY :
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY BY
F. W. WHITE, 59 MARKET STREET,
AND SOLD BY THE SOCIETY,
1870.
[Price 8 -]
CONTENTS OF VOL. IV., PART III.
PAGE.
Ou the Australian Amphipoda. By William A. Haswell, M.A.,
B.Sc. Plates 7— 12 245
Notes ou the Phyllosoma Stage of Ibacus Peronii. By William A.
Haswell, M.A., B.Sc 280
Ou some new Australian Echini. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods,
F.L.S., F.G-.S. fee. Plates 13 and 14 282
On Doris arbutus, Augas. By Reginald Bligh Read, M.R.C.S. Eng.
Plate 17 291
On Heterommmia Michel'mii, Edw. and Haime. By the Rev. J. E.
Tenison-Woods, F.L.S., F.G S. &c. Plate 15 293
On a new species of Distieophora, By the Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods,
F.L.S., F.G.S., &c 301
Notes on the Anatomy of Birds. By William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc. 303
Notes on Birds from the Solomon Islands, «S:c. By E. P. Ramsay, E.L.S. 313
On the Australian Amphipoda, 2nd Paper. By William A. Haswell,
M.A.. B.Sc. Plates 18—24 319
Ou the Oyclostomatous Tolyzoa of Port Jackson and Neighbourhood. By
William A. Haswell, M.A., B.Sc 350
Ou the species of Thalacrocorax. By Professor F. W. Hutton, Otago,
New Zealand 356
On some Fossils from Fiji. By the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G-.S.
F.L.S., &c 358
On some Post Tertiary Fossils from New Caledonia. By the Rev. J.
B. Tenison-Woods, F.Q.S., F.L.S., &c 360
Ou the Clupcahc of Australia. By William Macleay, F.L.S. &g. ... 363
Ou the genus Cypres*. By James C. Cox, M.D., F.L.8. &c 385
Notes and Exhibits Pages 292, 210, 356, and 387
THE
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
\\
LINNEAN SOCIETY
OF
NEW SOUTH WALES,
^L
VOL. IV.,
PART THE FOURTH.
[With Three Plates.]
■P
)
SYDNEY :
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY BY
F. W. WHITE, 59 MARKET STREET,
AND SOLD BY THE SOCIETY,
1880.
i )
(*
[Price 6 6]
2
fC
ay
CONTENTS OF VOL. IV., PART IV.
Pag».
Synonymy of, and remarks upon Port Jackson, New Caledonian and
other Shells, with their distribution. By John Braziee, C.M.Z.S.,
&c. ... ... ' ... ... ... ... ... 388
List of Land Shells found ou Thursday Island, with descriptions of
the new species. By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S., &c., ... 392
Note on an undetermined species oiLalage. By E. P. Bamsay, F.L.S.,
&c. ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 396
*-'~v"vfa or Lanip Shells, found in Port Jackson, and on
~"""'"- Bv John Brazier, O.M.Z.S.,&c. 399
Australian Leucosiidce. By
... 403
I By C. Jenkins, L.S. 404
liam Macleay, F.L.S., &c;.. 410
at Port Jackson Heads. By
428
Note on <_•,... locality. By John Brazier,
C.M.Z.S.. &e. ..: ... ... ... ... ... 431
On the Australian Brachyura Oxyrhyncka. By William A. Haswell,
M.A., B.Sc, Plates 25 to 27 ... ... ... ... 431
Notes on the Abercrombie Caves. By C. S. Wilkinson, L.S., F.G.S., 469
Contributions to the Zoology of New Guinea, Part VI. By E. P.
Ramsay, F.L.S., &c. ... ... ... ... ... 464
Notes and Exhibits, ... ...Pages 387, 397, 408, 458, 463, and 471
Annual Address by the President ... ... ... ... ;> '"l*
Title Page, Contents, Index, &c , to Yol. IV.
.sx
MBL WHOI LIBRARY
UH 1AJK D
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11